Archetypes * Complexes * Serendipity * Noetics * Negentropy * Synchronicity * Fractals * Chaos * Complexity *
Zero Point * Holism * Nonlocality * Entanglement * Complex Adaptive Systems * Entrainment *
Memetics * Genetics * Biophotons * Consciousness * Transformation
ENLIGHTENING HOLOGRAMS - INTEGRATED SCIENCE
Physics is Not Beyond You
YOU Make It Matter
The Whole World Is About You
Zero Point * Holism * Nonlocality * Entanglement * Complex Adaptive Systems * Entrainment *
Memetics * Genetics * Biophotons * Consciousness * Transformation
ENLIGHTENING HOLOGRAMS - INTEGRATED SCIENCE
Physics is Not Beyond You
YOU Make It Matter
The Whole World Is About You
Holographic Archetypes:
The Zero With a Thousand Faces
Archetypes of Nature, Physics & Depth Psychology
by Iona Miller, ©2011-2017
Among the great things which are to be found among us,
the being of nothingness is the greatest.
--Leonardo da Vinci
If the God alights from matter, we feel the emptiness of matter
as one part of endless empty space. --Carl Jung, Liber Novus, Page 288.
the being of nothingness is the greatest.
--Leonardo da Vinci
If the God alights from matter, we feel the emptiness of matter
as one part of endless empty space. --Carl Jung, Liber Novus, Page 288.
I would not be surprised if one day we saw a far-reaching agreement between the basic formulations of psychology and physics. ~Carl Jung, Letters Vol. 1, Page 246.
But this much we do know beyond all doubt, that empirical reality has a transcendental background.
. . . The common background of microphysics and depth psychology is as much physical as psychic and therefore
neither, but rather a third thing, a neutral nature which can at most be grasped in hints since in essence it is transcendental. ~Carl Jung, CW 14, Pages 767-771.
We do not know what a spirit is any more than we understand matter. We are really enclosed in a psychic world of images. We label everything as physical or spiritual but the only reality is purely psychic.
~Carl Jung, ETH Lecture XI, 3 Feb 1939, Page 75.
But this much we do know beyond all doubt, that empirical reality has a transcendental background.
. . . The common background of microphysics and depth psychology is as much physical as psychic and therefore
neither, but rather a third thing, a neutral nature which can at most be grasped in hints since in essence it is transcendental. ~Carl Jung, CW 14, Pages 767-771.
We do not know what a spirit is any more than we understand matter. We are really enclosed in a psychic world of images. We label everything as physical or spiritual but the only reality is purely psychic.
~Carl Jung, ETH Lecture XI, 3 Feb 1939, Page 75.
- .Iona Miller is a nonfiction writer for the academic and popular press, clinical hypnotherapist (ACHE) and multimedia artist. Her work is an omni-sensory fusion of intelligence, science-art, new physics, symbolism, source mysticism, futuring, and emergent paradigm shift, creating a unique viewpoint. She is interested in extraordinary human potential and experience, and the EFFECTS of doctrines of religion, science, psychology, and the arts. She serves on the Advisory Boards of Journal of Consciousness Exploration & Research, DNA Decipher Journal, and Scientific God Journal, as well as the Board of Directors of Medigrace, Inc. & Calm Birth; a Miami-based Integral Medicine institute; and the Editorial Board of CRAFT (Community Resilience through Action for Future Transitions).
Ms. Miller is published by Phanes Press, Destiny Books (Inner Traditions), Autonomedia, Nexus Magazine, Paranoia Magazine, Alchemy Journal, Green Egg, Bibliotheca Alexandrina, Jungian Analysis Journal (Moscow), DNA Decipher Journal (DNADJ), Scientific God Journal (SGJ), Journal of Consciousness Exploration & Research (JCER), Journal of Nonlocality & Remote Mental Interactions (JNLRMI), Dream Network, Chaosophy Journal, OAK-Publishing, PM&E, DNA Monthly, Antibothis, Pop Occulture, and more.
Ms. Miller coordinates Media & Wellness in the Operations Division of The Osborne Group 007 (TOG), a risk management organization. Over the last 10 years she also managed curatorial projects of Mankind Research Unlimited (MRU) alumni from 3 decades, in intelligence, new physics, paranormal, creativity, consciousness studies, DNA research, superlearning, DIY mind control, biophysics, and other frontier science and blue sky experimentation. She oversees numerous curatorial, archival and genealogical projects. She has served in a professional capacity at Southern Oregon Hypnotherapy, Asklepia Foundation, Institute for Applied Consciousness Science, the Wisdom Center, and Life Energies Research Institute. In 2015 Miller was awarded the Cockburn medal for Creative Physics by Science-Art Research Centre Australia.
David Bohm suggests psychological "atom-smashing" as a way of radically destructuring the ego, opening it to wider experience of the undivided whole. The holographic paradigm is one of reciprocal enfolding and unfolding of patterns of information (explication). The stream of images in process therapy functions analogously to the unfolding of the stream of consciousness and the enfolding and de-structuring of the ego (ego death). Consciousness and matter share the same essence; their difference is one of degree of subtlety or density. "Emptiness" is an integral aspect of mind/matter. Chaos theory links all these elements as aspects of the archetypal healing process. --Iona Miller, 1993
What about the birth of the Universe? Matter is created from the original and eternal energy that we know as Light .It shone, and there have been appear star, the planets, man, and everything on the Earth and in the Universe. Matter is an expression of infinite forms of Light, because energy is older than it. There are four laws of Creation. The first is that the source of all the baffling, dark plot that the mind cannot conceive, or mathematics measure. In that plot fit the whole Universe.
The second law is spreading a darkness, which is the true nature of Light, from the inexplicable and it’s transformed into the Light. The third law is the necessity of the Light to become a matter of Light. The fourth law is: no beginning and no end; three previous laws always take place and the Creation is eternal. --Tesla
The second law is spreading a darkness, which is the true nature of Light, from the inexplicable and it’s transformed into the Light. The third law is the necessity of the Light to become a matter of Light. The fourth law is: no beginning and no end; three previous laws always take place and the Creation is eternal. --Tesla
“Behind every atom of this world hides an infinite universe.” ~Rumi
"...things came into existence out of a pre-existing complex of entities, including variational principles, quantum field theory, specific symmetry groups, a bubbling vacuum, all the components of the standard model of particle physics, and so on. He does not explain in what way these entities could have pre-existed the coming into being of the universe, why they should have existed at all, or why they should have had the form they did." --Ralph Ellis
"...things came into existence out of a pre-existing complex of entities, including variational principles, quantum field theory, specific symmetry groups, a bubbling vacuum, all the components of the standard model of particle physics, and so on. He does not explain in what way these entities could have pre-existed the coming into being of the universe, why they should have existed at all, or why they should have had the form they did." --Ralph Ellis
The "art of gold making" is a sort of creating of the world, or it is based on the pattern of the creation of the world, and, as in Genesis, a cosmos is fashioned from the chaos. ~Carl Jung, ETH, Lecture XI, Page 97.
Archetypal Nature
ZERO-SUM GAME:
The Challenge of Pre-Existence & Psychophysical Reality
Light in the Darkness
"The body as a whole, so it seems to me, is a pattern of behavior, and man as a whole is an archetype." ~Carl Jung; Letter to Medard Boss June 27, 1947l
The whole of physics is predicated on the primacy of Nothing, multidimensional opposites space. The premise is metasymmetry, a self-consistent and unassuming notion which yields only trivial zero-sum statements.
Therefore, a theory of everything (TOE) also defines a theory of the nature of nothing.
Therefore, a theory of everything (TOE) also defines a theory of the nature of nothing.
Psychology as might be expected appears in the realm of physics in the field of theory-building. The outstanding question is a psychological critique of the space-time concept. ~Carl Jung, Letters Vol. 1, Page 494.
"There can be no rivalry between scientific knowledge and the metaphysical knowing which continually confronts the former with its task. A science without philosophy would literally not know what it was talking about. A philosophy without methodical exploration of phenomena [i.e., science] would end up with nothing but formal truths, which is to say, errors." (Maurice Merleau-Ponty)
Otto Geist
CHAOTIC SYNCHRONIZATION
Matter & Pattern
"Where wisdom reigns, there is no conflict between thinking and feeling." ― C.G. Jung
Matter & Pattern
"Where wisdom reigns, there is no conflict between thinking and feeling." ― C.G. Jung
"Eternal truth needs a human language that alters with the spirit of the times." --Carl Jung
"An archetypal content expresses itself, first and foremost, in metaphors."
"Wisdom is knowing the great metaphors of meaning." --Carl Jung
"God is a metaphor for that which transcends all levels of intellectual thought.
It's as simple as that." --Joseph Campbell
"The last stage is reached when, in the highest tension and concentration, beholding in silence and utter forgetfulness of all things, it [the soul] is able as it were to lose itself. Then it may see God, the fountain of life, the source of being, the origin of all good, the root of the soul. In that moment it enjoys the highest indescribable bliss; it is as it were swallowed up of divinity, bathed in the light of eternity." --Plotinus
"An archetypal content expresses itself, first and foremost, in metaphors."
"Wisdom is knowing the great metaphors of meaning." --Carl Jung
"God is a metaphor for that which transcends all levels of intellectual thought.
It's as simple as that." --Joseph Campbell
"The last stage is reached when, in the highest tension and concentration, beholding in silence and utter forgetfulness of all things, it [the soul] is able as it were to lose itself. Then it may see God, the fountain of life, the source of being, the origin of all good, the root of the soul. In that moment it enjoys the highest indescribable bliss; it is as it were swallowed up of divinity, bathed in the light of eternity." --Plotinus
"The old way of picturing energy lived on in the alchemistic tradition in the idea of Mercurius as a "hidden fire" or fiery life-breath or a kind of life-spirit inherent in all things...This fire-spirit imagines everything in nature; he is a creation spirit who contains in himself "the image of all creatures." In the alchemical opus he must be liberated from his imprisonment in matter and then he begins to rotate in himself, vortex-fashion; at the same time he reveals himself as an immortal component of the alchemist's psyche. By way of the different stages of the so-called phlogiston theory this archetypal image gradually developed into the energy concept of modern physics. There is therefore no concept fundamental to modern physics that is not in one degree or another a differentiated form of some primordial archetypal idea." (M.-L. von Franz, Projection and Recollection in Jungian Psychology)
|
|
"We have not understood yet that the discovery of the unconscious means
an enormous spiritual task, which must be accomplished if
we wish to preserve our civilization." --C.G. Jung
an enormous spiritual task, which must be accomplished if
we wish to preserve our civilization." --C.G. Jung
Soul Movement
"Mythology opens the world so that it becomes transparent to something that is beyond speech, beyond words––in short, what we call transcendence. Without that you don't have a mythology. Any system of thinking, ideologies of one kind or another, that does not open to transcendence cannot be understood or classified mythologically." --Joseph Campbell, "The Hero’s Journey"
Mythical figures are eternal metaphors of the imagination, the dynamics of psychic reality. Jung suggested myth is a revelation of the divine life in humanity, our unconscious grasp of the history of the world, the wild energies of creation, and our sense of embodiment.
There are interdependent unconscious neural, phenomenological, and cognitive levels of embodiment. Mind is not separate from bodily experience, but is naturally more than our conceptual experience. It is irrational. nonlinear, and entangled. There are no consistent level-independent truths. Even embodied truth is not absolute, objective truth, nor does it need to be but it allows us self-reflection.
We have to bridge the gap between symbols and the world, learn to speak the language and see the sights with clarity. The phenomenological level can be brought into consciousness, but the unconscious cognitive remains below awareness in sensory, motor, visceral, and mental processing.
There is no single unified metaphysics. The level of complexity determines the level of insight. So we look toward our existential ground state, which is primordial awareness devoid of a all archetypal and conceptual notions and experience -- direct experience.
Archetypes are "shared truths," fundamental conceptual categories containing numerous facets, but their autonomy makes them more than our formal symbol system. To be 'realistic' we conceptually imagine their reality on the imaginal level, inferring their presence through our conceptual metaphors, which may be magical, mythic, rational, or transcendent.
There is no final or rigid corresponding fit, but an on-going dialogue of developing understanding, even love and devotion. We see our self-conscious reflections in the categories we create or imagine. Theories and intentions abound so we have to look to the real-world effects.
What we take to be true depends on our embodied understanding of the situation. It is efficacious to work with the cognitive unconscious, our psychophysical ground. It is known in the silence and by the light of the heart -- the wisdom light. Meditational practice works toward realizing such unbound basic awareness. This existential ground is the ultimate in being 'down to earth.'
For the ancients, the divine did not reside in an unfathomable Paradise of faith but in primordial knowing. Nature was the awesome, all-powerful and ever-present countenance of divine reality. This is the direct relationship of minds to worlds or environments -- a philosophy of the flesh.
Awe is rooted in people and nature. It's a precious value to be honored as how we learn about the world. We see someone die, we see a child being born, we see somebody saving their life or helping them out. Massive geophysical or cosmological features make us feel humble and privileged. Some moments, sometimes days are full of grace and joy.
Awe is not just religious concepts, or scientific ideas and beautiful or elegant theories, or poetry or art. It is also grace, magnanimity, generosity, the sacred, and what matters -- a tactile, palpable personal life. We actively pursue awe through human passion, creativity, and nature.
Given or chosen, this is the resource at our disposal in reality. We come into being as observers only through our attention and complex metaphorical-conceptual systems. Daily thought is mostly metaphorical. We move from the known to the unknown through how this is like that. It deviates perceptually from literal reality.
Consciousness of archetypes extends the limitations of our observations and knowledge base. This is the looking-glass of the soul, our imaginal interface with the divine and the laws of form.
Conceptual metaphors can be restrictive. If we relate to archetypes in a known or cliche way as consciousness frames with pedestrian values, the results are also conceptually obvious and probably ineffective for transformation and healing. We 'get it' conceptually, but not experientially.
How do we conceive the world? That is our generative question. This dynamic representation reflects our worldview and conditions the appearance of the whole. We design our world to foster a certain sort of mind or consciousness and try to meet its archetypal and existential challenges. The transformation of mental states is the emergence of the symbol from the primary distinctions.
Archetypes represent potential adaptations from the collective wisdom of humanity. Highly general, such certain kinds of intelligence are roughly equivalent in a wide variety of circumstances.
We cannot realize it all, all of the time, so certain autonomous and selected pathways emerge to help us solve existential problems. Archetypes are bounded resource systems upon which we can call just as the ancients did for support.
We can only approach our authentic life of personality through dialogue in a process-oriented perspective -- a relationship between mind and body, grounded in flesh and our unique environment.
"Probably in absolute reality there is no such thing as body and mind, but body
and mind or soul are the same, the same life, subject to the same laws, and
what the body does is happening in the mind." (Jung, Dream Analysis, Page 20)
In mutual opening we develop living relationships with archetypes. We still remain blind to the iceberg that stays out of sight. Even such sight or insight is a conceptual metaphor, but that is the goddess or god, who conceals and reveals. Our vision is their vision. The carnal body develops in a cultural context.
Our nature is conditioned by archetypes, with their own autonomy and domains. We can develop the capacity to observe these universal forces interacting with our personality. 'I' is a construct of self-image we rarely match because we remain unconscious of those roots.
Likewise, categories of experience are constructed but can be observed phenomenologically. "Through active imagination the image is imprinted on the psychic essence of personality with the purpose of transformation." ~Carl Jung, ETH Lecture 3rd Nov 1939
Archetypes relate our observed system to the divine system and/or environment. We do it unconsciously, or consciously. To remain unconscious is soul death. To become conscious through our attention is a rebirth and solution of problems. Operational meaning is more important than semantic meaning. They populate our minds, but are also the roots of being. It can come as a stab of grace in the heart.
For us, divine nature expresses as a mind-world correspondence system or principle. We work toward certain goals in certain worlds with the relevant means. Subject to real-world space and time constraints, we mythologize our lives to help us adapt. Symbols reside in and naturally transform our declarative, procedural and episodic memory systems. We are immortalized in memory.
The meaning of events is the way of salvation that you create. The meaning of events comes from the possibility of life in this world that you create. It is the mastery of this world and the assertion of your soul in this world.
~Carl Jung, The Red Book, Page 239.
We experience the muse, daemon, or 'angels' of creativity in their divine autonomy. How often works of creative genius arrive in consciousness almost fully formed. The face of the beloved angel is our divinity -- our light that draws breath, our embodied nakedness.
Aphrodite animates and quickens matter with imagination. All experiences act as symbols. Like Aphrodite, the feminine Archangel, Spenta Armaiti (Isfandarmuz in Persian) represents both the mystery of the Earth (earth angel as body-spirit) and the woman of Light.
Spenta Armaiti is closely related to Sophia and wisdom as the daughter of “Lord Wisdom,” “mistress of his house,” the “mother of his creatures,” and the "Dwelling place." She is a personal not a spatial relationship that substantiates and vivifies us with consummation in the imaginal. She is perfect thought, primordial awareness, or concept-free meditation -- the throb of absolute reality, universal consciousness, the depths of human spiritual potential.
Soul and the divine are united by the symbolic image in the imagination where the spiritual world has an objective reality. Imagination is a divine body that lives within us all in primordial images and the visionary events of the soul. It creates a sympathetic life, open to beauty, ecstasy, and transcendence.
Engaging in mythic tasks challenges us to discover and deepen self-understanding and reclaim the imaginal, not virtues but virtualities. Integration of oppositional tendencies, in ambiguity and paradox, includes co-existence with others, the world, and the archetypal world of metaphorical, rather than sensible or literal, reality. We don't believe anything we haven't acquainted ourselves with, be it love of light or darkness.
We only understand divine matters by assimilating ourselves to that order of being, through the spiritual body or celestial earth -- the old link between soil, soul, and society. Corbin says, "soul tends to give a form to the celestial Earth and to actualize it, thus making possible the epiphany of the beings of light."
"Probably in absolute reality there is no such thing as body and mind, but body and mind or soul are the same, the same life, subject to the same laws, and what the body does is happening in the mind." ~Carl Jung, Dream Analysis, Page 20
Ancestral order dwells in the deep subconscious, and Aphrodite is still listed as a primordial ancestor in standard genealogy. 'Immortality' is a part of a mighty, spiritual process of divine inspiration. We are immortalized in memory and in our own 'body of light,' which Aphrodite represents in potential.
The strength of our soul is our own mythological being, animating our own inner voice and transcendent potential. The mythical world of the old gods is not the product of poetry; mankind is the product of the gods, as shown in our lines of descent.
Love can be a path for a consciously realized life. Service is a big component of love.
Aphrodite's nature links us to all living beings with a bond of love and a heart-centered myth, rooted in embodied love, compassion, and passion. Heavenly and common Aphrodite share the goal of union. She unites the immanent and transcendent in a sacred marriage.
"Imaginal love” can only be realized within us as an actual singular being. Paradoxically, such intensively lived singularity, an invitation to vision. It gives rise to unlimited multiplicity and visionary openness, union with the archetypes.
This poetic vision of alchemical intensity, 'mad-love.' can only occur within the deepening process of life itself in a path of self-knowledge. Poetic language is embodied nakedness. Material and spiritual aspects remain hidden under symbolism and images that precede all perception.
Words, the inherent poeticizing of the word, accompany the structure of pictorial imagery as it appears in nature, the intimate anatomy of the imaginal realm. Our life provides the texts to be lived out as the key to mysteries revealed in us not to us -- a transfiguration of the literal.
Creative imagination lives within the heart, transforming the visible into the invisible. Artistic sensibility is symbolic. We can immerse ourselves in the living arts. Art even deepens spiritual traditions.
Meaning emanates from the real world as well as works of art if we listen to our calling, or vocation. Artistic sensibility reconciles us with love of the arts, supplying us with what we love. The arts feed us. It is a pleasure to create beauty and knowledge.
Artistic or symbolic sensitivity is the ability to feel empathy, the meanings emanating from the works of art and the real world. We can connect with it by listening, vision, attention, imagination, or 'soul making' -- trusting the transformative power of images.
Artistic sensibility is a deeply therapeutic process for artists and for the environment. Soul welcomes the mysterious if we immerse ourselves in the dark mystery. Images are apprehended by a deep intuitive sense of transcendent principles governing and emanating throughout creation.
Midlife is a symbolic death before rebirth -- a universal life passage and initiation. We experience the paradox of the dual identity of tomb and womb -- reintegration of meaning and fate. Love and its loss are a rite of passage. Our wounds become openings to a deeper reality of true intimacy -- soulful connection. Healing is an epiphany.
The life of the soul cannot emerge in merely finite relationships. Alchemical lovers have the same transforming powers as the phosphorescent fire that warms the alchemical athanor.
Dreams are a way to moisten the soul in the pools of images and feeling, dissolving problems, and changing moods. Spirits of the water and instinctive feminine magic can appear as daemonic archetypal energy, denizens of darkness: mermaids, melusines, woody nymphs, succubus or harlots.
Ritual, fusing desire and action for effective change, helps us connect with and transform inner polarities. The task of generativity after midlife is opening liminal space for personal and collective evolution and cosmic consciousness. Whatever soul touches becomes numinous.
The numinosum is either a quality belonging to a visible object or the influence of an invisible presence that causes a peculiar alteration of consciousness.
~Carl Jung, CW 11, Para 6
Jung famously stated that the gods have become diseases and Hillman reiterated, "There is disease in the archetype." We recognize the Gods by our symptoms. They gods themselves can be quarrelsome, envious, deceive, and have sexual obsessions. They are vindictive, isolated, and vulnerable at the bottom. But we suffer the consequences.
The wounding and suffering itself is eternal and archetypal. The wound directs our existential development. Therefore, symptoms like dreams, are a road to the unconscious. We are never alone if we recognize archetypal dynamics in our lives.
Jung also noted it is death to the soul to remain unconscious and that soul death can occur long before physical death. Loss of soul, the wound and the eye are the same -- the point of view of the psyche and its suffering. Even limited options are a way of seeing through the complex with intuition or psychological vision.
Archetypes, as liminal entities are numinous or “spiritual,” if “magical” is too strong a word. Magic is inherent in our instinctual roots. The 'supernatural' is the truly chaotic world of collective unconscious. In that "in between" place we can access who we are at the heart of it all. Symbols are grasped by the power of the heart.
Mythical figures, themes and images orient us as we learn to balance masculine strength and inner authority with feminine wisdom and inner power transforming identity and consciousness and patterned forms of attachment to the personal in the transpersonal.
Anima/animus is a bridge to the sacred, the imaginal field of he depths of the body, encounters with others, self, and eternity. The sensible transmutes into symbols.
Through active imagination the image is imprinted on the psychic essence of personality with the purpose of transformation. ~Carl Jung, ETH Lecture 3rd Nov 1939
As in this world, we can expect positive, negative, and mundane experiences in the imaginal field. As well as happiness or intimacy there is also negative empathic identification, suffering, loss, anger, despair, tragedy, etc. Shame, vulnerability, and sexual objectification.
Ordinary experiences include focused concentration, meaningful memories, dreams, continuing inner dialogues, social/relational interactions, reflexive and reflective thought.
Strong religious or spiritual qualities (arousing, awe-inspiring, mysterious, dreadful) suggest the presence of a divinity which appeals to the higher emotions or aesthetic sense, the poetic basis of the soul, thereby altering ego-based consciousness. Experiencing awe can lower stress levels, expand our perception of time, and improve social well-being.
Uniting the opposites, resonant aesthetic structures of the numinal and phenomenal realms are held in tension, converging in “flowering light.” The angel allows us see and to know, and encounter our spiritual essence. The demon lover results from failure to differentiate our anima or animus from the darkness of our shadow, of incarnation.
Archetypes are part of our common biological, cultural and personal heritage, rooted in matter and spirit. We grow from a magical, to mythic, to rational, and transcendent perspective over our lifetimes.
Probably in absolute reality there is no such thing as body and mind, but body and mind or soul are the same, the same life, subject to the same laws, and what the body does is happening in the mind. ~Carl Jung, Dream Analysis, Page 20
The archetypal aspect of anima means everything she touches becomes numinous, unconditional, dangerous, taboo, magical. Anima desires both good and bad in life. We wrestle our demon at the hot edge of our transforming interior reality with active embodied participation, not religious sentimentality or spiritual grandiosity.
"The world of the Gods is made manifest in spirituality and in sexuality. The celestial ones appear in spirituality, the earthly in sexuality." (Jung, Liber Novus, Page 352.)
They are channels of energy and material, psychic and spiritual potential arising spontaneously from within. Our primary lesson may be 'belonging': that we live to learn to love and love to learn to live. We assimilate the other through innate sympathy, devout emotion.
The exalted power of the soul emerges from the numinous sea -- emerging consciousness. The universal source from which we all spring and in which we all meet comes from deep within our human organism.
“My speech is imperfect. Not because I want to shine with words, but out of the impossibility of finding those words, I speak in images. With nothing else can I express the words from the depths.” ―Jung, The Red Book: A Reader's Edition
The intriguing lover and the magician use the same techniques to manipulate images, concealed and revealed in symbols. Likewise the artist, who creates from unconscious memories, autonomous complexes, and participation mystique.
We tend to see ourselves in one another. We can unconsciously assimilate a model or role another provides. Both are a loss of self. This psychological connection is identification (empathy, rapport, relationship) with objects or people, seen as imaginal extensions of oneself. Internal qualities are required for real love.
Identification is an unconscious fantasy where split off aspects of self are attributed to an external object, or, we identify with the impulses being projected onto us. We subsume it. The need to withdraw projections is generally signaled by frustrated expectations in relationships, accompanied by strong affect.
The autonomous creative complex arises from the collective unconscious. Imagination is the main gateway of all magical processes. Only embodied consciousness can align personal deeds with the divine.
Divine Beauty is an ideal that does not lie in things. Form and content originated from unconscious drives. Art is a tireless obsession. A synchronistic phenomena, the autonomy of the creative drive, sparks the impulse of the creative spirit. Art is an essentially meditative process -- meaningful making.
It expresses our innermost thoughts and desires and transports us into new realities and electrifying emotions. It evokes and transmits the primordial -- more than the merely personal. When we follow the archetypal impulse, the work imposes itself or emerges seemingly spontaneously. Imagistic dialogue renders relationship more fluid, even that of conscious and unconscious.
Aphrodite is the hot, moist breath of the soul, the deep breath of life. Awareness rests in the sensations of breath. In love, she is every breath we take (inhalation and exhalation and the gap between), every heartbeat, and the polarities of psyche.
Earthy and idealized love form a dichotomy. Jung envisioned energy flowing ceaselessly between the opposites, manifesting libido in every activity, including sexual activity. Fantasy draws attention to significant inner realities.
"[T]here is a knowledge of the heart that gives deeper insight. The knowledge of the heart is in no book and is not to be found in the mouth of any teacher, but grows out of you like the green seed from the dark earth.” ― C.G. Jung, The Red Book: Liber Novus
We can invoke Aphrodite privately, with friends, or a lover. We can be voyeurs or active participants. Love is a substantive soul to soul connection, passions, hopes, wishes, and dreams. Sex (animal urges), love, and romance are one of our main ways of mythologizing practical, emotional, mental, and spiritual life.
Love makes an average man feel beautiful and intelligent. We can understand our lives and instincts more deeply through archetypes and their phenomenology, including the love and suffering of eros and pathos -- "lovesickness."
Jung defined intuition as "perception via the unconscious": using sense-perception only as a starting point, to bring forth ideas, images, possibilities, ways out of a blocked situation, by a process that is mostly unconscious. In the divine act of reconnection, imagination conveys divine thoughts through images, penetrating deeper levels of insight with trans-sensory perception.
Jung said, “the daemonic is the not yet realized creative.” Perceptual diversity helps us access a variety of non-rational altered states of consciousness, including dreams, trance, imagination, divination, and meditation -- presentational illumination.
"Mythology opens the world so that it becomes transparent to something that is beyond speech, beyond words––in short, what we call transcendence. Without that you don't have a mythology. Any system of thinking, ideologies of one kind or another, that does not open to transcendence cannot be understood or classified mythologically." --Joseph Campbell, "The Hero’s Journey"
Mythical figures are eternal metaphors of the imagination, the dynamics of psychic reality. Jung suggested myth is a revelation of the divine life in humanity, our unconscious grasp of the history of the world, the wild energies of creation, and our sense of embodiment.
There are interdependent unconscious neural, phenomenological, and cognitive levels of embodiment. Mind is not separate from bodily experience, but is naturally more than our conceptual experience. It is irrational. nonlinear, and entangled. There are no consistent level-independent truths. Even embodied truth is not absolute, objective truth, nor does it need to be but it allows us self-reflection.
We have to bridge the gap between symbols and the world, learn to speak the language and see the sights with clarity. The phenomenological level can be brought into consciousness, but the unconscious cognitive remains below awareness in sensory, motor, visceral, and mental processing.
There is no single unified metaphysics. The level of complexity determines the level of insight. So we look toward our existential ground state, which is primordial awareness devoid of a all archetypal and conceptual notions and experience -- direct experience.
Archetypes are "shared truths," fundamental conceptual categories containing numerous facets, but their autonomy makes them more than our formal symbol system. To be 'realistic' we conceptually imagine their reality on the imaginal level, inferring their presence through our conceptual metaphors, which may be magical, mythic, rational, or transcendent.
There is no final or rigid corresponding fit, but an on-going dialogue of developing understanding, even love and devotion. We see our self-conscious reflections in the categories we create or imagine. Theories and intentions abound so we have to look to the real-world effects.
What we take to be true depends on our embodied understanding of the situation. It is efficacious to work with the cognitive unconscious, our psychophysical ground. It is known in the silence and by the light of the heart -- the wisdom light. Meditational practice works toward realizing such unbound basic awareness. This existential ground is the ultimate in being 'down to earth.'
For the ancients, the divine did not reside in an unfathomable Paradise of faith but in primordial knowing. Nature was the awesome, all-powerful and ever-present countenance of divine reality. This is the direct relationship of minds to worlds or environments -- a philosophy of the flesh.
Awe is rooted in people and nature. It's a precious value to be honored as how we learn about the world. We see someone die, we see a child being born, we see somebody saving their life or helping them out. Massive geophysical or cosmological features make us feel humble and privileged. Some moments, sometimes days are full of grace and joy.
Awe is not just religious concepts, or scientific ideas and beautiful or elegant theories, or poetry or art. It is also grace, magnanimity, generosity, the sacred, and what matters -- a tactile, palpable personal life. We actively pursue awe through human passion, creativity, and nature.
Given or chosen, this is the resource at our disposal in reality. We come into being as observers only through our attention and complex metaphorical-conceptual systems. Daily thought is mostly metaphorical. We move from the known to the unknown through how this is like that. It deviates perceptually from literal reality.
Consciousness of archetypes extends the limitations of our observations and knowledge base. This is the looking-glass of the soul, our imaginal interface with the divine and the laws of form.
Conceptual metaphors can be restrictive. If we relate to archetypes in a known or cliche way as consciousness frames with pedestrian values, the results are also conceptually obvious and probably ineffective for transformation and healing. We 'get it' conceptually, but not experientially.
How do we conceive the world? That is our generative question. This dynamic representation reflects our worldview and conditions the appearance of the whole. We design our world to foster a certain sort of mind or consciousness and try to meet its archetypal and existential challenges. The transformation of mental states is the emergence of the symbol from the primary distinctions.
Archetypes represent potential adaptations from the collective wisdom of humanity. Highly general, such certain kinds of intelligence are roughly equivalent in a wide variety of circumstances.
We cannot realize it all, all of the time, so certain autonomous and selected pathways emerge to help us solve existential problems. Archetypes are bounded resource systems upon which we can call just as the ancients did for support.
We can only approach our authentic life of personality through dialogue in a process-oriented perspective -- a relationship between mind and body, grounded in flesh and our unique environment.
"Probably in absolute reality there is no such thing as body and mind, but body
and mind or soul are the same, the same life, subject to the same laws, and
what the body does is happening in the mind." (Jung, Dream Analysis, Page 20)
In mutual opening we develop living relationships with archetypes. We still remain blind to the iceberg that stays out of sight. Even such sight or insight is a conceptual metaphor, but that is the goddess or god, who conceals and reveals. Our vision is their vision. The carnal body develops in a cultural context.
Our nature is conditioned by archetypes, with their own autonomy and domains. We can develop the capacity to observe these universal forces interacting with our personality. 'I' is a construct of self-image we rarely match because we remain unconscious of those roots.
Likewise, categories of experience are constructed but can be observed phenomenologically. "Through active imagination the image is imprinted on the psychic essence of personality with the purpose of transformation." ~Carl Jung, ETH Lecture 3rd Nov 1939
Archetypes relate our observed system to the divine system and/or environment. We do it unconsciously, or consciously. To remain unconscious is soul death. To become conscious through our attention is a rebirth and solution of problems. Operational meaning is more important than semantic meaning. They populate our minds, but are also the roots of being. It can come as a stab of grace in the heart.
For us, divine nature expresses as a mind-world correspondence system or principle. We work toward certain goals in certain worlds with the relevant means. Subject to real-world space and time constraints, we mythologize our lives to help us adapt. Symbols reside in and naturally transform our declarative, procedural and episodic memory systems. We are immortalized in memory.
The meaning of events is the way of salvation that you create. The meaning of events comes from the possibility of life in this world that you create. It is the mastery of this world and the assertion of your soul in this world.
~Carl Jung, The Red Book, Page 239.
We experience the muse, daemon, or 'angels' of creativity in their divine autonomy. How often works of creative genius arrive in consciousness almost fully formed. The face of the beloved angel is our divinity -- our light that draws breath, our embodied nakedness.
Aphrodite animates and quickens matter with imagination. All experiences act as symbols. Like Aphrodite, the feminine Archangel, Spenta Armaiti (Isfandarmuz in Persian) represents both the mystery of the Earth (earth angel as body-spirit) and the woman of Light.
Spenta Armaiti is closely related to Sophia and wisdom as the daughter of “Lord Wisdom,” “mistress of his house,” the “mother of his creatures,” and the "Dwelling place." She is a personal not a spatial relationship that substantiates and vivifies us with consummation in the imaginal. She is perfect thought, primordial awareness, or concept-free meditation -- the throb of absolute reality, universal consciousness, the depths of human spiritual potential.
Soul and the divine are united by the symbolic image in the imagination where the spiritual world has an objective reality. Imagination is a divine body that lives within us all in primordial images and the visionary events of the soul. It creates a sympathetic life, open to beauty, ecstasy, and transcendence.
Engaging in mythic tasks challenges us to discover and deepen self-understanding and reclaim the imaginal, not virtues but virtualities. Integration of oppositional tendencies, in ambiguity and paradox, includes co-existence with others, the world, and the archetypal world of metaphorical, rather than sensible or literal, reality. We don't believe anything we haven't acquainted ourselves with, be it love of light or darkness.
We only understand divine matters by assimilating ourselves to that order of being, through the spiritual body or celestial earth -- the old link between soil, soul, and society. Corbin says, "soul tends to give a form to the celestial Earth and to actualize it, thus making possible the epiphany of the beings of light."
"Probably in absolute reality there is no such thing as body and mind, but body and mind or soul are the same, the same life, subject to the same laws, and what the body does is happening in the mind." ~Carl Jung, Dream Analysis, Page 20
Ancestral order dwells in the deep subconscious, and Aphrodite is still listed as a primordial ancestor in standard genealogy. 'Immortality' is a part of a mighty, spiritual process of divine inspiration. We are immortalized in memory and in our own 'body of light,' which Aphrodite represents in potential.
The strength of our soul is our own mythological being, animating our own inner voice and transcendent potential. The mythical world of the old gods is not the product of poetry; mankind is the product of the gods, as shown in our lines of descent.
Love can be a path for a consciously realized life. Service is a big component of love.
Aphrodite's nature links us to all living beings with a bond of love and a heart-centered myth, rooted in embodied love, compassion, and passion. Heavenly and common Aphrodite share the goal of union. She unites the immanent and transcendent in a sacred marriage.
"Imaginal love” can only be realized within us as an actual singular being. Paradoxically, such intensively lived singularity, an invitation to vision. It gives rise to unlimited multiplicity and visionary openness, union with the archetypes.
This poetic vision of alchemical intensity, 'mad-love.' can only occur within the deepening process of life itself in a path of self-knowledge. Poetic language is embodied nakedness. Material and spiritual aspects remain hidden under symbolism and images that precede all perception.
Words, the inherent poeticizing of the word, accompany the structure of pictorial imagery as it appears in nature, the intimate anatomy of the imaginal realm. Our life provides the texts to be lived out as the key to mysteries revealed in us not to us -- a transfiguration of the literal.
Creative imagination lives within the heart, transforming the visible into the invisible. Artistic sensibility is symbolic. We can immerse ourselves in the living arts. Art even deepens spiritual traditions.
Meaning emanates from the real world as well as works of art if we listen to our calling, or vocation. Artistic sensibility reconciles us with love of the arts, supplying us with what we love. The arts feed us. It is a pleasure to create beauty and knowledge.
Artistic or symbolic sensitivity is the ability to feel empathy, the meanings emanating from the works of art and the real world. We can connect with it by listening, vision, attention, imagination, or 'soul making' -- trusting the transformative power of images.
Artistic sensibility is a deeply therapeutic process for artists and for the environment. Soul welcomes the mysterious if we immerse ourselves in the dark mystery. Images are apprehended by a deep intuitive sense of transcendent principles governing and emanating throughout creation.
Midlife is a symbolic death before rebirth -- a universal life passage and initiation. We experience the paradox of the dual identity of tomb and womb -- reintegration of meaning and fate. Love and its loss are a rite of passage. Our wounds become openings to a deeper reality of true intimacy -- soulful connection. Healing is an epiphany.
The life of the soul cannot emerge in merely finite relationships. Alchemical lovers have the same transforming powers as the phosphorescent fire that warms the alchemical athanor.
Dreams are a way to moisten the soul in the pools of images and feeling, dissolving problems, and changing moods. Spirits of the water and instinctive feminine magic can appear as daemonic archetypal energy, denizens of darkness: mermaids, melusines, woody nymphs, succubus or harlots.
Ritual, fusing desire and action for effective change, helps us connect with and transform inner polarities. The task of generativity after midlife is opening liminal space for personal and collective evolution and cosmic consciousness. Whatever soul touches becomes numinous.
The numinosum is either a quality belonging to a visible object or the influence of an invisible presence that causes a peculiar alteration of consciousness.
~Carl Jung, CW 11, Para 6
Jung famously stated that the gods have become diseases and Hillman reiterated, "There is disease in the archetype." We recognize the Gods by our symptoms. They gods themselves can be quarrelsome, envious, deceive, and have sexual obsessions. They are vindictive, isolated, and vulnerable at the bottom. But we suffer the consequences.
The wounding and suffering itself is eternal and archetypal. The wound directs our existential development. Therefore, symptoms like dreams, are a road to the unconscious. We are never alone if we recognize archetypal dynamics in our lives.
Jung also noted it is death to the soul to remain unconscious and that soul death can occur long before physical death. Loss of soul, the wound and the eye are the same -- the point of view of the psyche and its suffering. Even limited options are a way of seeing through the complex with intuition or psychological vision.
Archetypes, as liminal entities are numinous or “spiritual,” if “magical” is too strong a word. Magic is inherent in our instinctual roots. The 'supernatural' is the truly chaotic world of collective unconscious. In that "in between" place we can access who we are at the heart of it all. Symbols are grasped by the power of the heart.
Mythical figures, themes and images orient us as we learn to balance masculine strength and inner authority with feminine wisdom and inner power transforming identity and consciousness and patterned forms of attachment to the personal in the transpersonal.
Anima/animus is a bridge to the sacred, the imaginal field of he depths of the body, encounters with others, self, and eternity. The sensible transmutes into symbols.
Through active imagination the image is imprinted on the psychic essence of personality with the purpose of transformation. ~Carl Jung, ETH Lecture 3rd Nov 1939
As in this world, we can expect positive, negative, and mundane experiences in the imaginal field. As well as happiness or intimacy there is also negative empathic identification, suffering, loss, anger, despair, tragedy, etc. Shame, vulnerability, and sexual objectification.
Ordinary experiences include focused concentration, meaningful memories, dreams, continuing inner dialogues, social/relational interactions, reflexive and reflective thought.
Strong religious or spiritual qualities (arousing, awe-inspiring, mysterious, dreadful) suggest the presence of a divinity which appeals to the higher emotions or aesthetic sense, the poetic basis of the soul, thereby altering ego-based consciousness. Experiencing awe can lower stress levels, expand our perception of time, and improve social well-being.
Uniting the opposites, resonant aesthetic structures of the numinal and phenomenal realms are held in tension, converging in “flowering light.” The angel allows us see and to know, and encounter our spiritual essence. The demon lover results from failure to differentiate our anima or animus from the darkness of our shadow, of incarnation.
Archetypes are part of our common biological, cultural and personal heritage, rooted in matter and spirit. We grow from a magical, to mythic, to rational, and transcendent perspective over our lifetimes.
Probably in absolute reality there is no such thing as body and mind, but body and mind or soul are the same, the same life, subject to the same laws, and what the body does is happening in the mind. ~Carl Jung, Dream Analysis, Page 20
The archetypal aspect of anima means everything she touches becomes numinous, unconditional, dangerous, taboo, magical. Anima desires both good and bad in life. We wrestle our demon at the hot edge of our transforming interior reality with active embodied participation, not religious sentimentality or spiritual grandiosity.
"The world of the Gods is made manifest in spirituality and in sexuality. The celestial ones appear in spirituality, the earthly in sexuality." (Jung, Liber Novus, Page 352.)
They are channels of energy and material, psychic and spiritual potential arising spontaneously from within. Our primary lesson may be 'belonging': that we live to learn to love and love to learn to live. We assimilate the other through innate sympathy, devout emotion.
The exalted power of the soul emerges from the numinous sea -- emerging consciousness. The universal source from which we all spring and in which we all meet comes from deep within our human organism.
“My speech is imperfect. Not because I want to shine with words, but out of the impossibility of finding those words, I speak in images. With nothing else can I express the words from the depths.” ―Jung, The Red Book: A Reader's Edition
The intriguing lover and the magician use the same techniques to manipulate images, concealed and revealed in symbols. Likewise the artist, who creates from unconscious memories, autonomous complexes, and participation mystique.
We tend to see ourselves in one another. We can unconsciously assimilate a model or role another provides. Both are a loss of self. This psychological connection is identification (empathy, rapport, relationship) with objects or people, seen as imaginal extensions of oneself. Internal qualities are required for real love.
Identification is an unconscious fantasy where split off aspects of self are attributed to an external object, or, we identify with the impulses being projected onto us. We subsume it. The need to withdraw projections is generally signaled by frustrated expectations in relationships, accompanied by strong affect.
The autonomous creative complex arises from the collective unconscious. Imagination is the main gateway of all magical processes. Only embodied consciousness can align personal deeds with the divine.
Divine Beauty is an ideal that does not lie in things. Form and content originated from unconscious drives. Art is a tireless obsession. A synchronistic phenomena, the autonomy of the creative drive, sparks the impulse of the creative spirit. Art is an essentially meditative process -- meaningful making.
It expresses our innermost thoughts and desires and transports us into new realities and electrifying emotions. It evokes and transmits the primordial -- more than the merely personal. When we follow the archetypal impulse, the work imposes itself or emerges seemingly spontaneously. Imagistic dialogue renders relationship more fluid, even that of conscious and unconscious.
Aphrodite is the hot, moist breath of the soul, the deep breath of life. Awareness rests in the sensations of breath. In love, she is every breath we take (inhalation and exhalation and the gap between), every heartbeat, and the polarities of psyche.
Earthy and idealized love form a dichotomy. Jung envisioned energy flowing ceaselessly between the opposites, manifesting libido in every activity, including sexual activity. Fantasy draws attention to significant inner realities.
"[T]here is a knowledge of the heart that gives deeper insight. The knowledge of the heart is in no book and is not to be found in the mouth of any teacher, but grows out of you like the green seed from the dark earth.” ― C.G. Jung, The Red Book: Liber Novus
We can invoke Aphrodite privately, with friends, or a lover. We can be voyeurs or active participants. Love is a substantive soul to soul connection, passions, hopes, wishes, and dreams. Sex (animal urges), love, and romance are one of our main ways of mythologizing practical, emotional, mental, and spiritual life.
Love makes an average man feel beautiful and intelligent. We can understand our lives and instincts more deeply through archetypes and their phenomenology, including the love and suffering of eros and pathos -- "lovesickness."
Jung defined intuition as "perception via the unconscious": using sense-perception only as a starting point, to bring forth ideas, images, possibilities, ways out of a blocked situation, by a process that is mostly unconscious. In the divine act of reconnection, imagination conveys divine thoughts through images, penetrating deeper levels of insight with trans-sensory perception.
Jung said, “the daemonic is the not yet realized creative.” Perceptual diversity helps us access a variety of non-rational altered states of consciousness, including dreams, trance, imagination, divination, and meditation -- presentational illumination.
https://www.academia.edu/9953549/Half-light_half-matter_quantum_particles
below: Orbital angular momentum of light
below: Orbital angular momentum of light
“My thesis, then, is as follows: In addition to our immediate consciousness, which is of a thoroughly personal nature and which we believe to be the only empirical psyche (even if we tack on the personal unconscious as an appendix), there exists a second psychic system of a collective, universal, and impersonal nature which is identical in all individuals. This collective unconscious does not develop individually but is inherited. It consists of pre-existent forms, the archetypes, which can only become conscious secondarily and which give definite form to certain psychic contents.” - Carl Jung, “The Concept of the Collective Unconscious”
"Contemporary neurology and psychology [and physics] show that we already live in one or more internal virtual realities, generated by neurological and psychological processes. Stable patterns, stabilized systems of these internal virtual realities, constitute states of consciousness, our ordinary personality, and multiple personalities." - Charles Tart (1990)
"Contemporary neurology and psychology [and physics] show that we already live in one or more internal virtual realities, generated by neurological and psychological processes. Stable patterns, stabilized systems of these internal virtual realities, constitute states of consciousness, our ordinary personality, and multiple personalities." - Charles Tart (1990)
|
|
THE VACUUM IS A COSMIC VIRTUAL-STATE HOLOGRAM
Integrating (kindling) one of these forms will result in it becoming
first a neutrinic pattern, then a photonic (light) pattern,
then a materializing pattern, and finally a material pattern.
Integrating (kindling) one of these forms will result in it becoming
first a neutrinic pattern, then a photonic (light) pattern,
then a materializing pattern, and finally a material pattern.
http://www.cheniere.org/books/aids/kindlingetc.html
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rxNaP_lfpn4
Alan Wallace
Alan Wallace
Preface
Coherence, Decoherence & Resolution
"Not for a moment dare we succumb to the illusion that an archetype can be finally explained and disposed of. Even the best attempts at explanation are only more or less successful translations into another metaphorical language. (Indeed, language itself is only an image.) The most we can do is dream the myth onwards and give it a modern dress." --Jung
"People like us, who believe in physics, know that the distinction between past, present and future
is only a stubborn, persistent illusion." --Albert Einstein
"Other physicists who consider the backwards in time operation of consciousness to be highly relevant are Amit Goswami and also, more recently, Steven Hawking and Leonard Mlodinow who in their book The Grand Design write that: "Quantum physics tells us that no matter how thorough our observation of the present, the (unobserved) past, like the future, is indefinite and exists only as a spectrum of possibilities. The universe, according to quantum physics, has no single past, or history. The fact that the past takes no definite form means that observations you make on a system in the present affect its past." And, of course, this must mean that the minds or ‘consciousnesses’ performing the ‘observations’ must be involved in some way in ‘affecting’ the past." --Graham P. Smetham
"People like us, who believe in physics, know that the distinction between past, present and future
is only a stubborn, persistent illusion." --Albert Einstein
"Other physicists who consider the backwards in time operation of consciousness to be highly relevant are Amit Goswami and also, more recently, Steven Hawking and Leonard Mlodinow who in their book The Grand Design write that: "Quantum physics tells us that no matter how thorough our observation of the present, the (unobserved) past, like the future, is indefinite and exists only as a spectrum of possibilities. The universe, according to quantum physics, has no single past, or history. The fact that the past takes no definite form means that observations you make on a system in the present affect its past." And, of course, this must mean that the minds or ‘consciousnesses’ performing the ‘observations’ must be involved in some way in ‘affecting’ the past." --Graham P. Smetham
First, what is an archetype? Archetypes can be understood and described in many ways, and in fact much of the history of Western thought from Plato and Aristotle onward has been concerned with this very question. But for our present purposes, we can define an archetype as a universal principle or force that affects--impels, structures, permeates--the human psyche and human behavior on many levels. One can think of them as primordial instincts, as Freud did, or as transcendent first principles as Plato did, or as gods of the psyche as James Hillman does. Archetypes (for example, Venus or Mars) seem to have a transcendent, mythic quality, yet they also have very specific psychological expressions--as in the desire for love and the experience of beauty (Venus), or the impulse toward forceful activity and aggression (Mars). Moreover, archetypes seem to work from both within and without, for they can express themselves as impulses and images from the interior psyche, yet also as events and situations in the external world.
Jung thought of archetypes as the basic constituents of the human psyche, shared cross-culturally by all human beings, and he regarded them as universal expressions of a collective unconscious. Much earlier, the Platonic tradition considered archetypes to be not only psychological but also cosmic and objective, as primordial forms of a Universal Mind that transcended the human psyche. Astrology would appear to support the Platonic view as well as the Jungian, since it gives evidence that Jungian archetypes are not only visible in human psychology, in human experience and behavior, but are also linked to the macrocosm itself- -- to the planets and their movements in the heavens. Astrology thus supports the ancient idea of an anima mundi, or world soul, in which the human psyche participates. From this perspective, what Jung called the collective unconscious can be viewed as being ultimately embedded within the cosmos itself. --Richard Tarnas
...the first Sefirah is Keter, the Crown, the beginning, the primal void. In the beginning He created a point, which became Thought, where all the figures were drawn. He was and was not, encompassed in the name, having as yet no name other than the desire to be called by a name. . . . He traced signs in the air; a dark light leapt from His most secret depth, like a colorless mist that gives form to formlessness, and the flames streamed down to illuminate the lower Sefirot, and down, down to the Kingdom.
...In the second Sefirah the dark aleph changes into the luminous aleph. From the Dark Point spring the letters of the Torah. The consonants are the body, the vowels the breath, and together they accompany the worshipper as he chants. When the chant moves, the consonants are the body, the vowels the breath, and together they accompany the worshipper as he chants. When the chant moves, the consonants and vowels move with it, and from them rises Hokmah--wisdom, knowledge, the primordial thought that contains, as in a box, everything, all will unfold in creation. Hokmah holds the essence of all that will emanate from it.
Binah is the palace Hokmah builds as He spreads out from the primordial point. If Hokmah is the source, Binah is the river that flows from it, separating into its various branches until they all empty into the great sea of the last Sefirah. But in Binah all forms are already formed.
...Hesed is not only the Sefirah of grace and love...it is also the moment of expansion of the divine substance, which spreads out to the edge of infinity. It is the care of the living for the dead, but someone also must have observed that it is the care of the dead for the living. --Umberto Eco, Foucault's Pendulum
...In the second Sefirah the dark aleph changes into the luminous aleph. From the Dark Point spring the letters of the Torah. The consonants are the body, the vowels the breath, and together they accompany the worshipper as he chants. When the chant moves, the consonants are the body, the vowels the breath, and together they accompany the worshipper as he chants. When the chant moves, the consonants and vowels move with it, and from them rises Hokmah--wisdom, knowledge, the primordial thought that contains, as in a box, everything, all will unfold in creation. Hokmah holds the essence of all that will emanate from it.
Binah is the palace Hokmah builds as He spreads out from the primordial point. If Hokmah is the source, Binah is the river that flows from it, separating into its various branches until they all empty into the great sea of the last Sefirah. But in Binah all forms are already formed.
...Hesed is not only the Sefirah of grace and love...it is also the moment of expansion of the divine substance, which spreads out to the edge of infinity. It is the care of the living for the dead, but someone also must have observed that it is the care of the dead for the living. --Umberto Eco, Foucault's Pendulum
|
|
The most deconstructed archetypal forms are vortexes, toroids, solitons, and singularities..
The most fundamental archetype of process is the Field.
The quantum vacuum is a dynamic massless scalar field. Scalars are just active information; a hologram is pure information. Entanglement is a property of nonlocal quantum information exchange.
The central spiral vortex crossover point (all adjoining toroidal fractal involved fields)
is what physicists call a “twistor” or a “wormhole”.
The underlying structure of the torus is the Vector Equilibrium, or “VE.”
It is the blueprint by which nature forms energy into matter.
In a Vortex "OUTER" coexists with "INNER" in a dimensional MORPHING contorsion-continuum. This vortex energy modality of the fractal universes, this fractal repeats in every manifestation, including the Earth (the Body), the Psyche, the Soul, the Spirit that are manifested in the 4 Elements of Earth / Water / Air / Fire and their Torus-Vortex interactions.
The most fundamental archetype of process is the Field.
The quantum vacuum is a dynamic massless scalar field. Scalars are just active information; a hologram is pure information. Entanglement is a property of nonlocal quantum information exchange.
The central spiral vortex crossover point (all adjoining toroidal fractal involved fields)
is what physicists call a “twistor” or a “wormhole”.
The underlying structure of the torus is the Vector Equilibrium, or “VE.”
It is the blueprint by which nature forms energy into matter.
In a Vortex "OUTER" coexists with "INNER" in a dimensional MORPHING contorsion-continuum. This vortex energy modality of the fractal universes, this fractal repeats in every manifestation, including the Earth (the Body), the Psyche, the Soul, the Spirit that are manifested in the 4 Elements of Earth / Water / Air / Fire and their Torus-Vortex interactions.
Depth Psychology, New Physics or Philosophy of Nature?
What are Archetypes?
Are they structural, emergent, neurological, hereditary, divine,
or an as-yet-unknown element of reality?
How can we know them and understand the patterns of our lives?
Field States, Fusion States & Field Dynamics
"An archetypal content expresses itself, first and foremost, in metaphors."
--Carl Jung
"It is relevant for psychologists and therapists to know basic physics,
because in experiential states clients report recognizable observations, symbols, and metaphors
of the archetypal groundstate of consciousness that relate to healing and individuation.
Our concept of archetypes needs to be expanded to include scientifically-informed gnosis
of the plenum, the subquantum realm beyond the mystic veil of observability. Both physics and depth psychology describe an 'as if' reality, consistent with experience." --Iona Miller
--Carl Jung
"It is relevant for psychologists and therapists to know basic physics,
because in experiential states clients report recognizable observations, symbols, and metaphors
of the archetypal groundstate of consciousness that relate to healing and individuation.
Our concept of archetypes needs to be expanded to include scientifically-informed gnosis
of the plenum, the subquantum realm beyond the mystic veil of observability. Both physics and depth psychology describe an 'as if' reality, consistent with experience." --Iona Miller
Fractal Universe http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VRsUKEvscHI
Natural Philosophy
“My soul, where are you? Do you hear me? I speak. I call you—are you there? I have returned. I am here again. I have shaken the dust of all the lands from my feet, and I have come to you again.” ~Jung, The Red Book, p. 232
"Those who regard philosophy as a soft and unscientific discipline in contrast to the hard and scientific field of mathematics and physics, have accepted a Big Lie. The idea of mathematicians and physicists can be no more objective or certain than the philosophic ideas on which they depend. Philosophy is the discipline that tells us how to be objective and how to achieve certainty. Without a theory of knowledge, how would mathematicians or physicists know the relationship of their concepts and generalizations to reality? It is the inductive science of philosophy that teaches the hard scientist how to be scientific." -- Leonard Peikoff in The Logical Leap by David Harriman
The Light of Nature
All phenomena are known in empty nature. Eastern traditions say the mind can be emancipated by emptiness. Now physics and depth psychology are inclined to agree. This radical emptiness is the primordial ground of creation -- universal consciousness beyond prespacetime, which forms the ground for our individual consciousness which transduces and filters the massive data glut of the whole realm of being. In our brains this process is mediated spin and biophotonic light (Hu and Wu)
All dependently originating forms are essentially conceptual constructs from potential reality -- these are holographic archetypes. New creation is possible at any time. We don't claim non-existence, we merely remove claims for existing existents. The Void is not devoid. Voidness does not mean nothingness, but rather that all things lack intrinsic reality, intrinsic objectivity, intrinsic identity or intrinsic referentiality. Lacking such static essence or substance does not make them not exist —- it makes them thoroughly relative.
Meditatively and experimentally contemplating Self, non-Self and Emptiness are a Way to return to our primordial awareness - the naked reality of the Nature mind, much as the alchemists fed their process and quest for the Unus Mundus by contemplating Nature through their alchemical experiments. In this process Nature, not merely our science is the ultimate guide. Jung called the ultimate reality beyond matter and psyche the unus mundus, following the alchemists. Buddha-nature has been described as a positive expression of emptiness, abiding core reality — empty of all mutability and error, fully present within all beings.
The spiritual path is ultimately not about our personal quest, but rather about participating consciously in something far greater than ourselves. When we dwell in the expanded worldview, the synchronistic life becomes more of a steady-state than an occasional numinous novelty. Creative life becomes synchronistic, much like an altered state of consciousness. Miracles seem to happen and creative work is accelerated and deepend, in totally unforseeable ways. The path opens to awakened or renewed consciousness. Coherent consciousness can be liked to a linear accelerator for our being.
The god-image of mysticism and synchronicity are the same, today emerging through the fusion of science and spirituality. Unifying symbols of the self or center (Mandalas, Seal of Solomon, Philosopher's Stone, Flower of Life, Hierosgamos, etc.) reflect the objective psyche or the collective unconscious and are symbolic equivalents of the unus mundus and synchronicity is its parapsychological aspect. Jung sought a unified psychophysical reality behind our artificial split into matter and spirit, transcending the spacetime barrier. The archetypal basis of the theoretical assumptions of physics explains not only phenomena but their deeper symbolic nature.
In the process of continuous creation from the virtual vacuum flux, archetypes are the filters of the creation of forms, much like our senses are filters of perception. Archetypes are the constants of nature. Psychologically, emptiness is the relinquishing of all views. It is explicitly used as a middle way between eternalism and nihilism, abiding radical nondualism. It does not specifically refer to an ultimate, universal, or absolute nature of reality. The virtual vacuum flux of physics, the prespacetime field correlates with the primordial reality from which phenomenal reality springs or the changeless reality empty of only that which is other than itself.
Hu and Wu describe spin (therefore polarity) as the ultimate mind pixel. Spin-mediated consciousness (neural membrane nuclear spin ensembles) theory that says spin is the linchpin between the mind and brain, that is, spin is the mind-pixel related to quantum entanglement. He and Dr. Wu have discovered evidence of nonlocal effects of chemical substances on the brain produced through quantum entanglement and evidence of nonlocal chemical, thermal and gravitational effects which support the notion of a quantum brain and demonstrate nonlocal signaling and nonlocal gravity.
He has recently also proposed, in collaboration with Wu, the principle of existence which is a theory of everything based on prespacetime (Consciousness). This theory describes the transduction of individual consciousness from primordial or universal consciousness. They argue that quantum entanglement originates from the primordial spin processes in non-spatial and non-temporal pre-spacetime, implying genuine interconnectedness and inseparableness of once interacting quantum entities. This plays a vital roles in biology and consciousness.
Natural Philosophy
The study of natural philosophy seeks to explore the cosmos by any means necessary to understand the universe. Regrettably, the inductive principle of natural philosophy has been dismissed in the 'mob rule' culture of science today. And modern philosophy may be the culprit. The corruption in philosophy seems to have spread from Immanuel Kant's 18th century philosophy that led to 'positivism,' which limits the goals of science to merely describing regularities in the behavior of appearances.
Multidisciplinary studies herald the return of the natural philosopher. For example, Jungian psychology with its alchemical metaphors and dynamics provides comprehensive models for uniting psyche and physics, psyche and matter, and demonstrating the indissoluble weld that binds them. It radically revisions the mind/body split, healing that which should never have been torn asunder.
In our inquiries when we go beyond a certain depth in psychology or physics, we enter the realm of the ultimate mysteries of life. The mystic veil of the starry firmament parts revealing the underlying matrix of creation, the luminous ground of the virtual vacuum -- the void created by the zero point radiative fluctuation of matter and antimatter, the void that gives birth to all images and form.
In the modem scientific age, science and humanity is in search of ultimate truth. Sustained efforts are being made from both the ends of the spectrum but such efforts are still unfolding. Science and humanity seek to achieve ultimate truth with their limited knowledge of mind and matter i.e. the ordinary consciousness: states of waking and sleep. Ultimate truth is not matter nor is it material -- it is closer to the quintessence, formerly called Spirit. It can be realized by entering into altered or higher states of consciousness, but permeates daily life, as well.
Understanding the hidden language of archetypes helps us translate the dynamics of our Being and Becoming. It is this inner "kernel" or "seed" of Life that informs us we are really after. Quantum mechanics reveals stunning secrets of nature, but it is a science of frozen frames, snapshots of measurement, rather than a process-oriented science that shows how they fit seamlessly together.
Natural existence is best understood in terms of processes rather than things — of modes of change rather than fixed stabilities. For processists, change of every sort — physical, organic, psychological — is the pervasive and predominant feature of the real. A sequentially structured sequence of successive stages or phases has three factors:
Jung states that both myth and science reveal truths, however mythic realities are understood in a different method than scientific truths. He also states that both myths and the elemental world are naturally occurring phenomena. In many instances mythology and religion function simultaneously. However, a major distinction between the two traditions is that mythology is defined as an adaptive narration, while dogmatic perspective restricts religion to a lived mythic model. As a lived mythology, religion is a lens or paradigm through which to view the world.
Specific examples of the relationship between myth and religion are better understood through the narratives surrounding the mystic arts, such as Qabalah, Magick, and Alchemy. The science-art of alchemy metaphorically relates physical phenomenon to the sacred, uniting objective and subjective apprehension. It generates and regenerates myth and symbolic experience.
"Those who regard philosophy as a soft and unscientific discipline in contrast to the hard and scientific field of mathematics and physics, have accepted a Big Lie. The idea of mathematicians and physicists can be no more objective or certain than the philosophic ideas on which they depend. Philosophy is the discipline that tells us how to be objective and how to achieve certainty. Without a theory of knowledge, how would mathematicians or physicists know the relationship of their concepts and generalizations to reality? It is the inductive science of philosophy that teaches the hard scientist how to be scientific." -- Leonard Peikoff in The Logical Leap by David Harriman
The Light of Nature
All phenomena are known in empty nature. Eastern traditions say the mind can be emancipated by emptiness. Now physics and depth psychology are inclined to agree. This radical emptiness is the primordial ground of creation -- universal consciousness beyond prespacetime, which forms the ground for our individual consciousness which transduces and filters the massive data glut of the whole realm of being. In our brains this process is mediated spin and biophotonic light (Hu and Wu)
All dependently originating forms are essentially conceptual constructs from potential reality -- these are holographic archetypes. New creation is possible at any time. We don't claim non-existence, we merely remove claims for existing existents. The Void is not devoid. Voidness does not mean nothingness, but rather that all things lack intrinsic reality, intrinsic objectivity, intrinsic identity or intrinsic referentiality. Lacking such static essence or substance does not make them not exist —- it makes them thoroughly relative.
Meditatively and experimentally contemplating Self, non-Self and Emptiness are a Way to return to our primordial awareness - the naked reality of the Nature mind, much as the alchemists fed their process and quest for the Unus Mundus by contemplating Nature through their alchemical experiments. In this process Nature, not merely our science is the ultimate guide. Jung called the ultimate reality beyond matter and psyche the unus mundus, following the alchemists. Buddha-nature has been described as a positive expression of emptiness, abiding core reality — empty of all mutability and error, fully present within all beings.
The spiritual path is ultimately not about our personal quest, but rather about participating consciously in something far greater than ourselves. When we dwell in the expanded worldview, the synchronistic life becomes more of a steady-state than an occasional numinous novelty. Creative life becomes synchronistic, much like an altered state of consciousness. Miracles seem to happen and creative work is accelerated and deepend, in totally unforseeable ways. The path opens to awakened or renewed consciousness. Coherent consciousness can be liked to a linear accelerator for our being.
The god-image of mysticism and synchronicity are the same, today emerging through the fusion of science and spirituality. Unifying symbols of the self or center (Mandalas, Seal of Solomon, Philosopher's Stone, Flower of Life, Hierosgamos, etc.) reflect the objective psyche or the collective unconscious and are symbolic equivalents of the unus mundus and synchronicity is its parapsychological aspect. Jung sought a unified psychophysical reality behind our artificial split into matter and spirit, transcending the spacetime barrier. The archetypal basis of the theoretical assumptions of physics explains not only phenomena but their deeper symbolic nature.
In the process of continuous creation from the virtual vacuum flux, archetypes are the filters of the creation of forms, much like our senses are filters of perception. Archetypes are the constants of nature. Psychologically, emptiness is the relinquishing of all views. It is explicitly used as a middle way between eternalism and nihilism, abiding radical nondualism. It does not specifically refer to an ultimate, universal, or absolute nature of reality. The virtual vacuum flux of physics, the prespacetime field correlates with the primordial reality from which phenomenal reality springs or the changeless reality empty of only that which is other than itself.
Hu and Wu describe spin (therefore polarity) as the ultimate mind pixel. Spin-mediated consciousness (neural membrane nuclear spin ensembles) theory that says spin is the linchpin between the mind and brain, that is, spin is the mind-pixel related to quantum entanglement. He and Dr. Wu have discovered evidence of nonlocal effects of chemical substances on the brain produced through quantum entanglement and evidence of nonlocal chemical, thermal and gravitational effects which support the notion of a quantum brain and demonstrate nonlocal signaling and nonlocal gravity.
He has recently also proposed, in collaboration with Wu, the principle of existence which is a theory of everything based on prespacetime (Consciousness). This theory describes the transduction of individual consciousness from primordial or universal consciousness. They argue that quantum entanglement originates from the primordial spin processes in non-spatial and non-temporal pre-spacetime, implying genuine interconnectedness and inseparableness of once interacting quantum entities. This plays a vital roles in biology and consciousness.
Natural Philosophy
The study of natural philosophy seeks to explore the cosmos by any means necessary to understand the universe. Regrettably, the inductive principle of natural philosophy has been dismissed in the 'mob rule' culture of science today. And modern philosophy may be the culprit. The corruption in philosophy seems to have spread from Immanuel Kant's 18th century philosophy that led to 'positivism,' which limits the goals of science to merely describing regularities in the behavior of appearances.
Multidisciplinary studies herald the return of the natural philosopher. For example, Jungian psychology with its alchemical metaphors and dynamics provides comprehensive models for uniting psyche and physics, psyche and matter, and demonstrating the indissoluble weld that binds them. It radically revisions the mind/body split, healing that which should never have been torn asunder.
In our inquiries when we go beyond a certain depth in psychology or physics, we enter the realm of the ultimate mysteries of life. The mystic veil of the starry firmament parts revealing the underlying matrix of creation, the luminous ground of the virtual vacuum -- the void created by the zero point radiative fluctuation of matter and antimatter, the void that gives birth to all images and form.
In the modem scientific age, science and humanity is in search of ultimate truth. Sustained efforts are being made from both the ends of the spectrum but such efforts are still unfolding. Science and humanity seek to achieve ultimate truth with their limited knowledge of mind and matter i.e. the ordinary consciousness: states of waking and sleep. Ultimate truth is not matter nor is it material -- it is closer to the quintessence, formerly called Spirit. It can be realized by entering into altered or higher states of consciousness, but permeates daily life, as well.
Understanding the hidden language of archetypes helps us translate the dynamics of our Being and Becoming. It is this inner "kernel" or "seed" of Life that informs us we are really after. Quantum mechanics reveals stunning secrets of nature, but it is a science of frozen frames, snapshots of measurement, rather than a process-oriented science that shows how they fit seamlessly together.
Natural existence is best understood in terms of processes rather than things — of modes of change rather than fixed stabilities. For processists, change of every sort — physical, organic, psychological — is the pervasive and predominant feature of the real. A sequentially structured sequence of successive stages or phases has three factors:
- A process is a complex — a unity of distinct stages or phases. A process is always a matter of now this, now that.
- This complex has a certain temporal coherence and unity, and that processes accordingly have an ineliminably temporal dimension.
- A process has a structure, a formal generic format in virtue of which every concrete process is equipped with a shape or format.
Jung states that both myth and science reveal truths, however mythic realities are understood in a different method than scientific truths. He also states that both myths and the elemental world are naturally occurring phenomena. In many instances mythology and religion function simultaneously. However, a major distinction between the two traditions is that mythology is defined as an adaptive narration, while dogmatic perspective restricts religion to a lived mythic model. As a lived mythology, religion is a lens or paradigm through which to view the world.
Specific examples of the relationship between myth and religion are better understood through the narratives surrounding the mystic arts, such as Qabalah, Magick, and Alchemy. The science-art of alchemy metaphorically relates physical phenomenon to the sacred, uniting objective and subjective apprehension. It generates and regenerates myth and symbolic experience.
Ultraholism & Psychic Superpositions
Soma Sophia. Iona Miller, 1993
"What it means to be human is still a mystery and various folks have given their guesses - Freud emphasized Sex, Jung emphasized Myth and Reich emphasized Body." --Nick Herbert, Physicist
Alpha & Omega
Things are not what they seem -- just space and wave motions.The universe floats on a vast sea of light, whose invisible power provides the resistance that gives matter its dynamics and feeling of solidity. All matter is interconnected by quantum waves, a dynamic coherent whole in-formation.
There is evidence for the holographic nature of nonstandard fields that have been proposed in recent years -- the zero-point field (a candidate for the unified field), the psi field of psychic phenomena, Ervin Laszlo's Akashic field, and the morphic field proposed by Rupert Sheldrake.
The notion of resonance has been proposed for individual tuning to Jung's collective unconscious. If a holographic image has many different holograms embedded within it, shining a laser of a specific frequency upon it will cause only those holograms made with lasers of the same frequency to stand out. That's because things with the same vibration naturally resonate and reinforce one another -- just as two musical strings at the same pitch resonate with one another. Resonance may also explain how each of us interact with psi or Akashic fields... picking up only that with which we personally "resonate."
Fields of Meaning
When physicist Wolfgang Pauli collaborated with Jung, he encouraged us to find “a neutral, or unitarian language in which every concept we use is applicable as well to the unconscious as to matter, in order to overcome this wrong view that the unconscious psyche and matter are two things.” Psyche and soma are indissolubly wed in nature and our nature, and must be considered in an adequate account of reality.
Is the co-occurrence of events within the same field of meaning a fundamental reason why things tend to happen? Does each individual's resonant frequency, determined by their life experience, physical body, and energy body, limit what they can perceive? Such models may just eventually be shown to be belief systems of our era, whose roots we recognize from Theosophy. Jung almost never championed one set of archetypal claims at the expense of another, though he was an uncanny intuitive trendspotter.
Jung felt that the task of individuation involved resisting these collective forces and developing a critical response to them. Any collective movement which identifies with an archetypal process is, virtually by definition, not going to accord with Jungian taste, which is based on the ethics and aesthetics of individuation. Jung's attack on what he called "identification with the collective psyche" is conveniently and deliberately ignored by all those New Age therapists, consultants, advocates, and shamans who like to freely celebrate and even "worship" the contemporary version of constellated archetypal contents.
If the New Age appears Jungian it is not because it has used Jung, but because it draws its life from and incessantly parades a particularly strong archetypal current that maps this psychospiritual territory. The same subjective evaluations and claims have been made for esoterics such as astrology, depth psychology, and for the Standard Model in physics. People claim they use them because "they work." Archetypal correlations, a heightened level of communication between unconscious and conscious coordination, are radically participatory in nature, shaped by relevant circumstantial factors and human response.
The precise nature of such resonance, frequency or vibration has not been scientifically described, but merely suggested as jargon for what we don't and perhaps cannot know. The hypothesis is that different emotions and therefore attitudes have different frequencies. This is not to say that disease and other psychobiological process do not share an electromagnetic signature, but it is far from a total description. But the simple feedback process of self-reflection can perhaps be more directly effective at modulating behavior and experience.
Such mimetic notions are popular because they "confirm" certain belief sets, which include personal and collective memes. They are part of the self-confirmatory search that reassures us we not only comprehend our experience, but are somehow "blessed" within that process, which may just be self-delusion. We continue to reach toward Truth, toward wholeness, both as Quest and palliative, still "placating" the gods.
Nevertheless, speculative models may point us in the right direction -- toward ever-more primordial subquantal levels of observation, beyond the kaleidoscope of the "content" of our consciousness toward its fundamental nature. Nevertheless, such narratives are being constructed in heterodox physics and enjoy wide acceptance from people who comprehend them or not. Artists are often inspired by concepts from physics. At least they open our speculative thinking, taking us from the known toward the Unknown. We turn to the Void for our answers.
Autonomous Psychic Contents
Such models have been applied to healing and disease processes and linked to placebo effect and the meaning of disease. Jung made the strong statement that "the gods [archetypes] have become diseases" due to their relativization in society. The fundamentally psychosomatic nature of disease manifests in both the psyche (mind) and soma (body). Jung's idea of spiritual authority rests on individual experience, on the need for cultural transformation, and unorthodox ways of achieving unity with the Cosmos.
“We think we can congratulate ourselves on having already reached such a pinnacle of clarity, imagining that we have left all these phantasmal gods far behind. But what we have left behind are only verbal spectres, not the psychic facts that were responsible for the birth of the gods. We are still as much possessed by autonomous psychic contents as if they were Olympians. Today they are called phobias, obsessions, and so forth; in a word, neurotic symptoms. The gods have become diseases; Zeus no longer rules Olympus but rather the solar plexus, and produces curious specimens for the doctor’s consulting room, or disorders of the brains of politicians and journalists who unwillingly let loose psychic epidemics on the world.” (Jung, Cw 13, par. 54)
A physical or psychological breakdown allows us to leave the track of production and social obligation to focus on healing. Hillman clarified by suggesting, "Soul enters only via symptoms, via outcast phenomena like the imagination of artists or alchemy or “primitives,” or of course, disguised as psychopathology. That’s what Jung meant when he said the Gods have become diseases: the only way back for them in a Christian world is via the outcast." Do we have to be broken before we heed the call of our spiritual center, the holistic field of the imaginal?
Perhaps this is analogous to Jung's realization in his Red Book era in the statement the "entanglement is your madness." The personality disorders should be included in his notion of conversion. Operating beyond our consciousness, the gods return confounded with the shadow as pathologies, through the syzygy as relational problems, and with the self as overblown metaphysical notions and literalized pseudo-scientific theories. "Concretization" is an even more difficult problem at the collective than individual level. It is the root of intractable fundamentalism, in fact, all -isms.
The main difference between depth psychologies and quantum physics [as well as esoterics] is that psychologists base their approach in the metaphorical rather than literal nature of reality. To take such material literally is considered a gross error, a misnavigation of the imaginal. This is an often overlooked but major difference in worldview and approach to phenomenological experience.
Systems philosopher and integral theorist Dr. Ervin Laszlo says the universe is an information field which is not only ‘the original source of all things’ in time and space but is also ‘the constant and enduring memory of the universe’. An interconnecting cosmic field links man and matter and continually affects everything and everyone. ‘It literally conveys all the information of life itself.’
Past, present and future flow together in the zero-point energy field. Linear time is an artifact of our nervous system. Healer Edgar Cayce believed the Akashic Records contained a history of every soul from the dawn of creation, connecting us to each other. The records are impressed or encoded into energy/information. Our choices continually rewrite them, modulating thoughts and emotion. The Akashic records (information domain) not only store everything in the past of an individual but also contain all the future possibilities and potentials for our lives. Einstein put it concisely: "Space and time are modes in which we think, not conditions in which we live."
Meta-Nexus
"We have a habit in writing articles published in scientific journals to make the work as finished as possible, to cover up all the tracks, to not worry about the blind alleys or describe how you had the wrong idea first, and so on. So there isn't any place to publish, in a dignified manner,what you actually did in order to get to do the work." -- Richard Feynman In his Nobel Lecture, 1966
"Consciousness is a singular of which the plural is unknown; that there is only one thing and that what seems to be a plurality is merely a series of different aspects of this one thing, produced by a deception." --Schrödinger
“This feeling for the infinite can be attained only if we are bounded to the utmost. In knowing ourselves to be ultimately limited we possess also the capacity for becoming conscious of the infinite. But only then!” ~ C. G. Jung
Thinking Big requires a new approach to the way we pursue knowledge about our universe, our lives, and our species. The history of the universe is our history. We are in the midst of what we might call a generational shift in the way the world works.
We're still asking life's Big Questions and tackling humanity's Big Problems, but in the context of Big History -- a revisionist blend of cosmology, physics, chemistry, geology, biology, anthropology, psychology, sociology, and history. Such a meta-disciplinary approach attempts a single, unifying, compelling narrative that continues unfolding meaning, purpose, and insight.
But, all we ever really talk about is ourselves and our own processes. Pioneered by William James, Sigmund Freud, and Carl Gustav Jung, Depth Psychology is the study of how we dialogue with the Unconscious via symbols, dreams, myth, art, nature. A symbol is something which can have many meanings at once. By paying attention to the messages that show up from beyond our conscious egos, we can be guide to greater understanding, transformation, and integration with the world around us, inner and outer.
Ultimately, "explanations" fail as paradigms of human behavior, being only approximate models and theories that shift with time and related sciences. But our drive to do so remains. No matter what we call them, archetypes, gods and demons still exist as "real" in the human mind, in all their grandeur and monstrosity. The idea that all life or all consciousness is interconnected is one of the most enduring spiritual traditions. Objective evidence of this fantastic notion has only surfaced in recent decades. But evidence-based truth is undergird with self-evident truth often expressed in metaphors.
Our historically-conditioned culture is undergoing a collective transformation process. Countries, regions and continents have their own unique "mindscapes." Cultures can have complexes. Cultural complex theory itself mediates between the particularity of place and the universality of archetypal patterns, which can be explored in crosscultural settings. The notion of a "cultural complex" is a synthetic idea, springing from analytical psychology. It draws on different strands of that tradition to build a new idea for the purpose of understanding the psychology of group conflict.
The collective persona has broken down utterly, shattering the social mask that covered the denial, weaknesses and corruption of the collective shadow, which is now undeniably revealed. It reveals an underlying alchemical process, whose first manifestation is the collective nigredo, manifest in the 21st century Depression, economic and otherwise.
Will this Depression be the driving force that moves the global death/rebirth process forward, as it does in individuation? Will it help us take a quantum leap into a more meaningful future of mankind? In this collective "ego death," the dead void disappears once we connect with the fertile void of the dynamic ground, the formless state of pure potential. First we must endure the overwhelming sensations created by contact with this powerful source. The missing transformative information lies in the very heart of chaos.
There is a generic process in nature and consciousness which dissolves and regenerates all forms. The essence of this transformative, morphological process is chaotic -- purposeful yet inherently unpredictable holistic repatterning. It implies a flowing state of consciousness, "liquification" of consciousness, a return to the womb for rebirth, a baptism or healing immersion in the vast ocean of deep consciousness. It facilitates feedback via creative regression: de-structuring, or destratification by immersion in the flow of psychic imagery through identification with more and more primal forms or patterns -- an expanded state.
As mythologist Joseph Campbell described, "[Heroes have] moved out of the society that would have protected them, and into the dark forest, into the world of fire, of original experience. Original experience has not been interpreted for you, and so you’ve got to work out your life for yourself. Either you can take it or you can’t. You don’t have to go far off the interpreted path to find yourself in very difficult situations. The courage to face the trials and to bring a whole new body of possibilities into the field of interpreted experience for other people to experience—that is the hero’s deed."
Campbell also suggests, "It is by going down into the abyss that we recover the treasures of life. Where you stumble, there lies your treasure." And, "One way or another, we all have to find what best fosters the flowering of our humanity in this contemporary life, and dedicate ourselves to that. " "The goal of life is to make your heartbeat match the beat of the universe, to match your nature with Nature." These have become societal goals of our collective awakening from materialism, not just individual ones.
Social Alchemy
Plutocracy is unravelling. Underlying all our problems, the preeminent issue of our age, is human awareness. From one perspective, the ancient version of human awareness limited by fear, anger, greed, reproductive drives, tribal affiliations, ignorance and self-centeredness is the greatest destructive force on Earth. It is no longer adaptive as it was in the Stone Age.
On the other hand, a collective of potentiated humans who embody even a little of the new awareness, an awakened, relaxed and observant big picture awareness, has the potential to be the greatest healing and creative force on Earth. Is an awakening collection of embodied, present-centered people who are enjoying the transformative effects of this new awareness our solution? What are the gaps between where we are as an emergent culture and where we should be?
Many wish to connect with others in an effort to preserve civilization, all life on Earth and to propel humanity to its next evolutionary step in the face of overwhelming disaster and calamity. Can we break our identification with totalitarian society or will the dream of awakening remain a meme? Has complexity shed new light on cultural and organizational change?
A July 2011 article from ‘Science Daily’ entitled “Brain Co-opts The Body to Promote Moral Behavior,” considers the work of Mary Helen Immordino-Yang of the USC Brain and Creativity Institute. According to Yang, “The human brain may simulate physical sensations to prompt introspection, capitalizing on moments of high emotion to promote moral behavior.” The article explains, “… individuals who were told stories designed to evoke compassion and admiration for virtue sometimes reported that they felt a physical sensation in response. These psycho-physical ‘pangs’ of emotion are very real -- they're detectable with brain scans -- and may be evidence that pro-social behavior is part of human survival.”
Yang continues, "These emotions are foundational for morality and social learning. They have the power to change the course of your very life… Our very biology is a social one. For centuries poets have described so-called gut feelings during social emotions. Now we are uncovering the biological evidence."
But if our brains are naturally wired for cooperation, where does the breakdown occur? Some research shows the answermay lie in damaged or suppressed emotional centers in the brains of some individuals. Does that mean civilizations is cursed by the rulership of high-risk emotional invalids and market processes -- survival of the damaged in a perpetual war with the ethically-motivated?
Is a species-wide biopsychosocial spiritual awakening on the horizon, a some claim? Is a new state of identity forming, based on the collective repulsion of the dominant paradigms and accelerated by social media-technology? You are life, I am life, the cosmos is life (evolving, responsive, self-referential, self-organizing stuff) bringing forth evermore life.
2012 is a year in which the individual forecasts point to a new generational reality and a redefinition of how the world works, but it is not the final stage of the transformation process. Clearly, the Post-Cold War world has come to an end, replaced by changed players and changed dynamics.
Civilizations and eras need a myth to live and that myth may define our collective fate. Futuring includes six synergetic aspects: 1) mapping acceleration, 2) anticipating, 3) timing and 4) deepening the future, 5) creating alternatives to the present and 6) transformation. Aspirational futuring and analysis includes environmental scanning, forecasts, scenarios, visions, audacious goals and understanding change and strategic issues.
Trends identify key forces shaping the future. Environmental scanning includes global, local, political, economic, technological, environmental and social trends. Roadmaps help us visualize strategies and collaborative foresight. Paradigms underpin the assumed truths of our logic.
Obviously, we cannot figure out the Mystery of life with intellect or social science alone. Though "the map is not the territory", the only consciousness maps we have are those left over from our ancestors -- mostly esoteric systems describing the cartography of the human condition. Modern researchers, such as Stan Grof, Ken Wilber, and John Curtis Gowan have attempted to map the mindscape and relationship between the numinous and the ego with some success, at least in broad conceptual strokes. http://www.csun.edu/edpsy/Gowan/
Our attempts to ignore or obliterate the Self are an attempt to wipe out that awareness -- to deaden or destroy any connection with it, and the pain of struggling with our higher and primordial selves, godhead, consciousness or whatever we choose to call the "divine" or sacred dimension and forms. Synthesis echoes the alchemical coagula, attempting to counter the fragmentation of the ego, to put the pieces back together in an increasingly chaotic world devoid of the in-dwelling sacred.
Realizing our separateness from the whole is a privilege given to gods. When our separateness realizes its divinity, it realizes that the microcosm is truly the macrocosm, "as above so below". Ego has been characterized as sinful since we realized our nakedness. Without such separation, which Jung termed "individuation", nothing can be achieved in the name of the Great Work.
Our feelings, thoughts, and needs, as well as our inherent beliefs and spiritual essence are composed of energy. The reintegration of the earthly and spiritual aspects of being in the alchemical marriage reunites us with Cosmos. The light of the soul is the barometer of being, reflecting our humility and inflations, our compassion for our fellows and our hubris. Literally and metaphorically, we ceaselessly yearn for more light - sunlight, torchlight, incandescent light, illumination. Light is a metaphor for energy, life, and knowledge. When you head into the light be sure to pack your sunscreen.
Cosmic pattern recognition is the root of shamanic human culture from Paleolithic and Neolithic times. Humans have always pursued cosmology (the linking field), seeing cosmic patterns at work. Perhaps the greatest ancient discovery was the Precession of the Equinoxes, a recurrent 26,000 year cycle, leading to the model of astrological Ages and the mytheme of Eternal Return and The Great Year. Jung took an interest in astrology because he found it archetypally predictive, including the wheel of time and opposites.
Existential Shockwave; Worldview Warfare
The change of Age, to one of "information" such as we face now, was always considered a challenging time of crisis and chaos as old ways die while new forms emerge. Images permeate our inner and outer life. Therefore, today we find the mindscape riddled with the transitional, messianic, and apocalyptic memes of "2012", the Rapture, and Ascensionism. Or, is "borgification" the shape of things to come, as encoded in the "Singularity" archetype or meme? In the New Media electronic info-culture we've all become cyborgs with machine-extended senses. Will machines become more conscious than we are by 2050, and begin self-replicating throughout the universe? This is a macro version of the world destroying "grey-goo theory" prompted by nanotech proliferation nightmares in the mid-1980s.
A crisis can be a blessing when it gets us to the devastating point where the pain of letting go is less than the pain of hanging on to a self-system that is so undeniably wounding. Not just the world, but "psyche" is in a time of crisis. The modern apocalyptic imagination, the economics of the spiritual marketplace, the commodification of countercultural values, and the cult of celebrity reign supreme. We must acknowledge the variety of manifest emotional and active responses globally to the onslaught of crises facing humanity and the centrality of psyche in articulating, holding and acting on these concerns, in a fragile world in turmoil.
The Physics of Creation
Our universe and everything we know always seems to eventually lead us to the conclusion that we live in a holographic reality. From cosmology to quantum physics, our scientists today are truly having a troublesome time trying to explain the nature of our reality. How can we draw the extreme conclusion that our world is only an illusion and what does that mean when we want to know our place in the cosmos?
We’ve always wanted to understand our origins, going right back to creation stories or creation myths. Physics connects the largest and smallest things in the Cosmos: "As Above; So Below". It is our common story because, for the first time, humans have an origin story that transcends our regional, religious, and tribal differences. That is, at least in theory. The flip side is that there is no consensus in physics, behind rather desperate attempts to rescue the Standard Theory from oblivion and the proliferation of orthodox and heterodox models. What may be closer is that we have a fantasy about how we think this has revolutionized our world.
The narratives of the past were as clear as the grossly limited understandings, beliefs, superstitions and power structures of their times allowed them to be. Chasing an ancient past that we are ill-equipped to understand in its original context is a sure path to detour or derailment in all conclusions resulting from it , if we take it literally. Old ideas are rediscovered, and succeeding generations find new applications for these ideas, valid and illusory. People identify with their beliefs, and they identify with their own self-image most strongly and enthusiastically -- even desperately. Both "official culture" and denial can lead to tunnel vision, medieval and older mindsets.
We need to differentiate between lies and truth not only “out there”, but more importantly in ourselves. Most people can’t face the lies “out there” because they can’t face the many lies in themselves, which make up part of their existence, from popular held beliefs about politics, government, religion, education, family, etc., up to more subtle lies we tell ourselves to make our lives more “comfortable” and justified.Ideology and culture intersect in explanatory power that has real effects, regardless of the truth value of those explanations.
Questioned on any of the mass-accepted beliefs we may have to reevaluate our own lives and realize we may have been largely living a lie. Truth is not always pleasant. However, there is no judgment in truth. It only IS, neither “good” or “bad”. Because of the identification with certain beliefs that make up their whole life and existence, people tend to ignore truth and/or the lies they tell themselves. We tend to build buffers, excuses and all forms of denial to keep our “world view” intact. Ultimately we defend and argue limitations and the prison we are in to defend false ego states. We defend our tragic social systems the same way.
This is why Jung noted, “People will do anything, no matter how absurd, to stop from facing their souls.” And he goes on to say, “One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.”
In short, if people can’t face the lies within themselves, they will never be able to face the lies in the world and find truth within and without. Their whole life just becomes way of shutting oneself out from anything that may be a “threat” to their beliefs and way of life. As the Russian mystic Gurdjieff wrote: “In order to understand the interrelation of truth and falsehood in life, a man must understand falsehood in himself, the constant incessant lies he tells himself.” Hence, the most important aspect in life is to Know Thyself.
In “States of Denial”, (Cambridge), Stanley Cohen remarks that “the scientific discourse misses the fact that the ability to deny is an amazing human phenomenon [...] a product of sheer complexity of our emotional, linguistic, moral and intellectual lives.” He writes that Denial is a complex “unconscious defense mechanism for coping with guilt, anxiety and other disturbing emotions aroused by reality.“ Even skepticism and solipsistic arguments – including epistemological relativism – about the existence of objective truth, are generally a social construction.
Much of the value of studying these 'Holy Grail-type' notions, in science, psychology and philosophy, comes from making connections across disciplines and ultimately building up our intellectual muscle power -- conceptual background. Learning different perspectives from our own is a primary source of human creativity. It can also be fallacious. To the extent such ideas spark insight they may help us move forward, but new ideas in reductionistic form can stall progress, too.
We know more than previous generations and have caused more problems than previous generations. The future we craft together depends on transformational dialogue and sharing worldviews. Exponential growth must be curbed to avoid catastrophic consequences. Decisions made now have effects over a very long period.
There is a hidden revolution in science today. Instead of focus on a part, focus has moved to relationships. A psyche capable of manipulating forms can create logical relationships, but logic remains a limited tool. Imaginal images have enabled interaction, projection and cultural expansion. The human capacity itself is an extension of nature.
Images and symbols, like language, can be ambiguous. Piantadosi et al (2011) have shown that all efficient communication systems will be ambiguous, assuming that context is informative about meaning. They also argue that ambiguity allows for greater ease of processing by permitting efficient linguistic units to be re-used. We can imagine the same is true for symbols. Theoretical analysis suggests that ambiguity is a functional property of language that allows for greater communicative efficiency.
So, instead of what something is, we look instead toward what something is doing and its non-deterministic effects on whole systems. The solutions lie not in the past but the future-perfect tense. Still, the near future is unlikely to be perfect. Furthermore, the nature of that future is a wide-open field, subject to endless confabulation -- personal and collective delusion. The ability to shift approaches with agility and speed is the essence of future adaptation.
We sense we are ending and yet just beginning because both are simultaneously and timelessly true. Humanity's race is against time toward the great Unknown. The perennial question remains, "What is wrong with the world and why is it that way?" Neither religion, philosophy, nor systems theory has been able to do more than balance out the negative, much like Yin and Yang. Transcendental religions seek to escape time and its dichotomies altogether.
The treasures of cultural history and spontaneous renewal reside within this living field, our connection with the primal source of life and parallel phenomena. The history of the world emerges from the multidimensional field of possibilities. Somehow life works despite infinite deviations. Viability can be anticipated if not planned. But we've outgrown Earth's carrying capacity.
Though barely aware of them, we are tied together by deep processes. We can learn to consciously understand and apply, rather than destructively act out these eternal patterns. We must learn to recognize what is being revealed even though it is always open to interpretation. We are also subject to delusions and misperceptions, so we need to learn discernment. We need to focus on our own dynamic process, not just its finite contents, personalistic signs and symbols.
Archetypes of Nature and the Nature of Archetypes
Jung reduced archetypes to a select few that mostly matched up with ancient godforms that described human behavior sets and transformational forces. But archetypes are not limited to that in any way. The forces of nature and the elements have always been considered archetypal -- floods, hurricanes, volcanoes, tornadoes, earthquakes, fire, ocean, river, mountain, cave, stars, lightning, voidspace -- the abyss of the transcendent imagination. Nietzsche famously claimed, "And if you gaze for long into an abyss, the abyss gazes also into you."
The Unconscious Mind is not unconscious at all. Only the conscious mind is unconscious of the consciousness of the Unconscious Mind. There are archetypes emerging in science that have an ancient history in symbolism with meaningful messages that resound through the ages: "Turning and turning within the widening gyre..." They have been resurrected in scientific forms to explain even the mathematical mysteries of the microcosm and the macrocosm: vortex, gyre, spiral, solitons, toroids, entanglement, spin, singularity, black holes, flower of life, fractal iteration, interference patterns, and more. http://www.tetras-consult.gr/resources/Resources/Archetypes%20%20Mythology/The%20Emergence%20of%20Archetypes%20in%20Present.pdf
Interference Patterns
Is reality an enormous interference pattern? It has become increasingly plausible that the energy that powers the universe, which some call the unified or zero point field and others call God, is consciousness. It is this consciousness projected through the interference pattern of energy waves that gives rise to us, all that we perceive and that which we do not. Even what we perceive as solid objects are all manifestations of wave energy forms.
Scientific notions can be viewed metaphorically, noting particularly their similarities and differences. Is an attractor basin and a gravity well essentially the same metaphor? Space is never empty, since it is full of virtual pairs. Black holes draw everything into their sphere. Near a black hole the negative virtual particle is drawn into the black hole, while the positive radiates away (Hawking radiation). A binary black hole merger replicates the form of the inspiraling double helix, seen in DNA, at the macrocosmic level, creating enormous singularities at the event horizon. Fiat Lux. Such massive jets create shockwaves - gravity waves. http://www.tpi.uni-jena.de/gravity/Showcase/EH.shtml
http://www.stumbleupon.com/su/1crNZF/www.dailygalaxy.com/my_weblog/2012/02/strange-microscopic-carbon-spheres-found-orbiting-xx-ophiuchi-a-pair-of-stars-6500-light-years-from-.html
Is there a hierarchy of singularities in light fields? If we live in a holographic universe, and the principle of "As Above, So Below" prevails, then the nature and intensities of interference patterns is crucial. Interference is another name for wave propagation. It is this interference pattern that is imprinted on the recording medium in a hologram. According to diffraction theory, each point in the object acts as a point source of light. Is interference itself, cycling between interference, entanglement and interference, more than a metaphor? There is primordial darkness in the light as well as radiant effulgence.
Photon interference among distant quantum emitters is a promising method to generate large scale quantum networks. Interference is best achieved when photons show long coherence times. For the nitrogen-vacancy defect center in diamond we measure the coherence times of photons via optically induced Rabi oscillations. Experiments reveal a close to Fourier-transform (i.e., lifetime) limited width of photons emitted even when averaged over minutes. The projected contrast of two-photon interference (0.8) is high enough to envisage applications in quantum information processing. http://www.iqis.org/~amacrae/Papers/Nov26/PhysRevLett.100.077401.pdf
Perhaps even sterile theories can be mined for metaphorical gold, prospecting for data. We can make a pscyhological axiom, that when the parallels in physics are strong, the results are useful. One of the classic metaphors is that "light" can also mean perception or consciousness. It brings to mind the the significance of signal-to-noise ratios and a variety of other possible transformations that can be applied to the human scale. Is it more than compensatory to think that perhaps the symbolic nature of the unconscious is the natural and fuller state of things -- a reflection of fuller consciousness?
During this writing, a synchronistic communication occured mirroring such ideas, unearthing the mythic life: "the symbolic nature of the unconscious is the natural state of things". precisely. C. G. Carus and Schelling affirmed that in 1940- the symbolic language of the unconscious (Traumbildsprache) is the language of Nature. The unconscious is Nature in us. Hence, from the point of view of the human psyche, everything is symbolic. (the Centaur in Pasolini's Medea says so in a beautiful way). Yet questions remain. If projection is attributing unconscious contents to the object of observation, now when we try to observe our unconscious terrains... we can detect some projections in our feedback, but what is the reason that although this projection tells us about unconscious materials, it is not equal to the observed ones?
The universe is the sum of the interaction of all waves that are correlated. Interference usually refers to the interaction of waves that are correlated or are in phase, and destructive interference when they are half a cycle out of phase. The use of two-photon interference allows entanglement. Cabrillo et al suggest creation of entangled states of different atoms by interference.
Does the fine structure of light have something to do with focusing? Diffraction patterns are wave dislocations or line singularities. A polarized wavefield is an even finer structure of singularities. The singularities of geometrical optics are systematized by catastrophe theory. Partial decoherence comes from rays with widely differing paths of differences. (John Nye, Natural Focusing and Fine Structure of Light: Caustics and Wave Dislocations)
Caustics dissolve into intricate interference patterns which catastrophe theory describes as emergent semiclassical phenomena called diffraction catastrophes. In spectral universality, if we consider quantum systems whose classical mechanical treatment is chaotic, we find that the statistics of the spectra of all such systems is the same. Spectral universality is nonclassical, because it is a property of discrete energy levels, and it is semiclassically emergent because the number of levels increases in the classical limit.. As we generalize to a deeper theory, the singularities of the old theory are dissolved and replaced by new ones. http://www.counterbalance.org/ctns-vo/berry-body.html
When is a rainbow a catastrophe? In optics."Catastrophes" are at the heart of many fascinating optical phenomena.
The bright side of the rainbow (below the primary bow) shows a delicate interference pattern. Catastrophe optics describes the wave properties of ray singularities. In the hierarchy of physical concepts, wave optics refines and embraces ray optics, and quantum optics rules above wave optics. So, what would be the quantum effects of wave catastrophes [6]? First, what are quantum catastrophes? It might be a good idea to begin with an example, the black hole [7]. When a star collapses to a black hole an event horizon is formed, cutting space into two disconnected regions. Seen from an outside observer, time stands still at the horizon, freezing all motion. A light wave would freeze as well, propagating with ever-shrinking wavelength. Potential quantum effects of such a wave singularity are effects of the quantum vacuum. The gravitational collapse [7] of the star into the black hole has swept along the vacuum. The vacuum thus shares the fate of an inward-falling observer. Yet such an observer would not notice anything unusual at the event horizon. http://www.st-andrews.ac.uk/~ulf/catastrophe.html
Singularities, chaos and order depend on our perspective or level of observation: there is a problematic relation between the presence of chaos in classical mechanics and its absence in quantum mechanics. If classical mechanics is the limit of quantum mechanics when Planck’s constant h can be ignored, why does a system appear nonchaotic according to quantum mechanics and yet chaotic when we set h = 0? Moreover, if all systems obey quantum mechanics, including macroscopic ones like the moon, why do they evolve chaotically? This problem is located within a larger one: namely the mathematical reduction of one theory to another. His claim is that many of the problems associated with reduction arise because of singular limits, which both obstruct the smooth reduction of theories and point to rich “borderland physics” between theories. The limit h _ 0 is one such singular limit, and this fact sheds light on the problem of reduction in several ways. First of all, nonclassical phenomena will emerge as h _ 0. Secondly, the limit of long times (t _ ñ), which are required for chaos to emerge in classical mechanics, and the limit h _ 0, do not commute, creating further difficulties. To illustrate the role of singularities in the semiclassical limit, first consider a simple example: two incident beams of coherent light. Quantum mechanics predicts interference fringes, and these fringes persist as h _ 0 due to the singularity in the quantum treatment. But in the geometrical-optics form of classical physics (where the wave-like nature of light is ignored) there are no fringes, only the simple addition of two light sources. To regain the correspondence principle between classical and quantum mechanics we must first average over phase-scrambling effects due to the influence of the physical environment in a process called “decoherence.” (Michael Berry)
In optics, a caustic or caustic network is the envelope of light rays reflected or refracted by a curved surface or object, or the projection of that envelope of rays on another surface. There is a parallel between the physics of optical caustics and protein-folding. How does energy from diverse small sources drive a complex molecule to a unique state? Perhaps that the missing factor is in the geometry.
A putative underlying physical link between caustics and folding is a torsion wave of non-constant wave speed, propagating on the dihedral angles and found in an analytical model of the molecule.The translation of genetic information, which is encoded in the DNA, into uniquely folded proteins defines a central mechanism in all living cells. The first stages of the process, entailing the translation of the information into an amino acid sequence in the protein, have been understood for a long time. The final step, the folding of the protein into a unique native state, remains an intensely active research field.
The optical field, including the caustic, is an interference pattern which requires no additional energy to form. There are only a finite number of caustics that can be uniquely characterized geometrically. Also, the formation of caustics is strikingly insensitive to perturbations. The theory of caustics entails the application of mathematics to the propagation of electromagnetic waves subject to various boundary conditions. One of researchers' motivations for comparing caustics and folding is the appearance of waves and solitons in an analytic molecular model. One issue is that caustics are a wave phenomenon (although geometric optics also gives a complete picture of caustics). Do torsion waves on the molecule backbone, disrupted by heterogeneities in the arrangement of amino acids, form singular points which direct the folding into elementary geometric catastrophes in short segments? Does bond formation subsequently alter the shape? (Simmons & Weiner). http://arxiv.org/ftp/arxiv/papers/1108/1108.2740.pdf
In a new discovery, scientists using the Spitzer Infrared Space Telescope detected tiny specks of matter, or particles,consisting of stacked buckyballs. They found the particles around a pair of stars called "XXOphiuchi," 6,500 light-years from Earth, and detected enough to fill the equivalent in volume to 10,000 Mount Everests. These exotic particles (image below) were detected definitively in space for the first time by Spitzer in 2010. Spitzer later identified the molecules in a host of different cosmic environments. It even found them in staggering quantities, the equivalent in mass to 15 Earth moons, in a nearby galaxy called the Small Magellanic Cloud.
"This exciting result suggests that buckyballs are even more widespread in space than the earlier Spitzer results showed," said Mike Werner, project scientist for Spitzer at NASA's Jet PropulsionLaboratory in Pasadena, Calif. "They may be an important form of carbon, an essential buildingblock for life, throughout the cosmos." http://www.stumbleupon.com/su/1crNZF/www.dailygalaxy.com/my_weblog/2012/02/strange-microscopic-carbon-spheres-found-orbiting-xx-ophiuchi-a-pair-of-stars-6500-light-years-from-.html
The archetypal nature of such translatable models is highlighted by a recent paper ("Theory of the Origin, Evolution, and Nature of Life", Andrulis, 2012), first released as "scientific" then retracted from peer-review because no one can understand it. It is based entirely on a non-mathematical model of the gyre to explain all domains of existence and information morphology. It claims to unite atomic and cosmic realms.This paper highlights the apparent stranglehold archetypes have on the nature of our thinking and conceptualization. That is, if the notion of archetypes themselves holds up. Right or wrong, it shows the power of primordial symbols to attract and fascinate us.
A quantum approach may be clearer: We are pieced together out of atoms. Atoms are made from protons, neutrons, and electrons. Protons and neutrons are made of quarks. Quarks and electrons, as far as we know, are elementary particles, with nothing smaller inside. The gyre is the caged electron. Science thinks of the electron as something that circles so fast around a center proton so as to have the properties of a cloud around the proton with varying strengths here and there. But in the microtubule there is no proton to cloud around. It is not the case where the cloud behavior of the electron is sometimes associated with the beta molecule and then it jumps over to the other molecule as most seem to imagine.
The caged electron has no proton to center around and forms a gyre or tornado or vortice or cyclotron orbit instead.
The gyre or electron cloud is forced to form by the van der wall forces between the opposing repelling molecules.
Sometimes the flow of vibrations from one molecule excites the gyre and sometimes the flow from both molecules excite the electron gyre. The gyre can be squeezed or expanded. The gyre has a singularity which is made of photons emitted during the excitation of the gyre or electron cloud in cyclotron orbit. The brain recreates the behavior of the gyre. Life is delayed entropy and what delays the entropy is the incomplete dissipation of information in the singularity held by the gyre.
Vortex-motion has been suggested from pre-history to account for creation, and is with us today in other modern theories of black hole singularities at the core of all matter. Heterodox theories often show more archetypal influence than conventional theories, as they tend to be idiosyncratic. This one is based on the premis that any cycle that exists in nature—in physical, chemical, or biological systems—may be viewed as a gyre. The ground state is the base of the gyre. Gyre collapse occurs by two extreme means: overcontraction or overexpansion.
Because it is so unabashedly archetypal in nature, it illustrates the point that conventional and heterodox theories, in general, are archetypally molded. The gyre is suggested as a basic and concrete model of broad applicability, a profound heuristic, and an unchanging form that changes. Further, nested gyres evidently fulfill many of the modeling requirements of complexity, emergence, chaos, systems, information, and evolutionary theory.
Andrulis claims his theory organizes scales across all domains by feedforward and feedback between, among, and within nested gyrosystems, and that all physical systems, particles, and phenomena in the microcosmic and macrocosmic realms obey a vortical trajectory. He claims to demonstrate that, "that each gyrosystem singularity represents the origin of that gyrosystem. In other words, the singularity is the beginning and the end, the thermodynamic source and the sink of each cycle."
His metaphysics reflects a conceptual surety of an "elegant solution to the origin, evolution, and nature of life in the cosmos.": "The gyre models the living universe perfectly. I have been unable to find one system, particle, event, or process—at any point or stage leading up to or during the origin of life—that does not consent to modeling onto the gyre form. In other words, there is no “before” or “after” the gyre in a spacetime sense; the gyre is evolutionarily and existentially omnipresent. This theory proves that the gyre is the long-sought invisible and inevitable metaphysical element of the universe, fulfilling a philosophical goal that dates to ancient Greece..."
The central idea of this theory is that all physical reality, stretching from the so-called inanimate into the animate realm and from micro- to meso- to macrocosmic scales, can be interpreted and modeled as manifestations of a single geometric entity, the gyre. This entity is attractive because it has life-like characteristics, undergoes morphogenesis, and is
responsive to environmental conditions. The gyromodel depicts the spatiotemporal behavior and properties of elementary particles, celestial bodies, atoms, chemicals, molecules, and systems as quantized packets of information, energy, and/or matter that oscillate between excited and ground states around a singularity. The singularity, in turn, modulates these states by alternating attractive and repulsive forces. The singularity itself is modeled as a gyre, thus evincing a thermodynamic, fractal, and nested organization of the gyromodel. In fitting the scientific evidence from quantum gravity to cell division, this theory arrives at an understanding of life that questions traditional beliefs
and definitions.
The gyromodel depicts the spatiotemporal behavior and properties of elementary particles, celestial bodies, atoms, chemicals, molecules, and systems as quantized packets of information, energy, and/or matter that oscillate between excited and ground states around a singularity. The singularity, in turn, modulates these states by alternating attractive and repulsive forces. The singularity itself is modeled as a gyre, thus evincing a thermodynamic, fractal, and nested organization of the gyromodel. In fitting the scientific evidence from quantum gravity to cell division, this theory arrives at an understanding of life that questions traditional beliefs and definitions (Andrulis). http://io9.com/5880786/biochemist-publishes-a-unified-theory-of-life-but-no-one-understands-it
Natural Laws & Ordering Principles
These primordial forms, geometries, and pre-geometrical dynamics are the archetypes of nature, at levels more fundamental than those of personification. As our penetration of our own depths and those of nature deepens, we become cognizant of the primordial nature of such symbols in our personal and collective life.
Personified archetypes were well-covered in the 20th century, but in the 21st we need to revision our view of archetypes and what is archetypal to include the raw nature of archetypes, not just the archetypes of nature. Energy has shape…and that shape emerges from the vacuum potential. As the Heart Sutra implies, form is not other than void and void is not other than form. In this sense, all of manifestation is archetypal.
"The vacuum is an observable emptiness that is a virtual plenum. It is spacetime, massless charge, electrostatic scalar potential, broken bits (subquantal) of energy, pure virtual particle flux, zero-vector wave flux, multilevel, structured, patterned. It is all things and contains all things in potential state. It is not, in that it is not observable. But from it comes all observables. It is both ordered and disordered, simultaneously. The vacuum is the absence of charged spinning particles of observable mass.
In the presence of a spinning charged particle, in a del-phi which contains electron-vortex-holes to mesh with, the charged particle attaches itself to the moving del-phi flux gradient, moving itself with the river. This produces an Ë field. The Ë-field CONSISTS OF the smeared electron, it does not CAUSE THE MOVEMENT of the electron. It is an effect, not a cause. The conventional equation for del-phi equals E is correct for matter waves in electron gases; it is not correct in vacuum itself. A spinning charged particle, when it hooks to a spin-hole in a del-phi river, MOVES ITSELF.
Electromagnetic waves in vacuum are scalar longitudinal waves of alternate compression and rarefaction of the vacuum virtual particle flux. That is, they are waves of electrostatic potential. They are zero-vector waves. They are internally structured and patterned. They usually contain electron "spin holes" unless made in a fashion so as to make opposing spin holes that cancel each other. Since they are pure phi-waves, they need not be limited in velocity to the speed of light. They are hyperspatial waves. They are waves in the virtual state itself.
Both poles in the virtual substructure remain as a translated scalar magnetic field. There's a virtual flux to and from each observable particle of charged mass in the observable state. Accelerated portions -- atoms with electrons in whirling orbit, spinning electrons, protons, etc. -- possess nonzero ordinary vector magnetic fields by translation. There are successive interlocking levels of reality, all the way from deep in the virtual state into interlocking levels in the observable state." (Bearden)
Matter conceptually arises from our perception of the universe. In the computational analogy the universe is a virtual reality - it is 'made' of computation and information. Only through virtual senses does it seem to be 'solid'. Existence is a field of consciousness, our personal consciousness is an aspect of the cosmic consciousness and with a focused awareness we participate in that field. By interacting with the underlying energy and information we may influence it, then when our senses perceive the situation it seems that 'matter' has been influenced - but that matter is just the underlying energy and information as it appears to our senses.
Rumi, the 13th-century Sufi mystic poet said, “The nature of reality is this: It is hidden, and it is hidden, and it is hidden."
Physical reality is not absolute. Science has tried to find the fundamental building blocks of matter, but has been stymied. It simply depends on the assumptions and theory you use with the level of observation: cosmological, molecular, atomic or subatomic. Now the quark (theoretically point-sized), long thought the smallest unit discernable, is giving way to finer distinctions -- a whole new level of the makeup of matter.
In The Quantum Brain, Jeffrey Satinover describes, “a world in which one can comfortably argue the dynamics of interference among multiple universes both forward and backward in time; can ask seriously, as did Feynman and Wheeler, whether every electron in the universe is the same one, just reappearing through multiple loops in time.”
Lee Smolin is not a fan of Many Worlds Interpretation, (MWI), but he describes its anomaly: “only an observer who lived outside the universe who had somehow the same relation to the whole universe that we may have towards some atoms of gas in a container, could observe this quantum state of the universe. . .it is only such an observer who could know all of reality.”
Creation may come from nothingness (ex nihilo), but it doesn’t travel very far from it when closely examined. It only and ever manifests as quantum potentiality, though it appears particle-like. This includes both the so-called organic and inorganic matter. The universe is more like a dream than concrete.
In fact, there is no such thing as solid matter at all, no hordes of tiny particles. All manifestations are reduced to probability waves in quantum mechanics. We have suggested elsewhere (see “Helix to Hologram”, Nexus) that the so-called material world is a projection of a frequency domain, fields within fields, tuned with resonance, light and sound. This holographic concept of reality requires the unperceived information background as its basis. Both particle and field exist only in the implicate order.
Light is even more ephemeral. As Wolf (2000) describes, “When we see light, we really don’t see light at all; we see an effect appearing as a result of light pushing and pulling on the matter making up our sensory bodies. We see matter moving. Light itself is really out of this world and, as far as I can tell, out of any parallel world we wish to think about.”
The most theories provide is the best explanation. Explanation not prediction is the point of science. We explain the world in terms of embedded hierarchies of substructures and superstructures. Each appears as a thing in itself with specialized functions and dynamics. Physics determines what can be computed, including the information capabilities of matter and energy underlying physical dynamics and deeper sub-quantal levels.
Reality consists of continually diverging and converging waves unfolding from the information level, but that is another story, as is the physics of consciousness. The mind arises from the laws of matter. While some scientists are trying to describe matter as consciousness others are trying to reduce consciousness to matter.
A thought of a thing is not that thing, but it is not nothing either. Our thoughts about the ultimate nature of reality affect that reality at the metaphysical level. As intuitive Jorge Luis Borges said, “Time forks perpetually toward innumerable futures.” All that can happen, must happen. The outdated notion of our universe is an idea, not a reality. As an idea it has been proven obsolete.
Re-creating the Wheel
Do we have to imagine our end to find a new beginning, to reinvent civilization? Change starts with the questions we ask because they have the potential to shift our awareness. What is inconceivable one day may not be the next. The tipping point could come at any juncture. Reality is neither structure nor chaos, but a process in which structure and chaos dance between form and formlessness. This is the eternal cycle of death and renewal.
Just what is the universe at the tiniest scales -- dots, strings, consciousness -- nothing at all? Abrams and Primack write: "if we were to possess a transnationally shared, believable picture of the cosmos, including a mythic-quality story of its origins and our origins -- a picture recognized as equally true for everyone on this planet -- we humans would see our problems in an entirely new light, and we would almost certainly solve them." Is this the meaning of today's crises rooted in the changing Age? Do we need to recreate the cosmic Wheel? Or is their premise just wrong - utopian?
Our ancestors may have had as much native intelligence as we do, but being dead doesn't make you smarter, so in retrieving their "wisdom" we may bog ourselves down in the undertow of outmoded thinking, swayed by emotional draw to archetypal fascinations, stereotypical superstitions, and magnetic symbolism. Something was missing from ancient science that does not lead to universal harmony through its practice. Yet, each person cleaves to their limited interpretations, conceptions, and overdrawn conclusions like a jealous lover. Our theories of self, others and world are constrained by the limitations of our individual minds.
Consciousness doesn't mistake itself for a god; people do. Some cultures are still locked in worshiping their version of God, while others have reduced god to the personalistic level, wishing to be that through such memes as co-creation, LOA, and "intentionality". The later is thinly disguised ego-aggrandizement. Whether that is possible in any sense or not, it is hubris, or spiritual pride, an addictive state of the ego that opens the door to self-deception, even in science. Does spiritual innovation and natural discovery trump religious belief? Despite our efforts, existence remains an enigma.
Consensual reality is not a single objective reality, but many entangled worlds that share information with each other, each defined on its own viewing screen, and each observed from its own point of view. The self-concept is understood in terms of the encoding of information on the viewing screen, and the expression of personal will and universal will is understood in the sense of the flow of energy. The nature of the Self is understood as a presence of consciousness that arises at a focal point of perception, while the perceivable world arises on a viewing screen. In a nondual sense, the Source of any such world, and the Source of any individual consciousness, is understood as a void of undifferentiated consciousness. (James Kowall) http://scigod.com/index.php/sgj/article/view/155/186
Cognitive science indicates that much of our mental lives is not available to introspection (e.g. Nisbett and Wilson, 1977; Gopnik, 1993; Wegner, 2002). People presume introspective access to their mental events. There are two dimensions of introspective access: (i) the power of access, i.e. whether people believe they can unfailingly or only typically introspect mental events; and (ii) the domain of access, i.e. what types of mental events people believe they are able to introspect. Beliefs about introspection fall on these dimensions. IWhile people do not presume universal introspective access, they overestimate the amount of access they actually have, particularly in the case of decisions. http://ingentaconnect.com/content/imp/jcs/2011/00000018/F0020011/art00006 Awareness of Unawareness Folk Psychology and Introspective Transparency Authors: Kozuch, Benjamin; Nichols, S., JCS
Big Questions will always remain as our understanding is necessarily limited. We are receivers of revelatory downloads in symbolic and cognitive form that can change the paradigm. But we lack the capacity to "know" it all, which is reserved to the archetypal domain. Thus, the unified theory, which would be more than theory because it actually describes reality, remains elusive.
Leon Maurer suggested this new paradigm would start with the reasonable fundamental propositions (some already presumed as aspects of advanced physics) that: (1) Unconditioned pre-cosmic space is the ground of all reality; (2) Such absolute (0°K) space is inherently potentially conscious as well as potentially infinitely energetic -- in the form of abstract cyclic motion or zero-point angular spin momentum; (3) Such zero-points of both consciousness and infinite potential mass-energy, located everywhere in total cosmic space-time, necessarily contains the infinite structural information of the entire cosmos -- which could, logically, only be the conserved memory of all previous cyclic manifestations and evolutions of the cosmos.
If such a worldview can only appear as a consequence of far-reaching changes to the conceptual foundations of science, changes which science proper cannot initiate for itself. A legitimate contemporary philosophy of nature complements the methods and aims of science. It remains for the archetype concept in psychology, and its extension to other areas of science to be established. Criticisms and misperceptions about the nature of archetypes remain to be addressed and corrected, changing the present meaning of the concept of archetype. If successful, such a transformation at a very deep level of our understanding of nature will change our place in it.
"Through haste and increased willing and action we want to escape from emptiness and also from evil. But the right way is that we accept emptiness, destroy the image of the form within us, negate the God, and descend into the abyss and awfulness of matter. The God as our work stands outside us and no longer needs our help. He is created and remains left to his own devices." ~Carl Jung, Red Book, Page 288
"Thus your soul is your own self in the spiritual world. As the abode of the spirits, however, the spiritual world is also an outer world. Just as you are also not alone in the visible world, but are surrounded by objects that belong to you and obey only you, you also have thoughts that belong to you and obey only you. But just as you are surrounded in the visible world by things and beings that neither belong to you nor obey you, you are also surrounded in the spiritual world by thoughts and beings of thought that neither obey you nor belong to you. Just as you engender or bear your physical children, and just as they grow up and separate themselves from you to live their own fate, you also produce or give birth to beings of thought which separate themselves from you and live their own lives. Just as we leave our children when we grow old and give our body back to the earth, I separate myself from my God, the sun, and sink into the emptiness of matter and obliterate the image of my child in me. This happens in that I accept the nature of matter and allow the force of my form to flow into emptiness. Just as I gave birth anew to the sick God through my engendering force, I henceforth animate the emptiness of matter from which the formation of evil grows."~Carl Jung, Red Book, Page 288
Though theories abound, many phenomenological questions remain unanswered:
1) anomalous cognition and phenomena (ESP, NDE, ghosts, ufos, channelling).
2) Personal identity, the soul, the self, mind-matter, the psyche, reincarnation
3) Physical and mental health/illness, why are genetic factors triggered.
4) Time, space, origin of the universe,
5) Perception
Professor Russell Stannard offers unanswerable questions that include:
For all of us to be here, many many conditions had to be satisfied. The chance of life happening on earth, and satisfying those conditions were “practically zero”. We find ourselves in one of these freak universes.
"What it means to be human is still a mystery and various folks have given their guesses - Freud emphasized Sex, Jung emphasized Myth and Reich emphasized Body." --Nick Herbert, Physicist
Alpha & Omega
Things are not what they seem -- just space and wave motions.The universe floats on a vast sea of light, whose invisible power provides the resistance that gives matter its dynamics and feeling of solidity. All matter is interconnected by quantum waves, a dynamic coherent whole in-formation.
There is evidence for the holographic nature of nonstandard fields that have been proposed in recent years -- the zero-point field (a candidate for the unified field), the psi field of psychic phenomena, Ervin Laszlo's Akashic field, and the morphic field proposed by Rupert Sheldrake.
The notion of resonance has been proposed for individual tuning to Jung's collective unconscious. If a holographic image has many different holograms embedded within it, shining a laser of a specific frequency upon it will cause only those holograms made with lasers of the same frequency to stand out. That's because things with the same vibration naturally resonate and reinforce one another -- just as two musical strings at the same pitch resonate with one another. Resonance may also explain how each of us interact with psi or Akashic fields... picking up only that with which we personally "resonate."
Fields of Meaning
When physicist Wolfgang Pauli collaborated with Jung, he encouraged us to find “a neutral, or unitarian language in which every concept we use is applicable as well to the unconscious as to matter, in order to overcome this wrong view that the unconscious psyche and matter are two things.” Psyche and soma are indissolubly wed in nature and our nature, and must be considered in an adequate account of reality.
Is the co-occurrence of events within the same field of meaning a fundamental reason why things tend to happen? Does each individual's resonant frequency, determined by their life experience, physical body, and energy body, limit what they can perceive? Such models may just eventually be shown to be belief systems of our era, whose roots we recognize from Theosophy. Jung almost never championed one set of archetypal claims at the expense of another, though he was an uncanny intuitive trendspotter.
Jung felt that the task of individuation involved resisting these collective forces and developing a critical response to them. Any collective movement which identifies with an archetypal process is, virtually by definition, not going to accord with Jungian taste, which is based on the ethics and aesthetics of individuation. Jung's attack on what he called "identification with the collective psyche" is conveniently and deliberately ignored by all those New Age therapists, consultants, advocates, and shamans who like to freely celebrate and even "worship" the contemporary version of constellated archetypal contents.
If the New Age appears Jungian it is not because it has used Jung, but because it draws its life from and incessantly parades a particularly strong archetypal current that maps this psychospiritual territory. The same subjective evaluations and claims have been made for esoterics such as astrology, depth psychology, and for the Standard Model in physics. People claim they use them because "they work." Archetypal correlations, a heightened level of communication between unconscious and conscious coordination, are radically participatory in nature, shaped by relevant circumstantial factors and human response.
The precise nature of such resonance, frequency or vibration has not been scientifically described, but merely suggested as jargon for what we don't and perhaps cannot know. The hypothesis is that different emotions and therefore attitudes have different frequencies. This is not to say that disease and other psychobiological process do not share an electromagnetic signature, but it is far from a total description. But the simple feedback process of self-reflection can perhaps be more directly effective at modulating behavior and experience.
Such mimetic notions are popular because they "confirm" certain belief sets, which include personal and collective memes. They are part of the self-confirmatory search that reassures us we not only comprehend our experience, but are somehow "blessed" within that process, which may just be self-delusion. We continue to reach toward Truth, toward wholeness, both as Quest and palliative, still "placating" the gods.
Nevertheless, speculative models may point us in the right direction -- toward ever-more primordial subquantal levels of observation, beyond the kaleidoscope of the "content" of our consciousness toward its fundamental nature. Nevertheless, such narratives are being constructed in heterodox physics and enjoy wide acceptance from people who comprehend them or not. Artists are often inspired by concepts from physics. At least they open our speculative thinking, taking us from the known toward the Unknown. We turn to the Void for our answers.
Autonomous Psychic Contents
Such models have been applied to healing and disease processes and linked to placebo effect and the meaning of disease. Jung made the strong statement that "the gods [archetypes] have become diseases" due to their relativization in society. The fundamentally psychosomatic nature of disease manifests in both the psyche (mind) and soma (body). Jung's idea of spiritual authority rests on individual experience, on the need for cultural transformation, and unorthodox ways of achieving unity with the Cosmos.
“We think we can congratulate ourselves on having already reached such a pinnacle of clarity, imagining that we have left all these phantasmal gods far behind. But what we have left behind are only verbal spectres, not the psychic facts that were responsible for the birth of the gods. We are still as much possessed by autonomous psychic contents as if they were Olympians. Today they are called phobias, obsessions, and so forth; in a word, neurotic symptoms. The gods have become diseases; Zeus no longer rules Olympus but rather the solar plexus, and produces curious specimens for the doctor’s consulting room, or disorders of the brains of politicians and journalists who unwillingly let loose psychic epidemics on the world.” (Jung, Cw 13, par. 54)
A physical or psychological breakdown allows us to leave the track of production and social obligation to focus on healing. Hillman clarified by suggesting, "Soul enters only via symptoms, via outcast phenomena like the imagination of artists or alchemy or “primitives,” or of course, disguised as psychopathology. That’s what Jung meant when he said the Gods have become diseases: the only way back for them in a Christian world is via the outcast." Do we have to be broken before we heed the call of our spiritual center, the holistic field of the imaginal?
Perhaps this is analogous to Jung's realization in his Red Book era in the statement the "entanglement is your madness." The personality disorders should be included in his notion of conversion. Operating beyond our consciousness, the gods return confounded with the shadow as pathologies, through the syzygy as relational problems, and with the self as overblown metaphysical notions and literalized pseudo-scientific theories. "Concretization" is an even more difficult problem at the collective than individual level. It is the root of intractable fundamentalism, in fact, all -isms.
The main difference between depth psychologies and quantum physics [as well as esoterics] is that psychologists base their approach in the metaphorical rather than literal nature of reality. To take such material literally is considered a gross error, a misnavigation of the imaginal. This is an often overlooked but major difference in worldview and approach to phenomenological experience.
Systems philosopher and integral theorist Dr. Ervin Laszlo says the universe is an information field which is not only ‘the original source of all things’ in time and space but is also ‘the constant and enduring memory of the universe’. An interconnecting cosmic field links man and matter and continually affects everything and everyone. ‘It literally conveys all the information of life itself.’
Past, present and future flow together in the zero-point energy field. Linear time is an artifact of our nervous system. Healer Edgar Cayce believed the Akashic Records contained a history of every soul from the dawn of creation, connecting us to each other. The records are impressed or encoded into energy/information. Our choices continually rewrite them, modulating thoughts and emotion. The Akashic records (information domain) not only store everything in the past of an individual but also contain all the future possibilities and potentials for our lives. Einstein put it concisely: "Space and time are modes in which we think, not conditions in which we live."
Meta-Nexus
"We have a habit in writing articles published in scientific journals to make the work as finished as possible, to cover up all the tracks, to not worry about the blind alleys or describe how you had the wrong idea first, and so on. So there isn't any place to publish, in a dignified manner,what you actually did in order to get to do the work." -- Richard Feynman In his Nobel Lecture, 1966
"Consciousness is a singular of which the plural is unknown; that there is only one thing and that what seems to be a plurality is merely a series of different aspects of this one thing, produced by a deception." --Schrödinger
“This feeling for the infinite can be attained only if we are bounded to the utmost. In knowing ourselves to be ultimately limited we possess also the capacity for becoming conscious of the infinite. But only then!” ~ C. G. Jung
Thinking Big requires a new approach to the way we pursue knowledge about our universe, our lives, and our species. The history of the universe is our history. We are in the midst of what we might call a generational shift in the way the world works.
We're still asking life's Big Questions and tackling humanity's Big Problems, but in the context of Big History -- a revisionist blend of cosmology, physics, chemistry, geology, biology, anthropology, psychology, sociology, and history. Such a meta-disciplinary approach attempts a single, unifying, compelling narrative that continues unfolding meaning, purpose, and insight.
But, all we ever really talk about is ourselves and our own processes. Pioneered by William James, Sigmund Freud, and Carl Gustav Jung, Depth Psychology is the study of how we dialogue with the Unconscious via symbols, dreams, myth, art, nature. A symbol is something which can have many meanings at once. By paying attention to the messages that show up from beyond our conscious egos, we can be guide to greater understanding, transformation, and integration with the world around us, inner and outer.
Ultimately, "explanations" fail as paradigms of human behavior, being only approximate models and theories that shift with time and related sciences. But our drive to do so remains. No matter what we call them, archetypes, gods and demons still exist as "real" in the human mind, in all their grandeur and monstrosity. The idea that all life or all consciousness is interconnected is one of the most enduring spiritual traditions. Objective evidence of this fantastic notion has only surfaced in recent decades. But evidence-based truth is undergird with self-evident truth often expressed in metaphors.
Our historically-conditioned culture is undergoing a collective transformation process. Countries, regions and continents have their own unique "mindscapes." Cultures can have complexes. Cultural complex theory itself mediates between the particularity of place and the universality of archetypal patterns, which can be explored in crosscultural settings. The notion of a "cultural complex" is a synthetic idea, springing from analytical psychology. It draws on different strands of that tradition to build a new idea for the purpose of understanding the psychology of group conflict.
The collective persona has broken down utterly, shattering the social mask that covered the denial, weaknesses and corruption of the collective shadow, which is now undeniably revealed. It reveals an underlying alchemical process, whose first manifestation is the collective nigredo, manifest in the 21st century Depression, economic and otherwise.
Will this Depression be the driving force that moves the global death/rebirth process forward, as it does in individuation? Will it help us take a quantum leap into a more meaningful future of mankind? In this collective "ego death," the dead void disappears once we connect with the fertile void of the dynamic ground, the formless state of pure potential. First we must endure the overwhelming sensations created by contact with this powerful source. The missing transformative information lies in the very heart of chaos.
There is a generic process in nature and consciousness which dissolves and regenerates all forms. The essence of this transformative, morphological process is chaotic -- purposeful yet inherently unpredictable holistic repatterning. It implies a flowing state of consciousness, "liquification" of consciousness, a return to the womb for rebirth, a baptism or healing immersion in the vast ocean of deep consciousness. It facilitates feedback via creative regression: de-structuring, or destratification by immersion in the flow of psychic imagery through identification with more and more primal forms or patterns -- an expanded state.
As mythologist Joseph Campbell described, "[Heroes have] moved out of the society that would have protected them, and into the dark forest, into the world of fire, of original experience. Original experience has not been interpreted for you, and so you’ve got to work out your life for yourself. Either you can take it or you can’t. You don’t have to go far off the interpreted path to find yourself in very difficult situations. The courage to face the trials and to bring a whole new body of possibilities into the field of interpreted experience for other people to experience—that is the hero’s deed."
Campbell also suggests, "It is by going down into the abyss that we recover the treasures of life. Where you stumble, there lies your treasure." And, "One way or another, we all have to find what best fosters the flowering of our humanity in this contemporary life, and dedicate ourselves to that. " "The goal of life is to make your heartbeat match the beat of the universe, to match your nature with Nature." These have become societal goals of our collective awakening from materialism, not just individual ones.
Social Alchemy
Plutocracy is unravelling. Underlying all our problems, the preeminent issue of our age, is human awareness. From one perspective, the ancient version of human awareness limited by fear, anger, greed, reproductive drives, tribal affiliations, ignorance and self-centeredness is the greatest destructive force on Earth. It is no longer adaptive as it was in the Stone Age.
On the other hand, a collective of potentiated humans who embody even a little of the new awareness, an awakened, relaxed and observant big picture awareness, has the potential to be the greatest healing and creative force on Earth. Is an awakening collection of embodied, present-centered people who are enjoying the transformative effects of this new awareness our solution? What are the gaps between where we are as an emergent culture and where we should be?
Many wish to connect with others in an effort to preserve civilization, all life on Earth and to propel humanity to its next evolutionary step in the face of overwhelming disaster and calamity. Can we break our identification with totalitarian society or will the dream of awakening remain a meme? Has complexity shed new light on cultural and organizational change?
A July 2011 article from ‘Science Daily’ entitled “Brain Co-opts The Body to Promote Moral Behavior,” considers the work of Mary Helen Immordino-Yang of the USC Brain and Creativity Institute. According to Yang, “The human brain may simulate physical sensations to prompt introspection, capitalizing on moments of high emotion to promote moral behavior.” The article explains, “… individuals who were told stories designed to evoke compassion and admiration for virtue sometimes reported that they felt a physical sensation in response. These psycho-physical ‘pangs’ of emotion are very real -- they're detectable with brain scans -- and may be evidence that pro-social behavior is part of human survival.”
Yang continues, "These emotions are foundational for morality and social learning. They have the power to change the course of your very life… Our very biology is a social one. For centuries poets have described so-called gut feelings during social emotions. Now we are uncovering the biological evidence."
But if our brains are naturally wired for cooperation, where does the breakdown occur? Some research shows the answermay lie in damaged or suppressed emotional centers in the brains of some individuals. Does that mean civilizations is cursed by the rulership of high-risk emotional invalids and market processes -- survival of the damaged in a perpetual war with the ethically-motivated?
Is a species-wide biopsychosocial spiritual awakening on the horizon, a some claim? Is a new state of identity forming, based on the collective repulsion of the dominant paradigms and accelerated by social media-technology? You are life, I am life, the cosmos is life (evolving, responsive, self-referential, self-organizing stuff) bringing forth evermore life.
2012 is a year in which the individual forecasts point to a new generational reality and a redefinition of how the world works, but it is not the final stage of the transformation process. Clearly, the Post-Cold War world has come to an end, replaced by changed players and changed dynamics.
Civilizations and eras need a myth to live and that myth may define our collective fate. Futuring includes six synergetic aspects: 1) mapping acceleration, 2) anticipating, 3) timing and 4) deepening the future, 5) creating alternatives to the present and 6) transformation. Aspirational futuring and analysis includes environmental scanning, forecasts, scenarios, visions, audacious goals and understanding change and strategic issues.
Trends identify key forces shaping the future. Environmental scanning includes global, local, political, economic, technological, environmental and social trends. Roadmaps help us visualize strategies and collaborative foresight. Paradigms underpin the assumed truths of our logic.
Obviously, we cannot figure out the Mystery of life with intellect or social science alone. Though "the map is not the territory", the only consciousness maps we have are those left over from our ancestors -- mostly esoteric systems describing the cartography of the human condition. Modern researchers, such as Stan Grof, Ken Wilber, and John Curtis Gowan have attempted to map the mindscape and relationship between the numinous and the ego with some success, at least in broad conceptual strokes. http://www.csun.edu/edpsy/Gowan/
Our attempts to ignore or obliterate the Self are an attempt to wipe out that awareness -- to deaden or destroy any connection with it, and the pain of struggling with our higher and primordial selves, godhead, consciousness or whatever we choose to call the "divine" or sacred dimension and forms. Synthesis echoes the alchemical coagula, attempting to counter the fragmentation of the ego, to put the pieces back together in an increasingly chaotic world devoid of the in-dwelling sacred.
Realizing our separateness from the whole is a privilege given to gods. When our separateness realizes its divinity, it realizes that the microcosm is truly the macrocosm, "as above so below". Ego has been characterized as sinful since we realized our nakedness. Without such separation, which Jung termed "individuation", nothing can be achieved in the name of the Great Work.
Our feelings, thoughts, and needs, as well as our inherent beliefs and spiritual essence are composed of energy. The reintegration of the earthly and spiritual aspects of being in the alchemical marriage reunites us with Cosmos. The light of the soul is the barometer of being, reflecting our humility and inflations, our compassion for our fellows and our hubris. Literally and metaphorically, we ceaselessly yearn for more light - sunlight, torchlight, incandescent light, illumination. Light is a metaphor for energy, life, and knowledge. When you head into the light be sure to pack your sunscreen.
Cosmic pattern recognition is the root of shamanic human culture from Paleolithic and Neolithic times. Humans have always pursued cosmology (the linking field), seeing cosmic patterns at work. Perhaps the greatest ancient discovery was the Precession of the Equinoxes, a recurrent 26,000 year cycle, leading to the model of astrological Ages and the mytheme of Eternal Return and The Great Year. Jung took an interest in astrology because he found it archetypally predictive, including the wheel of time and opposites.
Existential Shockwave; Worldview Warfare
The change of Age, to one of "information" such as we face now, was always considered a challenging time of crisis and chaos as old ways die while new forms emerge. Images permeate our inner and outer life. Therefore, today we find the mindscape riddled with the transitional, messianic, and apocalyptic memes of "2012", the Rapture, and Ascensionism. Or, is "borgification" the shape of things to come, as encoded in the "Singularity" archetype or meme? In the New Media electronic info-culture we've all become cyborgs with machine-extended senses. Will machines become more conscious than we are by 2050, and begin self-replicating throughout the universe? This is a macro version of the world destroying "grey-goo theory" prompted by nanotech proliferation nightmares in the mid-1980s.
A crisis can be a blessing when it gets us to the devastating point where the pain of letting go is less than the pain of hanging on to a self-system that is so undeniably wounding. Not just the world, but "psyche" is in a time of crisis. The modern apocalyptic imagination, the economics of the spiritual marketplace, the commodification of countercultural values, and the cult of celebrity reign supreme. We must acknowledge the variety of manifest emotional and active responses globally to the onslaught of crises facing humanity and the centrality of psyche in articulating, holding and acting on these concerns, in a fragile world in turmoil.
The Physics of Creation
Our universe and everything we know always seems to eventually lead us to the conclusion that we live in a holographic reality. From cosmology to quantum physics, our scientists today are truly having a troublesome time trying to explain the nature of our reality. How can we draw the extreme conclusion that our world is only an illusion and what does that mean when we want to know our place in the cosmos?
We’ve always wanted to understand our origins, going right back to creation stories or creation myths. Physics connects the largest and smallest things in the Cosmos: "As Above; So Below". It is our common story because, for the first time, humans have an origin story that transcends our regional, religious, and tribal differences. That is, at least in theory. The flip side is that there is no consensus in physics, behind rather desperate attempts to rescue the Standard Theory from oblivion and the proliferation of orthodox and heterodox models. What may be closer is that we have a fantasy about how we think this has revolutionized our world.
The narratives of the past were as clear as the grossly limited understandings, beliefs, superstitions and power structures of their times allowed them to be. Chasing an ancient past that we are ill-equipped to understand in its original context is a sure path to detour or derailment in all conclusions resulting from it , if we take it literally. Old ideas are rediscovered, and succeeding generations find new applications for these ideas, valid and illusory. People identify with their beliefs, and they identify with their own self-image most strongly and enthusiastically -- even desperately. Both "official culture" and denial can lead to tunnel vision, medieval and older mindsets.
We need to differentiate between lies and truth not only “out there”, but more importantly in ourselves. Most people can’t face the lies “out there” because they can’t face the many lies in themselves, which make up part of their existence, from popular held beliefs about politics, government, religion, education, family, etc., up to more subtle lies we tell ourselves to make our lives more “comfortable” and justified.Ideology and culture intersect in explanatory power that has real effects, regardless of the truth value of those explanations.
Questioned on any of the mass-accepted beliefs we may have to reevaluate our own lives and realize we may have been largely living a lie. Truth is not always pleasant. However, there is no judgment in truth. It only IS, neither “good” or “bad”. Because of the identification with certain beliefs that make up their whole life and existence, people tend to ignore truth and/or the lies they tell themselves. We tend to build buffers, excuses and all forms of denial to keep our “world view” intact. Ultimately we defend and argue limitations and the prison we are in to defend false ego states. We defend our tragic social systems the same way.
This is why Jung noted, “People will do anything, no matter how absurd, to stop from facing their souls.” And he goes on to say, “One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.”
In short, if people can’t face the lies within themselves, they will never be able to face the lies in the world and find truth within and without. Their whole life just becomes way of shutting oneself out from anything that may be a “threat” to their beliefs and way of life. As the Russian mystic Gurdjieff wrote: “In order to understand the interrelation of truth and falsehood in life, a man must understand falsehood in himself, the constant incessant lies he tells himself.” Hence, the most important aspect in life is to Know Thyself.
In “States of Denial”, (Cambridge), Stanley Cohen remarks that “the scientific discourse misses the fact that the ability to deny is an amazing human phenomenon [...] a product of sheer complexity of our emotional, linguistic, moral and intellectual lives.” He writes that Denial is a complex “unconscious defense mechanism for coping with guilt, anxiety and other disturbing emotions aroused by reality.“ Even skepticism and solipsistic arguments – including epistemological relativism – about the existence of objective truth, are generally a social construction.
Much of the value of studying these 'Holy Grail-type' notions, in science, psychology and philosophy, comes from making connections across disciplines and ultimately building up our intellectual muscle power -- conceptual background. Learning different perspectives from our own is a primary source of human creativity. It can also be fallacious. To the extent such ideas spark insight they may help us move forward, but new ideas in reductionistic form can stall progress, too.
We know more than previous generations and have caused more problems than previous generations. The future we craft together depends on transformational dialogue and sharing worldviews. Exponential growth must be curbed to avoid catastrophic consequences. Decisions made now have effects over a very long period.
There is a hidden revolution in science today. Instead of focus on a part, focus has moved to relationships. A psyche capable of manipulating forms can create logical relationships, but logic remains a limited tool. Imaginal images have enabled interaction, projection and cultural expansion. The human capacity itself is an extension of nature.
Images and symbols, like language, can be ambiguous. Piantadosi et al (2011) have shown that all efficient communication systems will be ambiguous, assuming that context is informative about meaning. They also argue that ambiguity allows for greater ease of processing by permitting efficient linguistic units to be re-used. We can imagine the same is true for symbols. Theoretical analysis suggests that ambiguity is a functional property of language that allows for greater communicative efficiency.
So, instead of what something is, we look instead toward what something is doing and its non-deterministic effects on whole systems. The solutions lie not in the past but the future-perfect tense. Still, the near future is unlikely to be perfect. Furthermore, the nature of that future is a wide-open field, subject to endless confabulation -- personal and collective delusion. The ability to shift approaches with agility and speed is the essence of future adaptation.
We sense we are ending and yet just beginning because both are simultaneously and timelessly true. Humanity's race is against time toward the great Unknown. The perennial question remains, "What is wrong with the world and why is it that way?" Neither religion, philosophy, nor systems theory has been able to do more than balance out the negative, much like Yin and Yang. Transcendental religions seek to escape time and its dichotomies altogether.
The treasures of cultural history and spontaneous renewal reside within this living field, our connection with the primal source of life and parallel phenomena. The history of the world emerges from the multidimensional field of possibilities. Somehow life works despite infinite deviations. Viability can be anticipated if not planned. But we've outgrown Earth's carrying capacity.
Though barely aware of them, we are tied together by deep processes. We can learn to consciously understand and apply, rather than destructively act out these eternal patterns. We must learn to recognize what is being revealed even though it is always open to interpretation. We are also subject to delusions and misperceptions, so we need to learn discernment. We need to focus on our own dynamic process, not just its finite contents, personalistic signs and symbols.
Archetypes of Nature and the Nature of Archetypes
Jung reduced archetypes to a select few that mostly matched up with ancient godforms that described human behavior sets and transformational forces. But archetypes are not limited to that in any way. The forces of nature and the elements have always been considered archetypal -- floods, hurricanes, volcanoes, tornadoes, earthquakes, fire, ocean, river, mountain, cave, stars, lightning, voidspace -- the abyss of the transcendent imagination. Nietzsche famously claimed, "And if you gaze for long into an abyss, the abyss gazes also into you."
The Unconscious Mind is not unconscious at all. Only the conscious mind is unconscious of the consciousness of the Unconscious Mind. There are archetypes emerging in science that have an ancient history in symbolism with meaningful messages that resound through the ages: "Turning and turning within the widening gyre..." They have been resurrected in scientific forms to explain even the mathematical mysteries of the microcosm and the macrocosm: vortex, gyre, spiral, solitons, toroids, entanglement, spin, singularity, black holes, flower of life, fractal iteration, interference patterns, and more. http://www.tetras-consult.gr/resources/Resources/Archetypes%20%20Mythology/The%20Emergence%20of%20Archetypes%20in%20Present.pdf
Interference Patterns
Is reality an enormous interference pattern? It has become increasingly plausible that the energy that powers the universe, which some call the unified or zero point field and others call God, is consciousness. It is this consciousness projected through the interference pattern of energy waves that gives rise to us, all that we perceive and that which we do not. Even what we perceive as solid objects are all manifestations of wave energy forms.
Scientific notions can be viewed metaphorically, noting particularly their similarities and differences. Is an attractor basin and a gravity well essentially the same metaphor? Space is never empty, since it is full of virtual pairs. Black holes draw everything into their sphere. Near a black hole the negative virtual particle is drawn into the black hole, while the positive radiates away (Hawking radiation). A binary black hole merger replicates the form of the inspiraling double helix, seen in DNA, at the macrocosmic level, creating enormous singularities at the event horizon. Fiat Lux. Such massive jets create shockwaves - gravity waves. http://www.tpi.uni-jena.de/gravity/Showcase/EH.shtml
http://www.stumbleupon.com/su/1crNZF/www.dailygalaxy.com/my_weblog/2012/02/strange-microscopic-carbon-spheres-found-orbiting-xx-ophiuchi-a-pair-of-stars-6500-light-years-from-.html
Is there a hierarchy of singularities in light fields? If we live in a holographic universe, and the principle of "As Above, So Below" prevails, then the nature and intensities of interference patterns is crucial. Interference is another name for wave propagation. It is this interference pattern that is imprinted on the recording medium in a hologram. According to diffraction theory, each point in the object acts as a point source of light. Is interference itself, cycling between interference, entanglement and interference, more than a metaphor? There is primordial darkness in the light as well as radiant effulgence.
Photon interference among distant quantum emitters is a promising method to generate large scale quantum networks. Interference is best achieved when photons show long coherence times. For the nitrogen-vacancy defect center in diamond we measure the coherence times of photons via optically induced Rabi oscillations. Experiments reveal a close to Fourier-transform (i.e., lifetime) limited width of photons emitted even when averaged over minutes. The projected contrast of two-photon interference (0.8) is high enough to envisage applications in quantum information processing. http://www.iqis.org/~amacrae/Papers/Nov26/PhysRevLett.100.077401.pdf
Perhaps even sterile theories can be mined for metaphorical gold, prospecting for data. We can make a pscyhological axiom, that when the parallels in physics are strong, the results are useful. One of the classic metaphors is that "light" can also mean perception or consciousness. It brings to mind the the significance of signal-to-noise ratios and a variety of other possible transformations that can be applied to the human scale. Is it more than compensatory to think that perhaps the symbolic nature of the unconscious is the natural and fuller state of things -- a reflection of fuller consciousness?
During this writing, a synchronistic communication occured mirroring such ideas, unearthing the mythic life: "the symbolic nature of the unconscious is the natural state of things". precisely. C. G. Carus and Schelling affirmed that in 1940- the symbolic language of the unconscious (Traumbildsprache) is the language of Nature. The unconscious is Nature in us. Hence, from the point of view of the human psyche, everything is symbolic. (the Centaur in Pasolini's Medea says so in a beautiful way). Yet questions remain. If projection is attributing unconscious contents to the object of observation, now when we try to observe our unconscious terrains... we can detect some projections in our feedback, but what is the reason that although this projection tells us about unconscious materials, it is not equal to the observed ones?
The universe is the sum of the interaction of all waves that are correlated. Interference usually refers to the interaction of waves that are correlated or are in phase, and destructive interference when they are half a cycle out of phase. The use of two-photon interference allows entanglement. Cabrillo et al suggest creation of entangled states of different atoms by interference.
Does the fine structure of light have something to do with focusing? Diffraction patterns are wave dislocations or line singularities. A polarized wavefield is an even finer structure of singularities. The singularities of geometrical optics are systematized by catastrophe theory. Partial decoherence comes from rays with widely differing paths of differences. (John Nye, Natural Focusing and Fine Structure of Light: Caustics and Wave Dislocations)
Caustics dissolve into intricate interference patterns which catastrophe theory describes as emergent semiclassical phenomena called diffraction catastrophes. In spectral universality, if we consider quantum systems whose classical mechanical treatment is chaotic, we find that the statistics of the spectra of all such systems is the same. Spectral universality is nonclassical, because it is a property of discrete energy levels, and it is semiclassically emergent because the number of levels increases in the classical limit.. As we generalize to a deeper theory, the singularities of the old theory are dissolved and replaced by new ones. http://www.counterbalance.org/ctns-vo/berry-body.html
When is a rainbow a catastrophe? In optics."Catastrophes" are at the heart of many fascinating optical phenomena.
The bright side of the rainbow (below the primary bow) shows a delicate interference pattern. Catastrophe optics describes the wave properties of ray singularities. In the hierarchy of physical concepts, wave optics refines and embraces ray optics, and quantum optics rules above wave optics. So, what would be the quantum effects of wave catastrophes [6]? First, what are quantum catastrophes? It might be a good idea to begin with an example, the black hole [7]. When a star collapses to a black hole an event horizon is formed, cutting space into two disconnected regions. Seen from an outside observer, time stands still at the horizon, freezing all motion. A light wave would freeze as well, propagating with ever-shrinking wavelength. Potential quantum effects of such a wave singularity are effects of the quantum vacuum. The gravitational collapse [7] of the star into the black hole has swept along the vacuum. The vacuum thus shares the fate of an inward-falling observer. Yet such an observer would not notice anything unusual at the event horizon. http://www.st-andrews.ac.uk/~ulf/catastrophe.html
Singularities, chaos and order depend on our perspective or level of observation: there is a problematic relation between the presence of chaos in classical mechanics and its absence in quantum mechanics. If classical mechanics is the limit of quantum mechanics when Planck’s constant h can be ignored, why does a system appear nonchaotic according to quantum mechanics and yet chaotic when we set h = 0? Moreover, if all systems obey quantum mechanics, including macroscopic ones like the moon, why do they evolve chaotically? This problem is located within a larger one: namely the mathematical reduction of one theory to another. His claim is that many of the problems associated with reduction arise because of singular limits, which both obstruct the smooth reduction of theories and point to rich “borderland physics” between theories. The limit h _ 0 is one such singular limit, and this fact sheds light on the problem of reduction in several ways. First of all, nonclassical phenomena will emerge as h _ 0. Secondly, the limit of long times (t _ ñ), which are required for chaos to emerge in classical mechanics, and the limit h _ 0, do not commute, creating further difficulties. To illustrate the role of singularities in the semiclassical limit, first consider a simple example: two incident beams of coherent light. Quantum mechanics predicts interference fringes, and these fringes persist as h _ 0 due to the singularity in the quantum treatment. But in the geometrical-optics form of classical physics (where the wave-like nature of light is ignored) there are no fringes, only the simple addition of two light sources. To regain the correspondence principle between classical and quantum mechanics we must first average over phase-scrambling effects due to the influence of the physical environment in a process called “decoherence.” (Michael Berry)
In optics, a caustic or caustic network is the envelope of light rays reflected or refracted by a curved surface or object, or the projection of that envelope of rays on another surface. There is a parallel between the physics of optical caustics and protein-folding. How does energy from diverse small sources drive a complex molecule to a unique state? Perhaps that the missing factor is in the geometry.
A putative underlying physical link between caustics and folding is a torsion wave of non-constant wave speed, propagating on the dihedral angles and found in an analytical model of the molecule.The translation of genetic information, which is encoded in the DNA, into uniquely folded proteins defines a central mechanism in all living cells. The first stages of the process, entailing the translation of the information into an amino acid sequence in the protein, have been understood for a long time. The final step, the folding of the protein into a unique native state, remains an intensely active research field.
The optical field, including the caustic, is an interference pattern which requires no additional energy to form. There are only a finite number of caustics that can be uniquely characterized geometrically. Also, the formation of caustics is strikingly insensitive to perturbations. The theory of caustics entails the application of mathematics to the propagation of electromagnetic waves subject to various boundary conditions. One of researchers' motivations for comparing caustics and folding is the appearance of waves and solitons in an analytic molecular model. One issue is that caustics are a wave phenomenon (although geometric optics also gives a complete picture of caustics). Do torsion waves on the molecule backbone, disrupted by heterogeneities in the arrangement of amino acids, form singular points which direct the folding into elementary geometric catastrophes in short segments? Does bond formation subsequently alter the shape? (Simmons & Weiner). http://arxiv.org/ftp/arxiv/papers/1108/1108.2740.pdf
In a new discovery, scientists using the Spitzer Infrared Space Telescope detected tiny specks of matter, or particles,consisting of stacked buckyballs. They found the particles around a pair of stars called "XXOphiuchi," 6,500 light-years from Earth, and detected enough to fill the equivalent in volume to 10,000 Mount Everests. These exotic particles (image below) were detected definitively in space for the first time by Spitzer in 2010. Spitzer later identified the molecules in a host of different cosmic environments. It even found them in staggering quantities, the equivalent in mass to 15 Earth moons, in a nearby galaxy called the Small Magellanic Cloud.
"This exciting result suggests that buckyballs are even more widespread in space than the earlier Spitzer results showed," said Mike Werner, project scientist for Spitzer at NASA's Jet PropulsionLaboratory in Pasadena, Calif. "They may be an important form of carbon, an essential buildingblock for life, throughout the cosmos." http://www.stumbleupon.com/su/1crNZF/www.dailygalaxy.com/my_weblog/2012/02/strange-microscopic-carbon-spheres-found-orbiting-xx-ophiuchi-a-pair-of-stars-6500-light-years-from-.html
The archetypal nature of such translatable models is highlighted by a recent paper ("Theory of the Origin, Evolution, and Nature of Life", Andrulis, 2012), first released as "scientific" then retracted from peer-review because no one can understand it. It is based entirely on a non-mathematical model of the gyre to explain all domains of existence and information morphology. It claims to unite atomic and cosmic realms.This paper highlights the apparent stranglehold archetypes have on the nature of our thinking and conceptualization. That is, if the notion of archetypes themselves holds up. Right or wrong, it shows the power of primordial symbols to attract and fascinate us.
A quantum approach may be clearer: We are pieced together out of atoms. Atoms are made from protons, neutrons, and electrons. Protons and neutrons are made of quarks. Quarks and electrons, as far as we know, are elementary particles, with nothing smaller inside. The gyre is the caged electron. Science thinks of the electron as something that circles so fast around a center proton so as to have the properties of a cloud around the proton with varying strengths here and there. But in the microtubule there is no proton to cloud around. It is not the case where the cloud behavior of the electron is sometimes associated with the beta molecule and then it jumps over to the other molecule as most seem to imagine.
The caged electron has no proton to center around and forms a gyre or tornado or vortice or cyclotron orbit instead.
The gyre or electron cloud is forced to form by the van der wall forces between the opposing repelling molecules.
Sometimes the flow of vibrations from one molecule excites the gyre and sometimes the flow from both molecules excite the electron gyre. The gyre can be squeezed or expanded. The gyre has a singularity which is made of photons emitted during the excitation of the gyre or electron cloud in cyclotron orbit. The brain recreates the behavior of the gyre. Life is delayed entropy and what delays the entropy is the incomplete dissipation of information in the singularity held by the gyre.
Vortex-motion has been suggested from pre-history to account for creation, and is with us today in other modern theories of black hole singularities at the core of all matter. Heterodox theories often show more archetypal influence than conventional theories, as they tend to be idiosyncratic. This one is based on the premis that any cycle that exists in nature—in physical, chemical, or biological systems—may be viewed as a gyre. The ground state is the base of the gyre. Gyre collapse occurs by two extreme means: overcontraction or overexpansion.
Because it is so unabashedly archetypal in nature, it illustrates the point that conventional and heterodox theories, in general, are archetypally molded. The gyre is suggested as a basic and concrete model of broad applicability, a profound heuristic, and an unchanging form that changes. Further, nested gyres evidently fulfill many of the modeling requirements of complexity, emergence, chaos, systems, information, and evolutionary theory.
Andrulis claims his theory organizes scales across all domains by feedforward and feedback between, among, and within nested gyrosystems, and that all physical systems, particles, and phenomena in the microcosmic and macrocosmic realms obey a vortical trajectory. He claims to demonstrate that, "that each gyrosystem singularity represents the origin of that gyrosystem. In other words, the singularity is the beginning and the end, the thermodynamic source and the sink of each cycle."
His metaphysics reflects a conceptual surety of an "elegant solution to the origin, evolution, and nature of life in the cosmos.": "The gyre models the living universe perfectly. I have been unable to find one system, particle, event, or process—at any point or stage leading up to or during the origin of life—that does not consent to modeling onto the gyre form. In other words, there is no “before” or “after” the gyre in a spacetime sense; the gyre is evolutionarily and existentially omnipresent. This theory proves that the gyre is the long-sought invisible and inevitable metaphysical element of the universe, fulfilling a philosophical goal that dates to ancient Greece..."
The central idea of this theory is that all physical reality, stretching from the so-called inanimate into the animate realm and from micro- to meso- to macrocosmic scales, can be interpreted and modeled as manifestations of a single geometric entity, the gyre. This entity is attractive because it has life-like characteristics, undergoes morphogenesis, and is
responsive to environmental conditions. The gyromodel depicts the spatiotemporal behavior and properties of elementary particles, celestial bodies, atoms, chemicals, molecules, and systems as quantized packets of information, energy, and/or matter that oscillate between excited and ground states around a singularity. The singularity, in turn, modulates these states by alternating attractive and repulsive forces. The singularity itself is modeled as a gyre, thus evincing a thermodynamic, fractal, and nested organization of the gyromodel. In fitting the scientific evidence from quantum gravity to cell division, this theory arrives at an understanding of life that questions traditional beliefs
and definitions.
The gyromodel depicts the spatiotemporal behavior and properties of elementary particles, celestial bodies, atoms, chemicals, molecules, and systems as quantized packets of information, energy, and/or matter that oscillate between excited and ground states around a singularity. The singularity, in turn, modulates these states by alternating attractive and repulsive forces. The singularity itself is modeled as a gyre, thus evincing a thermodynamic, fractal, and nested organization of the gyromodel. In fitting the scientific evidence from quantum gravity to cell division, this theory arrives at an understanding of life that questions traditional beliefs and definitions (Andrulis). http://io9.com/5880786/biochemist-publishes-a-unified-theory-of-life-but-no-one-understands-it
Natural Laws & Ordering Principles
These primordial forms, geometries, and pre-geometrical dynamics are the archetypes of nature, at levels more fundamental than those of personification. As our penetration of our own depths and those of nature deepens, we become cognizant of the primordial nature of such symbols in our personal and collective life.
Personified archetypes were well-covered in the 20th century, but in the 21st we need to revision our view of archetypes and what is archetypal to include the raw nature of archetypes, not just the archetypes of nature. Energy has shape…and that shape emerges from the vacuum potential. As the Heart Sutra implies, form is not other than void and void is not other than form. In this sense, all of manifestation is archetypal.
"The vacuum is an observable emptiness that is a virtual plenum. It is spacetime, massless charge, electrostatic scalar potential, broken bits (subquantal) of energy, pure virtual particle flux, zero-vector wave flux, multilevel, structured, patterned. It is all things and contains all things in potential state. It is not, in that it is not observable. But from it comes all observables. It is both ordered and disordered, simultaneously. The vacuum is the absence of charged spinning particles of observable mass.
In the presence of a spinning charged particle, in a del-phi which contains electron-vortex-holes to mesh with, the charged particle attaches itself to the moving del-phi flux gradient, moving itself with the river. This produces an Ë field. The Ë-field CONSISTS OF the smeared electron, it does not CAUSE THE MOVEMENT of the electron. It is an effect, not a cause. The conventional equation for del-phi equals E is correct for matter waves in electron gases; it is not correct in vacuum itself. A spinning charged particle, when it hooks to a spin-hole in a del-phi river, MOVES ITSELF.
Electromagnetic waves in vacuum are scalar longitudinal waves of alternate compression and rarefaction of the vacuum virtual particle flux. That is, they are waves of electrostatic potential. They are zero-vector waves. They are internally structured and patterned. They usually contain electron "spin holes" unless made in a fashion so as to make opposing spin holes that cancel each other. Since they are pure phi-waves, they need not be limited in velocity to the speed of light. They are hyperspatial waves. They are waves in the virtual state itself.
Both poles in the virtual substructure remain as a translated scalar magnetic field. There's a virtual flux to and from each observable particle of charged mass in the observable state. Accelerated portions -- atoms with electrons in whirling orbit, spinning electrons, protons, etc. -- possess nonzero ordinary vector magnetic fields by translation. There are successive interlocking levels of reality, all the way from deep in the virtual state into interlocking levels in the observable state." (Bearden)
Matter conceptually arises from our perception of the universe. In the computational analogy the universe is a virtual reality - it is 'made' of computation and information. Only through virtual senses does it seem to be 'solid'. Existence is a field of consciousness, our personal consciousness is an aspect of the cosmic consciousness and with a focused awareness we participate in that field. By interacting with the underlying energy and information we may influence it, then when our senses perceive the situation it seems that 'matter' has been influenced - but that matter is just the underlying energy and information as it appears to our senses.
Rumi, the 13th-century Sufi mystic poet said, “The nature of reality is this: It is hidden, and it is hidden, and it is hidden."
Physical reality is not absolute. Science has tried to find the fundamental building blocks of matter, but has been stymied. It simply depends on the assumptions and theory you use with the level of observation: cosmological, molecular, atomic or subatomic. Now the quark (theoretically point-sized), long thought the smallest unit discernable, is giving way to finer distinctions -- a whole new level of the makeup of matter.
In The Quantum Brain, Jeffrey Satinover describes, “a world in which one can comfortably argue the dynamics of interference among multiple universes both forward and backward in time; can ask seriously, as did Feynman and Wheeler, whether every electron in the universe is the same one, just reappearing through multiple loops in time.”
Lee Smolin is not a fan of Many Worlds Interpretation, (MWI), but he describes its anomaly: “only an observer who lived outside the universe who had somehow the same relation to the whole universe that we may have towards some atoms of gas in a container, could observe this quantum state of the universe. . .it is only such an observer who could know all of reality.”
Creation may come from nothingness (ex nihilo), but it doesn’t travel very far from it when closely examined. It only and ever manifests as quantum potentiality, though it appears particle-like. This includes both the so-called organic and inorganic matter. The universe is more like a dream than concrete.
In fact, there is no such thing as solid matter at all, no hordes of tiny particles. All manifestations are reduced to probability waves in quantum mechanics. We have suggested elsewhere (see “Helix to Hologram”, Nexus) that the so-called material world is a projection of a frequency domain, fields within fields, tuned with resonance, light and sound. This holographic concept of reality requires the unperceived information background as its basis. Both particle and field exist only in the implicate order.
Light is even more ephemeral. As Wolf (2000) describes, “When we see light, we really don’t see light at all; we see an effect appearing as a result of light pushing and pulling on the matter making up our sensory bodies. We see matter moving. Light itself is really out of this world and, as far as I can tell, out of any parallel world we wish to think about.”
The most theories provide is the best explanation. Explanation not prediction is the point of science. We explain the world in terms of embedded hierarchies of substructures and superstructures. Each appears as a thing in itself with specialized functions and dynamics. Physics determines what can be computed, including the information capabilities of matter and energy underlying physical dynamics and deeper sub-quantal levels.
Reality consists of continually diverging and converging waves unfolding from the information level, but that is another story, as is the physics of consciousness. The mind arises from the laws of matter. While some scientists are trying to describe matter as consciousness others are trying to reduce consciousness to matter.
A thought of a thing is not that thing, but it is not nothing either. Our thoughts about the ultimate nature of reality affect that reality at the metaphysical level. As intuitive Jorge Luis Borges said, “Time forks perpetually toward innumerable futures.” All that can happen, must happen. The outdated notion of our universe is an idea, not a reality. As an idea it has been proven obsolete.
Re-creating the Wheel
Do we have to imagine our end to find a new beginning, to reinvent civilization? Change starts with the questions we ask because they have the potential to shift our awareness. What is inconceivable one day may not be the next. The tipping point could come at any juncture. Reality is neither structure nor chaos, but a process in which structure and chaos dance between form and formlessness. This is the eternal cycle of death and renewal.
Just what is the universe at the tiniest scales -- dots, strings, consciousness -- nothing at all? Abrams and Primack write: "if we were to possess a transnationally shared, believable picture of the cosmos, including a mythic-quality story of its origins and our origins -- a picture recognized as equally true for everyone on this planet -- we humans would see our problems in an entirely new light, and we would almost certainly solve them." Is this the meaning of today's crises rooted in the changing Age? Do we need to recreate the cosmic Wheel? Or is their premise just wrong - utopian?
Our ancestors may have had as much native intelligence as we do, but being dead doesn't make you smarter, so in retrieving their "wisdom" we may bog ourselves down in the undertow of outmoded thinking, swayed by emotional draw to archetypal fascinations, stereotypical superstitions, and magnetic symbolism. Something was missing from ancient science that does not lead to universal harmony through its practice. Yet, each person cleaves to their limited interpretations, conceptions, and overdrawn conclusions like a jealous lover. Our theories of self, others and world are constrained by the limitations of our individual minds.
Consciousness doesn't mistake itself for a god; people do. Some cultures are still locked in worshiping their version of God, while others have reduced god to the personalistic level, wishing to be that through such memes as co-creation, LOA, and "intentionality". The later is thinly disguised ego-aggrandizement. Whether that is possible in any sense or not, it is hubris, or spiritual pride, an addictive state of the ego that opens the door to self-deception, even in science. Does spiritual innovation and natural discovery trump religious belief? Despite our efforts, existence remains an enigma.
Consensual reality is not a single objective reality, but many entangled worlds that share information with each other, each defined on its own viewing screen, and each observed from its own point of view. The self-concept is understood in terms of the encoding of information on the viewing screen, and the expression of personal will and universal will is understood in the sense of the flow of energy. The nature of the Self is understood as a presence of consciousness that arises at a focal point of perception, while the perceivable world arises on a viewing screen. In a nondual sense, the Source of any such world, and the Source of any individual consciousness, is understood as a void of undifferentiated consciousness. (James Kowall) http://scigod.com/index.php/sgj/article/view/155/186
Cognitive science indicates that much of our mental lives is not available to introspection (e.g. Nisbett and Wilson, 1977; Gopnik, 1993; Wegner, 2002). People presume introspective access to their mental events. There are two dimensions of introspective access: (i) the power of access, i.e. whether people believe they can unfailingly or only typically introspect mental events; and (ii) the domain of access, i.e. what types of mental events people believe they are able to introspect. Beliefs about introspection fall on these dimensions. IWhile people do not presume universal introspective access, they overestimate the amount of access they actually have, particularly in the case of decisions. http://ingentaconnect.com/content/imp/jcs/2011/00000018/F0020011/art00006 Awareness of Unawareness Folk Psychology and Introspective Transparency Authors: Kozuch, Benjamin; Nichols, S., JCS
Big Questions will always remain as our understanding is necessarily limited. We are receivers of revelatory downloads in symbolic and cognitive form that can change the paradigm. But we lack the capacity to "know" it all, which is reserved to the archetypal domain. Thus, the unified theory, which would be more than theory because it actually describes reality, remains elusive.
Leon Maurer suggested this new paradigm would start with the reasonable fundamental propositions (some already presumed as aspects of advanced physics) that: (1) Unconditioned pre-cosmic space is the ground of all reality; (2) Such absolute (0°K) space is inherently potentially conscious as well as potentially infinitely energetic -- in the form of abstract cyclic motion or zero-point angular spin momentum; (3) Such zero-points of both consciousness and infinite potential mass-energy, located everywhere in total cosmic space-time, necessarily contains the infinite structural information of the entire cosmos -- which could, logically, only be the conserved memory of all previous cyclic manifestations and evolutions of the cosmos.
If such a worldview can only appear as a consequence of far-reaching changes to the conceptual foundations of science, changes which science proper cannot initiate for itself. A legitimate contemporary philosophy of nature complements the methods and aims of science. It remains for the archetype concept in psychology, and its extension to other areas of science to be established. Criticisms and misperceptions about the nature of archetypes remain to be addressed and corrected, changing the present meaning of the concept of archetype. If successful, such a transformation at a very deep level of our understanding of nature will change our place in it.
"Through haste and increased willing and action we want to escape from emptiness and also from evil. But the right way is that we accept emptiness, destroy the image of the form within us, negate the God, and descend into the abyss and awfulness of matter. The God as our work stands outside us and no longer needs our help. He is created and remains left to his own devices." ~Carl Jung, Red Book, Page 288
"Thus your soul is your own self in the spiritual world. As the abode of the spirits, however, the spiritual world is also an outer world. Just as you are also not alone in the visible world, but are surrounded by objects that belong to you and obey only you, you also have thoughts that belong to you and obey only you. But just as you are surrounded in the visible world by things and beings that neither belong to you nor obey you, you are also surrounded in the spiritual world by thoughts and beings of thought that neither obey you nor belong to you. Just as you engender or bear your physical children, and just as they grow up and separate themselves from you to live their own fate, you also produce or give birth to beings of thought which separate themselves from you and live their own lives. Just as we leave our children when we grow old and give our body back to the earth, I separate myself from my God, the sun, and sink into the emptiness of matter and obliterate the image of my child in me. This happens in that I accept the nature of matter and allow the force of my form to flow into emptiness. Just as I gave birth anew to the sick God through my engendering force, I henceforth animate the emptiness of matter from which the formation of evil grows."~Carl Jung, Red Book, Page 288
Though theories abound, many phenomenological questions remain unanswered:
1) anomalous cognition and phenomena (ESP, NDE, ghosts, ufos, channelling).
2) Personal identity, the soul, the self, mind-matter, the psyche, reincarnation
3) Physical and mental health/illness, why are genetic factors triggered.
4) Time, space, origin of the universe,
5) Perception
Professor Russell Stannard offers unanswerable questions that include:
- “The brain is a physical object and many people liken it to an elaborate computer. But unlike a computer the brain is conscious.” What is consciousness?
- Free will versus determinism: “Will a scientist be able to to predict what anyone does in the future? That doesn’t match with our decision to make a choice – it is the free will versus determinism question”.
- “Why is there a world in the first place? Why is there something rather than nothing?”
- “If the world was chaotic, there’s nothing to explain. Certain things happen and other things cannot happen because of the Laws of Nature. But why are there any laws at all?”
- Is mathematics something human beings invented or something we discovered?
For all of us to be here, many many conditions had to be satisfied. The chance of life happening on earth, and satisfying those conditions were “practically zero”. We find ourselves in one of these freak universes.
- How do you prove that there are universes other than our own?
- Cosmologists are able to describe the tiniest fraction of a second after the Big Bang. There was neither space nor time before the Big Bang. Some theories do not require nor include a Big Bang at all, making it's "cause" meaningless.
- Does the universe go on forever? Where is its border and where does it stop?
- No one knows what the smallest unit of distance or time is, or the length of a "string".
http://www.new-paradigm.co.uk/culture-complex.htm
Doom or Bloom?
"You can't predict what a myth is going to be any more than you can predict what you're going to dream tonight. Myths and dream come from the same place. They come from realizations of some kind that have then to find expression in symbolic form. And the only myth that's going to be worth thinking about in the immediate future is one that is talking about the planet, not the city, not these people, but the planet and everybody on it. That's my main thought for what the future of myth is going to be." --Joseph Campbell, The Power of Myth with Bill Moyers
"The fantasy we call 'current events,' that which is taking place outside the historical field, is a reflection of an eternal mythological experience... .Nothing can be revealed by a newspaper, by the world's chronique scandaleuse, unless the essence is described from within through an archetypal pattern. The archetype provides the basis for uniting those incommensurables, fact and meaning." --James HIllman, "An Aspect of the Psychological & Historical Present"
Doom or Bloom
We are appropriating for our own consumption a large and increasing fraction of the biological productivity of the entire earth. This is why we need to figure out quickly how to transition out of the current period of worldwide human inflationary growth as gently and justly as possible. Psychic repression depends on social oppression. All context is important, including popular culture. Not all archetypal significance is evolutionary, therefore archetypal psychology, for example, honors the pathological, as well.
Campbell claimed, “Myth is much more important and true than history. History is just journalism and you know how reliable that is.” What we seek is within us. Can we use the principles of character transformation to change the character of our society? Surely it raises more questions than answers, as the later are necessarily as-yet-unknown. What are the new Rites of Passage for our civilization? What do we need to collectively manifest Aristotle's definition of happiness? "The exercise of vital powers along lines of excellence in a life affording them scope." Is it not the [molecular] archetypes [neurotransmitters] that in some way color, limit and potentiate the spectrum of our emotions and their complex interactions?
Can any image be universal? Can they be passed on genetically, emerge instinctually, or transform over time with language, culture and history? Do we unconsciously rework the archetypes of previous ages and discover archetypes that can only emerge in our own? Maybe not entirely, but certainly metaphorically, and often it is more than a metphor, leading to tangible effects in the real world, where the mindbody lives in its material context.
In the parietal lobe, the angular gyrus is partly responsible for the human ability to understand metaphor. For those with damage to the angular gyrus region of their brains, metaphors are confusing. The angular gyrus is strategically located at the crossroads of areas specialized for processing touch, hearing and vision. The left angular gyrus deals with cross-modal metaphors (“loud shirt”), while the right angular gyrus deals with spatial metaphors.
Metaphor feeds the imagination. Metaphor unites the dual themes of creativity - coarse semantic coding and hyperconnective sensory, emotional and conceptual areas of the brain. Metaphor helps us project structure across categories to establish new connections and organization of meaning. Metaphor springs from and interprets the core of our corporeal experience. Metaphors expand meaning by transcending the literal and structural interpretation.
Tibertan masters claim, the root of our material-mental universe is this self-existent pristine cognitiveness, a point instant virtual singularity. Its facticity is open-dimensioned and not discernable as any concrete thing. The meaning-saturated field of pristine cognitiveness is an intrinsically radiant field of this open dimension -- the sheer lucency of quantum potentiality.
With meaning awareness, insight can be extended to the cosmos as a whole. Universe itself emerges from a quantum ground of pure undiluted meaningfulness which explodes into the infinite play of the meanings of the experiential world. Bohm concludes that meaning‘ can be considered to be the ultimate constituent of the process of the universe because it enfolds‘ the other primary aspects of matter‘ and energy‘. The universe can be considered to be a self-referential, self-creating process within which infinite meaningful acts of internal cognition create a multitudinous field of dualistic experience within an overall field of pure undifferentiated meaning, which we may identify with the quantum ground.
In The Power of Myth, Campbell states, “People say that what we’re all seeking is a meaning for life. I don’t think that’s what we’re really seeking. I think that what we’re seeking is an experience of being alive, so that our life experiences on the purely physical plane will have resonances without own innermost being and reality, so that we actually feel the rapture of being alive.”
He points out that, “Half the people in the world think that the metaphors of their religious traditions, for example, are facts. And the other half contends that they are not facts at all. As a result we have people who consider themselves believers because they accept metaphors as facts, and we have others who classify themselves as atheists because they think religious metaphors are lies.” (Thou Art That: Transforming Religious Metaphor).
Archetypes are more than just socially constructed symbols. Jung did not subscribe to genetically-driven behavior, per se, and today's Jungians certainly do not. Archetypes arise from emotionally-charged aspects of our being. An archetypal understanding of events immediately changes our perception of them and ourselves. History repeats because it is an expression of human nature, which includes the mythic dimension.
As mediators archetypes help us deal with our enormous individual and global problems, the irrational and unconscious. We are given the age-old task of gaining wisdom without losing our potential. We have to remain open to chance and change, and the dance of opposites. It helps us deal with individual, social and cultural trauma, inflicted by events and media. Can they help us move through our protracted adolescence?
When "inner" and "outer" distinctions dissolve, the world become transparent. Is our universe is populated by simple, recursive, self-similar structures of consciousness at arbitrarily small scales? Fractals may be a much larger part of our subconscious than we realize; somehow they provide a link, or a bridge, to a larger universe; a Greater Reality. We know the Universe itself has a fractal nature, that can be measured and observed. Does consciousness itself adhere to the same fractal relationship? Does consciousness also split into parts and observe itself in each state of self-similarity? This is the flow which appears to move through the infinity of potential universes or connections.
The notion of ontological "emptiness," or more meaningfully, "nonbeing-ness" of physical things follows from the "Axiom of Transcendence." "Being" (in the metaphysical ontological sense of the word) may be taken as absolute at hypothetical point of zero- singularity convergence of manifold. Given, however, the fact of the "no-zero-point axiom," the realm of what we call "physical" becomes the realm of virtual phenomena. In the interplay of form and motion, all matter takes form based upon an infinite fractal scale.
Correlation of an inner observer to parts of a fractal structure inevitably entails a correlation to the whole, thereby preserving the undividedness of the self. Researchers suggest molecular mechanisms for the generation of a fractal structure in a neural network. This self-similarity is suggestive of human consciousness. Level is just a matter of resolution of boundaries between self and universe.
“The interaction of our mind and consciousness with the quantum vacuum links us with other minds around us, as well as with the biosphere of the planet. It "opens" our mind to society, nature, and the universe. This openness has been known to mystics and sensitives, prophets and meta-physicians through the ages. But it has been denied by modern scientists and by those who took modern science to be the only way of comprehending reality.” -Ervin Laszlo
Can cosmology help – by providing a model for this seemingly insurmountable task? The ossified old age (senex) is dying and the next one (puer) is only beginning to emerge. Can archetypes encode and offer a model of a cyclic cosmos that might help motivate people to change enough, fast enough? Can such an approach help us hold the tension of the opposites, and restore meaning to the post-postmodern world?
Despite the acceleration of vast areas of knowledge, grey areas of understanding and the unknown outweigh our self-knowledge. We have only begun to explore the ramifications of the electromagnetic field, much less the groundstate from which it and ourselves arise. Quantum Chaos, dynamic systems, and holographic studies have opened new dimensions to our comprehension of nature's way and our perception of the universal framework. Multidisciplinary explorations seek coordinated explanations that span all branches of science.
Metatheory
Abrams and Primack argue that for the human race to take responsible and meaningful action, we must first agree on a common creation story. http://bigthink.com/ideas/41338
The problem, however, is compounded by lack of consensus in physics about the true nature of the "Reality" we experience. Theoretical physicists and mathematicians are loath to accept that their physicalist constructs are in themselves “beliefs” not radically different from classical-symbolic or sentential-logic representations, leading to belief-type theological “propositions, but the philosophy of science suggests it.
We have models that "work", but the Unified Theory that is consistent with our actual universe, rather than merely mathematical, remains elusive. Ultimately, beliefs are the result of unconscious genetic and subconscious memetic processing of bottom-up inputs (from internal and external objects or events) into neuronal network representations.
The superposition of all possible states can be applied equally to notions of the cosmos, and Jung's concepts of "archetypes" and the Self, as the totality of archetypes in potential. Such an exploration works toward Jung's expressed desire for a language that unites psyche and physics -- our inner subjective and outer "objective" experiences.
We don't have to take such analogies literally to creatively explore juxtapositions from different disciplines. Open-ended conclusions may not be "right", yet may be fruitful in moving our intuitions forward. It might help us realize our as-yet-unknown potential. The Absolute or Unborn exists eternally and is always and already the case whether there is manifestation or not. Only our conceptions of such an unborn potential change.
Absolute space is forever outside the cycle of birth and death or the play of matter and energy. Accordingly, Space is synonymous with the sense (or awareness) of hearing or rather listening -- the voice of the silence is the basis of all sounds, forms etc. Drums beat, trumpets blast, bells ring, thunder rolls, and the Word continuously becomes light and flesh.
Mystics pursue direct experience of the primordial field and what it feels like to realize ourselves as the Unborn. It may be as close as we can ever get, conceptually and experientially, to Reality. Each of us in our way, through natural discovery rather than only religious belief, continues to reach toward the absolute. Our exploration will have more questions than answers. The complexity of the brain itself (and chaos) does not allow us to foresee all the consequences and implications.
Points of View
Dr. Angell de la Sierra suggests the search for meaning is to be found with the aid of language and sentential or symbolic logic representations, making possible the cogeneration of self-consciousness and the associated emotional mental state, corresponding to the particular judgment/event. The interactivity relation between the sense-phenomenal (internal/external) input, genetic/memetic memory input, and their associated emotional mental state is critical.
This strongly echoes Jung's notion of archetypes, irreducible quanta of our experience. There are three dominant ''levels'' – virtual, intensive, and actual. In practice, holes and possibilities of breakthrough emerge through which new pathways and territories can be generated -- even if only temporarily.
Sociologically, when socio-political reality becomes more and more difficult to inhabit, many are driven into mythic, magical and superstitious thinking as an escape into a mirage of control. Perhaps the real hope there is a personal or collective miracle, so the disenchanted world is reconceived in terms of such unlikely possibilities, which comes off more like an onslaught of alien selves, compulsive weirdness and reliance on the supernatural or wishful thinking. Madness, passion and hubris fuse in the redirection of drives and violence, without any critical self-awareness or self-critique. Idiosyncratic "content" triumphs over meta-views. Delirious discourse, a dialogue of unreason and "certitude", is mistaken for true or balanced discourse.
Interiority is reduced to a defense against inferiority, and an age of "normaliens". Denial of psychopathology makes it difficult to discuss one's own psychological difficulties. Empty places become haunted. Transgression becomes regression. Is it an attempt to return to a "zero point", prior to the establishment of science, where madness and reason become indistinguishable? Utopianism becomes the omnipotent denial of finitude. Eschatology re-emerges as the desire to reach the Absolute all at once at the limits of being.
The measurement problem shows us each atom is spread out in a smear until observed and measured. Scientists associated the tenth of a second with the "perceptual moment", the speed of thought. It is also close to the limit of perception for smooth animation. Moment to moment perception facilitates the integration of sensory experience into perceptual ‘time-slots’. In other words, perception is a kind of ‘windowing’ operation, which presents and updates our representation of the external environment. The updating occurs by virtue of timing mechanisms: perceptual moments, which hold at all levels of neurological processing, and which range from thousandths of a second in duration to an outer limit of around three seconds.
It is these timing mechanisms which form the basis of our experience of time. In the visual cortex, the dominant rhythm, the alpha rhythm, has a frequency of around 10 pulses per second. It is neurological activity in the brain, innate ‘timing mechanisms’, which give rise to perceptual moments, and thus are in large part responsible for what we perceive. This rhythm is linked to the Earth frequency of Schumann Resonance to which our organism is tied.
The basis of temporal experience is ‘between the ears’ rather than ‘between the stars’. Time is internal rather than external. While time is not a physical thing, something that is objectively ‘out there’ which can be perceived in the same way that objects in space can be, it is nevertheless a real experience. Our awareness of time emerges from the process of perceiving, and from the properties of our perceptual apparatus.
Time is a duration of consciousness and an infolded form of energy. We now have the "measurement" that we are one tenth of a second from whatever we think we're experiencing ... and it took the universe a good deal less time to expand. The world we live in lives within us, a universe removed from reality by enough time for another universe to appear. There is no time, locality, or solidity, just the reality our brain manufactures. There is no separation of electrons or people; individuality is an illusion. Yet, we cannot perceive at the ultimately level of reality, which appears to be empty.
So, in the past we hallucinated the Big Bang theory to give substance to our being. According to scenarios imagined by modern theorists, "the universe originated in a cosmic fluctuation, in which pure energy condensed into matter. Sometime around 10-14_ second after time zero, a soup of elementary particles and antiparticles condensed out of this energized void, like water droplets condensing out of humid air as the temperature falls. These particles and antiparticles then began annihilating, so the theory goes, until only one in a billion was left, and that happened to be matter rather than antimatter. Perhaps the universe began with this one-part-in-a-billion excess of matter over antimatter, and what's left over from the furious annihilation is our universe..."
Divine Explosion
Both the perceptual, bottom-up and the conceptual, top-down processes are severely limited in their capacity of resolution in our human species. Thus, when making judgment about optimal adaptive spatiotemporal responses to important contingencies, we can no longer have certainty about the truth-value of our input or output content or meaning, respectively; we only have probabilities. We have no choice but to satisfy that human innate curiosity about origins and destiny, and make mental representations of that micro sub-Planckian and macro cosmological invisibilities with the aid of metaphysical epistemological logic tools and cross our fingers, according to Dr. de la Sierra.
Understanding and sensibility are both subserved by the faculty of modeling with a hybrid epistemic-ontological approach, which I had promised myself to develop. Thus, incomplete in the absolute sense, the practical reason that Kant defended must be now reinterpreted to include evolving explanations on the structure/function of the invisible, non-existential reality that includes theological and physicalist faiths. The cognitive processing undertaken by the rational faculty depends on the quality of the bottom-up information to produce the logical inferences underlying our top-down modal judgments, hopefully consistent and coherent, within the context of our biopsychosocial existential reality.
It is clear that the self-conscious affirmation of one’s existence, the “I” as actor and observer, is situated at the executive vortex where all relevant perceptual/conceptual representations converge as the synthesis of the several semantic constituents of that cognition into the high-order cognitive singularity of a cortical premotor attractor space ready to be consciously chosen to activate the corresponding muscles or glands into action. How these primitive neural representations become further represented in the form of a priori logical constructs, assembled within the existential circumstance and ongoing mental state of the subject, and made available for free will access and choice may be outside the reach of rational tools.
Many of us out there whose hobby is to model reality have to always keep in focus that our most serious brainstorm pronouncements are necessarily inferences on representations and never descriptions of observable reality. In the bottom-up phase, our brains represent inner and outer objects and events as inputs for linguistic processing into other types of metaphysical logic representations; the top-down outputs are only inferences representing a mediate cognition of that original object/event.
Our particular judgment on a given situation, i.e., our opinion, is thereby the resultant of representations of previous representations until one final concept binds many representations, and worse, many concepts may comprise a single representation. Our judgments, far from being objective, are inferential and utterly subjective. This is the best our species can offer in matters of cognitive certainty.
Sensibility to the body-proper internal and the environmental external, as a bottom-up process, would now include not only sense-phenomenal interoceptors, exteroceptors, and proprioceptors but also quantum electromagnetic energy absorbers and emission (biophotons). The top-down process of understanding meaning entails the possible emergence of self-consciousness with the help of an inner proto-language, generated as a symbolic, imaginal forerunner of language processing. Again, Jung's concepts resonate.
Solutions to age-old questions need to embrace the physical ontological and metaphysical epistemological, and fuse them together with the quasi-deterministic glue of quantum theory, maybe leaving room for free will and a credible explanation for self-consciousness. Such contemporary solutions to eternal questions of finite existence share a metaphorical resonance with the alchemical notion of the Universal Solvent -- the Philosopher's Stone.
"You can't predict what a myth is going to be any more than you can predict what you're going to dream tonight. Myths and dream come from the same place. They come from realizations of some kind that have then to find expression in symbolic form. And the only myth that's going to be worth thinking about in the immediate future is one that is talking about the planet, not the city, not these people, but the planet and everybody on it. That's my main thought for what the future of myth is going to be." --Joseph Campbell, The Power of Myth with Bill Moyers
"The fantasy we call 'current events,' that which is taking place outside the historical field, is a reflection of an eternal mythological experience... .Nothing can be revealed by a newspaper, by the world's chronique scandaleuse, unless the essence is described from within through an archetypal pattern. The archetype provides the basis for uniting those incommensurables, fact and meaning." --James HIllman, "An Aspect of the Psychological & Historical Present"
Doom or Bloom
We are appropriating for our own consumption a large and increasing fraction of the biological productivity of the entire earth. This is why we need to figure out quickly how to transition out of the current period of worldwide human inflationary growth as gently and justly as possible. Psychic repression depends on social oppression. All context is important, including popular culture. Not all archetypal significance is evolutionary, therefore archetypal psychology, for example, honors the pathological, as well.
Campbell claimed, “Myth is much more important and true than history. History is just journalism and you know how reliable that is.” What we seek is within us. Can we use the principles of character transformation to change the character of our society? Surely it raises more questions than answers, as the later are necessarily as-yet-unknown. What are the new Rites of Passage for our civilization? What do we need to collectively manifest Aristotle's definition of happiness? "The exercise of vital powers along lines of excellence in a life affording them scope." Is it not the [molecular] archetypes [neurotransmitters] that in some way color, limit and potentiate the spectrum of our emotions and their complex interactions?
Can any image be universal? Can they be passed on genetically, emerge instinctually, or transform over time with language, culture and history? Do we unconsciously rework the archetypes of previous ages and discover archetypes that can only emerge in our own? Maybe not entirely, but certainly metaphorically, and often it is more than a metphor, leading to tangible effects in the real world, where the mindbody lives in its material context.
In the parietal lobe, the angular gyrus is partly responsible for the human ability to understand metaphor. For those with damage to the angular gyrus region of their brains, metaphors are confusing. The angular gyrus is strategically located at the crossroads of areas specialized for processing touch, hearing and vision. The left angular gyrus deals with cross-modal metaphors (“loud shirt”), while the right angular gyrus deals with spatial metaphors.
Metaphor feeds the imagination. Metaphor unites the dual themes of creativity - coarse semantic coding and hyperconnective sensory, emotional and conceptual areas of the brain. Metaphor helps us project structure across categories to establish new connections and organization of meaning. Metaphor springs from and interprets the core of our corporeal experience. Metaphors expand meaning by transcending the literal and structural interpretation.
Tibertan masters claim, the root of our material-mental universe is this self-existent pristine cognitiveness, a point instant virtual singularity. Its facticity is open-dimensioned and not discernable as any concrete thing. The meaning-saturated field of pristine cognitiveness is an intrinsically radiant field of this open dimension -- the sheer lucency of quantum potentiality.
With meaning awareness, insight can be extended to the cosmos as a whole. Universe itself emerges from a quantum ground of pure undiluted meaningfulness which explodes into the infinite play of the meanings of the experiential world. Bohm concludes that meaning‘ can be considered to be the ultimate constituent of the process of the universe because it enfolds‘ the other primary aspects of matter‘ and energy‘. The universe can be considered to be a self-referential, self-creating process within which infinite meaningful acts of internal cognition create a multitudinous field of dualistic experience within an overall field of pure undifferentiated meaning, which we may identify with the quantum ground.
In The Power of Myth, Campbell states, “People say that what we’re all seeking is a meaning for life. I don’t think that’s what we’re really seeking. I think that what we’re seeking is an experience of being alive, so that our life experiences on the purely physical plane will have resonances without own innermost being and reality, so that we actually feel the rapture of being alive.”
He points out that, “Half the people in the world think that the metaphors of their religious traditions, for example, are facts. And the other half contends that they are not facts at all. As a result we have people who consider themselves believers because they accept metaphors as facts, and we have others who classify themselves as atheists because they think religious metaphors are lies.” (Thou Art That: Transforming Religious Metaphor).
Archetypes are more than just socially constructed symbols. Jung did not subscribe to genetically-driven behavior, per se, and today's Jungians certainly do not. Archetypes arise from emotionally-charged aspects of our being. An archetypal understanding of events immediately changes our perception of them and ourselves. History repeats because it is an expression of human nature, which includes the mythic dimension.
As mediators archetypes help us deal with our enormous individual and global problems, the irrational and unconscious. We are given the age-old task of gaining wisdom without losing our potential. We have to remain open to chance and change, and the dance of opposites. It helps us deal with individual, social and cultural trauma, inflicted by events and media. Can they help us move through our protracted adolescence?
When "inner" and "outer" distinctions dissolve, the world become transparent. Is our universe is populated by simple, recursive, self-similar structures of consciousness at arbitrarily small scales? Fractals may be a much larger part of our subconscious than we realize; somehow they provide a link, or a bridge, to a larger universe; a Greater Reality. We know the Universe itself has a fractal nature, that can be measured and observed. Does consciousness itself adhere to the same fractal relationship? Does consciousness also split into parts and observe itself in each state of self-similarity? This is the flow which appears to move through the infinity of potential universes or connections.
The notion of ontological "emptiness," or more meaningfully, "nonbeing-ness" of physical things follows from the "Axiom of Transcendence." "Being" (in the metaphysical ontological sense of the word) may be taken as absolute at hypothetical point of zero- singularity convergence of manifold. Given, however, the fact of the "no-zero-point axiom," the realm of what we call "physical" becomes the realm of virtual phenomena. In the interplay of form and motion, all matter takes form based upon an infinite fractal scale.
Correlation of an inner observer to parts of a fractal structure inevitably entails a correlation to the whole, thereby preserving the undividedness of the self. Researchers suggest molecular mechanisms for the generation of a fractal structure in a neural network. This self-similarity is suggestive of human consciousness. Level is just a matter of resolution of boundaries between self and universe.
“The interaction of our mind and consciousness with the quantum vacuum links us with other minds around us, as well as with the biosphere of the planet. It "opens" our mind to society, nature, and the universe. This openness has been known to mystics and sensitives, prophets and meta-physicians through the ages. But it has been denied by modern scientists and by those who took modern science to be the only way of comprehending reality.” -Ervin Laszlo
Can cosmology help – by providing a model for this seemingly insurmountable task? The ossified old age (senex) is dying and the next one (puer) is only beginning to emerge. Can archetypes encode and offer a model of a cyclic cosmos that might help motivate people to change enough, fast enough? Can such an approach help us hold the tension of the opposites, and restore meaning to the post-postmodern world?
Despite the acceleration of vast areas of knowledge, grey areas of understanding and the unknown outweigh our self-knowledge. We have only begun to explore the ramifications of the electromagnetic field, much less the groundstate from which it and ourselves arise. Quantum Chaos, dynamic systems, and holographic studies have opened new dimensions to our comprehension of nature's way and our perception of the universal framework. Multidisciplinary explorations seek coordinated explanations that span all branches of science.
Metatheory
Abrams and Primack argue that for the human race to take responsible and meaningful action, we must first agree on a common creation story. http://bigthink.com/ideas/41338
The problem, however, is compounded by lack of consensus in physics about the true nature of the "Reality" we experience. Theoretical physicists and mathematicians are loath to accept that their physicalist constructs are in themselves “beliefs” not radically different from classical-symbolic or sentential-logic representations, leading to belief-type theological “propositions, but the philosophy of science suggests it.
We have models that "work", but the Unified Theory that is consistent with our actual universe, rather than merely mathematical, remains elusive. Ultimately, beliefs are the result of unconscious genetic and subconscious memetic processing of bottom-up inputs (from internal and external objects or events) into neuronal network representations.
The superposition of all possible states can be applied equally to notions of the cosmos, and Jung's concepts of "archetypes" and the Self, as the totality of archetypes in potential. Such an exploration works toward Jung's expressed desire for a language that unites psyche and physics -- our inner subjective and outer "objective" experiences.
We don't have to take such analogies literally to creatively explore juxtapositions from different disciplines. Open-ended conclusions may not be "right", yet may be fruitful in moving our intuitions forward. It might help us realize our as-yet-unknown potential. The Absolute or Unborn exists eternally and is always and already the case whether there is manifestation or not. Only our conceptions of such an unborn potential change.
Absolute space is forever outside the cycle of birth and death or the play of matter and energy. Accordingly, Space is synonymous with the sense (or awareness) of hearing or rather listening -- the voice of the silence is the basis of all sounds, forms etc. Drums beat, trumpets blast, bells ring, thunder rolls, and the Word continuously becomes light and flesh.
Mystics pursue direct experience of the primordial field and what it feels like to realize ourselves as the Unborn. It may be as close as we can ever get, conceptually and experientially, to Reality. Each of us in our way, through natural discovery rather than only religious belief, continues to reach toward the absolute. Our exploration will have more questions than answers. The complexity of the brain itself (and chaos) does not allow us to foresee all the consequences and implications.
Points of View
Dr. Angell de la Sierra suggests the search for meaning is to be found with the aid of language and sentential or symbolic logic representations, making possible the cogeneration of self-consciousness and the associated emotional mental state, corresponding to the particular judgment/event. The interactivity relation between the sense-phenomenal (internal/external) input, genetic/memetic memory input, and their associated emotional mental state is critical.
This strongly echoes Jung's notion of archetypes, irreducible quanta of our experience. There are three dominant ''levels'' – virtual, intensive, and actual. In practice, holes and possibilities of breakthrough emerge through which new pathways and territories can be generated -- even if only temporarily.
Sociologically, when socio-political reality becomes more and more difficult to inhabit, many are driven into mythic, magical and superstitious thinking as an escape into a mirage of control. Perhaps the real hope there is a personal or collective miracle, so the disenchanted world is reconceived in terms of such unlikely possibilities, which comes off more like an onslaught of alien selves, compulsive weirdness and reliance on the supernatural or wishful thinking. Madness, passion and hubris fuse in the redirection of drives and violence, without any critical self-awareness or self-critique. Idiosyncratic "content" triumphs over meta-views. Delirious discourse, a dialogue of unreason and "certitude", is mistaken for true or balanced discourse.
Interiority is reduced to a defense against inferiority, and an age of "normaliens". Denial of psychopathology makes it difficult to discuss one's own psychological difficulties. Empty places become haunted. Transgression becomes regression. Is it an attempt to return to a "zero point", prior to the establishment of science, where madness and reason become indistinguishable? Utopianism becomes the omnipotent denial of finitude. Eschatology re-emerges as the desire to reach the Absolute all at once at the limits of being.
The measurement problem shows us each atom is spread out in a smear until observed and measured. Scientists associated the tenth of a second with the "perceptual moment", the speed of thought. It is also close to the limit of perception for smooth animation. Moment to moment perception facilitates the integration of sensory experience into perceptual ‘time-slots’. In other words, perception is a kind of ‘windowing’ operation, which presents and updates our representation of the external environment. The updating occurs by virtue of timing mechanisms: perceptual moments, which hold at all levels of neurological processing, and which range from thousandths of a second in duration to an outer limit of around three seconds.
It is these timing mechanisms which form the basis of our experience of time. In the visual cortex, the dominant rhythm, the alpha rhythm, has a frequency of around 10 pulses per second. It is neurological activity in the brain, innate ‘timing mechanisms’, which give rise to perceptual moments, and thus are in large part responsible for what we perceive. This rhythm is linked to the Earth frequency of Schumann Resonance to which our organism is tied.
The basis of temporal experience is ‘between the ears’ rather than ‘between the stars’. Time is internal rather than external. While time is not a physical thing, something that is objectively ‘out there’ which can be perceived in the same way that objects in space can be, it is nevertheless a real experience. Our awareness of time emerges from the process of perceiving, and from the properties of our perceptual apparatus.
Time is a duration of consciousness and an infolded form of energy. We now have the "measurement" that we are one tenth of a second from whatever we think we're experiencing ... and it took the universe a good deal less time to expand. The world we live in lives within us, a universe removed from reality by enough time for another universe to appear. There is no time, locality, or solidity, just the reality our brain manufactures. There is no separation of electrons or people; individuality is an illusion. Yet, we cannot perceive at the ultimately level of reality, which appears to be empty.
So, in the past we hallucinated the Big Bang theory to give substance to our being. According to scenarios imagined by modern theorists, "the universe originated in a cosmic fluctuation, in which pure energy condensed into matter. Sometime around 10-14_ second after time zero, a soup of elementary particles and antiparticles condensed out of this energized void, like water droplets condensing out of humid air as the temperature falls. These particles and antiparticles then began annihilating, so the theory goes, until only one in a billion was left, and that happened to be matter rather than antimatter. Perhaps the universe began with this one-part-in-a-billion excess of matter over antimatter, and what's left over from the furious annihilation is our universe..."
Divine Explosion
Both the perceptual, bottom-up and the conceptual, top-down processes are severely limited in their capacity of resolution in our human species. Thus, when making judgment about optimal adaptive spatiotemporal responses to important contingencies, we can no longer have certainty about the truth-value of our input or output content or meaning, respectively; we only have probabilities. We have no choice but to satisfy that human innate curiosity about origins and destiny, and make mental representations of that micro sub-Planckian and macro cosmological invisibilities with the aid of metaphysical epistemological logic tools and cross our fingers, according to Dr. de la Sierra.
Understanding and sensibility are both subserved by the faculty of modeling with a hybrid epistemic-ontological approach, which I had promised myself to develop. Thus, incomplete in the absolute sense, the practical reason that Kant defended must be now reinterpreted to include evolving explanations on the structure/function of the invisible, non-existential reality that includes theological and physicalist faiths. The cognitive processing undertaken by the rational faculty depends on the quality of the bottom-up information to produce the logical inferences underlying our top-down modal judgments, hopefully consistent and coherent, within the context of our biopsychosocial existential reality.
It is clear that the self-conscious affirmation of one’s existence, the “I” as actor and observer, is situated at the executive vortex where all relevant perceptual/conceptual representations converge as the synthesis of the several semantic constituents of that cognition into the high-order cognitive singularity of a cortical premotor attractor space ready to be consciously chosen to activate the corresponding muscles or glands into action. How these primitive neural representations become further represented in the form of a priori logical constructs, assembled within the existential circumstance and ongoing mental state of the subject, and made available for free will access and choice may be outside the reach of rational tools.
Many of us out there whose hobby is to model reality have to always keep in focus that our most serious brainstorm pronouncements are necessarily inferences on representations and never descriptions of observable reality. In the bottom-up phase, our brains represent inner and outer objects and events as inputs for linguistic processing into other types of metaphysical logic representations; the top-down outputs are only inferences representing a mediate cognition of that original object/event.
Our particular judgment on a given situation, i.e., our opinion, is thereby the resultant of representations of previous representations until one final concept binds many representations, and worse, many concepts may comprise a single representation. Our judgments, far from being objective, are inferential and utterly subjective. This is the best our species can offer in matters of cognitive certainty.
Sensibility to the body-proper internal and the environmental external, as a bottom-up process, would now include not only sense-phenomenal interoceptors, exteroceptors, and proprioceptors but also quantum electromagnetic energy absorbers and emission (biophotons). The top-down process of understanding meaning entails the possible emergence of self-consciousness with the help of an inner proto-language, generated as a symbolic, imaginal forerunner of language processing. Again, Jung's concepts resonate.
Solutions to age-old questions need to embrace the physical ontological and metaphysical epistemological, and fuse them together with the quasi-deterministic glue of quantum theory, maybe leaving room for free will and a credible explanation for self-consciousness. Such contemporary solutions to eternal questions of finite existence share a metaphorical resonance with the alchemical notion of the Universal Solvent -- the Philosopher's Stone.
EVOLUTION OF BELIEF PARADIGMS
The sophistication of our beliefs about the way ourselves and the world works has evolved over time. But not everyone lives in the Present, with a belief system that is consistent with our current rational knowledge. Beliefs are influenced by emotional and psychosocial pressures. A single worldview (repressing the chaos) would be depressive. The fantasy of power compensates for a depressive sense of inferiority. A global worldview is necessarily multi-faceted.
Many people are firmly invested in the spiritual practices of by-gone eras, for good or not so good. Regardless, time and technology march on, impacting our psychophysical organism with challenges never faced by humanity before. The future-oriented are already living there. As has been pointed out: "The future is already here; it just isn't evenly distributed." To truly live mindfully in the Now, which is all we ever actually have, is to live at your Cosmic Zero Point http://myzeropoint.50megs.com
For thousands of years, tribes were so well adapted to their environments, they had little need to evolve. Their worldviews and reality differed, but not so overwhelmingly as for repressed cognitive dissonance to drive them to higher-numbered stages
Belief systems are like reality wormholes into the past. Part of us can live in the 14th, 17th, or 19th century, depending on eclectic spiritual ideas we have embraced or gotten stuck in. The same individual, such as a religious scientist, can embrace conflicting beliefs from different centuries. Compartmentalization is the only way to deny this cognitive dissonance.
Self-regulatory techniques can be adopted without this psychological baggage, with or without maintaining the spiritual or religious context. Somewhere on the planet, humans are living in every niche of the evolutionary belief spectrum. Which existential experience you perceive depends on the filters of your options (environment), beliefs and values.
Each stage represents a limited understanding and repressions until its liabilities force us into the next stage. Alternating stages are self-expressive and social. First new traits and states are emergent; then they stabilize. Our archetypal experiences can be regressions or expressions of our present highest state of development or emergent, then stabilized intuitions of still higher states. Each stage is a worldview with its own needs, belief style and existential ground. Each is its own trance state, a lens through which the world is perceived with certain distortions. Each can be a trap of complacency as we enjoy its rewards.
Stage 1: Archaic: Survival, the Ground Zero of Existence. Self-preservation, isolation; antisocial. Paranoid or idiosyncratic beliefs.
Stage 2: Tribal: Truster/Trickster. Social; love, belonging. Self-sacrifice vs. selfishness. Transgression; taboo. Ethnocentric magical and superstitious beliefs.
Stage 3: Egocentric: Power; Esteem; Autonomy, heroic. Unscrupulous Competition/Hero. Shame vs. honor. Exploitation vs. Respect. Mythic beliefs.
Stage4: Moral/Patriotic. Rules; Initiative. Shame and guilt vs. conformity and conventionality; purpose, virtue. Systematized truths. Emotional, nostalgic beliefs.
Stage 5: Materialist. Reasoning; mental analysis. Rational beliefs, truth; goodness; consumerism, greed. Head vs. heart. Progressive if rewarded, compulsive, workaholic. Perspective. Rational beliefs.
Stage 6: Wise Empath. Service, rapport, intimacy, empathy. Politically correct.. Inner wisdom, meaning. Self-actualization. Intuitive, mystical beliefs.
Stage 7: Distancer/Self. Paradoxical; individuated, reclusive; universalist. Deconstruction and Synthesis, gestalt, the big picture. Integral, synergetic beliefs.
Stage 8: Global Village. Complex Dynamic Beliefs. “Express Self Now, but not at the expense of Others or the World, so that Life May Continue.” (Graves) Sustainable beliefs.
As the most advanced mental structure, the Self resists ordinary articulation so completely that, according to Jung, it is the primary object of mysticism. Indeed, an experience of the Self also constitutes one of Reality, because the two reflect each other, providing (again, according to Jung) para-psychological knowledge of and influence over Reality. Jung considers the Self as a repository of all archetypes, which is, among other things, a way of saying that someone advanced in Stage Seven has experienced all the preceding ones, and, as part of a final dialectic between conscious and unconscious, is likely to refine mastery over the preceding ones. (Whitlark, 2006) http://www.goertzel.org/dynapsyc/2005/Whitlark.htm
Our worldview is learned through socialization and social interaction, and is constantly being reinforced by the culture of our society throughout our lifetime. We unconsciously and uncritically take our worldview for granted as "the way things are." It therefore pervades and influences most of our thinking and actions; it is not often questioned or doubted; and it is rarely altered in any significant way. Over time, however, worldviews do very slowly change.
Most people like to think that their view of the world is relatively unified, and they often go to great lengths to interpret whatever happens in ways that are consistent with their worldview. For example, if they believe that political leaders generally attempt to serve the public interest, when they observe a leader acting dishonestly they are likely to excuse his actions as "doing the best he could under the circumstances" rather than alter their belief by accepting the fact that political leaders sometimes act in their own personal self-interest. The vanguard has broken through cultural illusions and denial to realize the entire system is corrupt.
When discrepancies between observed events and people's worldview become too blatant to be ignored or excused, however, individuals frequently incorporate inconsistent beliefs and values into their worldview without becoming unduly concerned about the resulting contradictions. If a political leader's lying becomes too flagrant to be ignored or excused, for instance, people may stop trying to reinterpret those events and instead view them as functionally necessary.
Their worldview might then incorporate the belief that public deception is necessary for "national security." In the last decade "plausible deniability" has become less relevant on the world stage. We now know, for example, that "false flag" operations are more common than not, and part of our historical Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), in Covert Action. As James Madison pointed out long ago,"If men were angels, no government would be necessary."
Consequently, people's worldviews often contain numerous incongruencies. In spite of this strong resistance to change, under some circumstances individuals do occasionally convert from one worldview to another. As simplified by the term "convert," this normally involves a total transformation of the way in which a person views the world. Jung termed the "psychic 180" enantiodromia, a radical switch in primary archetype toward its opposite.
Similarly, the dominant worldview prevailing in the culture of a society may through time become altered in major ways, so that eventually it represents an entirely new view of reality. When that occurs, it can have vast repercussions on most aspects of biopsychosocial life and completely change the culture and social structure of that society. Our capacity to technological and genetically morph our bodies and field of experience with virtualities will undoubtedly be such a leap. Some will experience the paradigm shift earlier than others. The first applications are likely to be in terms of military applications and social engineering. The "tax farm" model of western society is in flux, and we can hardly predict the future. http://media.pfeiffer.edu/lridener/courses/WVTHEORY.HTML
The sophistication of our beliefs about the way ourselves and the world works has evolved over time. But not everyone lives in the Present, with a belief system that is consistent with our current rational knowledge. Beliefs are influenced by emotional and psychosocial pressures. A single worldview (repressing the chaos) would be depressive. The fantasy of power compensates for a depressive sense of inferiority. A global worldview is necessarily multi-faceted.
Many people are firmly invested in the spiritual practices of by-gone eras, for good or not so good. Regardless, time and technology march on, impacting our psychophysical organism with challenges never faced by humanity before. The future-oriented are already living there. As has been pointed out: "The future is already here; it just isn't evenly distributed." To truly live mindfully in the Now, which is all we ever actually have, is to live at your Cosmic Zero Point http://myzeropoint.50megs.com
For thousands of years, tribes were so well adapted to their environments, they had little need to evolve. Their worldviews and reality differed, but not so overwhelmingly as for repressed cognitive dissonance to drive them to higher-numbered stages
Belief systems are like reality wormholes into the past. Part of us can live in the 14th, 17th, or 19th century, depending on eclectic spiritual ideas we have embraced or gotten stuck in. The same individual, such as a religious scientist, can embrace conflicting beliefs from different centuries. Compartmentalization is the only way to deny this cognitive dissonance.
Self-regulatory techniques can be adopted without this psychological baggage, with or without maintaining the spiritual or religious context. Somewhere on the planet, humans are living in every niche of the evolutionary belief spectrum. Which existential experience you perceive depends on the filters of your options (environment), beliefs and values.
Each stage represents a limited understanding and repressions until its liabilities force us into the next stage. Alternating stages are self-expressive and social. First new traits and states are emergent; then they stabilize. Our archetypal experiences can be regressions or expressions of our present highest state of development or emergent, then stabilized intuitions of still higher states. Each stage is a worldview with its own needs, belief style and existential ground. Each is its own trance state, a lens through which the world is perceived with certain distortions. Each can be a trap of complacency as we enjoy its rewards.
Stage 1: Archaic: Survival, the Ground Zero of Existence. Self-preservation, isolation; antisocial. Paranoid or idiosyncratic beliefs.
Stage 2: Tribal: Truster/Trickster. Social; love, belonging. Self-sacrifice vs. selfishness. Transgression; taboo. Ethnocentric magical and superstitious beliefs.
Stage 3: Egocentric: Power; Esteem; Autonomy, heroic. Unscrupulous Competition/Hero. Shame vs. honor. Exploitation vs. Respect. Mythic beliefs.
Stage4: Moral/Patriotic. Rules; Initiative. Shame and guilt vs. conformity and conventionality; purpose, virtue. Systematized truths. Emotional, nostalgic beliefs.
Stage 5: Materialist. Reasoning; mental analysis. Rational beliefs, truth; goodness; consumerism, greed. Head vs. heart. Progressive if rewarded, compulsive, workaholic. Perspective. Rational beliefs.
Stage 6: Wise Empath. Service, rapport, intimacy, empathy. Politically correct.. Inner wisdom, meaning. Self-actualization. Intuitive, mystical beliefs.
Stage 7: Distancer/Self. Paradoxical; individuated, reclusive; universalist. Deconstruction and Synthesis, gestalt, the big picture. Integral, synergetic beliefs.
Stage 8: Global Village. Complex Dynamic Beliefs. “Express Self Now, but not at the expense of Others or the World, so that Life May Continue.” (Graves) Sustainable beliefs.
As the most advanced mental structure, the Self resists ordinary articulation so completely that, according to Jung, it is the primary object of mysticism. Indeed, an experience of the Self also constitutes one of Reality, because the two reflect each other, providing (again, according to Jung) para-psychological knowledge of and influence over Reality. Jung considers the Self as a repository of all archetypes, which is, among other things, a way of saying that someone advanced in Stage Seven has experienced all the preceding ones, and, as part of a final dialectic between conscious and unconscious, is likely to refine mastery over the preceding ones. (Whitlark, 2006) http://www.goertzel.org/dynapsyc/2005/Whitlark.htm
Our worldview is learned through socialization and social interaction, and is constantly being reinforced by the culture of our society throughout our lifetime. We unconsciously and uncritically take our worldview for granted as "the way things are." It therefore pervades and influences most of our thinking and actions; it is not often questioned or doubted; and it is rarely altered in any significant way. Over time, however, worldviews do very slowly change.
Most people like to think that their view of the world is relatively unified, and they often go to great lengths to interpret whatever happens in ways that are consistent with their worldview. For example, if they believe that political leaders generally attempt to serve the public interest, when they observe a leader acting dishonestly they are likely to excuse his actions as "doing the best he could under the circumstances" rather than alter their belief by accepting the fact that political leaders sometimes act in their own personal self-interest. The vanguard has broken through cultural illusions and denial to realize the entire system is corrupt.
When discrepancies between observed events and people's worldview become too blatant to be ignored or excused, however, individuals frequently incorporate inconsistent beliefs and values into their worldview without becoming unduly concerned about the resulting contradictions. If a political leader's lying becomes too flagrant to be ignored or excused, for instance, people may stop trying to reinterpret those events and instead view them as functionally necessary.
Their worldview might then incorporate the belief that public deception is necessary for "national security." In the last decade "plausible deniability" has become less relevant on the world stage. We now know, for example, that "false flag" operations are more common than not, and part of our historical Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), in Covert Action. As James Madison pointed out long ago,"If men were angels, no government would be necessary."
Consequently, people's worldviews often contain numerous incongruencies. In spite of this strong resistance to change, under some circumstances individuals do occasionally convert from one worldview to another. As simplified by the term "convert," this normally involves a total transformation of the way in which a person views the world. Jung termed the "psychic 180" enantiodromia, a radical switch in primary archetype toward its opposite.
Similarly, the dominant worldview prevailing in the culture of a society may through time become altered in major ways, so that eventually it represents an entirely new view of reality. When that occurs, it can have vast repercussions on most aspects of biopsychosocial life and completely change the culture and social structure of that society. Our capacity to technological and genetically morph our bodies and field of experience with virtualities will undoubtedly be such a leap. Some will experience the paradigm shift earlier than others. The first applications are likely to be in terms of military applications and social engineering. The "tax farm" model of western society is in flux, and we can hardly predict the future. http://media.pfeiffer.edu/lridener/courses/WVTHEORY.HTML
|
|
http://www.rosado.net/pdf/Paradigms.pdf
Is it [eros] egocentric—Are you identifying merely with your own self, your own limited awareness? Or is it ethnocentric and you are identified with a particular group, cause, or set of values, excluding all other groups and values? If this is the case you will likely have a fundamentalistic identity with a particular cause whether that cause is fundamental religiousness: Christian, or Muslim, or Hindu. Or favorite movement: Marxist, feministic, patriotic. Or favorite philosophy: scientistic, rationalistic, or reductionist. Or do your chosen values transcend all limited values and identify instead with a post-conventional sympathy with all humanity, regardless of race, color, sex or creed? In this world-centric orientation you feel a fundamental unity with all of human kind. Racist, or sexist, or ethnocentric remarks actually embarrasses you as something as essentially alien to your level of unity…The point is that you no longer hold merely conventional or ethnocentric values, but have expanded your identity to world-centric levels of love and unity. Or have you gone further yet and find your identity transcending the merely human to all of manifestation itself? To all sentient beings and the ground of all being. Here you no longer look at a mountain. You are the mountain. You feel fundamentally one with all of experience. All of manifest and unmanifest existence, a truly cosmos-centric unity…driven top to bottom by eros, by love, by a drive of evolving unity at all levels. And one’s very sense of being expands to a oneness with the All itself, with every aspect of reality, inside and out, individual and collective, being and becoming. In the deepest part of your existence you realize this love and you realize this love is timeless and eternal, present from the very beginning and continuing to drive evolution right now…[eros is] the leading edge of your own evolution. -Ken Wilber
The Tissue Culture & Art Project (Oron Catts & Ionat Zurr). Victimless Leather: A Prototype of Stitch-less Jacket Grown in a Technoscientific “Body”, 2004.
http://www.domusweb.it/en/design/states-of-design-07-bio-design-/
http://www.domusweb.it/en/design/states-of-design-07-bio-design-/
The God Metaphor
A wide array of metaphors play out in religious narratives. There are many similarities
between the narratives and myths of religions, possibly implying memetic evolution.
http://shell.newpaltz.edu/jsec/articles/volume3/issue4/Avery-NataleV3I4.pdf
A wide array of metaphors play out in religious narratives. There are many similarities
between the narratives and myths of religions, possibly implying memetic evolution.
http://shell.newpaltz.edu/jsec/articles/volume3/issue4/Avery-NataleV3I4.pdf
|
|
|
Entanglement: Impossible Objectivity
"The entanglement is your madness...the sword is the overcoming of madness." --C.G. Jung, Red Book
“It is only through mystery and madness that the soul is revealed” ―Thomas Moore
Every particle in the universe is connected to every other particle, so that nanosecond to nanosecond they interact and are coupled across the vast distances of space. This leads to the central idea that we are living in a "synchronized universe," one layer of which we see and interact with and are synchronized with. This means every particle, every atom that we see as "real" is synchronized with the other atoms and particles in what we call the "real" universe. Other universes, with a different synchronization, can coexist with our own and yet they can pass right through each other. --Claude Swanson, Lifeforce
Entangled Consciousness
The fundamentally interconnected medium of reality is revealed by modern physics. It suggests some remarkable human potentials. Separated particles or people (bioentanglement) remain instantaneously connected regardless of distance. Entanglement has been suggested as an explanation of anomalous cognition and psi. Quantum mechanics shows entanglement between particles exists everywhere, all the time, and affects our macrocosmic world. Einstein called it "spooky action at a distance."
In a nutshell, quantum theory tells us that two entangled particles behave as a single physical object, no matter how far apart they are. If a measurement is performed on one of these particles, the state of its distant twin is instantaneously modified. Cabrillo, et al suggest driving two (or more) atoms with a weak laser pulse, so that the probability that two atoms are excited is negligible. If the subsequent spontaneous emission is detected, the entangled state is created. http://pra.aps.org/abstract/PRA/v59/i2/p1025_1
This effect leads to quantum nonlocality, the fact that the correlation between results of local measurements performed on these particles are so strong, that they could not have been obtained from any pair of classical systems, such as two computers. To cut a long story short, it is as if quantum particles live outside space-time – and experiments confirm this. The key commonality in entangled particles is that they share a single quantum state.
Understanding this phenomenon of quantum inseparability, arguably the most counter-intuitive feature of the theory, represents a major challenge of modern physics. A key point is that inseparability appears under various forms in quantum mechanics. Understanding precisely the relation between these various forms is a long-sought-after goal.
Cosmologists speculate the quantum vacuum is filled with entangled particles. Entanglement is the basis of quantum cosmology. At the micro- level, the nature of the wave particle duality points to a different reality of the cosmos than is currently described by either the particle or the wave schools of thinking.In standing wave patterns, destructive interference can be made to "stand still." The standing wave interference can be seen in two synchronous sources of vibration.
We know that mass has a vector quantity from other observations and experiments and that mass is entangled with quantum gravity and virtual to real to virtual manifestations. The fact of "self-interference" from these experiments suggests that at any moment, defined by Planck time as 10-43 sec. half of the cosmos for all intents and purpose is canceled out and invisible to the senses, no matter how measured. The missing part not described here must then be partly made up of virtual particles and photons. The part that we see and inhabit is only a small percent of the cosmos and this part can behave weirdly.
Quantum Entanglement (QE) is thought to be the working mechanism of the Higgs boson or the God particle, because it’s so fundamental. Quantum Entanglement is at the heart of understanding how significant events across the universe operate at the macro- and micro- level in split-second synchronicity despite considerable distance between them. Quantum Entanglement suggests that information is exchanged faster between Quantum Entangled particles than the speed of light, which was deemed impossible per Einstein's special theory of relativity proposed in 1905.
The cosmos behaves in an entangled and in a quantized individualistic state. The well known double slit experiment and single photon interference is something that most practicing and aspiring physicists are aware of. It presents one of the most puzzling aspects of the particle wave duality of the cosmos. Recent experiments have shown that electrons, neutrons, whole atoms and more can behave in the same manner as photons of light when passed through double slits one at a time. In all cases, there is every indication of "self interference" that is characteristic of what we perceive as wave interference patterns.
This "self-interference" is an important consideration in the idea of entanglement, otherwise known as the non-local reality. "Self-interference" can help to explain why some mass is missing in the cosmos, but it is not the whole answer. Yet, a curious co-existence between entangled states and non-entangled state appears to be the reality in the cosmos, when we look at the foundation of it in the quantum level. Whereas entangled states represent the unity in the cosmos, non-entanglement allows for individuality and apparent separateness and duality.
Entanglement is the apparent means by which Extra Sensory Perception (ESP) like information is instantaneously channeled and non-entangled states gives each one of us the sense of separate identity and the idea that intuition is nothing more than a flight of fancy. The non-entangled state is the realm of chance and uncertainty and on the human personal level, the sense of ego identity. This combination places us in a position where the cosmos can look strange indeed, from time to time. One can suggest that one state represents objective reality and the other subjective reality.
The cosmos was born out of an initial fireball that set the initial differentials so necessary for the evolution of all following complex processes. In addition, the ongoing feedback between the virtual and manifest conditions of the cosmos keeps the whole process in a constant flux of change. This change incorporates ever increasing orders of complexity until we arrive at you and me, who are intimately connected in the entangled sense, but have a strong sense of individuality and separateness in our day to day lives. Where astrology enters the picture is insofar as the entanglement of states of all physical and energetic entities in the cosmos upon all others. In other words, there is a distinct connection between all the planets, their energies and positions upon each and every one of us in a unique way. Each unique combination also contributes to each of our unique characteristics. When the planetary relationships change, so do individuals born in that cosmic environment, differ from others who were born in a different cosmic environment. Hence individuality arises through the change in planetary relationships. Stated in more traditional terms, timing is important in the analysis of an individual from the planetary perspective. It is this in the local sense that gives us the feeling and appearance of separateness, so necessary in the complex evolution of states. The arguments and tenets of astrology have a basis in fact in the entangled and non-entangled states of the quantum.
The mystery of individualization in the cosmos that is also entangled at the fundamental level, does not however, address the question of individual consciousness. From the point of quantum individualization in the non-entangled state, we must then take another step to describe how individual consciousness arises out of the primordial complex quantum matrix. What can be said at this point is that consciousness, like anything else in the cosmos, arises from the quantum. This must by implication, suggest that the fundamental units that build and change the cosmos on a continual basis, are conscious. That consciousness can only exist where observation can occur with something else. Here we have a type of quantum relativity insofar as that one thing can only be described in terms of something else. To have consciousness, a sense of separateness in the non-entangled state must exist as a precondition. Therefore, in the entangled state, there also exists a kind of collective conscious (some would say collective unconscious), which acts as a kind of reference for the rest. This then describes why things can get downright weird. This is especially true under extreme conditions.
http://syzygyastro.hubpages.com/hub/Entanglement-Missing-Mass-Interference-and-Individuality
Fractal Consciousness
Is there a fractal edge to undifferentiated consciousness? If so, is this how human awareness merges with universal consciousness? When trying to measure fluctuations in gravitational waves sensitive laser equipment was always picking up a “fuzzy” noise from the universe. In the 1990's, University of Florida physicist Charles Thorn theorized that our Universe is a hologram that gets it's information from an encoded area (event horizon) from where the universe was created. The information is this fuzzy noise that permeates everything that exists in the Universe. It is a sort of vibrational wave form information that we as conscious humans interpret into a three dimensional world. The fundamentals of both Fractal Geometry and a hologram show us that we are all smaller representations of the whole picture.
In "IMAGE PROCESSING:THE FRACTAL NATURE OF EMERGENT CONSCIOUSNESS (1993), Iona Miller suggested that the essence of this transformative process is revealed in the fractal nature of imagery and symbols--i.e. their ability to encode, enfold, or compress the informational content of the whole. Strange attractors condition and govern the transformative process through the complexity of information in dynamic flow. Emergent consciousness is not an epiphenomenon of the brain. Rather it is the transformational process of non-manifest, undifferentiated consciousness emerging into manifestation. http://www.asklepia.org/chaosophy/chaosophy23.html
In "Fractal Neurodyamics and Quantum Chaos: Resolving the Mind-Brain Paradox Through Novel Biophysics", mathematician Chris King suggests a fractal link between neurodynamical chaos and quantum uncertainty, revealed by transactional wave collapse. Despite these conceptual advances, the principles by which the brain generates mind remain mysterious. http://www.dhushara.com/book/paps/consc/brcons1.htm
The intractability of this central unresolved problem in science suggests its principles run deeper than the conventional biochemical description, requiring novel biophysical principles. His paper develops such a model based on linkage between the fractal aspect of chaotic neurodynamics and quantum non-locality, giving brain science a cosmological status at the foundations of physical description. The term quantum chaos has been used to describe a variety of quantum systems which have analogous dynamics to classically chaotic systems.
Stuart Hammeroff also suggests a fractal nature for human consciousness. The brain constitutes not only networks of neurons, but also hierarchical layers, with self-similar information patterns represented at various different scales, i.e. fractal-like organization.
The brain has fractal-like structure, known as small-world networks, with a very few large, and very many small, hubs (like airports, and the internet). Pribram, Bieberich and others have said for many years that memory and content of consciousness may be fractal, or holographic, and many have described altered states of consciousness as fractal, or scale-free.
Neuroscientists (e.g. He and Raichle, Bullmore, vandeVille) have found scale-free, or fractal dynamics in electrophysiological recordings, from slow, large scale default mode network switching (0.1 Hz), to 40 Hz gamma synchrony EEG (about 2.6 orders of magnitude).
In an abstract for the upcoming Tucson conference Toward a Science of Consciousness www.consciousness. arizona.edu, he suggesta that a fractal brain hierarchy extends downward in scale, from network and neuronal levels, to faster (and smaller in local scale) levels. Namely, the fractal brain hierarchy extends smaller and faster into microtubule dynamics, shown to involve a series of resonances from kilohertz to megahertz (Sahu et al, Nature Materials, in press).
Applying Penrose-Hameroff Orch OR, consciousness occurs whenever E=h/t (see abstract), and that can happen at any of these various scales.
This suggests consciousness can move up and down the fractal hierarchy, like music changing octaves. Going deeper in scale (smaller, faster) into, say, microtubule- based megahertz consciousness would involve more intense experience, more overall brain involvement, and quantum coherence. As consciousness goes deeper (e.g. into quantum level stochastic resonance), membranes rest and energy requirements are minimized.
From the network standpoint, it is as if airline passengers shifted from nearly all passenger being on large, long distance flights between major hubs, to them all transferring to many, many small, short flights between local airports (all perfectly synchronized) . The large hubs would be quiet, like they are in the brain on psilocybin.
These deeper layers in the brain, according to Orch OR at least, would be connected by gap junctions and utilize quantum effects for non-local coherence and interactmore intense levels described in Eastern philosophical traditions. As the Beatles said, The deeper you go, the higher you fly. The higher you fly, the deeper you go.
Fractal, or scale-free structure and dynamics imply systems with self-similar information patterns occurring across many spatial and temporal scales. Such systems are found widely in nature, including the brain. 1) Structure: neuronal dendrites (and their internal cytoskeleton) have fractal geometry, neurons connect in nested hierarchies of small-world fractal networks [1], and grid cells in layers of entorhinal cortex represent spatial environment at different fractal scales. 2) Mental representation: memory is distributed "holographically" [2], and visual imagery in altered states is often described as fractal. 3) Temporal dynamics: Electrophysiology by He and Raichle [3] and others has shown self-similar dynamic patterns repeating at spatiotemporal scales, e.g. default mode switching (0.1 Hz) and more rapid EEG (10 to 100 Hz), separated by 2 to 3 orders of magnitude. What about smaller, even faster scales? Underlying neuronal and synaptic functions, cytoskeletal microtubules have a series of resonant frequencies, e.g. roughly 10 kilohertz and 10 megahertz [4], and gigahertz and terahertz resonances are proposed. Self-similar dynamics and information processing in these 6 discrete levels (EEG through microtubule resonances), each separated by 2 to 3 orders of magnitude, may comprise a fractal brain hierarchy in which a process supporting consciousness occurs and moves, akin to musical notes moving through different scales and octaves. What process? Penrose-Hameroff Orch OR [5] is the only theory proposing a specific process resulting in consciousness: quantum computations in microtubules, each terminated by quantum state (objective) reduction by E=h/t. E is the degree of quantum superpositioned matter (microtubule tubulin subunits), h is Plancks constant/2 pi, and t the time at which reduction and moments of consciousness occur. Recent demonstration of quantum-like conductance, condensation and resonance in single microtubules at ambient temperature [4] strengthens the biological case for Orch OR immensely. E=h/t, and consciousness, can occur at any layer in a fractal brain hierarchy. At the layer of gamma synchrony EEG at 40 hertz, t equals 25 milliseconds, 40 conscious moments occur per second, and E involves superposition of a billion or so microtubule tubulin subunits (0.0000000001 of total brain tubulins). E=h/t can also occur at deeper levels, with higher frequency, greater experiential intensity, and more microtubule/ brain involvement. At 10 kilohertz microtubule resonance, E would involve 0.0000001 of brain tubulins, and at 10 megahertz, E would involve 0.0001 of brain tubulins, nearing brain capacity. Meditation, peak experience and altered states may involve consciousness (by E=h/t) moving to deeper, faster, more intense levels in a fractal brain hierarchy. [1] Bieberich (2002) Biosystems 66(3):145-164; [2] Pribram (1971) Languages of the brain, Prentice-Hall; [3] He and Raichle (2009) TICS, [4] Sahu et al (2012) Nature Materials (in press), [5] Penrose and Hameroff (2011) J Cosmology 14 http://www.quantumc onsciousness. org/Cosmology160 .html
Instantaneous Communication
Everything we perceive of as our reality is a consciousness hologram, 'entangled' within the matrix of creation. The cosmos behaves in an entangled and in a quantized individualistic state. Some suggest a mini-black hole lies at the core of each nano particle of our being - our very own cosmic subspace, always there, always eternally the same, the very core of our being, and a direct link to subspace and therefore the Cosmos.
It did take a long time to prove that Quantum Entanglement truly existed. It wasn’t until the 1980s that it was clearly demonstrated. But it has been shown without doubt that this is the case. In 1982, at the university of Paris, a research team led by physicist Alain Aspect performed what may turn out to be one of the most important experiments of the 20th century. Aspect and his team discovered that under certain circumstances subatomic particles such as electrons are able to instantaneously communicate with each other regardless of the distance separating them. The problem with this discovery is that it violates Einstein’s long-held tenet that no communication can travel faster than the speed of light.
Quantum measurements do not fit with the idea of an objective reality. John Bell showed, in his profound and simple proof, that NO CONCEIVABLE LOCAL REALITY CAN UNDERLIE THE LOCAL QUANTUM FACTS. Bell proved, in short, that reality is non-local. In other words, even though all the quantum facts are local, these facts cannot be simulated by an underlying local reality. Any reality that fits the facts must be non-local and entangled. http://quantumtantra.com/bell2.html
CONSCIOUSNESS: is the Presence in all things-by which each thing is conscious in the degree in which it is conscious as what or of what it is or does. As a word it is the adjective "conscious" developed into a noun by the suffix "ness." It is a word unique in language; it has no synonyms, and its meaning extends beyond human comprehension. Consciousness is beginningless, and endless; it is indivisible, without parts, qualities, states, attributes or limitations. Yet, everything, from the least to the greatest, in and beyond time and space is dependent on it, to be and to do. Its presence in every unit of nature and beyond nature enables all things and beings to be conscious as what or of what they are, and are to do, to be aware and conscious of all other things and beings, and to progress in continuing higher degrees of being conscious towards the only one ultimate Reality-Consciousness. --
Harold W Percival, Thinking And Destiny, 1946
Consciousness is the greatest and most profound of all mysteries. The word Consciousness is a unique coined English word. Its equivalent does not appear in other languages. Consciousness is the ultimate, the final Reality, that by the presence of which all things are conscious. Mystery of all mysteries, it is beyond comprehension. Without it nothing can be conscious; no one could think; no being, no entity, no force, no unit, could perform any function. Yet Consciousness itself performs no function: it does not act in any way. Because of its presence all things are conscious in whatever degree they are conscious.
Consciousness is not a cause. It cannot be moved or used or in any way affected by anything. Consciousness is not the result of anything, nor does it depend on anything. It does not increase or diminish, expand, extend, contract, or change; or vary in any way. Although there are countless degrees in being conscious, there are no degrees of Consciousness: no planes, no states; no grades, divisions, or variations of any sort; it is the same everywhere, and in all things. Consciousness has no properties, no qualities, no attributes; it does not possess; it cannot be possessed. Consciousness never began; it cannot cease to be. Consciousness IS.
Quantum entanglement is the nature of coherent organization of information. Coherent organization arises as bits of information tend to align together. Spin networks explain how this is possible. Spin angular momentum tends to combine together due to entangled spin states. As spin combines together, the spin variables tend to align together like little magnets. Alignment of information allows information to become coherently organized on a viewing screen, and makes the viewing screen holographic in nature. Alignment of information also allows for correlation of information between different viewing screens -- a light-like boundary like a gravitational horizon, as explained below.
We now have to face the possibility that there is nothing inherently real about the properties of an object that we measure, which brings them into existence. Rather than passively observing it, we in fact create reality from a superposition of probabilities. Physics doesn't tell us how nature is, it only tells us what we can say about nature.
This raises deep concerns for theories attempting to unify the universe. General relativity, Einstein's theory of gravity, is fully realistic -- it relies on things existing independent of measurements. So the search for a theory of everything, which involves uniting quantum physics with general relativity, may be even more difficult than we thought. String theory is getting nowhere, so the answer lies elsewhere, perhaps within absolute space itself, which may be a dynamic rather than inert primordial background to the cosmic panoply. Einstein suggested decades ago, entanglement could be the key. We need to radically revision our basic physical concepts before we can make the next big breakthrough in physics.
Physicist David Deutsch at the University of Oxford warns that even re-examining entanglement might not help us find the path to a theory of everything. According to Deutsch, we are blocked by something even more fundamental than that. Entanglement is real, he says, but it tells us more about how information can be extracted from quantum systems than the nature of the physical universe. "All the philosophical hand-wringing over entanglement is based on the delusion that we have a basic grasp on quantum theory". All Deutsch says of a theory of everything is that it is likely to come from uniting quantum theory and relativity at a more fundamental level than current entanglement experiments allow.
The idea that we live in a hologram is a natural extension of our best understanding of black holes, and has a pretty firm theoretical footing. It has also been surprisingly helpful for physicists wrestling with theories of how the universe works at its most fundamental level. In the 1990s physicists Leonard Susskind and Nobel prizewinner Gerard ‘t Hooft suggested, after others since the 1970s <http://www.emergentmind.org/MillerWebbI3a.htm>, that the same principle might apply to the universe as a whole.
Our everyday experience might itself be a holographic projection of physical processes that take place on a distant, 2D surface. Such a physical theory, the Holographic Principle has been modeled by Leonard Susskind. He essentially claims we are holograms projected from the edge of the universe. His theory is tied to string theory, so it may or may not eventually gain traction. Holographic universes can be modeled in other theories, as well. http://www.scribd.com/doc/15765052/Our-World-May-Be-a-Giant-Hologram
Holography demonstrates that consensual reality is composed of multiple entangled worlds, each defined on its own viewing screen, and each observed from its own point of view. Both a world defined on a viewing screen and an observer present at a point of view arise from, and within, empty space. The expenditure of energy that animates the images of that world, as displayed on the viewing screen, is inherent in the accelerating frame of reference of the observer.
My Own Private Neurophilosophy
We each experience our reality utterly subjectively. No two observers exist within the same world, but their information states are entangled. Each observer's world is defined on its own viewing screen. What appears to happen in either world is only correlated with what appears to happen in the other world due to quantum entanglement of bits of information on different viewing screens that define those different worlds, each of which is observed from a different point of view.
A viewing screen defines a state of information that is entangled with other states of information. Only those worlds that become entangled, and interfere with each other, can share information. Different worlds that do not become entangled, and do not interfere with each other, do not share information.
Emotional mental states play a role in self-consciousness -- our ability to dig deep into the abstract representational world in search of ideas to correlate with the situation being analyzed and identify the best alternatives to choose from. How can we integrate data from inherited genetic DNA memory, perceptual sensory input, acquired memetic memory, conceptual inferential input (based on language processing), and the associated emotional mind state, all into one comprehensive hybrid biopsychosocial physical/metaphysical package?
What about the nature of consciousness? Is the nature of consciousness a part of the same world we perceive with our observations of the world? If we assume that consciousness arises within the same world with the things perceived within that world, that assumption is a paradox of self-reference, and leads to logical inconsistency, since it implicitly identifies consciousness with something that consciousness perceives within that world.
How can the nature of consciousness be identical to something that consciousness perceives within the world? Science has no answer to this question, since the scientific method is based on observation, and assumes the existence of consciousness. But consciousness cannot be measured externally. It is impossible to discuss any physical theory of any physical world without mentioning the observer of that world. Simply stated, without the observer of that world, there is no physical world.
Both physics and metaphysics place the observer at the center of this discussion. Quantum physics cannot give us metaphysical information; metaphysical claims supported by quantum physics are at best an irrelevant distraction. It is impossible to take the 'meta' out of physics since it is impossible to take the observer out of physics. It is impossible to take the knower out of knowledge.
All metaphysical discussions are inherently about the nature of the observer and the knower. There is no physical theory of the observer because consciousness cannot be explained physically. Our physical theories of the observable world only describe some physical thing observed by an observer. The observer is inherent in our most basic scientific principles. Furthermore, those observations are conditioned by filters -- by archetypes which condition or pre-dispose our observations.
At the exclusively human level, where psychosocial considerations become part of the human species survival equation, we have to resort to brain representations of the chaos of sensations, and access an innate language faculty to classify, sort, combine, permute, and parse to extract the meaning of an otherwise atemporal, acausal, and asymmetric reality in se. Genetic and memetic memories of past and present provide the bottom-up input of coded representations.
Holographic Mind Body
Does a mind arise from a body, or is a body somehow dependent on a mind? Neuroscience implicitly assumes that a mind arises from a body, but that assumption has never been verified. The problem with this assumption is that it assumes matter and energy exist within some pre-existing space and time. The body is assumed to be composed of matter and energy that exist within space and time, and somehow the mind is assumed to arise from the body. We know from the holographic principle that this assumption is incorrect. The other problem with this assumption is that it is too limited to explain the mind.
It is impossible to explain the nature of the mind with this assumption of a a mental model of the world, or a mental concept that arises in a mind. The content of the mind is information content. Behavior and emotional expression arises with the flow of energy through the world. This mental concept of the world can never explain the nature of consciousness that perceives information and energy in that world.
All concepts can be reduced to the way information is encoded in the world, and the way that information becomes coherently organized into form, as energy flows through the world. The consciousness that perceives and recognizes those coherently organized forms of information can never be reduced to a form of information it perceives. A presence of consciousness is always outside that world of form, as it perceives and recognizes those forms of information.
The mind displays an entire world that includes the body. How can the mind arise within that world? How can consciousness arise in the same world the body arises within, since consciousness perceives the entire world that the mind displays? That world includes the body. A mind displays an entire world that includes the central form of a body. The brain is part of that body. The entire world the mind displays is perceived by a presence of consciousness.
As the event horizon arises in empty space, the observer arises at a point of view. All the information in the brain of a person is defined on the viewing screen. Consciousness cannot arise inside a brain. The brain is defined on the viewing screen, like everything else in that world. Consciousness is outside, present at a point of view in empty space. The undifferentiated consciousness that is the source of all actions in the world, and the source of any individual presence of consciousness, exists as empty space.
In the holographic principle, all the fundamental bits of information for the world are defined on the surface of an event horizon, which defines a state of information for an entire world that includes the body. The mind displays an entire world that includes the body.
The form of a body is an image on a viewing screen. The form of the body is the central image, and all external sensory perceptions of the world are relayed through that central image, in the same way that all internal emotional perceptions of the body, or body feelings, are relayed through the central image. Consciousness perceives the entire world that the mind displays. Consciousness recognizes itself in all of its actions, since all of its actions arise from its true nature.
The void is the source of all information and energy. The void is the source of the universe, and everything in the world. The void is a state of zero energy and no information, which physicists call the vacuum state. In this sense, the void is the 'stateless state', since all states of information and energy, and all states of the world, are defined on surfaces of quantized space-time. The stateless state is the most stable state, since it is the unchanging ground state. That empty background space is the 'ground of being', in the sense that it is the source of all things that appear to exist in the world. It is the primordial nature of existence. Everything in the world arises from that 'ground'.
This way of understanding the nature of the void, as the empty background space, vacuum state, or ground state from which all excited states of information and energy arise, is not controversial within mainstream theoretical physics. All unified theories, like string theory, and all theories of the creation of the universe, like inflationary cosmology, assume the existence of the void, and understand the nature of the void in this way.
The void is the source of consciousness that perceives the form of everything in that holographic world. The principle of equivalence tells us that in a state of free fall through empty space the effects of all forces disappear, the event horizon disappears, all forms disappear, and that world disappears. Ultimately, nothing exists, there is no separation, no self, and no other. The void is 'all-one' and alone. There is no intentionality in the void, only potentiality. Intentionality is only about actuality. Intentionality only arises with the flow of energy through the world, the organization of information into the form of a body, and the emotional actions of a body.
Cognitive/Affective Balance
A key aspect of the development of coherent organization and memory in a mind is the development of a self-concept. In some sense, the self-concept is mentally constructed as a meta-stable state of high potential energy, which is characterized by a potential barrier. In some sense, that potential barrier is the expression of self-defensiveness. These emotional expressions inherently defend body survival, and allow for development of a body-based self-image that is emotionally held in mental imagination.
Simply stated, it is not possible to have a self-concept without the self-replication of such a body-based self-image. A self-concept only arises as that body-based self-image is emotionally related to the images of other things held in memory (Damasio 1999, 169). The nature of those emotional relationships are body feelings, which represent the flow of emotional energy through the body. This process occurs on a moment-by-moment basis, and only depends on short-term memory of events (Damasio 1999, 112). Damasio calls this process core self-consciousness. If there are also long-term, or autobiographical memories, then there is also a sense of an autobiographical self (Damasio 1999, 174).
The mental construction of a self-concept only arises as an emotional projection to past or future events, as a body-based self-image is emotionally held in mental imagination, and is related to the images of other things held in mental imagination (Damasio 1999, 133). Holding of images in mental imagination is the nature of what we call memory and anticipation of events, and is inherently emotional in nature. The holding of a body-based self-image in mental imagination is inherently self-defensive in nature. The construction of any mental concept is emotional in nature, as an image is emotionally held in mental imagination and related to other images.
There are two kinds of emotional expressions that are inherently related. The first kind of expression is an emotional attachment, and the second kind is a self-defensive expression. They are related since self-defensive expressions only arise with emotional attachments. It only makes sense to defend attachments. Without an attachment to something, there is nothing to defend. Attachments come first, followed by self-defensive expressions.
The participation of the amygdala, hippocampus, thalamus, and limbic system in the formulation and synthesis of the representations (in harmony with natural law) into cortical phase spaces has to be detailed and remains a great challenge to cage into a credible formulation. The materialist/physicalist need not be challenged by a hybrid epistemic-ontological model of reality. Kant admonished, conceptual thoughts without perceptual meaningful content (“intensions”) are empty, just as pure physical ontology without metaphysical epistemology is blind.
The indelible complementary/supplementary and semantic interactivity of the perceptual and conceptual (ontological and epistemological) is essential for an existential cognitive act to take place, because neither senses can conceptualize, nor rationality can sense. Yet, there may be conceptual meanings without rational underpinnings (intuitions) or perceptual experiences that resist expression as logical constructs (revelations). We unavoidably come to the conclusion that, beyond sensory phenomena, a complex structured reality “exists” that resists being reduced to logical representations.
Archetypes appear as images. The images of a physical world appear within space, encoded in terms of bits on information on the boundary surface of that space. In this sense, that bounding surface acts just like a holographic viewing screen that projects perceivable images to a focal point of perception (Bousso 2002, 28). If that bounding surface is a sphere, then that focal point of perception is at the central point of view of that sphere.
That physical world of images demands of us that we inquire into the nature of the consciousness of the observer present at that focal point of perception. Things can always be deconstructed into the nature of information and energy, reducing all information and energy down to its fundamental holographic nature. The holographic nature of the world describes at the most fundamental level possible how all information and energy is encoded in the world. All unified theories are inherently holographic in nature.
But what does that fundamental description of the world tell us about the fundamental nature of consciousness? What is the nature of the consciousness that perceives that holographic world? What is the screen? The nature of the 'observable world' as observed from the central point of view of that accelerating frame of reference. The holographic principle implies both system and environment are defined on the "screen".
The key insight of the holographic principle is that an accelerating frame of reference, with an observer present at the central point of view, can arise even within empty space. The event horizon is a two dimensional surface that is as far as the observer present at that central point of view can see things in space due to the constancy of the speed of light. Both observer and event horizon arise in empty space. In this sense, the propagation of a light wave is like the projection of an image from the viewing screen to the central point of view. The nature of time arises as images are animated over a sequence of events, like the frames of a movie.
What or Who is Conscious?
If our experience consists solely of images, does that mean it consists solely of archetypes? In the sense that archetypes appear solely as images, a viable argument can be made for that notion. At least we can explore it in a variety of ways, based on both physics and psychology.
The source of intelligence is more complicated than brute computational power, David Deutsch conjectures. What matters for knowledge creation, Deutsch says, is creativity. New ideas that provide good explanations for phenomena require out side the box thinking as the unknown is not easily predicted from past experience.
Deutsch sees quantum superpositions as evidence for his many worlds quantum multiverse, where everything physically possible occurs in an infinite branching of alternate histories. Deutsch argues that a great deal of fiction is close to a fact somewhere in the multiverse. Deutsch extols the usefulness of the concept of fungibilty in quantum transactions, his universes and the particles they contain are fungible in their interactions across the multiverse structure. Deutsch explains that interference offers evidence for this multiverse phenomenom where alternate histories affect one another without allowing the passage of information, as they fungibly intertwine again shortly after experiencing alternate events. According to Deutsch, our perspective on any object we detect with our senses is just a single universe slice of a much larger quantum multiverse object. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Beginning_of_Infinity
Quantum theory does not express the fundamental nature of consciousness. The fundamental nature of quantum theory is the uncertainty principle, which describes how something is created from nothing, as virtual particle-antiparticle pairs spontaneously arise from the vacuum state. Virtual pairs appear to separate at an event horizon, as observed by the observer present at the central point of view. That separation of matter from antimatter, called Hawking radiation, is the essence of the holographic principle (Penrose 2005, 30.7). http://scigod.com/index.php/sgj/article/view/155/186
Inflationary cosmology tells us the total energy of the universe is zero, since the universe arises from the vacuum state as a spontaneous eruption of energy, due to the virtual creation of particle-antiparticle pairs. Those virtual pairs are created out of nothing and normally annihilate back into nothing, with a total energy that adds up to zero. Virtual pairs appear to separate at the cosmic event horizon, as the antiparticle appears to cross the horizon. That separation is how a universe of matter is created.
How can the total energy of a universe of matter add up to zero? The answer is gravitational attraction. The negative potential energy of gravitational attraction cancels out all forms of positive energy, like mass energy and kinetic energy. Even the dark energy that is responsible for the exponential expansion of the universe is canceled out by gravity. Everything ultimately adds up to zero.
The holographic principle explains how all the information for the universe is encoded on the surface of the event horizon. That encoding of information is inherently related to the separation of matter from antimatter at the horizon. The holographic principle is the only known way to unify relativity theory with quantum theory, and unify the equivalence principle with the uncertainty principle. The probability factors embody the uncertainty principle.The principle of equivalence tells us there is no way to distinguish the effects of a gravitational field from an accelerating frame of reference.
Quantum field amplitudes are calculated with a sum over all possible particle paths. The path of least action is the most likely path in the sense of quantum probability. We measure a particle-like behavior of the point particle when we measure its position at some moment of time (Susskind 2008, 80). Quantum field amplitudes also exhibit wave-like behaviors due to the sum over all possible paths. Those wave-like behaviors include phenomena like interference patterns. We measure a wave-like behavior when we measure the interference pattern (Susskind 2008, 78).
All the debate about the correct interpretation of quantum theory is about the nature of observation. The only way to take the meta out of physics is to take the observer out of physics, which is impossible. The only other option is to explain the nature of the observer with a physical theory, but that is equally impossible. Such a physical theory of the observer would give a physical explanation of the nature of consciousness, but no such physical explanation is possible. That is what the incompleteness theorems prove.
The many world interpretation is seen as the natural interpretation by those that accept it. Those that hold onto the standard interpretation of quantum mechanics see the flaws of that interpretation, and don't like it, but consider the many world interpretation as too far-fetched and too radical an idea. But there is no natural way to understand the holographic principle without it. The holographic principle explains the subjective nature of reality. There is no such thing as objective reality.
If reality was objective in nature, information in 3+1 dimensional space-time could be encoded on a three dimensional lattice of quantized space, referred to as voxels (Susskind 2008, 295). But information is not encoded in three dimensional space. Information is pixilated, and is encoded on the two dimensional surface of an event horizon, as observed by the observer present at the central point of view of that surface.
The encoding of information arises purely from the principle of equivalence, which expresses the equivalence of all points of view in empty space, and the uncertainty principle, which explains how something is created from nothing as virtual particle-antiparticle pairs appear to separate at a horizon. Simply stated, without the observer of that world, there would be no observable world. The key idea is that an event is a decision point where the path branches. The quantum state of potentiality includes all possible paths.
Besides physics, there are many mutidisciplinary approaches to the self-assembly an self-organization of nature, each of which contributes a partial view of different domains and complex systems of organization. Transpersonal psychology refers to disciplined inquiry into human experiences in which an individual’s sense of identity extends beyond its ordinary limits to encompass wider, broader, or deeper aspects of life (Krippner, 1998, p. ix).
Simply put, one’s sense of identity is extended beyond its ordinary limits, giving him or her the impression that "reality" has been encountered more completely. Ultimately, both mathematically-induced propositions and transpersonally-induced beliefs are ultimately inferences about an invisible world. Enter a conceptual ‘time,’ this time as an ‘emergent’ phenomenon. We do this by manipulating tensor space mathematics to cancel the effects of the temporal asymmetry nature tries to impose on us.
Truth is a goal to be achieved as we travel the sinuous path along an evanescent asymptotic line. Consequently, we can only have opinions on the probable value of our representations of an invisible reality, and this is as close as we can go about knowing the truth of our reality.
“It is only through mystery and madness that the soul is revealed” ―Thomas Moore
Every particle in the universe is connected to every other particle, so that nanosecond to nanosecond they interact and are coupled across the vast distances of space. This leads to the central idea that we are living in a "synchronized universe," one layer of which we see and interact with and are synchronized with. This means every particle, every atom that we see as "real" is synchronized with the other atoms and particles in what we call the "real" universe. Other universes, with a different synchronization, can coexist with our own and yet they can pass right through each other. --Claude Swanson, Lifeforce
Entangled Consciousness
The fundamentally interconnected medium of reality is revealed by modern physics. It suggests some remarkable human potentials. Separated particles or people (bioentanglement) remain instantaneously connected regardless of distance. Entanglement has been suggested as an explanation of anomalous cognition and psi. Quantum mechanics shows entanglement between particles exists everywhere, all the time, and affects our macrocosmic world. Einstein called it "spooky action at a distance."
In a nutshell, quantum theory tells us that two entangled particles behave as a single physical object, no matter how far apart they are. If a measurement is performed on one of these particles, the state of its distant twin is instantaneously modified. Cabrillo, et al suggest driving two (or more) atoms with a weak laser pulse, so that the probability that two atoms are excited is negligible. If the subsequent spontaneous emission is detected, the entangled state is created. http://pra.aps.org/abstract/PRA/v59/i2/p1025_1
This effect leads to quantum nonlocality, the fact that the correlation between results of local measurements performed on these particles are so strong, that they could not have been obtained from any pair of classical systems, such as two computers. To cut a long story short, it is as if quantum particles live outside space-time – and experiments confirm this. The key commonality in entangled particles is that they share a single quantum state.
Understanding this phenomenon of quantum inseparability, arguably the most counter-intuitive feature of the theory, represents a major challenge of modern physics. A key point is that inseparability appears under various forms in quantum mechanics. Understanding precisely the relation between these various forms is a long-sought-after goal.
Cosmologists speculate the quantum vacuum is filled with entangled particles. Entanglement is the basis of quantum cosmology. At the micro- level, the nature of the wave particle duality points to a different reality of the cosmos than is currently described by either the particle or the wave schools of thinking.In standing wave patterns, destructive interference can be made to "stand still." The standing wave interference can be seen in two synchronous sources of vibration.
We know that mass has a vector quantity from other observations and experiments and that mass is entangled with quantum gravity and virtual to real to virtual manifestations. The fact of "self-interference" from these experiments suggests that at any moment, defined by Planck time as 10-43 sec. half of the cosmos for all intents and purpose is canceled out and invisible to the senses, no matter how measured. The missing part not described here must then be partly made up of virtual particles and photons. The part that we see and inhabit is only a small percent of the cosmos and this part can behave weirdly.
Quantum Entanglement (QE) is thought to be the working mechanism of the Higgs boson or the God particle, because it’s so fundamental. Quantum Entanglement is at the heart of understanding how significant events across the universe operate at the macro- and micro- level in split-second synchronicity despite considerable distance between them. Quantum Entanglement suggests that information is exchanged faster between Quantum Entangled particles than the speed of light, which was deemed impossible per Einstein's special theory of relativity proposed in 1905.
The cosmos behaves in an entangled and in a quantized individualistic state. The well known double slit experiment and single photon interference is something that most practicing and aspiring physicists are aware of. It presents one of the most puzzling aspects of the particle wave duality of the cosmos. Recent experiments have shown that electrons, neutrons, whole atoms and more can behave in the same manner as photons of light when passed through double slits one at a time. In all cases, there is every indication of "self interference" that is characteristic of what we perceive as wave interference patterns.
This "self-interference" is an important consideration in the idea of entanglement, otherwise known as the non-local reality. "Self-interference" can help to explain why some mass is missing in the cosmos, but it is not the whole answer. Yet, a curious co-existence between entangled states and non-entangled state appears to be the reality in the cosmos, when we look at the foundation of it in the quantum level. Whereas entangled states represent the unity in the cosmos, non-entanglement allows for individuality and apparent separateness and duality.
Entanglement is the apparent means by which Extra Sensory Perception (ESP) like information is instantaneously channeled and non-entangled states gives each one of us the sense of separate identity and the idea that intuition is nothing more than a flight of fancy. The non-entangled state is the realm of chance and uncertainty and on the human personal level, the sense of ego identity. This combination places us in a position where the cosmos can look strange indeed, from time to time. One can suggest that one state represents objective reality and the other subjective reality.
The cosmos was born out of an initial fireball that set the initial differentials so necessary for the evolution of all following complex processes. In addition, the ongoing feedback between the virtual and manifest conditions of the cosmos keeps the whole process in a constant flux of change. This change incorporates ever increasing orders of complexity until we arrive at you and me, who are intimately connected in the entangled sense, but have a strong sense of individuality and separateness in our day to day lives. Where astrology enters the picture is insofar as the entanglement of states of all physical and energetic entities in the cosmos upon all others. In other words, there is a distinct connection between all the planets, their energies and positions upon each and every one of us in a unique way. Each unique combination also contributes to each of our unique characteristics. When the planetary relationships change, so do individuals born in that cosmic environment, differ from others who were born in a different cosmic environment. Hence individuality arises through the change in planetary relationships. Stated in more traditional terms, timing is important in the analysis of an individual from the planetary perspective. It is this in the local sense that gives us the feeling and appearance of separateness, so necessary in the complex evolution of states. The arguments and tenets of astrology have a basis in fact in the entangled and non-entangled states of the quantum.
The mystery of individualization in the cosmos that is also entangled at the fundamental level, does not however, address the question of individual consciousness. From the point of quantum individualization in the non-entangled state, we must then take another step to describe how individual consciousness arises out of the primordial complex quantum matrix. What can be said at this point is that consciousness, like anything else in the cosmos, arises from the quantum. This must by implication, suggest that the fundamental units that build and change the cosmos on a continual basis, are conscious. That consciousness can only exist where observation can occur with something else. Here we have a type of quantum relativity insofar as that one thing can only be described in terms of something else. To have consciousness, a sense of separateness in the non-entangled state must exist as a precondition. Therefore, in the entangled state, there also exists a kind of collective conscious (some would say collective unconscious), which acts as a kind of reference for the rest. This then describes why things can get downright weird. This is especially true under extreme conditions.
http://syzygyastro.hubpages.com/hub/Entanglement-Missing-Mass-Interference-and-Individuality
Fractal Consciousness
Is there a fractal edge to undifferentiated consciousness? If so, is this how human awareness merges with universal consciousness? When trying to measure fluctuations in gravitational waves sensitive laser equipment was always picking up a “fuzzy” noise from the universe. In the 1990's, University of Florida physicist Charles Thorn theorized that our Universe is a hologram that gets it's information from an encoded area (event horizon) from where the universe was created. The information is this fuzzy noise that permeates everything that exists in the Universe. It is a sort of vibrational wave form information that we as conscious humans interpret into a three dimensional world. The fundamentals of both Fractal Geometry and a hologram show us that we are all smaller representations of the whole picture.
In "IMAGE PROCESSING:THE FRACTAL NATURE OF EMERGENT CONSCIOUSNESS (1993), Iona Miller suggested that the essence of this transformative process is revealed in the fractal nature of imagery and symbols--i.e. their ability to encode, enfold, or compress the informational content of the whole. Strange attractors condition and govern the transformative process through the complexity of information in dynamic flow. Emergent consciousness is not an epiphenomenon of the brain. Rather it is the transformational process of non-manifest, undifferentiated consciousness emerging into manifestation. http://www.asklepia.org/chaosophy/chaosophy23.html
In "Fractal Neurodyamics and Quantum Chaos: Resolving the Mind-Brain Paradox Through Novel Biophysics", mathematician Chris King suggests a fractal link between neurodynamical chaos and quantum uncertainty, revealed by transactional wave collapse. Despite these conceptual advances, the principles by which the brain generates mind remain mysterious. http://www.dhushara.com/book/paps/consc/brcons1.htm
The intractability of this central unresolved problem in science suggests its principles run deeper than the conventional biochemical description, requiring novel biophysical principles. His paper develops such a model based on linkage between the fractal aspect of chaotic neurodynamics and quantum non-locality, giving brain science a cosmological status at the foundations of physical description. The term quantum chaos has been used to describe a variety of quantum systems which have analogous dynamics to classically chaotic systems.
Stuart Hammeroff also suggests a fractal nature for human consciousness. The brain constitutes not only networks of neurons, but also hierarchical layers, with self-similar information patterns represented at various different scales, i.e. fractal-like organization.
The brain has fractal-like structure, known as small-world networks, with a very few large, and very many small, hubs (like airports, and the internet). Pribram, Bieberich and others have said for many years that memory and content of consciousness may be fractal, or holographic, and many have described altered states of consciousness as fractal, or scale-free.
Neuroscientists (e.g. He and Raichle, Bullmore, vandeVille) have found scale-free, or fractal dynamics in electrophysiological recordings, from slow, large scale default mode network switching (0.1 Hz), to 40 Hz gamma synchrony EEG (about 2.6 orders of magnitude).
In an abstract for the upcoming Tucson conference Toward a Science of Consciousness www.consciousness. arizona.edu, he suggesta that a fractal brain hierarchy extends downward in scale, from network and neuronal levels, to faster (and smaller in local scale) levels. Namely, the fractal brain hierarchy extends smaller and faster into microtubule dynamics, shown to involve a series of resonances from kilohertz to megahertz (Sahu et al, Nature Materials, in press).
Applying Penrose-Hameroff Orch OR, consciousness occurs whenever E=h/t (see abstract), and that can happen at any of these various scales.
This suggests consciousness can move up and down the fractal hierarchy, like music changing octaves. Going deeper in scale (smaller, faster) into, say, microtubule- based megahertz consciousness would involve more intense experience, more overall brain involvement, and quantum coherence. As consciousness goes deeper (e.g. into quantum level stochastic resonance), membranes rest and energy requirements are minimized.
From the network standpoint, it is as if airline passengers shifted from nearly all passenger being on large, long distance flights between major hubs, to them all transferring to many, many small, short flights between local airports (all perfectly synchronized) . The large hubs would be quiet, like they are in the brain on psilocybin.
These deeper layers in the brain, according to Orch OR at least, would be connected by gap junctions and utilize quantum effects for non-local coherence and interactmore intense levels described in Eastern philosophical traditions. As the Beatles said, The deeper you go, the higher you fly. The higher you fly, the deeper you go.
Fractal, or scale-free structure and dynamics imply systems with self-similar information patterns occurring across many spatial and temporal scales. Such systems are found widely in nature, including the brain. 1) Structure: neuronal dendrites (and their internal cytoskeleton) have fractal geometry, neurons connect in nested hierarchies of small-world fractal networks [1], and grid cells in layers of entorhinal cortex represent spatial environment at different fractal scales. 2) Mental representation: memory is distributed "holographically" [2], and visual imagery in altered states is often described as fractal. 3) Temporal dynamics: Electrophysiology by He and Raichle [3] and others has shown self-similar dynamic patterns repeating at spatiotemporal scales, e.g. default mode switching (0.1 Hz) and more rapid EEG (10 to 100 Hz), separated by 2 to 3 orders of magnitude. What about smaller, even faster scales? Underlying neuronal and synaptic functions, cytoskeletal microtubules have a series of resonant frequencies, e.g. roughly 10 kilohertz and 10 megahertz [4], and gigahertz and terahertz resonances are proposed. Self-similar dynamics and information processing in these 6 discrete levels (EEG through microtubule resonances), each separated by 2 to 3 orders of magnitude, may comprise a fractal brain hierarchy in which a process supporting consciousness occurs and moves, akin to musical notes moving through different scales and octaves. What process? Penrose-Hameroff Orch OR [5] is the only theory proposing a specific process resulting in consciousness: quantum computations in microtubules, each terminated by quantum state (objective) reduction by E=h/t. E is the degree of quantum superpositioned matter (microtubule tubulin subunits), h is Plancks constant/2 pi, and t the time at which reduction and moments of consciousness occur. Recent demonstration of quantum-like conductance, condensation and resonance in single microtubules at ambient temperature [4] strengthens the biological case for Orch OR immensely. E=h/t, and consciousness, can occur at any layer in a fractal brain hierarchy. At the layer of gamma synchrony EEG at 40 hertz, t equals 25 milliseconds, 40 conscious moments occur per second, and E involves superposition of a billion or so microtubule tubulin subunits (0.0000000001 of total brain tubulins). E=h/t can also occur at deeper levels, with higher frequency, greater experiential intensity, and more microtubule/ brain involvement. At 10 kilohertz microtubule resonance, E would involve 0.0000001 of brain tubulins, and at 10 megahertz, E would involve 0.0001 of brain tubulins, nearing brain capacity. Meditation, peak experience and altered states may involve consciousness (by E=h/t) moving to deeper, faster, more intense levels in a fractal brain hierarchy. [1] Bieberich (2002) Biosystems 66(3):145-164; [2] Pribram (1971) Languages of the brain, Prentice-Hall; [3] He and Raichle (2009) TICS, [4] Sahu et al (2012) Nature Materials (in press), [5] Penrose and Hameroff (2011) J Cosmology 14 http://www.quantumc onsciousness. org/Cosmology160 .html
Instantaneous Communication
Everything we perceive of as our reality is a consciousness hologram, 'entangled' within the matrix of creation. The cosmos behaves in an entangled and in a quantized individualistic state. Some suggest a mini-black hole lies at the core of each nano particle of our being - our very own cosmic subspace, always there, always eternally the same, the very core of our being, and a direct link to subspace and therefore the Cosmos.
It did take a long time to prove that Quantum Entanglement truly existed. It wasn’t until the 1980s that it was clearly demonstrated. But it has been shown without doubt that this is the case. In 1982, at the university of Paris, a research team led by physicist Alain Aspect performed what may turn out to be one of the most important experiments of the 20th century. Aspect and his team discovered that under certain circumstances subatomic particles such as electrons are able to instantaneously communicate with each other regardless of the distance separating them. The problem with this discovery is that it violates Einstein’s long-held tenet that no communication can travel faster than the speed of light.
Quantum measurements do not fit with the idea of an objective reality. John Bell showed, in his profound and simple proof, that NO CONCEIVABLE LOCAL REALITY CAN UNDERLIE THE LOCAL QUANTUM FACTS. Bell proved, in short, that reality is non-local. In other words, even though all the quantum facts are local, these facts cannot be simulated by an underlying local reality. Any reality that fits the facts must be non-local and entangled. http://quantumtantra.com/bell2.html
CONSCIOUSNESS: is the Presence in all things-by which each thing is conscious in the degree in which it is conscious as what or of what it is or does. As a word it is the adjective "conscious" developed into a noun by the suffix "ness." It is a word unique in language; it has no synonyms, and its meaning extends beyond human comprehension. Consciousness is beginningless, and endless; it is indivisible, without parts, qualities, states, attributes or limitations. Yet, everything, from the least to the greatest, in and beyond time and space is dependent on it, to be and to do. Its presence in every unit of nature and beyond nature enables all things and beings to be conscious as what or of what they are, and are to do, to be aware and conscious of all other things and beings, and to progress in continuing higher degrees of being conscious towards the only one ultimate Reality-Consciousness. --
Harold W Percival, Thinking And Destiny, 1946
Consciousness is the greatest and most profound of all mysteries. The word Consciousness is a unique coined English word. Its equivalent does not appear in other languages. Consciousness is the ultimate, the final Reality, that by the presence of which all things are conscious. Mystery of all mysteries, it is beyond comprehension. Without it nothing can be conscious; no one could think; no being, no entity, no force, no unit, could perform any function. Yet Consciousness itself performs no function: it does not act in any way. Because of its presence all things are conscious in whatever degree they are conscious.
Consciousness is not a cause. It cannot be moved or used or in any way affected by anything. Consciousness is not the result of anything, nor does it depend on anything. It does not increase or diminish, expand, extend, contract, or change; or vary in any way. Although there are countless degrees in being conscious, there are no degrees of Consciousness: no planes, no states; no grades, divisions, or variations of any sort; it is the same everywhere, and in all things. Consciousness has no properties, no qualities, no attributes; it does not possess; it cannot be possessed. Consciousness never began; it cannot cease to be. Consciousness IS.
Quantum entanglement is the nature of coherent organization of information. Coherent organization arises as bits of information tend to align together. Spin networks explain how this is possible. Spin angular momentum tends to combine together due to entangled spin states. As spin combines together, the spin variables tend to align together like little magnets. Alignment of information allows information to become coherently organized on a viewing screen, and makes the viewing screen holographic in nature. Alignment of information also allows for correlation of information between different viewing screens -- a light-like boundary like a gravitational horizon, as explained below.
We now have to face the possibility that there is nothing inherently real about the properties of an object that we measure, which brings them into existence. Rather than passively observing it, we in fact create reality from a superposition of probabilities. Physics doesn't tell us how nature is, it only tells us what we can say about nature.
This raises deep concerns for theories attempting to unify the universe. General relativity, Einstein's theory of gravity, is fully realistic -- it relies on things existing independent of measurements. So the search for a theory of everything, which involves uniting quantum physics with general relativity, may be even more difficult than we thought. String theory is getting nowhere, so the answer lies elsewhere, perhaps within absolute space itself, which may be a dynamic rather than inert primordial background to the cosmic panoply. Einstein suggested decades ago, entanglement could be the key. We need to radically revision our basic physical concepts before we can make the next big breakthrough in physics.
Physicist David Deutsch at the University of Oxford warns that even re-examining entanglement might not help us find the path to a theory of everything. According to Deutsch, we are blocked by something even more fundamental than that. Entanglement is real, he says, but it tells us more about how information can be extracted from quantum systems than the nature of the physical universe. "All the philosophical hand-wringing over entanglement is based on the delusion that we have a basic grasp on quantum theory". All Deutsch says of a theory of everything is that it is likely to come from uniting quantum theory and relativity at a more fundamental level than current entanglement experiments allow.
The idea that we live in a hologram is a natural extension of our best understanding of black holes, and has a pretty firm theoretical footing. It has also been surprisingly helpful for physicists wrestling with theories of how the universe works at its most fundamental level. In the 1990s physicists Leonard Susskind and Nobel prizewinner Gerard ‘t Hooft suggested, after others since the 1970s <http://www.emergentmind.org/MillerWebbI3a.htm>, that the same principle might apply to the universe as a whole.
Our everyday experience might itself be a holographic projection of physical processes that take place on a distant, 2D surface. Such a physical theory, the Holographic Principle has been modeled by Leonard Susskind. He essentially claims we are holograms projected from the edge of the universe. His theory is tied to string theory, so it may or may not eventually gain traction. Holographic universes can be modeled in other theories, as well. http://www.scribd.com/doc/15765052/Our-World-May-Be-a-Giant-Hologram
Holography demonstrates that consensual reality is composed of multiple entangled worlds, each defined on its own viewing screen, and each observed from its own point of view. Both a world defined on a viewing screen and an observer present at a point of view arise from, and within, empty space. The expenditure of energy that animates the images of that world, as displayed on the viewing screen, is inherent in the accelerating frame of reference of the observer.
My Own Private Neurophilosophy
We each experience our reality utterly subjectively. No two observers exist within the same world, but their information states are entangled. Each observer's world is defined on its own viewing screen. What appears to happen in either world is only correlated with what appears to happen in the other world due to quantum entanglement of bits of information on different viewing screens that define those different worlds, each of which is observed from a different point of view.
A viewing screen defines a state of information that is entangled with other states of information. Only those worlds that become entangled, and interfere with each other, can share information. Different worlds that do not become entangled, and do not interfere with each other, do not share information.
Emotional mental states play a role in self-consciousness -- our ability to dig deep into the abstract representational world in search of ideas to correlate with the situation being analyzed and identify the best alternatives to choose from. How can we integrate data from inherited genetic DNA memory, perceptual sensory input, acquired memetic memory, conceptual inferential input (based on language processing), and the associated emotional mind state, all into one comprehensive hybrid biopsychosocial physical/metaphysical package?
What about the nature of consciousness? Is the nature of consciousness a part of the same world we perceive with our observations of the world? If we assume that consciousness arises within the same world with the things perceived within that world, that assumption is a paradox of self-reference, and leads to logical inconsistency, since it implicitly identifies consciousness with something that consciousness perceives within that world.
How can the nature of consciousness be identical to something that consciousness perceives within the world? Science has no answer to this question, since the scientific method is based on observation, and assumes the existence of consciousness. But consciousness cannot be measured externally. It is impossible to discuss any physical theory of any physical world without mentioning the observer of that world. Simply stated, without the observer of that world, there is no physical world.
Both physics and metaphysics place the observer at the center of this discussion. Quantum physics cannot give us metaphysical information; metaphysical claims supported by quantum physics are at best an irrelevant distraction. It is impossible to take the 'meta' out of physics since it is impossible to take the observer out of physics. It is impossible to take the knower out of knowledge.
All metaphysical discussions are inherently about the nature of the observer and the knower. There is no physical theory of the observer because consciousness cannot be explained physically. Our physical theories of the observable world only describe some physical thing observed by an observer. The observer is inherent in our most basic scientific principles. Furthermore, those observations are conditioned by filters -- by archetypes which condition or pre-dispose our observations.
At the exclusively human level, where psychosocial considerations become part of the human species survival equation, we have to resort to brain representations of the chaos of sensations, and access an innate language faculty to classify, sort, combine, permute, and parse to extract the meaning of an otherwise atemporal, acausal, and asymmetric reality in se. Genetic and memetic memories of past and present provide the bottom-up input of coded representations.
Holographic Mind Body
Does a mind arise from a body, or is a body somehow dependent on a mind? Neuroscience implicitly assumes that a mind arises from a body, but that assumption has never been verified. The problem with this assumption is that it assumes matter and energy exist within some pre-existing space and time. The body is assumed to be composed of matter and energy that exist within space and time, and somehow the mind is assumed to arise from the body. We know from the holographic principle that this assumption is incorrect. The other problem with this assumption is that it is too limited to explain the mind.
It is impossible to explain the nature of the mind with this assumption of a a mental model of the world, or a mental concept that arises in a mind. The content of the mind is information content. Behavior and emotional expression arises with the flow of energy through the world. This mental concept of the world can never explain the nature of consciousness that perceives information and energy in that world.
All concepts can be reduced to the way information is encoded in the world, and the way that information becomes coherently organized into form, as energy flows through the world. The consciousness that perceives and recognizes those coherently organized forms of information can never be reduced to a form of information it perceives. A presence of consciousness is always outside that world of form, as it perceives and recognizes those forms of information.
The mind displays an entire world that includes the body. How can the mind arise within that world? How can consciousness arise in the same world the body arises within, since consciousness perceives the entire world that the mind displays? That world includes the body. A mind displays an entire world that includes the central form of a body. The brain is part of that body. The entire world the mind displays is perceived by a presence of consciousness.
As the event horizon arises in empty space, the observer arises at a point of view. All the information in the brain of a person is defined on the viewing screen. Consciousness cannot arise inside a brain. The brain is defined on the viewing screen, like everything else in that world. Consciousness is outside, present at a point of view in empty space. The undifferentiated consciousness that is the source of all actions in the world, and the source of any individual presence of consciousness, exists as empty space.
In the holographic principle, all the fundamental bits of information for the world are defined on the surface of an event horizon, which defines a state of information for an entire world that includes the body. The mind displays an entire world that includes the body.
The form of a body is an image on a viewing screen. The form of the body is the central image, and all external sensory perceptions of the world are relayed through that central image, in the same way that all internal emotional perceptions of the body, or body feelings, are relayed through the central image. Consciousness perceives the entire world that the mind displays. Consciousness recognizes itself in all of its actions, since all of its actions arise from its true nature.
The void is the source of all information and energy. The void is the source of the universe, and everything in the world. The void is a state of zero energy and no information, which physicists call the vacuum state. In this sense, the void is the 'stateless state', since all states of information and energy, and all states of the world, are defined on surfaces of quantized space-time. The stateless state is the most stable state, since it is the unchanging ground state. That empty background space is the 'ground of being', in the sense that it is the source of all things that appear to exist in the world. It is the primordial nature of existence. Everything in the world arises from that 'ground'.
This way of understanding the nature of the void, as the empty background space, vacuum state, or ground state from which all excited states of information and energy arise, is not controversial within mainstream theoretical physics. All unified theories, like string theory, and all theories of the creation of the universe, like inflationary cosmology, assume the existence of the void, and understand the nature of the void in this way.
The void is the source of consciousness that perceives the form of everything in that holographic world. The principle of equivalence tells us that in a state of free fall through empty space the effects of all forces disappear, the event horizon disappears, all forms disappear, and that world disappears. Ultimately, nothing exists, there is no separation, no self, and no other. The void is 'all-one' and alone. There is no intentionality in the void, only potentiality. Intentionality is only about actuality. Intentionality only arises with the flow of energy through the world, the organization of information into the form of a body, and the emotional actions of a body.
Cognitive/Affective Balance
A key aspect of the development of coherent organization and memory in a mind is the development of a self-concept. In some sense, the self-concept is mentally constructed as a meta-stable state of high potential energy, which is characterized by a potential barrier. In some sense, that potential barrier is the expression of self-defensiveness. These emotional expressions inherently defend body survival, and allow for development of a body-based self-image that is emotionally held in mental imagination.
Simply stated, it is not possible to have a self-concept without the self-replication of such a body-based self-image. A self-concept only arises as that body-based self-image is emotionally related to the images of other things held in memory (Damasio 1999, 169). The nature of those emotional relationships are body feelings, which represent the flow of emotional energy through the body. This process occurs on a moment-by-moment basis, and only depends on short-term memory of events (Damasio 1999, 112). Damasio calls this process core self-consciousness. If there are also long-term, or autobiographical memories, then there is also a sense of an autobiographical self (Damasio 1999, 174).
The mental construction of a self-concept only arises as an emotional projection to past or future events, as a body-based self-image is emotionally held in mental imagination, and is related to the images of other things held in mental imagination (Damasio 1999, 133). Holding of images in mental imagination is the nature of what we call memory and anticipation of events, and is inherently emotional in nature. The holding of a body-based self-image in mental imagination is inherently self-defensive in nature. The construction of any mental concept is emotional in nature, as an image is emotionally held in mental imagination and related to other images.
There are two kinds of emotional expressions that are inherently related. The first kind of expression is an emotional attachment, and the second kind is a self-defensive expression. They are related since self-defensive expressions only arise with emotional attachments. It only makes sense to defend attachments. Without an attachment to something, there is nothing to defend. Attachments come first, followed by self-defensive expressions.
The participation of the amygdala, hippocampus, thalamus, and limbic system in the formulation and synthesis of the representations (in harmony with natural law) into cortical phase spaces has to be detailed and remains a great challenge to cage into a credible formulation. The materialist/physicalist need not be challenged by a hybrid epistemic-ontological model of reality. Kant admonished, conceptual thoughts without perceptual meaningful content (“intensions”) are empty, just as pure physical ontology without metaphysical epistemology is blind.
The indelible complementary/supplementary and semantic interactivity of the perceptual and conceptual (ontological and epistemological) is essential for an existential cognitive act to take place, because neither senses can conceptualize, nor rationality can sense. Yet, there may be conceptual meanings without rational underpinnings (intuitions) or perceptual experiences that resist expression as logical constructs (revelations). We unavoidably come to the conclusion that, beyond sensory phenomena, a complex structured reality “exists” that resists being reduced to logical representations.
Archetypes appear as images. The images of a physical world appear within space, encoded in terms of bits on information on the boundary surface of that space. In this sense, that bounding surface acts just like a holographic viewing screen that projects perceivable images to a focal point of perception (Bousso 2002, 28). If that bounding surface is a sphere, then that focal point of perception is at the central point of view of that sphere.
That physical world of images demands of us that we inquire into the nature of the consciousness of the observer present at that focal point of perception. Things can always be deconstructed into the nature of information and energy, reducing all information and energy down to its fundamental holographic nature. The holographic nature of the world describes at the most fundamental level possible how all information and energy is encoded in the world. All unified theories are inherently holographic in nature.
But what does that fundamental description of the world tell us about the fundamental nature of consciousness? What is the nature of the consciousness that perceives that holographic world? What is the screen? The nature of the 'observable world' as observed from the central point of view of that accelerating frame of reference. The holographic principle implies both system and environment are defined on the "screen".
The key insight of the holographic principle is that an accelerating frame of reference, with an observer present at the central point of view, can arise even within empty space. The event horizon is a two dimensional surface that is as far as the observer present at that central point of view can see things in space due to the constancy of the speed of light. Both observer and event horizon arise in empty space. In this sense, the propagation of a light wave is like the projection of an image from the viewing screen to the central point of view. The nature of time arises as images are animated over a sequence of events, like the frames of a movie.
What or Who is Conscious?
If our experience consists solely of images, does that mean it consists solely of archetypes? In the sense that archetypes appear solely as images, a viable argument can be made for that notion. At least we can explore it in a variety of ways, based on both physics and psychology.
The source of intelligence is more complicated than brute computational power, David Deutsch conjectures. What matters for knowledge creation, Deutsch says, is creativity. New ideas that provide good explanations for phenomena require out side the box thinking as the unknown is not easily predicted from past experience.
Deutsch sees quantum superpositions as evidence for his many worlds quantum multiverse, where everything physically possible occurs in an infinite branching of alternate histories. Deutsch argues that a great deal of fiction is close to a fact somewhere in the multiverse. Deutsch extols the usefulness of the concept of fungibilty in quantum transactions, his universes and the particles they contain are fungible in their interactions across the multiverse structure. Deutsch explains that interference offers evidence for this multiverse phenomenom where alternate histories affect one another without allowing the passage of information, as they fungibly intertwine again shortly after experiencing alternate events. According to Deutsch, our perspective on any object we detect with our senses is just a single universe slice of a much larger quantum multiverse object. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Beginning_of_Infinity
Quantum theory does not express the fundamental nature of consciousness. The fundamental nature of quantum theory is the uncertainty principle, which describes how something is created from nothing, as virtual particle-antiparticle pairs spontaneously arise from the vacuum state. Virtual pairs appear to separate at an event horizon, as observed by the observer present at the central point of view. That separation of matter from antimatter, called Hawking radiation, is the essence of the holographic principle (Penrose 2005, 30.7). http://scigod.com/index.php/sgj/article/view/155/186
Inflationary cosmology tells us the total energy of the universe is zero, since the universe arises from the vacuum state as a spontaneous eruption of energy, due to the virtual creation of particle-antiparticle pairs. Those virtual pairs are created out of nothing and normally annihilate back into nothing, with a total energy that adds up to zero. Virtual pairs appear to separate at the cosmic event horizon, as the antiparticle appears to cross the horizon. That separation is how a universe of matter is created.
How can the total energy of a universe of matter add up to zero? The answer is gravitational attraction. The negative potential energy of gravitational attraction cancels out all forms of positive energy, like mass energy and kinetic energy. Even the dark energy that is responsible for the exponential expansion of the universe is canceled out by gravity. Everything ultimately adds up to zero.
The holographic principle explains how all the information for the universe is encoded on the surface of the event horizon. That encoding of information is inherently related to the separation of matter from antimatter at the horizon. The holographic principle is the only known way to unify relativity theory with quantum theory, and unify the equivalence principle with the uncertainty principle. The probability factors embody the uncertainty principle.The principle of equivalence tells us there is no way to distinguish the effects of a gravitational field from an accelerating frame of reference.
Quantum field amplitudes are calculated with a sum over all possible particle paths. The path of least action is the most likely path in the sense of quantum probability. We measure a particle-like behavior of the point particle when we measure its position at some moment of time (Susskind 2008, 80). Quantum field amplitudes also exhibit wave-like behaviors due to the sum over all possible paths. Those wave-like behaviors include phenomena like interference patterns. We measure a wave-like behavior when we measure the interference pattern (Susskind 2008, 78).
All the debate about the correct interpretation of quantum theory is about the nature of observation. The only way to take the meta out of physics is to take the observer out of physics, which is impossible. The only other option is to explain the nature of the observer with a physical theory, but that is equally impossible. Such a physical theory of the observer would give a physical explanation of the nature of consciousness, but no such physical explanation is possible. That is what the incompleteness theorems prove.
The many world interpretation is seen as the natural interpretation by those that accept it. Those that hold onto the standard interpretation of quantum mechanics see the flaws of that interpretation, and don't like it, but consider the many world interpretation as too far-fetched and too radical an idea. But there is no natural way to understand the holographic principle without it. The holographic principle explains the subjective nature of reality. There is no such thing as objective reality.
If reality was objective in nature, information in 3+1 dimensional space-time could be encoded on a three dimensional lattice of quantized space, referred to as voxels (Susskind 2008, 295). But information is not encoded in three dimensional space. Information is pixilated, and is encoded on the two dimensional surface of an event horizon, as observed by the observer present at the central point of view of that surface.
The encoding of information arises purely from the principle of equivalence, which expresses the equivalence of all points of view in empty space, and the uncertainty principle, which explains how something is created from nothing as virtual particle-antiparticle pairs appear to separate at a horizon. Simply stated, without the observer of that world, there would be no observable world. The key idea is that an event is a decision point where the path branches. The quantum state of potentiality includes all possible paths.
Besides physics, there are many mutidisciplinary approaches to the self-assembly an self-organization of nature, each of which contributes a partial view of different domains and complex systems of organization. Transpersonal psychology refers to disciplined inquiry into human experiences in which an individual’s sense of identity extends beyond its ordinary limits to encompass wider, broader, or deeper aspects of life (Krippner, 1998, p. ix).
Simply put, one’s sense of identity is extended beyond its ordinary limits, giving him or her the impression that "reality" has been encountered more completely. Ultimately, both mathematically-induced propositions and transpersonally-induced beliefs are ultimately inferences about an invisible world. Enter a conceptual ‘time,’ this time as an ‘emergent’ phenomenon. We do this by manipulating tensor space mathematics to cancel the effects of the temporal asymmetry nature tries to impose on us.
Truth is a goal to be achieved as we travel the sinuous path along an evanescent asymptotic line. Consequently, we can only have opinions on the probable value of our representations of an invisible reality, and this is as close as we can go about knowing the truth of our reality.
http://www.anecdote.com.au/papers/EmergenceAsAConsutructIssue1_1_3.pdf
Quantum Foam
|
|
Black Holes All the Way Down
Mini black holes could be everywhere, and all particles might be made of various forms of black holes. http://theresonanceproject.org/pdf/schwarzschild_proton_a4.pdf
Vacuum Scintillation
Spacetime foam, also known as quantum foam, has its origin in quantum fluctuations of spacetime. Arguably it is the source of the holographic principle, which severely limits how densely information can be packed in space. Its physics is also intimately linked to that of black holes.
"All particles may be varying forms of stabilized black holes"
Evaporating black holes undergo a type of phase transition resulting in variously long-lived quantized objects of reasonable sizes, with normal thermodynamic properties and inherent duality characteristics. By investigating quantum gravity at the horizons of black holes, a new model suggests that black hole evaporation might appear identical to elementary particle decay. As black holes lose energy, they slowly evaporate, shrinking in size down to the quantum scale - where they may be identical to elementary particles.
The new model assumes "that gravity is truly strong and fully comparable with other forces, but that we have not experimentally looked in those places where it resides," the authors write. "But instead of invoking extra dimensions and branes, we look elsewhere. The model predicts that any states to be found at sub-Planckian masses will behave normally, and will be essentially identical to elementary particles.
"Perhaps the most reassuring conclusion that we find is that the dynamical solution in either model forces the sub-Planckian states to obey the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, and thus allows them to act as normal fundamental particles," the scientists write. When the physicists investigated what these mini black holes would act like, they found that the quantization of space at this scale would mean that mini black holes could turn up at a wide variety of energy levels, and in large numbers. They predict that these black holes might be so common that all particles could essentially be various forms of black holes at different energy levels.
"At first glance the scenario derived in SSGS seems bizarre, but it is not: this is exactly what would be expected if an evaporating black hole leaves a remnant consistent with quantum mechanics," Coyne and Cheng write. "One might posit that the black hole smoothly turns into something approximating a large and unstable elementary particle, which then continues to evaporate (decay) into familiar stationary states. ... This would put a whole new light on the process of evaporation of large black holes, which might then appear no different in principle from the correlated decays of elementary particles." One of the implications of this model could be that dark energy and dark matter - which seem to act as repulsive gravity - could instead be surrounded by local concentrations of gravity-shielding black holes at the elementary particle level. http://www.physorg.com/news161857121.html
Is the fabric of the Universe a seething mass of black holes and wormholes? Quantum Foam is the series of subatomic disturbances in space time. Quantum Mechanics states that at the subatomic level of a Planck Length that the uncertainty principle comes into play. Essentially that means that space time at such a level can not be exactly measured or determined since it can exist one moment and not exist the next all without violation of the law of conservation.
Space and time break down into "fuzziness" or "foaminess". At around 10 to the power -43 of a second, time itself becomes quantized, that is it appears as discontinuous particles of time, for there is no way in which time can manifest in quantities less than 10 to the power -43 (the so called Planck time). For here the borrowed quantum energies distort the fabric of space turning it back upon itself. There time must have a stop. At such short intervals the energies available are enormous enough to create virtual black holes and wormholes in space-time, and at this level we have only a sea of quantum probabilities - the so called Quantum Foam. Contemporary physics suggests that through these virtual wormholes in space-time there are links with all time past and future, and through the virtual black holes even with parallel universes.
It must be somewhat above this level that our consciousness works, weaving probability waves into patterns and incarnating them in the receptive structure of our brains. Our being or spirit lives in this Quantum Foam, which is thus the Eternal Now, infinite in extent and a plenum of all possibilities. The patterns of everything that has been, that is now, and will come to be, exists latent in this quantum foam. Perhaps this is the realm though which the mystics stepped into timelessness, the eternal present, and sensed the omnipotence and omniscience of the spirit. Quantum black holes form and vanish in a span of time of 10-23 seconds; highly curved and convoluted regions of space in ant physically allowed configuration have a similarly brief existence. http://quantumfoam.tripod.com/q-foam.html
Energy in form of transversal waves is spreading through field of nested Aether density fluctuations like the light through foam and after certain distance from observer is being dispersed and curved by Lorentz transform into scalar field of particles, i.e. longitudinal waves spreading in noncausual way by Huyghens-Fresnel principle, so that the interior of objects becomes observed as a their exterior and vice-versa. By such way we can interpret for example the microwave background of Universe (CMB) as a Hawking radiation of black hole, whole lifespan corresponds the Universe age and the material density corresponds the energy density of vacuum (as estimated by third power of Planck constant) - so we can say, we can observe our Universe both from inside, both from outside perspective via surface of distant quasars at the "same moments", which are separated by light cone. http://aetherwavetheory.blogspot.com/2008_10_26_archive.html
Vacuum Scintillation
Spacetime foam, also known as quantum foam, has its origin in quantum fluctuations of spacetime. Arguably it is the source of the holographic principle, which severely limits how densely information can be packed in space. Its physics is also intimately linked to that of black holes.
"All particles may be varying forms of stabilized black holes"
Evaporating black holes undergo a type of phase transition resulting in variously long-lived quantized objects of reasonable sizes, with normal thermodynamic properties and inherent duality characteristics. By investigating quantum gravity at the horizons of black holes, a new model suggests that black hole evaporation might appear identical to elementary particle decay. As black holes lose energy, they slowly evaporate, shrinking in size down to the quantum scale - where they may be identical to elementary particles.
The new model assumes "that gravity is truly strong and fully comparable with other forces, but that we have not experimentally looked in those places where it resides," the authors write. "But instead of invoking extra dimensions and branes, we look elsewhere. The model predicts that any states to be found at sub-Planckian masses will behave normally, and will be essentially identical to elementary particles.
"Perhaps the most reassuring conclusion that we find is that the dynamical solution in either model forces the sub-Planckian states to obey the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, and thus allows them to act as normal fundamental particles," the scientists write. When the physicists investigated what these mini black holes would act like, they found that the quantization of space at this scale would mean that mini black holes could turn up at a wide variety of energy levels, and in large numbers. They predict that these black holes might be so common that all particles could essentially be various forms of black holes at different energy levels.
"At first glance the scenario derived in SSGS seems bizarre, but it is not: this is exactly what would be expected if an evaporating black hole leaves a remnant consistent with quantum mechanics," Coyne and Cheng write. "One might posit that the black hole smoothly turns into something approximating a large and unstable elementary particle, which then continues to evaporate (decay) into familiar stationary states. ... This would put a whole new light on the process of evaporation of large black holes, which might then appear no different in principle from the correlated decays of elementary particles." One of the implications of this model could be that dark energy and dark matter - which seem to act as repulsive gravity - could instead be surrounded by local concentrations of gravity-shielding black holes at the elementary particle level. http://www.physorg.com/news161857121.html
Is the fabric of the Universe a seething mass of black holes and wormholes? Quantum Foam is the series of subatomic disturbances in space time. Quantum Mechanics states that at the subatomic level of a Planck Length that the uncertainty principle comes into play. Essentially that means that space time at such a level can not be exactly measured or determined since it can exist one moment and not exist the next all without violation of the law of conservation.
Space and time break down into "fuzziness" or "foaminess". At around 10 to the power -43 of a second, time itself becomes quantized, that is it appears as discontinuous particles of time, for there is no way in which time can manifest in quantities less than 10 to the power -43 (the so called Planck time). For here the borrowed quantum energies distort the fabric of space turning it back upon itself. There time must have a stop. At such short intervals the energies available are enormous enough to create virtual black holes and wormholes in space-time, and at this level we have only a sea of quantum probabilities - the so called Quantum Foam. Contemporary physics suggests that through these virtual wormholes in space-time there are links with all time past and future, and through the virtual black holes even with parallel universes.
It must be somewhat above this level that our consciousness works, weaving probability waves into patterns and incarnating them in the receptive structure of our brains. Our being or spirit lives in this Quantum Foam, which is thus the Eternal Now, infinite in extent and a plenum of all possibilities. The patterns of everything that has been, that is now, and will come to be, exists latent in this quantum foam. Perhaps this is the realm though which the mystics stepped into timelessness, the eternal present, and sensed the omnipotence and omniscience of the spirit. Quantum black holes form and vanish in a span of time of 10-23 seconds; highly curved and convoluted regions of space in ant physically allowed configuration have a similarly brief existence. http://quantumfoam.tripod.com/q-foam.html
Energy in form of transversal waves is spreading through field of nested Aether density fluctuations like the light through foam and after certain distance from observer is being dispersed and curved by Lorentz transform into scalar field of particles, i.e. longitudinal waves spreading in noncausual way by Huyghens-Fresnel principle, so that the interior of objects becomes observed as a their exterior and vice-versa. By such way we can interpret for example the microwave background of Universe (CMB) as a Hawking radiation of black hole, whole lifespan corresponds the Universe age and the material density corresponds the energy density of vacuum (as estimated by third power of Planck constant) - so we can say, we can observe our Universe both from inside, both from outside perspective via surface of distant quasars at the "same moments", which are separated by light cone. http://aetherwavetheory.blogspot.com/2008_10_26_archive.html
|
|
Cosmic Pattern Recognition
‘Putting things together in a meaningful way is one of the basic features of nature.’ --Albert Szent-Gyorgyi*, 1977
There are many types of archetypes or "generating entities": the Jungian types come from the unconscious and are psychobiological; the Freudian archetypes are also unconscious but are personal and biographical; the physics type comes from geometry. Light is the archetype of fundamental reality.
Schroedinger was apparently the first to note that solving the Dirac equation for the motion of the electron resulted in a necessary component that could be interpreted as random, speed-of-light fluctuations of a point-like particle. He dubbed this motion ''zitterbewegung'' (German for ''jitter motion''), caused by electromagnetic zero-point fluctuations.
Several things are interesting about zitterbewegung. First, since the fluctuations occur at the speed of light, then at this level the electron would have to be massless, mass arising at some higher level of motion. Secondly, the fluctuations smear out the average position over a volume the Compton radius in size, which suggests a physical interpretation of the wave function and the associated probability density. (Scattering experiments indicate that the electron is far smaller than its Compton size, indeed point-like for all we know.) Thirdly, simulations show that if such a massless, fluctuating point particle is accelerated in an electric field, the zitterbewegung acquires a helical motion suggestive of spin.
Cosmic Jitter
Any particle is a pattern; likewise fields, symmetry and spin. The nature of coherent organization, as bits of information tend to align together, arises from symmetry breaking. The symmetry that is broken is the symmetry of empty space. The gravitational interaction is shown to begin with the fact that a particle situated in the sea of electromagnetic zero-point fluctuations develops a "jitter" motion, or ZITTERBEWEGUNG as it is called. When there are two or more particles they are each influenced not only by the fluctuating background field, but also by the fields generated by the other particles, all similarly undergoing jitter motion. The inter-particle coupling due to these fields results in the attractive gravitational force. Gravity can thus be understood as a kind of long-range Casimir force.
Symmetry breaking is how bound states of information form, which allows for self-replication of form. Alignment of information allows bound states of information to form, which is the nature of coherent organization that allows for the formation of animated forms of information that replicate their forms over a sequence of events. That alignment of information spontaneously emerges in the flow of energy, and breaks the symmetry of empty space. Alignment of information arises as states of information become entangled, like entangled spin states. Alignment of information naturally arises as spin states become entangled and combine together. The whole thing is pure geometry.
The archetype of unconscious expresses as an unconscious of flux, superposed multiple strata of subjectivation, rhythms which crystallize existential assemblages, which they embody and singularize. A constellation of universes whose nuclei are lodged between instants, projecting all lines of virtuality, opening from the event of their appearance. Singular decisions or intuitions can become complex refrains, opening new fields of virtualities leading to behaviors. Time is not endured, but activated, oriented, and qualitatively changed.
The mind, compensating our perceptual blind spots, fills in the gaps of reality. A few cubic millimeters of neocortical tissue can encode an arbitrarily large immensity of phenomenal space, likewise each ultra-short quantum-coherent "frame" can encode hundreds of milliseconds of phenomenal time.
We are buffeted by microscopic quantum convulsions of space-time. The field at each point in space is a simple harmonic oscillator, and its quantization places a quantum harmonic oscillator at each point. Excitations of the field correspond to the elementary particles of particle physics.
However, the vacuum has a vastly complex structure. Laszlo says when symmetry is broken large amounts of energy floods into the vacuum "informing" the configuration of universal constants. This holographic medium registers and stores scalar wave transforms and information. Holographic information isn't necessarily stored in the neuromatrix, but the brain has access to it.
All calculations of quantum field theory must be made in relation to this model of the vacuum. The vacuum energy of "empty" space generates virtual particles (virtual photon flux) with measurable effects. If a photon is a pixel on a multi-dimensional grid that gives rise to space, the speed of light could reflect its refresh rate. If mass, charge and energy all arise from processing, the many conservation laws of physics could reduce to a single law of dynamic information conservation.
The term archetype represents spiritual and initiatory mediums (or vehicles) and keys into which a variety of divine impulses are poured, forming a language of the soul. Archetypes are universal symbols ingrained as the psyche of human beings, interconnected to unfold a meaningful idea or a teaching. Archetypes are also linked to seed ideas and subtle spiritual teaching method that unfold the Intuition and Abstract Mind.
Archetypes arrange psychic elements into certain images and motifs in such a way that they can be recognized only by the effects they produce. The protean form is mythic human history, which tends to privilege subjective over objective knowledge (commercial, political and spiritual knowledge), particularized in the popular mythology of the precessional cycle of ages, both as a natural cycle and a "sticky meme".
An archetype is emerging – the archetype of participatory wisdom. Collective wisdom potential is a participatory, integral and pluralistic spiritual culture. The psychic field of creative people is integral. People all over the world care about the life on and of this planet, and experience themselves as embedded in continually expanding networks and environments. We are seeking genuine, open and constructive dialogue and mutual support in transformative work. We are all moved in the same direction, though we follow an unknown impulse in ourselves rather than any new road charted in advance. This phenomenon is simply called Zeitgeist.
Self-organization is a way of conceptualizing structure, order, and reality that emerges out of the most simple elements of what is already manifest, No underlying drives, forces or structures are needed. Missing seems to be any understanding of how nature as a whole can be reframed as the template of coherence for one's own psyche. Geometry is the key to the fundamental structure of the universe. When space curves it spins in a vortex motion.
The concept of archetype touches on some of the central concerns of contemporary philosophy of nature and philosophy of science. Science itself is based on archetypes. Mathematical models are the archetypes that predominant in modern science. It suggests a new approach to conceptualizing the dynamics of matter and energy throughout all levels of nested hierarchical organization found in nature. We have discovered her synergetic, fractal and emergent means of self-assembly, self-organization and dynamics.
Psyche is an emergent phenomena. Emergence is the process of complex pattern formation from simpler rules. Emergence is a natural phenomenon associated with systems. Criticality is an archetype to describe natural phenomena, self-organized critical behavior ranging from cosmic pattern recognition to microcosmic scales.
Symmetries are formal factors which regulate material data according to set laws. A symmetry element or a symmetry operation is in itself something irrepresentational. Only when it has an effect upon something material does it become both representational and comprehensible. As primal images the symmetry groups underlie, as it were, crystallized matter. They are the essential patterns according to which matter is arranged in a crystal. Symmetries are ways of reframing dichotomous relationships. The analogy between symmetry elements and the archetypes is clearly unusually close. This is the pivot of the structure of reality.
These fundamental symmetries could be thought of as the archetypes of all matter and the ground of material existence. The elementary particles themselves would be simply the material realizations of these underlying symmetries. It is not clear that symmetries can be simply equated with archetypes, but the fundamental role of symmetry in quantum mechanics and particle physics seems to point in a direction that justifies an intensive consideration of the archetype concept in these areas. Pioneering work for just this purpose was performed by Werner Heisenberg, who with the dictum, "In the beginning there was symmetry," closely associated symmetry as a fundamental ordering principle of nature to the Platonic doctrine of Ideas. (F. David Peat)
Pattern Recognition
Pattern recognition is a mental state. Our human brains are hard-wired for data collection, concept extraction, and pattern recognition, needed for the emergence of species-specific recognition patterns. Inferior temporal (IT) cortex is critical for visual pattern recognition in adult primates, and probably in humans. Pattern recognition comprises the bulk of our neural circuitry. We recognize emergent patterns in partial data and augment incomplete patterns with our imagination.
We innovate from uncertainty with flexibility to recognize fuzzy patterns, but often we get it wrong, leading to assumptions without the balance of critical thinking, or ignorant of our assumed truths and hidden variables. These are our psychological blind spots. Wave interference (the interference of circular waves emerging from every point particle and virtual photons standing wave) is the primordial pattern which we are ill-equipped to observe without hi-tech mechanisms, but infer in the holographic concept.
Meaning is a fuzzy (low rez) web of patterns. For an intelligence to understand the meaning of a word, concept or other entity, this entity must be "grounded" in the system's own experience. The population of symbol grounding agents associated with a piece of information expresses that piece of information, explicitly, as a fuzzy set of patterns.
The major skills of understanding situations and people in one process is called Human Pattern Recognition. In human pattern recognition, we have a general idea of what a category of event sequences look like. The ability to spot existing or emerging patterns is one of the most (if not the most) critical skills in intelligent decision making, though we’re mostly unaware that we do it all the time. In the emergence-based view, categorization is emergence-seeking. Abstraction, concept acquisition, and self-organization of proto-symbols are performed through an incremental and gradual learning algorithm.
Combining past experience, intuition, and common sense, the ability to recognize patterns gives us the ability to predict what will happen next with some degree of accuracy. The better able we are to predict what will happen, the more intelligent we become. So, you might say that the purpose of intelligence is prediction. Integration or "sensemaking" is knowing which information to integrate and which to disregard -- a skill in and of itself.
But our strength is also our weakness if we fill in the gaps, leaping to erroneous conclusions. Our perceptual system makes inferences automatically, using educated guesses to fill in the gaps and make perception possible..Psyche does the same thing, filling in the gaps in our perceptions with the recreation of memories. Humans force-feed their experiences into their brains, only to find false precision and deeply mistaken pattern recognition. Any number of things interfere with pattern-recognition. Even creative and genius-level pattern-recognition can derail into delusional interpretations or meta-errors.
The constructive nature of perception can be revealed under viewing conditions that lead to vivid subjective impressions in the absence of direct input. A particularly vivid and powerful form of perceptual completion involves the formation of moving visual phantoms. Phantom visual experiences are closely linked to automatic filling-in of activity at the earliest stages of cortical processing. These illusory phantoms appear to match the pattern, motion, color, and texture of the physically surrounding inducers, and remarkably, can mimic the perceptual effects of real stimuli.
Subjects who make pattern recognition errors tend to reason with one or two cues at a time instead of attempting to reason with the combination of all crucial signal to noise parameters. Faulty pattern recognition leads to faulty judgments and behaviors.Those with very narrow interest lack the even the terms to carry on coherent discussion, much less understanding of multidisciplinarian theories.
Bottom-up, emergent thinking changes what we pay attention to and therefore influences the general drift of our questions. A simple type of pattern is a repeating structure (redundancy) in space and time, cycles, and relationships. A pattern can also be a prototype or exemplar or prototype, arising from relationships between parts of a system, and those that arise from relationships between the system and its environment. Metaphor mediates selection, anticipation and innovation, by telling us what our experience is 'like'.
Whether it’s something you see, hear, taste, touch, or smell, at the same moment as you are having the current experience, your brain is comparing it to things you already know, and seeing how it fits. If it has a reference point, your brain files it away as a correlation or similarity or tangent. If it’s a novelty, your brain is challenged and will either construct a new model for understanding and processing this information, save it for later consideration, or simply reject and discard the information. Mindfulness and metacognition are powerful tools expanding cognitive capacity.
Patterns and distortions in the observed phenomena are there because we define and recognize them as such. Ancient man first began connecting the dots between the stars of the night sky and the wandering planets that provided a spiritual framework for existence. They drew the analogy between what happened in the heavens with what they saw reflected in their earthly lives. Great systems of civilization and religion arose from such connective conjecture, categorizing a vast body of chaotic phenomenology with associative symbolic links, largely based on observing and mythologizing the cosmos.
Such correspondences, spiritual technologies, and cosmic systems still yield wisdom today, if we understand them in contemporary terms. A general concept of archetype used today should be understood to include the mathematical primal intuition which expresses itself, among other ways, in arithmetic, in the idea of the infinite series of integers, in sacred geometry, and in the idea of the continuum and primordial fields, from ZPE to the Higgs Field (God Particle), that gives all matter its mass, the space-between-space the force which connects all things.
Pattern recognition mirrors the process of psychology. It is an active attentional processing of raw sensory input, feature extraction, pattern generation, and pattern identification. Signal detection, response criteria, and sensitivity affect interpretation, decisions and behavior. The archetype itself is a pattern that channels our psychic energies. They structure both our insights and blocks. The archetype is experienced in projections, powerful affect images, symbols, moods, behavior patterns such as rituals, ceremonials and love. Jung suggested that dreams might be probed by looking for repetitive patterns.
The concept of "archetype" that was initially developed by Jung is an abstraction obtained only by inference from archetypal representations that appear in the form of images or ideas that share a common isomorphic structure. Only these archetypal representations are ever consciously experienced. Because the archetype-as-such functions in the unconscious mind, it is not directly known or knowable.
Because archetypes-as-such are held to be prior to conscious thought and to support it, they can never be exhaustively characterized by conscious thought. Thus, inherent in the archetype concept is the assertion of the limitedness of rational thought to provide a complete description of reality. The inferred existence of the archetype-as-such implies an inherently non-rational aspect of reality which assures that no attempt to describe reality in its totality can be held to be completely unique or complete. http://www.goertzel.org/dynapsyc/1996/natphil.html
The archetypal idea when actualized and experienced becomes a complex of ideas held together by the feeling tone common to all the individual ideas. Jung observed that there was prolonged time delay in responding to charged words associated with crucial conflicts. Complexes interfere with conscious performance - action, will, memory and associations.
A complex, according to Jung is the sum of all the associated ideas and feelings that are attracted to an archetype. The complex gives the archetype a form of expression, complex is powered by affect and it is feeling this affect which tells us that we are experiencing an archetype. Therefore archetype images are among the highest values of the human psyche and treasures of the motifs of mythology. Symbols are infinitely variable expressions of underlying archetypes and collective archetypes endow the personal individual with strong affect.
The archetype is a tendency to form motifs; they are not inherited images but forms to which our culture and life experience give substance. They are a priori patterns for universal symbols that are characteristic of eternal human nature. The archetypal content of powerful language is metaphor. The metaphor, like the archetype, is an organizing symbol that facilitates depth of meaning. The form in which an archetype appears is a projection clothed and formed according to one's personal life experiences that are drawn from conscious and repressed unconscious elements.
Intuition is another form of pre-conscious pattern recognition. An idea or solution to a problem pops into our mind, but we have no idea where it came from. Intuition is often perceived as an external force. Because intuition is a generalized pattern recognition process, you cannot break up the result into a series of steps or analyze the process for mistakes. The way you discipline and develop intuition is different then the way you develop intellect. With intuition the search for patterns often includes archetypal material.
The contingent negative variation (CNV; go/no go sequence) was one of the first discovered event-related evoked potential components, described by Dr. W. Grey Walter, et al, in Nature (1964). Consistent patterns of the amplitude of electric responses can be obtained from the large background noise which occurs in electroencephalography (EEG) recordings and that this activity could be related to cognitive processes such as attention, expectancy, intensity and probability.
Many theories have been suggested for cognitive processes underlying the CNV component. Walter and colleagues suggested that CNV amplitude varies directly with subjective probability or expectancy of the imperative stimuli. Other researchers suggested that the CNV amplitude varies with the intention to perform an act. Another theory is that CNV varies with the motivation of the subject to complete the task. Tecce suggests that the CNV is related to both attention and arousal level. It is the root of selective attention, compulsions, and deflections -- nonrational archetypal effects.
We have recently developed two technologies for pattern recognition, neural nets and genetic algorithms, that do not use rational or deductive processes. There is no precise definition of a neural net, but they generally consist of a large number of simple processors connected to near neighbors, with input and output connections. Simple algorithms determine their relationship. The networks are trained through some process that adjusts the relationship between inputs and outputs to enhance some global result. There is no simple way to explain why a neural net or genetic algorithm produces one response rather than another.
Dr. Manfred Clynes suggested a theory of genetically programmed (hereditary) dynamic forms of emotional expression he called sentics. When people have emotional experience, their nervous system always responds in a characteristic way which is measurable. This means that everyone has a common frame reference, or common experience given the same stimuli. Clynes measured the physiological brainwave responses to word cues for specific emotions.
Clynes confirmed that we all experience basic emotions internally in the same way regardless of nationality, creed, religion, etc. Clynes to generalize the shapes of these precise patterns of physiological shift and behavior in mathematical equations that describe the "sentic form" for each emotion. Universally, specific emotions --- anger, hate, grief, love, sex, joy and reverence --- produce distinct muscle movement. Emotional terms would evoke common motor reactions, expressed as pressure patterns.
Clynes was able to resolve at least 20 different emotional states, or Essentic Forms Patterns including: anger, hate, grief, love, sex, joy, reverence, and no-emotion. Others essentic forms studied included hope, courage, guilt, and shame. There are probably a lot more, but sometimes they are combinations of emotions, like envy. This allowed Dr. Clynes to precisely map different physiological and behavior patterns based on the particular evoked emotion.
Another surprising result of the study is that there really wasn't a significant measurable difference between men and women. He shows that emotions, or cognitive sentic states, are systemic holorganismic patterns of information flow--production, recognition and reproduction. Each sentic state is characterized by specific and distinct EEG brainwave patterns, as well as by arbitrary motor motions which can be quantified and graphed.
Here is the symbol-making unconscious, holographically linked by coded meaningful electromagnetic patterns to the rest of Nature, without which our relatively recent speech-tokens could mean nothing. This is the real languageability which underlies human speech, with electromagnetically patterned "words" composed of qualities far more precise than the speech-words used to describe them. We respond predictably to emotionally-loaded words.
There is a specific dynamic form of action underlying the expression of each emotion, and the dynamic character of this action-form probably is universal, unlearned, and genetically programmed. Emotions may be experienced in various aspects: (1) in a real situation, or (2) through fantasy --- as when one imagines being with a loved person. Also one may experience emotion trough empathy with another person who is (1) either really experiencing the emotion, or (2) experiencing it as fantasy.
Little in our lives is fundamentally original. Almost every situation we encounter is similar to an immense number of previous situations. These similarities are not limited to the human species. They go back through the history of evolution. Many traditional approaches to developing intuition, like astrology, Qabbalah, the I Ching and Tarot connect with archetypes. Evolution molds life to respond to recurring situations. The I Ching is a catalog of recurring life patterns. It can strengthen our awareness and sensitivity to the archetypal patterns that intuition recognizes. With a better conscious understanding we know more about what to make of these patterns and we can better focus our intuition.
Archetypes for humanity are all our possible patterns. In the case of the archetype these patterns seem to be transpersonal, that is they transcend and pervade individual human experience. By this definition, the common factor of all synchronicity experiences is that they involve pattern recognition. Archetypal Pattern Recognition is a modality that assists people in recognizing the core currents at play in their lives. Pattern recognition is a human state like feelings or thoughts. Archetypes are elemental forces, recurring personality patterns which play a vital role in the creation of the world and the human mind itself. Realizations become alive and effective when they reach back like the Ouroboros into the depths of the psyche from which they arose in nascent form.
The main aspect of archetypal patterns is that they are universally recognized. Archetypes point to innate configurations that need not be learned. The distinction between form and content is useful. The form is the built-in part of innate configurations that receive content via feature detectors that recognize patterns in nature. Form is ancient and universal. Content is local and specific. The natural world is an immense repository of repeating events, designs and sequences. The original archetypes are manifestations of our built-in receptivity to the patterns of nature. Recognizing that a pattern exists can be a powerful tool.
We are adept at detecting signals that enhance or threaten survival amid a very noisy world. This capability is association learning--associating the causal connections between A and B. For example, our ancestors associated the seasons with the migration of game animals. We are skilled enough at it to have survived and passed on the genes for the capacity of association learning. Unfortunately, the system has flaws. Superstitions are false associations. So are flawed theories.
Jung took the term `archetype' from two sources, namely the Corpus Hermeticum and Dionysius the Areopagite's De Divinis nominibus. Use of the term also appears in Irenaeus's Adversus haereses, and its Latin equivalent, `ideae principa lis', can be found in St. Augustine's De diversis quaestionibus, and later in Agrippa von Nette sheim's De occulta philosophia, Libra tres. Instances of its use also appear in De Dignitate Hominis of Pico della Mirandola (1463- 1494).
Rightly or wrongly, Jung imagined archetypes operating at the deepest level of the psyche, and originating in the collective unconscious. We cannot observe them directly; they are but general structures determining a probability field that encompasses a range of actual events, images and experiences (Jacobi, 1974; von Franz, 1975; Edinger, 1972). From the archetypes arise archetypal images (Jacobi, 1962)--universal symbols, myths and motifs.
The key to the scientific method, of course, is incrementalism in observation. Virtually all our theories about both matter and psyche are mythic metaphors of this kind. Even "the unconscious" is a reification of unconscious processes which by their very nature are not easily knowable. Jung's structuralism has also been questioned in the new millinnium, which is more process oriented.
We need to rethink our concepts and frameworks. We can talk about archetypes, but as emergent phenomena, not as reified somethings out there in the genes or in the head. The problem is not that this occurs, but that assumptions are given more ontological weight than any other aspect of our being in the world. So a structural approach, which is quite justifiable when regarded as heuristic metaphor, has a tendency to become reified and sedimented until it can’t be shifted at all.
The new "orthodoxy", in this case 'emergence', doesn't replace the old; they rely on one another for meaning. Any number of metaphors and models can spark insight. Ideas about archetypes, emergentism and innateness, may not be right, or truth, or even represent those sciences accurately. But they have symbolic substantiality and facilitate discussion and representation of what, in ancient times were called gods and goddesses, or divine forces. Armchair philosophers often borrow from science and apply formulaic conclusions to both meaningful and fallacious arguments.
Recognizing this tendency, we can assume the provisional "as if" approach for our arguments and draw some analogies that are, in fact, likely to be overturned or superseded by others in the future. Metaphors are of their own time and speak to the viewpoint of the moment, the state-of-the-art. Whether they turn out to be more than metaphors is for the future to decide. Whether archetypes are inheritable structures, cultural artifacts, image schemas or developmental achievements, or something as-yet-to-be-discovered, their symbolic richness is undeniable.
The synthesis of activities, producing the emergent pattern, cannot be paralleled in a corresponding synthesis of neurological correlates or mathematical characterizations. Interactive emergence means there exists no overall formal description of the high-level phenomenon, though its pattern will be clearly recognizable within the context of the
creature’s environment. (Hendricks‐Jansen, 1996)(p. 228f)
This leads to a view of archetypal images as complex emergent symbolic forms without which psychic life in general and emotional life in particular remains chaotic and unmanageable. In this sense archetypes are tools to think with . . .and symbols are the clothing of affect in image. Inevitably, there is a ‘search’ for the most apt clothing but also the clothing reciprocally affects the affect, by giving it meaning and form. "Warren" http://www.jungianstudies.org/pdf/George-Hogenson-Emergence-Discussion.pdf
Models (structural hypothesis) are heuristic devices, useful ways of understanding things. We tend to reify (fallaciously concretize) our models, especially at the popular level of faddish ideas. But the very fact that psychological theories are so diverse argues against any one model being ‘the reality’. We may not get it exactly right but such conceptualizations lead to possible, plausible and probable fruitful directions that bring meaning into our lives.
Jung’s acausal theory of synchronicity was a step toward a complete theory of the symbol. Hogenson (2004) calls synchronicity "extreme pattern recognition" and "pattern attribution" (narrative), suggesting symbolic systems obey the same rules of scaling as other systems. Symbolic systems can therefore be understood as exhibiting the characteristics of a power law distribution, which led to the discovery of fractals. Mandelbrot discovered that the exponent in a power law defined a pattern of self-similar structure in the phenomenon under investigation that was “scale invariant" -- fractal.
A power law means that there is no such thing as a normal or typical event, and that there is no qualitative difference between the larger and smaller fluctuations. Scale-free power laws reveal a lack of any expected size for the next event. Upheavals are not unusual. A big event need not have a cause. The causes that trigger a small change on one occasion may initiate a devastating change on another, and no analysis of the conditions at the initial point will suffice to predict the event. The famous example of the "butterfly theory" in chaos theory was understated, as the butterfly would be only one event that led to the hurricane's emergence.
Archetypes & Criticality
Jung described synchronicity as a juxtaposition of a psychic state with a state in the material world that resulted in the emergence of meaning and a transition in the individual’s state or understanding of the world. Synchronicity is an emergent aspect of the symbolic that exhibits a high degree of “symbolic density.” Tuning is crucial to reach that point in which any tiny event can trigger a huge upheaval. Sometimes criticality can be tuned by nature on its own. Each theme has its archetypes.
Archetypes are universal concepts determining a probability field. All the most powerful ideas in history are rooted in archetypes. When the density of symbolic activity reaches a steep pitch, a phase transition or a symbolic avalanche is precipitated, radically reorganizing the whole subjective/objective world. What counts in the critical state is the simple underlying features of geometry that control how influences can propagate. Fractals and power laws are at work in settings where the critical state underlies their dynamics. Fractals can be produced by chaos, but they also arise in processes of growth or evolution.
Dynamic phenomena manifest physical and energetic characteristics which are archetypal..Criticality is an archetype describing natural phenomena. Organizing criticality” occurs at a bifurcation or saddle point of crisis/opportunity. The system is also more sensitive to disruption or trajectory changes at these points. However, following this brief, variable period, the system will reorganize, and the ‘missing’ behaviors may spontaneously re-emerge. Usually they will be
more stable, reliable, and more complex than before the reorganization.(Tucker & Hirsh-Pasek 1993, p. 366).
Thus, psyche is a self-organizing, self-similar domain. Most phenomena are smaller in their own right, but self-similar to the great events of the collective unconscious. The system reflects on or mirrors itself. The “objectivity of the psyche” is a self-reflective capacity, evident as modes of consciousness, then retrojected, somewhat modified, back into the psyche.
The symbolic world is characterized by phase transitions, that occur at the threshold of phenomenal transformation. An associative network shapes the psychic reality of the individual. Associative networks (gestalts), complexes, archetypes, synchronistic events and creative emergence become evident through a series of self-organized critical transitional moments that result in phase transitions within the symbolic system as a whole. A complex is a nexus of multiple interacting forces. They are the result of small symbolic developments that don’t stop. Small symbols add together into denser symbol sets with chaotic structure. Details are not important in deciding the outcome.
In the Journal of Analytical Psychology, Saunders, a mathematician, and Skar, a Jungian analyst, argue that the developmental forces usually thought to originate from the archetype arise instead out of the complexes, which are formed through self-organization in the brain/mind. In this view, the “archetype” is not something that forms the complexes; it is a class of complexes which fall into the same general category (Saunders and Skar 2001). Archetypes represent something as a state of self-organized criticality, an “iterative moment” of psychic synthesis. Archetypes are emergent properties of developmental processes.
Given that archetypes exist, how do they come into being and how can the idea of archetypes can be aligned with advances in scientific thinking? Hogenson says the archetype does not exist, in the sense of being a discrete ontologically definable entity with a place in the genome or the cognitive arrangement of modules or schemas in the brain.
Rather, the archetype, like the complex, is an iterative moment in the self-organization of the symbolic world in a critical phase change that radically reorganizes while maintaining its fractal, self-similar structure. The complex and the archetype are fundamentally structured like the symbol, only the archetype exhibits itself at the point where symbolic density transcends the carrying capacity of the complex and moves into a more collective realm. http://iaap.org/congresses/barcelona-2004/the-self-the-symbolic-and-synchronicity-virtual-realties-and-the-emergence-of-the-psyche.html
The brain at rest or in expectancy holds itself in a state of self-organized criticality (SOC). Nature as a computational process is at the heart of self-organized criticality. Not all events in the physical world are predetermined with absolute precision, or causal results. Indeterminism is the concept that events (certain events, or events of certain types) are not caused, at least deterministically (causally) by prior events. It is the opposite of determinism and related to chance. Indeterminism has been promoted by the French biologist Jacques Monod (Nobel Prize 1965,), Werner Heisenberg (Nobel Prize 1932), and Murray Gell-Mann (Nobel Prize 1969). The physicist-chemist Ilya Prigogine (Nobel Prize 1977) argued for indeterminism in complex systems.
Chaos theory and its succesor theory, self-organizing criticality (SOC) have shown that large interactive systems perpetually organize themselves to a critical state in which a minor event starts a chain reaction that can lead to a catastrophe. Criticality describes a dynamical process, merely metastable, which is even now building toward the next set of catastrophic reorderings. Although composite systems produce more minor events than catastrophes, chain reactions of all sizes are an integral part of the dynamics. Furthermore, composite systems never reach equilibrium but instead evolve from one metastable state to the next. A system in criticality, however, offers no neutral ground. Once in it, you are of it, as we learn after catastrophe.
Though we face a relative ignorance in our own time, we are moving beyond Jung's conditioned view, structured by the science of his time. Archetypes may be revisioned from developmental, genetic or primordial patterns, common to all human beings. They still appear to affect the way we perceive, imagine and think, and by structuring psychic apprehension, influencing behavior profoundly. They are paradigms, rules or schema: "active living dispositions, ideas in the Platonic sense [or not], that perform and continually influence our thoughts feelings and actions" (CW 8:154)i.
Re-Envisioning Reality
In each Age, every generation revisions and articulates their contemporary notions of reality in terms of the language, idioms, and tropes of their day. In so doing, we hope to overcome the self-delusion and inaccurate presumptions or assumed truths that have led us in the wrong direction, toward the past and retrievals of superstitions, instead of into the eternally self-renewing NOW, and our own emergent future.
We are infinitely suggestible and prone to identification and dissociation. Many are operating within mental pictures of the universe that we know scientifically are wrong. Furthermore, many cherish their anti-scientific attitudes, defaulting toward utter lack of critical thinking. Others cherish beliefs characteristic of centuries gone-by. Archetypes foster such inaccuracies. They can also help us attach to the shape of things to come.
The archetype, meme, and symbol of this emergent, but as-yet-unknown future is the "phase transition" or Singularity, a new tipping-point or threshold of transformation, expressing the zeitgeist or Strange Attractor of the Age. But 'singularlity' as a term for technical convergence is a meme, not an event.
Technological singularity refers to the hypothetical future emergence of greater-than-human intelligence through technological means, very likely resulting in explosive superintelligence. A gravitational singularity or spacetime singularity is a location where the quantities that are used to measure the gravitational field become infinite in a way that does not depend on the coordinate system. These quantities are the scalar invariant curvatures of spacetime, which includes a measure of the density of matter.
In multidisciplinary conferences, Jungians (among others) seek deepening among themselves around critical issues:
Thinking cosmically means recognizing the turning point that after 14 billion years we have most of the puzzle pieces figured out due to the explosive growth of science. In science, metaphors matter. Metaphors can be symbolically profound, but are not literally true. Metaphors enrich language and thought, but if we become literal fundamentalists, we are sadly and sometimes tragically mistaken. The same holds true in our personal lives. We take the signs, symbols, and metaphors of our psychological journey literally at the peril of self-delusion, misplaced concreteness that leads us down a psychic blackhole, rather than toward a unified theory and world.
Existential Mechanics
We’ve become accustomed to speculating on the nature of quantum mind, but we can drop down another domain to imagine an even more primordial awareness at Zero Point. This is the virtual still point of our recalibration – Cosmic Zero, everywhere now-here all the time forever, the well-spring of Creation.
The groundstate of nature is the heart of matter. Our nature is radiant scalar energy, the nonobservable yet roiling cosmic ocean of vacuum fluctuation, the disassembled roots of all being, the true primordial soup. The Heart Sutra claims that all form is nothing but Void and quantum physics agrees.
Our subatomic quantum nature guides and regulates our electromagnetic and chemical being, which influences our minds and emotions, forming a reciprocal feedback loop with all objects and living forms in our environment. In the right circumstances, we can respond to one another like resonating coupled oscillators. Our whole body flickers in and out of existence at an astounding rate, and each of those quantum re-creations is an opportunity to transform utterly.
The photon is a quantum of action and light seems to be the first directly observable manifestation of Ultime Reality. Virtual photon flux underlies photon emergence from compactified space. Neutrinos are almost massless, travel close to the speed of light, and pass through matter almost undisturbed. Photons, on the other hand, have no mass, travel at the speed of light, yet are absorbed and/or reflected even by fairly sparse matter.
The aether is a three-dimensional environment, the space itself, and the transverse vibration of light is performed in a space with four dimensions. The aether is not being driven by the movement of bodies. Light is a form of transition from the three-dimensional space, the aether, to the space with four dimensions. As a general rule, the transition from a space with n dimensions to a space with n+1 dimension occurs by curving the n-dimensional space.
A photon has an electromagnetic field that can interact with charged particles - a neutrino has no charge and so unless it hits something head-on, it doesn't interact. So both particles have little or no mass, travel close to or at the speed of light, and have no charge. But the photon has an electromagnetic field whereas the neutrino doesn't. Photons are electromagnetic fields, or rather waves in the electromagnetic fields. Noether's theorem demonstrates conserved quantities from symmetries of the laws of nature. Time translation symmetry gives conservation of energy; space translation symmetry gives conservation of momentum; rotation symmetry gives conservation of angular momentum, and so on.
In matter, light's (broken) symmetries are conserved by charge and spin; in spacetime, light's symmetries are protected by inertial forces, and conserved (when broken) by gravitational forces. All forms of energy originate as light; matter carries charges which are the symmetry/entropy debts of the light which created it (both concepts are required to fully integrate gravity - which has a double conservation role - with the other forces). Charges produce forces which act to return the material system to its original symmetric state (light), repaying matter's symmetry/entropy debts.
Repayment is exampled by any spontaneous interaction producing net free energy, including: chemical reactions and matter-antimatter annihilation reactions; radioactivity, particle and proton decay; the nucleosynthetic pathway of stars, and Hawking's "quantum radiance" of black holes. Identifying the broken symmetries of light associated with each of the 4 charges and forces of physics is the first step toward a conceptual unification.(J.A. Gowan)
While atomic nuclei promote symmetry conservation through an exothermic nucleosynthetic pathway in stars, their associated electron shells create life through a negentropic chemical pathway on planets. Using energy and heavy elements ultimately provided by gravity, the information pathway of biology is the means whereby the universe becomes aware of and experiences itself, including evolving new modes of creativity. Carbon with its multiple 4x3 fractal resonances (5) is the crucial link between the abiotic and biotic metrics of the Cosmos. (John A. Gowan) http://www.johnagowan.org/
We're beginning to understand what nature's been hiding. The zero-point field is a blinding light. Since it is everywhere, inside and outside of us, permeating every atom in our bodies, we are effectively blind to it. It blinds us by its presence. The world of light that we do see is all the rest of the light that is over and above the zero-point field. We cannot eliminate the zero-point field from our eyes. So, the vacuum is filled with a distinctive pattern of electromagnetic fields. Even with its pattern of electric and magnetic fields in continual fluctuation, the vacuum remains the simplest state of nature. Life takes refuge in a single space - absolute space.
Metaphysical space is the unconscious. Each form that is in each human mind is, in some sense, an archetype -- some more common than others. There are shallower levels of unconsciousness between the total collective unconscious and an individual mind. A self-replicating archetype that is kindled from the collective unconscious is kindled through a mechanism of unconscious levels of tuning, and the reality format that is kindled is determined by the type of pressure and the content, biases, or tuning of all the levels between it and the conscious minds of the individuals who observe the phenomena.
On the archetypal level, repetition creates a thermodynamic dis-equilibrium. At this point in the replicative mode, the human psyche is pushed toward a bifurcation point because of our intrinsic need for growth and meaning making. Psyche has the possibility of utilizing repetition as a chaotic, rather than a fixed or periodic attractor, thus moving the entire system to a higher level of complexity (negentropy) or of dissolving into endless repetitions.
Describing nonlinear dynamics and the types of processes activated as the system moves from stability to instability, Ervin Laszlo states that a system that is far from equilibrium may evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from a stationary state at or near equilibrium. (Evolution,1987, 21)
As the repetition moves an individual or system into a chaotic regime, the possibility for complexity and greater development is activated. Recall that, as already established, evolution becomes virtually impossible if the system's parameters remain overly constricted. Behavioral patterns, thoughts, and actions tend to cluster more and more tightly around specific archetypal alignments/themes thus further diminishing the opportunity for growth. With clustering and complexing around an archetypal and informational singularity, an individual is, developmentally speaking, thrown back to a phylogenetically earlier phase of life. Similar to life and dynamics at the unicellular level, movement within the replicative mode proceeds through a spinning out of autopoietic, self-similar processes.
Disruption of stability represents a natural phase transition in the life of every system. While we have the continual drive toward self-replication, there is an equally strong movement toward complexity inherent in the evolution of life at virtually every level. Continual repetition will eventually result in a deadening of possibilities thus reinforcing tendencies to stay closed.
Freud observed the existence of two seemingly opposing forces within the psyche. One trajectory moves toward replication-a repetitive cycling of energy-a death instinct while the other arm of the system's growth involves a movement toward a life instinct- -a higher form of new life.
Repetition, if it endlessly spins in its own cycle and parameters, becomes entropic and eventually dampens the creation of new energy and growth possibilities. Hence the progressive is suddenly punctuated by what is novel, is thrown into chaos by the introduction of an information catastrophe. As we now understand from chaos theory, nonlinear dynamics, and from much of Ervin Laszlo's work in General and Dynamical Systems Theory, complexity only arises in response to a system's move from either equilibrium or non-equilibrium to a far-from equilibrium position. Laszlo (1987) describes the far-from-equilibrium state with the following:
The third possible state of systems is the state far from thermal and chemical equilibrium. Systems in this state are nonlinear and occasionally indeterminate. They do not tend toward minimum free energy and maximum entropy but may amplify certain fluctuations and evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from stationary states at or near equilibrium. (Evolution, 21) Just as the phoenix bursts into flames so that it may rise new and immortal from its ashes-winged, soaring creature that it is-it appears that all of life endures encoded partial destruction of key elements at special moments to insure evolution. The symbol of the phoenix is fitting to capture this image of freedom reborn from the destruction of its earlier self than this archetype-fed process of self creation.
Opportunities for Healing
Understanding of field phenomena may help us to translate and convert unconscious behaviors into opportunities for greater understanding. Awareness of what I am calling an "archetypal morphology" and the capacity to recognize the formation of transpersonal patterns may help us understand those movements which all too often become national and global catastrophes (Conforti) http://www.ofj.org/story/december-1999-newsletter-archive
Archetypes also shape collective consciousness. They are coherent, complex, intelligible patterns of meaning and improvisational creativity. All manifestations are kindled through this mechanism. All of them are shaped by the multilevel unconscious tuning. All of them are caused by an unresolved conflict in the deeper unconscious layers. Neuroscientists are now learning how to replicate images people are seeing based on the brain activity patterns, combined with transcranial magnetic stimulation for electronically delivering targeted highs.
The legendary Philosopher's Stone, apart from being a real and solid object or substance, constitutes the hub or central axis through which all contemplations pass. It is the metaphorical center of all that is, has been and ever will or can be. Thus it confers a vantage point from which all that exists can be seen at a single glance of the mind’s eye. Therefore, it equates with Jung's notion of the mandala as a unifying symbol and the elusive Unified Field of physics.
There are many types of archetypes or "generating entities": the Jungian types come from the unconscious and are psychobiological; the Freudian archetypes are also unconscious but are personal and biographical; the physics type comes from geometry. Light is the archetype of fundamental reality.
Schroedinger was apparently the first to note that solving the Dirac equation for the motion of the electron resulted in a necessary component that could be interpreted as random, speed-of-light fluctuations of a point-like particle. He dubbed this motion ''zitterbewegung'' (German for ''jitter motion''), caused by electromagnetic zero-point fluctuations.
Several things are interesting about zitterbewegung. First, since the fluctuations occur at the speed of light, then at this level the electron would have to be massless, mass arising at some higher level of motion. Secondly, the fluctuations smear out the average position over a volume the Compton radius in size, which suggests a physical interpretation of the wave function and the associated probability density. (Scattering experiments indicate that the electron is far smaller than its Compton size, indeed point-like for all we know.) Thirdly, simulations show that if such a massless, fluctuating point particle is accelerated in an electric field, the zitterbewegung acquires a helical motion suggestive of spin.
Cosmic Jitter
Any particle is a pattern; likewise fields, symmetry and spin. The nature of coherent organization, as bits of information tend to align together, arises from symmetry breaking. The symmetry that is broken is the symmetry of empty space. The gravitational interaction is shown to begin with the fact that a particle situated in the sea of electromagnetic zero-point fluctuations develops a "jitter" motion, or ZITTERBEWEGUNG as it is called. When there are two or more particles they are each influenced not only by the fluctuating background field, but also by the fields generated by the other particles, all similarly undergoing jitter motion. The inter-particle coupling due to these fields results in the attractive gravitational force. Gravity can thus be understood as a kind of long-range Casimir force.
Symmetry breaking is how bound states of information form, which allows for self-replication of form. Alignment of information allows bound states of information to form, which is the nature of coherent organization that allows for the formation of animated forms of information that replicate their forms over a sequence of events. That alignment of information spontaneously emerges in the flow of energy, and breaks the symmetry of empty space. Alignment of information arises as states of information become entangled, like entangled spin states. Alignment of information naturally arises as spin states become entangled and combine together. The whole thing is pure geometry.
The archetype of unconscious expresses as an unconscious of flux, superposed multiple strata of subjectivation, rhythms which crystallize existential assemblages, which they embody and singularize. A constellation of universes whose nuclei are lodged between instants, projecting all lines of virtuality, opening from the event of their appearance. Singular decisions or intuitions can become complex refrains, opening new fields of virtualities leading to behaviors. Time is not endured, but activated, oriented, and qualitatively changed.
The mind, compensating our perceptual blind spots, fills in the gaps of reality. A few cubic millimeters of neocortical tissue can encode an arbitrarily large immensity of phenomenal space, likewise each ultra-short quantum-coherent "frame" can encode hundreds of milliseconds of phenomenal time.
We are buffeted by microscopic quantum convulsions of space-time. The field at each point in space is a simple harmonic oscillator, and its quantization places a quantum harmonic oscillator at each point. Excitations of the field correspond to the elementary particles of particle physics.
However, the vacuum has a vastly complex structure. Laszlo says when symmetry is broken large amounts of energy floods into the vacuum "informing" the configuration of universal constants. This holographic medium registers and stores scalar wave transforms and information. Holographic information isn't necessarily stored in the neuromatrix, but the brain has access to it.
All calculations of quantum field theory must be made in relation to this model of the vacuum. The vacuum energy of "empty" space generates virtual particles (virtual photon flux) with measurable effects. If a photon is a pixel on a multi-dimensional grid that gives rise to space, the speed of light could reflect its refresh rate. If mass, charge and energy all arise from processing, the many conservation laws of physics could reduce to a single law of dynamic information conservation.
The term archetype represents spiritual and initiatory mediums (or vehicles) and keys into which a variety of divine impulses are poured, forming a language of the soul. Archetypes are universal symbols ingrained as the psyche of human beings, interconnected to unfold a meaningful idea or a teaching. Archetypes are also linked to seed ideas and subtle spiritual teaching method that unfold the Intuition and Abstract Mind.
Archetypes arrange psychic elements into certain images and motifs in such a way that they can be recognized only by the effects they produce. The protean form is mythic human history, which tends to privilege subjective over objective knowledge (commercial, political and spiritual knowledge), particularized in the popular mythology of the precessional cycle of ages, both as a natural cycle and a "sticky meme".
An archetype is emerging – the archetype of participatory wisdom. Collective wisdom potential is a participatory, integral and pluralistic spiritual culture. The psychic field of creative people is integral. People all over the world care about the life on and of this planet, and experience themselves as embedded in continually expanding networks and environments. We are seeking genuine, open and constructive dialogue and mutual support in transformative work. We are all moved in the same direction, though we follow an unknown impulse in ourselves rather than any new road charted in advance. This phenomenon is simply called Zeitgeist.
Self-organization is a way of conceptualizing structure, order, and reality that emerges out of the most simple elements of what is already manifest, No underlying drives, forces or structures are needed. Missing seems to be any understanding of how nature as a whole can be reframed as the template of coherence for one's own psyche. Geometry is the key to the fundamental structure of the universe. When space curves it spins in a vortex motion.
The concept of archetype touches on some of the central concerns of contemporary philosophy of nature and philosophy of science. Science itself is based on archetypes. Mathematical models are the archetypes that predominant in modern science. It suggests a new approach to conceptualizing the dynamics of matter and energy throughout all levels of nested hierarchical organization found in nature. We have discovered her synergetic, fractal and emergent means of self-assembly, self-organization and dynamics.
Psyche is an emergent phenomena. Emergence is the process of complex pattern formation from simpler rules. Emergence is a natural phenomenon associated with systems. Criticality is an archetype to describe natural phenomena, self-organized critical behavior ranging from cosmic pattern recognition to microcosmic scales.
Symmetries are formal factors which regulate material data according to set laws. A symmetry element or a symmetry operation is in itself something irrepresentational. Only when it has an effect upon something material does it become both representational and comprehensible. As primal images the symmetry groups underlie, as it were, crystallized matter. They are the essential patterns according to which matter is arranged in a crystal. Symmetries are ways of reframing dichotomous relationships. The analogy between symmetry elements and the archetypes is clearly unusually close. This is the pivot of the structure of reality.
These fundamental symmetries could be thought of as the archetypes of all matter and the ground of material existence. The elementary particles themselves would be simply the material realizations of these underlying symmetries. It is not clear that symmetries can be simply equated with archetypes, but the fundamental role of symmetry in quantum mechanics and particle physics seems to point in a direction that justifies an intensive consideration of the archetype concept in these areas. Pioneering work for just this purpose was performed by Werner Heisenberg, who with the dictum, "In the beginning there was symmetry," closely associated symmetry as a fundamental ordering principle of nature to the Platonic doctrine of Ideas. (F. David Peat)
Pattern Recognition
Pattern recognition is a mental state. Our human brains are hard-wired for data collection, concept extraction, and pattern recognition, needed for the emergence of species-specific recognition patterns. Inferior temporal (IT) cortex is critical for visual pattern recognition in adult primates, and probably in humans. Pattern recognition comprises the bulk of our neural circuitry. We recognize emergent patterns in partial data and augment incomplete patterns with our imagination.
We innovate from uncertainty with flexibility to recognize fuzzy patterns, but often we get it wrong, leading to assumptions without the balance of critical thinking, or ignorant of our assumed truths and hidden variables. These are our psychological blind spots. Wave interference (the interference of circular waves emerging from every point particle and virtual photons standing wave) is the primordial pattern which we are ill-equipped to observe without hi-tech mechanisms, but infer in the holographic concept.
Meaning is a fuzzy (low rez) web of patterns. For an intelligence to understand the meaning of a word, concept or other entity, this entity must be "grounded" in the system's own experience. The population of symbol grounding agents associated with a piece of information expresses that piece of information, explicitly, as a fuzzy set of patterns.
The major skills of understanding situations and people in one process is called Human Pattern Recognition. In human pattern recognition, we have a general idea of what a category of event sequences look like. The ability to spot existing or emerging patterns is one of the most (if not the most) critical skills in intelligent decision making, though we’re mostly unaware that we do it all the time. In the emergence-based view, categorization is emergence-seeking. Abstraction, concept acquisition, and self-organization of proto-symbols are performed through an incremental and gradual learning algorithm.
Combining past experience, intuition, and common sense, the ability to recognize patterns gives us the ability to predict what will happen next with some degree of accuracy. The better able we are to predict what will happen, the more intelligent we become. So, you might say that the purpose of intelligence is prediction. Integration or "sensemaking" is knowing which information to integrate and which to disregard -- a skill in and of itself.
But our strength is also our weakness if we fill in the gaps, leaping to erroneous conclusions. Our perceptual system makes inferences automatically, using educated guesses to fill in the gaps and make perception possible..Psyche does the same thing, filling in the gaps in our perceptions with the recreation of memories. Humans force-feed their experiences into their brains, only to find false precision and deeply mistaken pattern recognition. Any number of things interfere with pattern-recognition. Even creative and genius-level pattern-recognition can derail into delusional interpretations or meta-errors.
The constructive nature of perception can be revealed under viewing conditions that lead to vivid subjective impressions in the absence of direct input. A particularly vivid and powerful form of perceptual completion involves the formation of moving visual phantoms. Phantom visual experiences are closely linked to automatic filling-in of activity at the earliest stages of cortical processing. These illusory phantoms appear to match the pattern, motion, color, and texture of the physically surrounding inducers, and remarkably, can mimic the perceptual effects of real stimuli.
Subjects who make pattern recognition errors tend to reason with one or two cues at a time instead of attempting to reason with the combination of all crucial signal to noise parameters. Faulty pattern recognition leads to faulty judgments and behaviors.Those with very narrow interest lack the even the terms to carry on coherent discussion, much less understanding of multidisciplinarian theories.
Bottom-up, emergent thinking changes what we pay attention to and therefore influences the general drift of our questions. A simple type of pattern is a repeating structure (redundancy) in space and time, cycles, and relationships. A pattern can also be a prototype or exemplar or prototype, arising from relationships between parts of a system, and those that arise from relationships between the system and its environment. Metaphor mediates selection, anticipation and innovation, by telling us what our experience is 'like'.
Whether it’s something you see, hear, taste, touch, or smell, at the same moment as you are having the current experience, your brain is comparing it to things you already know, and seeing how it fits. If it has a reference point, your brain files it away as a correlation or similarity or tangent. If it’s a novelty, your brain is challenged and will either construct a new model for understanding and processing this information, save it for later consideration, or simply reject and discard the information. Mindfulness and metacognition are powerful tools expanding cognitive capacity.
Patterns and distortions in the observed phenomena are there because we define and recognize them as such. Ancient man first began connecting the dots between the stars of the night sky and the wandering planets that provided a spiritual framework for existence. They drew the analogy between what happened in the heavens with what they saw reflected in their earthly lives. Great systems of civilization and religion arose from such connective conjecture, categorizing a vast body of chaotic phenomenology with associative symbolic links, largely based on observing and mythologizing the cosmos.
Such correspondences, spiritual technologies, and cosmic systems still yield wisdom today, if we understand them in contemporary terms. A general concept of archetype used today should be understood to include the mathematical primal intuition which expresses itself, among other ways, in arithmetic, in the idea of the infinite series of integers, in sacred geometry, and in the idea of the continuum and primordial fields, from ZPE to the Higgs Field (God Particle), that gives all matter its mass, the space-between-space the force which connects all things.
Pattern recognition mirrors the process of psychology. It is an active attentional processing of raw sensory input, feature extraction, pattern generation, and pattern identification. Signal detection, response criteria, and sensitivity affect interpretation, decisions and behavior. The archetype itself is a pattern that channels our psychic energies. They structure both our insights and blocks. The archetype is experienced in projections, powerful affect images, symbols, moods, behavior patterns such as rituals, ceremonials and love. Jung suggested that dreams might be probed by looking for repetitive patterns.
The concept of "archetype" that was initially developed by Jung is an abstraction obtained only by inference from archetypal representations that appear in the form of images or ideas that share a common isomorphic structure. Only these archetypal representations are ever consciously experienced. Because the archetype-as-such functions in the unconscious mind, it is not directly known or knowable.
Because archetypes-as-such are held to be prior to conscious thought and to support it, they can never be exhaustively characterized by conscious thought. Thus, inherent in the archetype concept is the assertion of the limitedness of rational thought to provide a complete description of reality. The inferred existence of the archetype-as-such implies an inherently non-rational aspect of reality which assures that no attempt to describe reality in its totality can be held to be completely unique or complete. http://www.goertzel.org/dynapsyc/1996/natphil.html
The archetypal idea when actualized and experienced becomes a complex of ideas held together by the feeling tone common to all the individual ideas. Jung observed that there was prolonged time delay in responding to charged words associated with crucial conflicts. Complexes interfere with conscious performance - action, will, memory and associations.
A complex, according to Jung is the sum of all the associated ideas and feelings that are attracted to an archetype. The complex gives the archetype a form of expression, complex is powered by affect and it is feeling this affect which tells us that we are experiencing an archetype. Therefore archetype images are among the highest values of the human psyche and treasures of the motifs of mythology. Symbols are infinitely variable expressions of underlying archetypes and collective archetypes endow the personal individual with strong affect.
The archetype is a tendency to form motifs; they are not inherited images but forms to which our culture and life experience give substance. They are a priori patterns for universal symbols that are characteristic of eternal human nature. The archetypal content of powerful language is metaphor. The metaphor, like the archetype, is an organizing symbol that facilitates depth of meaning. The form in which an archetype appears is a projection clothed and formed according to one's personal life experiences that are drawn from conscious and repressed unconscious elements.
Intuition is another form of pre-conscious pattern recognition. An idea or solution to a problem pops into our mind, but we have no idea where it came from. Intuition is often perceived as an external force. Because intuition is a generalized pattern recognition process, you cannot break up the result into a series of steps or analyze the process for mistakes. The way you discipline and develop intuition is different then the way you develop intellect. With intuition the search for patterns often includes archetypal material.
The contingent negative variation (CNV; go/no go sequence) was one of the first discovered event-related evoked potential components, described by Dr. W. Grey Walter, et al, in Nature (1964). Consistent patterns of the amplitude of electric responses can be obtained from the large background noise which occurs in electroencephalography (EEG) recordings and that this activity could be related to cognitive processes such as attention, expectancy, intensity and probability.
Many theories have been suggested for cognitive processes underlying the CNV component. Walter and colleagues suggested that CNV amplitude varies directly with subjective probability or expectancy of the imperative stimuli. Other researchers suggested that the CNV amplitude varies with the intention to perform an act. Another theory is that CNV varies with the motivation of the subject to complete the task. Tecce suggests that the CNV is related to both attention and arousal level. It is the root of selective attention, compulsions, and deflections -- nonrational archetypal effects.
We have recently developed two technologies for pattern recognition, neural nets and genetic algorithms, that do not use rational or deductive processes. There is no precise definition of a neural net, but they generally consist of a large number of simple processors connected to near neighbors, with input and output connections. Simple algorithms determine their relationship. The networks are trained through some process that adjusts the relationship between inputs and outputs to enhance some global result. There is no simple way to explain why a neural net or genetic algorithm produces one response rather than another.
Dr. Manfred Clynes suggested a theory of genetically programmed (hereditary) dynamic forms of emotional expression he called sentics. When people have emotional experience, their nervous system always responds in a characteristic way which is measurable. This means that everyone has a common frame reference, or common experience given the same stimuli. Clynes measured the physiological brainwave responses to word cues for specific emotions.
Clynes confirmed that we all experience basic emotions internally in the same way regardless of nationality, creed, religion, etc. Clynes to generalize the shapes of these precise patterns of physiological shift and behavior in mathematical equations that describe the "sentic form" for each emotion. Universally, specific emotions --- anger, hate, grief, love, sex, joy and reverence --- produce distinct muscle movement. Emotional terms would evoke common motor reactions, expressed as pressure patterns.
Clynes was able to resolve at least 20 different emotional states, or Essentic Forms Patterns including: anger, hate, grief, love, sex, joy, reverence, and no-emotion. Others essentic forms studied included hope, courage, guilt, and shame. There are probably a lot more, but sometimes they are combinations of emotions, like envy. This allowed Dr. Clynes to precisely map different physiological and behavior patterns based on the particular evoked emotion.
Another surprising result of the study is that there really wasn't a significant measurable difference between men and women. He shows that emotions, or cognitive sentic states, are systemic holorganismic patterns of information flow--production, recognition and reproduction. Each sentic state is characterized by specific and distinct EEG brainwave patterns, as well as by arbitrary motor motions which can be quantified and graphed.
Here is the symbol-making unconscious, holographically linked by coded meaningful electromagnetic patterns to the rest of Nature, without which our relatively recent speech-tokens could mean nothing. This is the real languageability which underlies human speech, with electromagnetically patterned "words" composed of qualities far more precise than the speech-words used to describe them. We respond predictably to emotionally-loaded words.
There is a specific dynamic form of action underlying the expression of each emotion, and the dynamic character of this action-form probably is universal, unlearned, and genetically programmed. Emotions may be experienced in various aspects: (1) in a real situation, or (2) through fantasy --- as when one imagines being with a loved person. Also one may experience emotion trough empathy with another person who is (1) either really experiencing the emotion, or (2) experiencing it as fantasy.
Little in our lives is fundamentally original. Almost every situation we encounter is similar to an immense number of previous situations. These similarities are not limited to the human species. They go back through the history of evolution. Many traditional approaches to developing intuition, like astrology, Qabbalah, the I Ching and Tarot connect with archetypes. Evolution molds life to respond to recurring situations. The I Ching is a catalog of recurring life patterns. It can strengthen our awareness and sensitivity to the archetypal patterns that intuition recognizes. With a better conscious understanding we know more about what to make of these patterns and we can better focus our intuition.
Archetypes for humanity are all our possible patterns. In the case of the archetype these patterns seem to be transpersonal, that is they transcend and pervade individual human experience. By this definition, the common factor of all synchronicity experiences is that they involve pattern recognition. Archetypal Pattern Recognition is a modality that assists people in recognizing the core currents at play in their lives. Pattern recognition is a human state like feelings or thoughts. Archetypes are elemental forces, recurring personality patterns which play a vital role in the creation of the world and the human mind itself. Realizations become alive and effective when they reach back like the Ouroboros into the depths of the psyche from which they arose in nascent form.
The main aspect of archetypal patterns is that they are universally recognized. Archetypes point to innate configurations that need not be learned. The distinction between form and content is useful. The form is the built-in part of innate configurations that receive content via feature detectors that recognize patterns in nature. Form is ancient and universal. Content is local and specific. The natural world is an immense repository of repeating events, designs and sequences. The original archetypes are manifestations of our built-in receptivity to the patterns of nature. Recognizing that a pattern exists can be a powerful tool.
We are adept at detecting signals that enhance or threaten survival amid a very noisy world. This capability is association learning--associating the causal connections between A and B. For example, our ancestors associated the seasons with the migration of game animals. We are skilled enough at it to have survived and passed on the genes for the capacity of association learning. Unfortunately, the system has flaws. Superstitions are false associations. So are flawed theories.
Jung took the term `archetype' from two sources, namely the Corpus Hermeticum and Dionysius the Areopagite's De Divinis nominibus. Use of the term also appears in Irenaeus's Adversus haereses, and its Latin equivalent, `ideae principa lis', can be found in St. Augustine's De diversis quaestionibus, and later in Agrippa von Nette sheim's De occulta philosophia, Libra tres. Instances of its use also appear in De Dignitate Hominis of Pico della Mirandola (1463- 1494).
Rightly or wrongly, Jung imagined archetypes operating at the deepest level of the psyche, and originating in the collective unconscious. We cannot observe them directly; they are but general structures determining a probability field that encompasses a range of actual events, images and experiences (Jacobi, 1974; von Franz, 1975; Edinger, 1972). From the archetypes arise archetypal images (Jacobi, 1962)--universal symbols, myths and motifs.
The key to the scientific method, of course, is incrementalism in observation. Virtually all our theories about both matter and psyche are mythic metaphors of this kind. Even "the unconscious" is a reification of unconscious processes which by their very nature are not easily knowable. Jung's structuralism has also been questioned in the new millinnium, which is more process oriented.
We need to rethink our concepts and frameworks. We can talk about archetypes, but as emergent phenomena, not as reified somethings out there in the genes or in the head. The problem is not that this occurs, but that assumptions are given more ontological weight than any other aspect of our being in the world. So a structural approach, which is quite justifiable when regarded as heuristic metaphor, has a tendency to become reified and sedimented until it can’t be shifted at all.
The new "orthodoxy", in this case 'emergence', doesn't replace the old; they rely on one another for meaning. Any number of metaphors and models can spark insight. Ideas about archetypes, emergentism and innateness, may not be right, or truth, or even represent those sciences accurately. But they have symbolic substantiality and facilitate discussion and representation of what, in ancient times were called gods and goddesses, or divine forces. Armchair philosophers often borrow from science and apply formulaic conclusions to both meaningful and fallacious arguments.
Recognizing this tendency, we can assume the provisional "as if" approach for our arguments and draw some analogies that are, in fact, likely to be overturned or superseded by others in the future. Metaphors are of their own time and speak to the viewpoint of the moment, the state-of-the-art. Whether they turn out to be more than metaphors is for the future to decide. Whether archetypes are inheritable structures, cultural artifacts, image schemas or developmental achievements, or something as-yet-to-be-discovered, their symbolic richness is undeniable.
The synthesis of activities, producing the emergent pattern, cannot be paralleled in a corresponding synthesis of neurological correlates or mathematical characterizations. Interactive emergence means there exists no overall formal description of the high-level phenomenon, though its pattern will be clearly recognizable within the context of the
creature’s environment. (Hendricks‐Jansen, 1996)(p. 228f)
This leads to a view of archetypal images as complex emergent symbolic forms without which psychic life in general and emotional life in particular remains chaotic and unmanageable. In this sense archetypes are tools to think with . . .and symbols are the clothing of affect in image. Inevitably, there is a ‘search’ for the most apt clothing but also the clothing reciprocally affects the affect, by giving it meaning and form. "Warren" http://www.jungianstudies.org/pdf/George-Hogenson-Emergence-Discussion.pdf
Models (structural hypothesis) are heuristic devices, useful ways of understanding things. We tend to reify (fallaciously concretize) our models, especially at the popular level of faddish ideas. But the very fact that psychological theories are so diverse argues against any one model being ‘the reality’. We may not get it exactly right but such conceptualizations lead to possible, plausible and probable fruitful directions that bring meaning into our lives.
Jung’s acausal theory of synchronicity was a step toward a complete theory of the symbol. Hogenson (2004) calls synchronicity "extreme pattern recognition" and "pattern attribution" (narrative), suggesting symbolic systems obey the same rules of scaling as other systems. Symbolic systems can therefore be understood as exhibiting the characteristics of a power law distribution, which led to the discovery of fractals. Mandelbrot discovered that the exponent in a power law defined a pattern of self-similar structure in the phenomenon under investigation that was “scale invariant" -- fractal.
A power law means that there is no such thing as a normal or typical event, and that there is no qualitative difference between the larger and smaller fluctuations. Scale-free power laws reveal a lack of any expected size for the next event. Upheavals are not unusual. A big event need not have a cause. The causes that trigger a small change on one occasion may initiate a devastating change on another, and no analysis of the conditions at the initial point will suffice to predict the event. The famous example of the "butterfly theory" in chaos theory was understated, as the butterfly would be only one event that led to the hurricane's emergence.
Archetypes & Criticality
Jung described synchronicity as a juxtaposition of a psychic state with a state in the material world that resulted in the emergence of meaning and a transition in the individual’s state or understanding of the world. Synchronicity is an emergent aspect of the symbolic that exhibits a high degree of “symbolic density.” Tuning is crucial to reach that point in which any tiny event can trigger a huge upheaval. Sometimes criticality can be tuned by nature on its own. Each theme has its archetypes.
Archetypes are universal concepts determining a probability field. All the most powerful ideas in history are rooted in archetypes. When the density of symbolic activity reaches a steep pitch, a phase transition or a symbolic avalanche is precipitated, radically reorganizing the whole subjective/objective world. What counts in the critical state is the simple underlying features of geometry that control how influences can propagate. Fractals and power laws are at work in settings where the critical state underlies their dynamics. Fractals can be produced by chaos, but they also arise in processes of growth or evolution.
Dynamic phenomena manifest physical and energetic characteristics which are archetypal..Criticality is an archetype describing natural phenomena. Organizing criticality” occurs at a bifurcation or saddle point of crisis/opportunity. The system is also more sensitive to disruption or trajectory changes at these points. However, following this brief, variable period, the system will reorganize, and the ‘missing’ behaviors may spontaneously re-emerge. Usually they will be
more stable, reliable, and more complex than before the reorganization.(Tucker & Hirsh-Pasek 1993, p. 366).
Thus, psyche is a self-organizing, self-similar domain. Most phenomena are smaller in their own right, but self-similar to the great events of the collective unconscious. The system reflects on or mirrors itself. The “objectivity of the psyche” is a self-reflective capacity, evident as modes of consciousness, then retrojected, somewhat modified, back into the psyche.
The symbolic world is characterized by phase transitions, that occur at the threshold of phenomenal transformation. An associative network shapes the psychic reality of the individual. Associative networks (gestalts), complexes, archetypes, synchronistic events and creative emergence become evident through a series of self-organized critical transitional moments that result in phase transitions within the symbolic system as a whole. A complex is a nexus of multiple interacting forces. They are the result of small symbolic developments that don’t stop. Small symbols add together into denser symbol sets with chaotic structure. Details are not important in deciding the outcome.
In the Journal of Analytical Psychology, Saunders, a mathematician, and Skar, a Jungian analyst, argue that the developmental forces usually thought to originate from the archetype arise instead out of the complexes, which are formed through self-organization in the brain/mind. In this view, the “archetype” is not something that forms the complexes; it is a class of complexes which fall into the same general category (Saunders and Skar 2001). Archetypes represent something as a state of self-organized criticality, an “iterative moment” of psychic synthesis. Archetypes are emergent properties of developmental processes.
Given that archetypes exist, how do they come into being and how can the idea of archetypes can be aligned with advances in scientific thinking? Hogenson says the archetype does not exist, in the sense of being a discrete ontologically definable entity with a place in the genome or the cognitive arrangement of modules or schemas in the brain.
Rather, the archetype, like the complex, is an iterative moment in the self-organization of the symbolic world in a critical phase change that radically reorganizes while maintaining its fractal, self-similar structure. The complex and the archetype are fundamentally structured like the symbol, only the archetype exhibits itself at the point where symbolic density transcends the carrying capacity of the complex and moves into a more collective realm. http://iaap.org/congresses/barcelona-2004/the-self-the-symbolic-and-synchronicity-virtual-realties-and-the-emergence-of-the-psyche.html
The brain at rest or in expectancy holds itself in a state of self-organized criticality (SOC). Nature as a computational process is at the heart of self-organized criticality. Not all events in the physical world are predetermined with absolute precision, or causal results. Indeterminism is the concept that events (certain events, or events of certain types) are not caused, at least deterministically (causally) by prior events. It is the opposite of determinism and related to chance. Indeterminism has been promoted by the French biologist Jacques Monod (Nobel Prize 1965,), Werner Heisenberg (Nobel Prize 1932), and Murray Gell-Mann (Nobel Prize 1969). The physicist-chemist Ilya Prigogine (Nobel Prize 1977) argued for indeterminism in complex systems.
Chaos theory and its succesor theory, self-organizing criticality (SOC) have shown that large interactive systems perpetually organize themselves to a critical state in which a minor event starts a chain reaction that can lead to a catastrophe. Criticality describes a dynamical process, merely metastable, which is even now building toward the next set of catastrophic reorderings. Although composite systems produce more minor events than catastrophes, chain reactions of all sizes are an integral part of the dynamics. Furthermore, composite systems never reach equilibrium but instead evolve from one metastable state to the next. A system in criticality, however, offers no neutral ground. Once in it, you are of it, as we learn after catastrophe.
Though we face a relative ignorance in our own time, we are moving beyond Jung's conditioned view, structured by the science of his time. Archetypes may be revisioned from developmental, genetic or primordial patterns, common to all human beings. They still appear to affect the way we perceive, imagine and think, and by structuring psychic apprehension, influencing behavior profoundly. They are paradigms, rules or schema: "active living dispositions, ideas in the Platonic sense [or not], that perform and continually influence our thoughts feelings and actions" (CW 8:154)i.
Re-Envisioning Reality
In each Age, every generation revisions and articulates their contemporary notions of reality in terms of the language, idioms, and tropes of their day. In so doing, we hope to overcome the self-delusion and inaccurate presumptions or assumed truths that have led us in the wrong direction, toward the past and retrievals of superstitions, instead of into the eternally self-renewing NOW, and our own emergent future.
We are infinitely suggestible and prone to identification and dissociation. Many are operating within mental pictures of the universe that we know scientifically are wrong. Furthermore, many cherish their anti-scientific attitudes, defaulting toward utter lack of critical thinking. Others cherish beliefs characteristic of centuries gone-by. Archetypes foster such inaccuracies. They can also help us attach to the shape of things to come.
The archetype, meme, and symbol of this emergent, but as-yet-unknown future is the "phase transition" or Singularity, a new tipping-point or threshold of transformation, expressing the zeitgeist or Strange Attractor of the Age. But 'singularlity' as a term for technical convergence is a meme, not an event.
Technological singularity refers to the hypothetical future emergence of greater-than-human intelligence through technological means, very likely resulting in explosive superintelligence. A gravitational singularity or spacetime singularity is a location where the quantities that are used to measure the gravitational field become infinite in a way that does not depend on the coordinate system. These quantities are the scalar invariant curvatures of spacetime, which includes a measure of the density of matter.
In multidisciplinary conferences, Jungians (among others) seek deepening among themselves around critical issues:
- What affect and action are taking place or needs yet to take place regarding: politics, cultural change, economics, education, international relations, conflict and war?
- What affect and action are taking place or needs yet to take place regarding: race, gender, identity, nation, history and spirituality?
- What affect and action are taking place or needs to take place to promote individuation during a time of personal crisis? What are significant examples of affect and action in any cultural or artistic medium?
- What responses are open and sustainable to individuals and communities in the face of such concerns?
- What affect and action are taking place or need yet to take place regarding nature, eco-systems, climate, space, animals and human bodies?
Thinking cosmically means recognizing the turning point that after 14 billion years we have most of the puzzle pieces figured out due to the explosive growth of science. In science, metaphors matter. Metaphors can be symbolically profound, but are not literally true. Metaphors enrich language and thought, but if we become literal fundamentalists, we are sadly and sometimes tragically mistaken. The same holds true in our personal lives. We take the signs, symbols, and metaphors of our psychological journey literally at the peril of self-delusion, misplaced concreteness that leads us down a psychic blackhole, rather than toward a unified theory and world.
Existential Mechanics
We’ve become accustomed to speculating on the nature of quantum mind, but we can drop down another domain to imagine an even more primordial awareness at Zero Point. This is the virtual still point of our recalibration – Cosmic Zero, everywhere now-here all the time forever, the well-spring of Creation.
The groundstate of nature is the heart of matter. Our nature is radiant scalar energy, the nonobservable yet roiling cosmic ocean of vacuum fluctuation, the disassembled roots of all being, the true primordial soup. The Heart Sutra claims that all form is nothing but Void and quantum physics agrees.
Our subatomic quantum nature guides and regulates our electromagnetic and chemical being, which influences our minds and emotions, forming a reciprocal feedback loop with all objects and living forms in our environment. In the right circumstances, we can respond to one another like resonating coupled oscillators. Our whole body flickers in and out of existence at an astounding rate, and each of those quantum re-creations is an opportunity to transform utterly.
The photon is a quantum of action and light seems to be the first directly observable manifestation of Ultime Reality. Virtual photon flux underlies photon emergence from compactified space. Neutrinos are almost massless, travel close to the speed of light, and pass through matter almost undisturbed. Photons, on the other hand, have no mass, travel at the speed of light, yet are absorbed and/or reflected even by fairly sparse matter.
The aether is a three-dimensional environment, the space itself, and the transverse vibration of light is performed in a space with four dimensions. The aether is not being driven by the movement of bodies. Light is a form of transition from the three-dimensional space, the aether, to the space with four dimensions. As a general rule, the transition from a space with n dimensions to a space with n+1 dimension occurs by curving the n-dimensional space.
A photon has an electromagnetic field that can interact with charged particles - a neutrino has no charge and so unless it hits something head-on, it doesn't interact. So both particles have little or no mass, travel close to or at the speed of light, and have no charge. But the photon has an electromagnetic field whereas the neutrino doesn't. Photons are electromagnetic fields, or rather waves in the electromagnetic fields. Noether's theorem demonstrates conserved quantities from symmetries of the laws of nature. Time translation symmetry gives conservation of energy; space translation symmetry gives conservation of momentum; rotation symmetry gives conservation of angular momentum, and so on.
In matter, light's (broken) symmetries are conserved by charge and spin; in spacetime, light's symmetries are protected by inertial forces, and conserved (when broken) by gravitational forces. All forms of energy originate as light; matter carries charges which are the symmetry/entropy debts of the light which created it (both concepts are required to fully integrate gravity - which has a double conservation role - with the other forces). Charges produce forces which act to return the material system to its original symmetric state (light), repaying matter's symmetry/entropy debts.
Repayment is exampled by any spontaneous interaction producing net free energy, including: chemical reactions and matter-antimatter annihilation reactions; radioactivity, particle and proton decay; the nucleosynthetic pathway of stars, and Hawking's "quantum radiance" of black holes. Identifying the broken symmetries of light associated with each of the 4 charges and forces of physics is the first step toward a conceptual unification.(J.A. Gowan)
While atomic nuclei promote symmetry conservation through an exothermic nucleosynthetic pathway in stars, their associated electron shells create life through a negentropic chemical pathway on planets. Using energy and heavy elements ultimately provided by gravity, the information pathway of biology is the means whereby the universe becomes aware of and experiences itself, including evolving new modes of creativity. Carbon with its multiple 4x3 fractal resonances (5) is the crucial link between the abiotic and biotic metrics of the Cosmos. (John A. Gowan) http://www.johnagowan.org/
We're beginning to understand what nature's been hiding. The zero-point field is a blinding light. Since it is everywhere, inside and outside of us, permeating every atom in our bodies, we are effectively blind to it. It blinds us by its presence. The world of light that we do see is all the rest of the light that is over and above the zero-point field. We cannot eliminate the zero-point field from our eyes. So, the vacuum is filled with a distinctive pattern of electromagnetic fields. Even with its pattern of electric and magnetic fields in continual fluctuation, the vacuum remains the simplest state of nature. Life takes refuge in a single space - absolute space.
Metaphysical space is the unconscious. Each form that is in each human mind is, in some sense, an archetype -- some more common than others. There are shallower levels of unconsciousness between the total collective unconscious and an individual mind. A self-replicating archetype that is kindled from the collective unconscious is kindled through a mechanism of unconscious levels of tuning, and the reality format that is kindled is determined by the type of pressure and the content, biases, or tuning of all the levels between it and the conscious minds of the individuals who observe the phenomena.
On the archetypal level, repetition creates a thermodynamic dis-equilibrium. At this point in the replicative mode, the human psyche is pushed toward a bifurcation point because of our intrinsic need for growth and meaning making. Psyche has the possibility of utilizing repetition as a chaotic, rather than a fixed or periodic attractor, thus moving the entire system to a higher level of complexity (negentropy) or of dissolving into endless repetitions.
Describing nonlinear dynamics and the types of processes activated as the system moves from stability to instability, Ervin Laszlo states that a system that is far from equilibrium may evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from a stationary state at or near equilibrium. (Evolution,1987, 21)
As the repetition moves an individual or system into a chaotic regime, the possibility for complexity and greater development is activated. Recall that, as already established, evolution becomes virtually impossible if the system's parameters remain overly constricted. Behavioral patterns, thoughts, and actions tend to cluster more and more tightly around specific archetypal alignments/themes thus further diminishing the opportunity for growth. With clustering and complexing around an archetypal and informational singularity, an individual is, developmentally speaking, thrown back to a phylogenetically earlier phase of life. Similar to life and dynamics at the unicellular level, movement within the replicative mode proceeds through a spinning out of autopoietic, self-similar processes.
Disruption of stability represents a natural phase transition in the life of every system. While we have the continual drive toward self-replication, there is an equally strong movement toward complexity inherent in the evolution of life at virtually every level. Continual repetition will eventually result in a deadening of possibilities thus reinforcing tendencies to stay closed.
Freud observed the existence of two seemingly opposing forces within the psyche. One trajectory moves toward replication-a repetitive cycling of energy-a death instinct while the other arm of the system's growth involves a movement toward a life instinct- -a higher form of new life.
Repetition, if it endlessly spins in its own cycle and parameters, becomes entropic and eventually dampens the creation of new energy and growth possibilities. Hence the progressive is suddenly punctuated by what is novel, is thrown into chaos by the introduction of an information catastrophe. As we now understand from chaos theory, nonlinear dynamics, and from much of Ervin Laszlo's work in General and Dynamical Systems Theory, complexity only arises in response to a system's move from either equilibrium or non-equilibrium to a far-from equilibrium position. Laszlo (1987) describes the far-from-equilibrium state with the following:
The third possible state of systems is the state far from thermal and chemical equilibrium. Systems in this state are nonlinear and occasionally indeterminate. They do not tend toward minimum free energy and maximum entropy but may amplify certain fluctuations and evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from stationary states at or near equilibrium. (Evolution, 21) Just as the phoenix bursts into flames so that it may rise new and immortal from its ashes-winged, soaring creature that it is-it appears that all of life endures encoded partial destruction of key elements at special moments to insure evolution. The symbol of the phoenix is fitting to capture this image of freedom reborn from the destruction of its earlier self than this archetype-fed process of self creation.
Opportunities for Healing
Understanding of field phenomena may help us to translate and convert unconscious behaviors into opportunities for greater understanding. Awareness of what I am calling an "archetypal morphology" and the capacity to recognize the formation of transpersonal patterns may help us understand those movements which all too often become national and global catastrophes (Conforti) http://www.ofj.org/story/december-1999-newsletter-archive
Archetypes also shape collective consciousness. They are coherent, complex, intelligible patterns of meaning and improvisational creativity. All manifestations are kindled through this mechanism. All of them are shaped by the multilevel unconscious tuning. All of them are caused by an unresolved conflict in the deeper unconscious layers. Neuroscientists are now learning how to replicate images people are seeing based on the brain activity patterns, combined with transcranial magnetic stimulation for electronically delivering targeted highs.
The legendary Philosopher's Stone, apart from being a real and solid object or substance, constitutes the hub or central axis through which all contemplations pass. It is the metaphorical center of all that is, has been and ever will or can be. Thus it confers a vantage point from which all that exists can be seen at a single glance of the mind’s eye. Therefore, it equates with Jung's notion of the mandala as a unifying symbol and the elusive Unified Field of physics.
References
Hendricks-Jansen, H. (1996). Catching Ourselves in the Act: Stuated Activity, Interactive
Hogenson, George - http://www.jungianstudies.org/pdf/George-Hogenson-Emergence-Discussion.pdf
Emergence, Evolution, and Human Thought. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
Hogenson, G. B. (2001). The Baldwin Effect: a Neglected Influence on C. G. Jung's
Evolutionary Thinking. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 46, 591-611.
Hogenson, G. B. (2009). Archetypes as action patterns. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
54(3), 325-337.
Kitcher, P. (1995). Freud's dream: A complete interdisciplinary science of mind. Cambridge,
MA: The MIT Press.
Metzinger, T. (2003). Being no one: The self-model theory of subjectivity. Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Zizek, S. (2006). The parallax view. Cambridge MA: MIT Press.
Hendricks-Jansen, H. (1996). Catching Ourselves in the Act: Stuated Activity, Interactive
Hogenson, George - http://www.jungianstudies.org/pdf/George-Hogenson-Emergence-Discussion.pdf
Emergence, Evolution, and Human Thought. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
Hogenson, G. B. (2001). The Baldwin Effect: a Neglected Influence on C. G. Jung's
Evolutionary Thinking. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 46, 591-611.
Hogenson, G. B. (2009). Archetypes as action patterns. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
54(3), 325-337.
Kitcher, P. (1995). Freud's dream: A complete interdisciplinary science of mind. Cambridge,
MA: The MIT Press.
Metzinger, T. (2003). Being no one: The self-model theory of subjectivity. Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Zizek, S. (2006). The parallax view. Cambridge MA: MIT Press.
"Jung has pointed out frequently that it is not possible to describe the unconscious life of the soul with the help of conscious and logical categories.
Too much 'light' damages the soul.." -MLvF
Too much 'light' damages the soul.." -MLvF
"Creativity is the principle of novelty. Creativity introduces novelty into the content of the many, which are the universe disjunctively. The creative advance is the application of this ultimate principle of creativity to each novel situation which it originates. The ultimate metaphysical principle is the advance from disjunction to conjunction, creating a novel entity other than the entities given in disjunction.
The novel entity is at once the togetherness of the 'many' which it finds and also it is one among the disjunctive ' many' which it leaves; it is a novel entity, disjunctively among the many entities which it synthesizes. The many become one, and are increased by one. In their natures, entities are disjunctively 'many' in process of passage into conjunctive unity...
Thus the 'production of novel togetherness' is the ultimate notion embodied in the term concrescence. These ultimate notions of 'production of novelty' and 'concrete togetherness' are inexplicable either in terms of higher universals or in terms of the components participating in the concrescence. The analysis of the components abstracts from the concrescence. The sole appeal is to intuition." (Process and Reality, p. 26)" -- Alfred North Whitehead
Light is a form of transition from three-dimensional space, the aether, to the space with four dimensions. All forms of energy originate as light. We're beginning to understand what nature has been hiding beneath her mystic veil of non-observability. The zero-point field is a blinding light.
Since it is everywhere, inside and outside of us, permeating every atom in our bodies, we are effectively blind to virtual photon flux. It blinds us by its presence. The world of light that we do see is all the rest of the light that is over and above the zero-point field. We cannot eliminate the zero-point field from our eyes. The vacuum remains the simplest state of nature. Life takes refuge in a single space - absolute space - the luminous core of meaning itself.
Metaphysical space is the unconscious. Each form that is in each human mind is, in some sense, an archetype -- some more common than others. A self-replicating archetype that is kindled from the collective unconscious is kindled through a mechanism of unconscious levels of tuning.
Repetition pushes the human psyche toward a bifurcation. Psyche has the possibility of using repetition as a chaotic attractor. The progressive is suddenly punctuated by what is novel, and thrown into chaos. Archetypes also shape collective consciousness. They are coherent, complex, intelligible patterns of meaning and improvisational creativity, shaped by the multilevel unconscious tuning, caused by an unresolved conflict in the deeper unconscious layers. The Philosopher's Stone equates with Jung's notion of the mandala as a unifying symbol and the elusive Unified Field of physics.
Meaning is not an entity, not a creed, a doctrine, a worldview, also not something like the fairytale treasure hard to attain. It is not semantic, not a content. Meaning, where it indeed exists, is first of all an implicit or a priori fact of existence. It can never be the answer to a question. It is, conversely, an unquestioned and unquestionable certainty that predates any possible questioning. It is the groundedness of existence, a sense of embeddedness in life, of containment in the world.
Creativity is the principle of novelty. Unity with cosmos and the groundstate of Being reveals what IS. Everything pulses with the same luminosity - a magnificent light of unparalleled brilliance. The "holographic experience" is one of being simultaneously cosmos and individual self. Archetypes act as the fundamental dynamical patterns characterizing all processes, whether mental or physical.
The luminous consciousness of the worked on soul arises, self-existing unlimited awareness, or self-existing awareness, unlimited, unconditioned, unborn. -
The holographic paradigm suggests the brain is like a television receiver and we're receiving things through it. If something happens to the receiver your image is going to get blurred. But it won't hurt the program. Anyone with a good set can still receive it, as you could if you got a new television set. So the real you (the operator who is using the neurons in the brain to come through) is like a television program and the body is like a set that receives it, and has static (noise), a refresh rate, and coherent signals of varying resolution. Our DNA functions as a projector of the quantum biohologram, our existential blueprint.
Mind is emergent sparkling awareness, an existential hologram interpreting a holographic universe. Twinkle is evidence of the "filling in" process. The luminosity is the radiance of our own minds. Archetypes' numinous luminosity attracts and holds us like a gravity well. Archetypes function like strange attractors. Not archetypal in strictly the same sense as used by Jung; the term refers to principles so primordial that they underlie the fundamental shaping of all structures. Attractors bring coherence to various signs and symbols. Symbols themselves -- words, pictures -- point to the deeper structure of things, including the deeper structure of time.
Numinous experience is the urgent emergence of Mystery. Light is the archetype of the revelation of ultimate reality. This source effect is the root of the religious drive. Due to religious undertow, mankind never ceases trying to personalize the awe-inspiring and fascinating numinous element. Jung called the "numinous element" the collective unconscious and Clear Light of the Void. The numinous experience can lead to belief in deities, the supernatural, the sacred, the holy, and/or the transcendent. But it is a phenomenon, not contact with a "separate" "divinity", per se.
Activated archetypes are often compensatory in nature, and associated with trance, art, and creativity. Trance (awe and dread of the uncanny) is a dissociative way of escape; art is a way of personal expression; creativity brings cognition, universality, and compassion into the process. There is above the celestial fire an incorruptible flame, always sparkling; the spring of life, the fountain of all being.
Since it is everywhere, inside and outside of us, permeating every atom in our bodies, we are effectively blind to virtual photon flux. It blinds us by its presence. The world of light that we do see is all the rest of the light that is over and above the zero-point field. We cannot eliminate the zero-point field from our eyes. The vacuum remains the simplest state of nature. Life takes refuge in a single space - absolute space - the luminous core of meaning itself.
Metaphysical space is the unconscious. Each form that is in each human mind is, in some sense, an archetype -- some more common than others. A self-replicating archetype that is kindled from the collective unconscious is kindled through a mechanism of unconscious levels of tuning.
Repetition pushes the human psyche toward a bifurcation. Psyche has the possibility of using repetition as a chaotic attractor. The progressive is suddenly punctuated by what is novel, and thrown into chaos. Archetypes also shape collective consciousness. They are coherent, complex, intelligible patterns of meaning and improvisational creativity, shaped by the multilevel unconscious tuning, caused by an unresolved conflict in the deeper unconscious layers. The Philosopher's Stone equates with Jung's notion of the mandala as a unifying symbol and the elusive Unified Field of physics.
Meaning is not an entity, not a creed, a doctrine, a worldview, also not something like the fairytale treasure hard to attain. It is not semantic, not a content. Meaning, where it indeed exists, is first of all an implicit or a priori fact of existence. It can never be the answer to a question. It is, conversely, an unquestioned and unquestionable certainty that predates any possible questioning. It is the groundedness of existence, a sense of embeddedness in life, of containment in the world.
Creativity is the principle of novelty. Unity with cosmos and the groundstate of Being reveals what IS. Everything pulses with the same luminosity - a magnificent light of unparalleled brilliance. The "holographic experience" is one of being simultaneously cosmos and individual self. Archetypes act as the fundamental dynamical patterns characterizing all processes, whether mental or physical.
The luminous consciousness of the worked on soul arises, self-existing unlimited awareness, or self-existing awareness, unlimited, unconditioned, unborn. -
- luminescent nature
- luminescent natural awareness
- luminous vision
The holographic paradigm suggests the brain is like a television receiver and we're receiving things through it. If something happens to the receiver your image is going to get blurred. But it won't hurt the program. Anyone with a good set can still receive it, as you could if you got a new television set. So the real you (the operator who is using the neurons in the brain to come through) is like a television program and the body is like a set that receives it, and has static (noise), a refresh rate, and coherent signals of varying resolution. Our DNA functions as a projector of the quantum biohologram, our existential blueprint.
Mind is emergent sparkling awareness, an existential hologram interpreting a holographic universe. Twinkle is evidence of the "filling in" process. The luminosity is the radiance of our own minds. Archetypes' numinous luminosity attracts and holds us like a gravity well. Archetypes function like strange attractors. Not archetypal in strictly the same sense as used by Jung; the term refers to principles so primordial that they underlie the fundamental shaping of all structures. Attractors bring coherence to various signs and symbols. Symbols themselves -- words, pictures -- point to the deeper structure of things, including the deeper structure of time.
Numinous experience is the urgent emergence of Mystery. Light is the archetype of the revelation of ultimate reality. This source effect is the root of the religious drive. Due to religious undertow, mankind never ceases trying to personalize the awe-inspiring and fascinating numinous element. Jung called the "numinous element" the collective unconscious and Clear Light of the Void. The numinous experience can lead to belief in deities, the supernatural, the sacred, the holy, and/or the transcendent. But it is a phenomenon, not contact with a "separate" "divinity", per se.
Activated archetypes are often compensatory in nature, and associated with trance, art, and creativity. Trance (awe and dread of the uncanny) is a dissociative way of escape; art is a way of personal expression; creativity brings cognition, universality, and compassion into the process. There is above the celestial fire an incorruptible flame, always sparkling; the spring of life, the fountain of all being.
Numinous & Luminous
Naked Awareness
The core experience of the holographic domain is a mystical state of consciousness. Immersion in a new order of reality that reflects our indissoluble unity with cosmos and the groundstate of Being reveals what IS.The ultimate gift from the unconscious is a livable myth -- an encounter with animating sources of numinous energy.
Everything pulses with the same luminosity - a magnificent light of unparalleled brilliance. The "holographic experience" is one of being simultaneously cosmos and individual self. The transcendent function is our capacity to rise above the ordinary world of matter, mind and logic. The erotic power of the soul, at its deepest level, is our thirst for the depths of our own being.
Jung stressed the importance of the unconscious, mysterious, mystical, nonrational, and creative elements of consciousness. What Jung calls “incorruptible value,” we call “meaning and purpose. They are raised to a supernormal degree of luminosity and become numinous. Jung equated the numinous with archetypal experience. Jung developed an understanding of archetypes as effulgence or quasi-consciousness, and that numinosity entails the innermost Light, of an unimaginable luminosity and translucence.
Mass-free Luminosity
Like fixed stars of the psyche, archetypes represent all luminous and numinous nature. Repeated experiences formed creative centers of numinous effect. Archetypes are primordial images, and the most primordial image is the interference pattern. They are the fundamental elements of the conscious mind, its psychic aspect. The psychoid nature of archetypes extended beyond a neurophysiological basis into the general dynamical patterns of all matter and energy. Archetypes act as the fundamental dynamical patterns characterizing all processes, whether mental or physical. They are xpressions of the underlying energy patterns which shape life itself.
Jung said, a primordial image is determined as to its content only when it has become conscious and is therefore filled out with the material of conscious experience. The archetype itself belongs to the unobservable, invisible realm -- transcendent, irrepresentable source. Archetypes are present as dynamic organizers of ideas and images. When operating in the realm of psyche, they are the dynamical organizers of images and ideas -- luminous intuition. Operating in the realm of physis, they are the patterning principle of matter and energy -- mass-free luminosity.
The quantum vacuum is a dynamic massless scalar field. In the quantum vacuum vectoral and potential energies interact. A hologram is a scalar field. Scalars are just active information; a hologram is pure information. Entanglement is a property of nonlocal quantum information exchange. In this way, we understand before knowing. In Languages of the Brain (1971), Pribram postulated a neural hologram made by the interaction of waves in the cortex, which in turn is based on a hologram of much shorter wavelengths formed by the wave interactions on the sub-atomic level.
Luminous Being
At the most fundamental level of our individual being, we too, our bodies and our psyches are part of the interference patterns caused by the interaction of consciousness and wave fronts arising from fields of infinite possibility. We then must also operate by holographic principles, thus our internal perception of this reality is itself a hologram in our brain. It is the means of perception that gives the universe its apparent forms and solidity.
It is also this holographic perception that influences the dynamics of our brain's and our body's chemistry, our self-hologram. In this perceptual hologram resides the fundamental basis of our structure and our sense of self and external environment, including our psychophysical health and illness. Our disease structures are incorporated within it. It is here, at this level of our being where fundamental healing and physical-psychic restructuring occur.
This hologram is our the primal existential sensory self-image or existential hologram. Our sense of self is a holographic, existential, multi-sensory image. A holgram results from destructive and constructive interference of two superimposed coherent electromagnetic energy wave patterns. This field of interference is independent of direction and velocity, space and time.
Synchronized coherent EM energy in the human brain at certain frequencies leads to "laser like" effects, amplifying brainwaves, generating a scalar field containing the total 'information' of an individual. Instinct is felt physiologically and experienced as numinous images that seem to contrast to mere bodily sensations. Its complexes and archetypes show a kind of multiple luminosity or "quasiconsciousness"
Thus, we have a hologram within a hologram, and the interrelatedness of the two somehow gives rise to our sensory images. Bohm (1980), in Wholeness and the Implicate Order went further, declaring the brain is a hologram interpreting a holographic universe. In a holographic model this inseparable interconnectedness begins at the even more fundamental level of human existence, rooted in our existential blueprint, DNA. The brain is a hologram, enfolded within our holographic mind-body, enfolded within a holographic universe.
Mind is called the sparkling awareness, that exists but does not really exist. There exist no phenomena other than what arises from the mind. When you look upward into the space of the sky outside yourself, If there are no thoughts occurring that are emanations being projected.
Twinkles
Dynamic visual noise, or 'twinkle' looks like a swarm of busy ants. Similar twinkle is seen on a blank screen, in afterimages. This seems evidence for active filling in. We seem to be seeing what the brain creates, to fill in the hole in the static or the dynamic twinkling display.
This interpretation has led to an interesting debate. Dan Dennett has written (Dennett 2002): 'In this new perceptual illusion, the illusory content is that there is twinkling in the square. But, one is tempted to ask, how is this content rendered? Is it a matter of the representation being composed of hundreds or thousands of individual illusory twinkles or is it a matter of there being, in effect, a label that just says "twinkling" ... Can the brain represent twinkling, perceptually, without representing individual twinkles?'
Dennet generalizes this to normal perception: 'It does not follow from the fact that we see the twinkling that the individual twinkles are represented.' This is an important general issue for perception, as perceptions may be largely fictional, even when they are not false. It is also important for artists; they do not have to represent each leaf of a tree, a 'leafy pattern' will serve, though it has no individual leaves. Although this experiment supports the notion that scotomas can be filled in neurally, just what is filled in may be questioned.
Read more: http://www.answers.com/topic/filling-in-scotomas#ixzz1i9TDaZQd
Wisdom Light
When you look inward at your own mind inside yourself, If there exists no projectionist who projects thoughts by thinking them, then your own subtle mind will become lucidly clear without anything being projected. Even though this penetrating light cannot be said to possess a particular shape or form, nevertheless, it can be fully known. But most of us do not enjoy such naked awareness but the emergent products of the sparkling awareness.
Once order dissolves into chaos little sparks of order emerge and dissolve in an intricate process of feedback, until eventually new centers of stabilizing order emerge. Jung claimed the archetypes have a certain effulgence, the numinosity has luminosity. Archetypes' numinous luminosity attracts and holds us like a gravity well. Archetypes function like strange attractors. Not archetypal in strictly the same sense as used by Jung; the term refers to principles so primordial that they underlie the fundamental shaping of all structures. Attractors bring coherence to 'various signs and symbols.
As an adjective, numinous describes the power of "divinity", but it is also a generic category of experience. The numinous element appears as not personal, not individual, not finite, not mortal, not rational, not human, not limited in power or intelligence, not time or space bound. It is another word for the urgent emergence of Mystery. It can be brilliant, enlightening. Light is the archetype of the revelation of ultimate reality.
This source effect is the root of the religious drive and religious experience. Such conceptualizations create stereotypes of partially cognized phenomena, sometimes as "entities". Due to religious undertow, mankind never ceases trying to personalize the numinous element, and to stereotype it with various aspects of personality. Such permanent hypnosis leads at once toward constant need, a perfected will to direct it. And indeed it is the lack of this will in ourselves and others that often leads to the flighty accident-prone nature of history, which is full of mishaps and casualties.
Otto, Jung and Eliade described the numinous experience with two awe-inspiring aspects: mysterium tremendum, which is the tendency to invoke fear and trembling; and mysterium fascinans, the tendency to attract, fascinate and compel. Otto meant the terms to stand for objectified nonrational religious apprehension -- "a special term to stand for the holy minus its moral factor, . . . and minus its rational aspect altogether." The state of global culture demands we bring some rationality to the subject, for between corruption and religiosity, the system is breaking down.
Jung called the "numinous element" the collective unconscious, which is a primordial force like the force of electricity. Elsewhere, it is called the Clear Light of the Void, or an impersonal "Smoking Mirror" that underlies the explicit, observable phenomena of nature. The numinous experience also has a personal quality to it, in that the person feels communion with a wholly other. The numinous experience can lead to belief in deities, the supernatural, the sacred, the holy, and/or the transcendent. But it is a phenomenon, not contact with a "separate" "divinity", per se. The unconscious almost always appears as "Not-I". Naturally, in the past, it was treated and accepted as such.
Otto suggests, "It may burst in sudden eruption up from the depths of the soul with spasms and convulsions or lead to the strangest excitements, to intoxicated frenzy, to transport and to ecstasy. It has its wild and demonic forms, and can sink to an almost grisly horrors and shuddering. It has its crude barbaric antecedents, and early manifestations, and again it may be developed into something beautiful, pure, and glorious. . . .Its antecedent stage is demonic dread with its queer perversion, a sort of abortive offshoot, the dread of ghosts. It first begins to stay in the feeling of "something uncanny," "eerie" or "weird."
We now understand such episodes as effects of activated archetypes, often compensatory in nature, or associated with trance, art, and creativity. (J.C. Gowan) Instead of describing a privileged connection, it actually reveals a distinct lack of conscious relationship to the numinous element that demonstrates lack of balanced comprehension. We recognize it mostly clearly in ancient texts where there was little cognitive objectivity about such overwhelming emotionally-based phenomena. Contact with the numinous makes us realize another mode of consciousness exists. Our driving force becomes making that connection, in part seeking to control the darker impulses.
We can get in touch with this ground of being with less exposure to these dangers through procedures involving ego-loss and more or less productive altered states. Altered states loosen the very perceptual restrictions the brain
uses to shut out the numinous from distracting us from immediate survival.
In trance, the prototaxic mode, the price of admission is simply no less than the excursion of ego-consciousness (ego-death) and the loss of memory of the encounter. In the parataxic mode, the matter and symbolic material is handled through ritual, art (self-expression), and images. Even the fuller understanding of the creative (syntaxic) mode does not allow (in its lower manifestations) complete absence of this negative (dreadful, overwhelming) aspect, as carried on through the osmosis of creativity, the self-reference of orthocognition, and the passivity of meditation.
Jung points out that individuation is not identification with the collective unconscious, for this leads to a naive megalomania "in the form of prophetic inspiration and desire for martyrdom." Considering all this, it is not surprising that the path of the mystic has been called "the razor's edge." Jung cautions, the juncture between the conscious ego and the numinous element must be effected with some care so that the latter does not take over. Psychic insulation separates the conscious mind and finite ego from the generalized preconscious, for if it were not there, the ego would be overwhelmed and driven to madness by the superordinate and chaotic aspect of the numinous element.
In discussing individuation, his word for self-actualization or self-realization, Jung says (1971:123):
"The aim of individuation is nothing less than to divest the self of the false wrappings of the persona on the one hand and of the suggestive power of primordial images on the other . . . But when we turn to . . . the influence of the collective unconscious, we find we are moving in a dark interior world that is vastly more difficult to understand than the psychology of the persona, which is accessible to everyone . . . It is another thing to describe . . . those subtle inner processes which invade the conscious mind with such suggestive force. Perhaps we can best portray these influences with the help of examples of mental illness, creative inspiration, and religious conversion."
Jung reminds us that the task of individuation is central in understanding the complexities of our role in the world.
"If we do not fashion for ourselves a picture of the world, we do not see ourselves either, who are faithful reflections of that world. Only when mirrored in our picture of the world can we see ourselves in the round. Only in our creative acts do we step forth into the light and see ourselves whole and complete. Never shall we put any face on the world other than our own, and we have to do this precisely in order to find ourselves. For higher than science or art as an end in itself stands man, the creator of his instruments. Nowhere are we closer to the sublime secret of all origination than in the recognition of our own selves who we always think we know already. Yet we know the immensities of space better than we know our own depths, where — even though we do not understand it — we can listen directly to the throb of creation itself." (CW8: 737 Analytical Psychology and 'Weltanschauung' 1928/31)
Trance (awe and dread of the uncanny) is a dissociative way of escape; art is a way of personal expression; creativity brings cognition, universality, and compassion into the process. But, most often the Source of imagery and power is confused emotionally with religious ideas and preconditioned cultural beliefs. In our most intimate contact with the "divine", we are the most collective, not unique. In this sense, ego actually protects the organism. The so-called continuity of the ego is not independent but is the resultant of a carefully balanced perceptual intake. The whole problem itself falls in the realm of philosophy and the passionate nature of the dynamics of the mind.
It was described by the alchemists as their Secret Fire, the god in the flame. The Chaldeans describe it in a beautiful poem dedicated to fire. "There is above the celestial fire an incorruptible flame, always sparkling; the spring of life, the fountain of all being, the original of all things! This flame produceth all things, and nothing perisheth but what It consumeth. It maketh Itself known by Itself. This Fire cannot be contained in any place; It is without body and without matter, It encompasseth the heavens. And there goeth forth from it a little spark, which maketh all the fire of the sun, of the moon and of the stars. Strive not to know more of Him, for that is beyond thy capacity, how wise soever thou art."
Philalethes says, "this is the heavenly fire, whereof a spark being once kindled, caused such a change in the bodies, that the blackness is made to shine like a sparking gem, wherewith as a diadem our young king crowned."
In Philosophia Speculativa alchemist Gerald Dorn claims, "There shines in us, though dimly in the darkness, the life and the light of man, a light which does not come from us, which however is in us, and we must therefore find it in us: we can find it in Him, in His light." He says, "therefore the truth is to be looked for in the image of God which dwells within us, and that is the one thing which has no second other thing."
It doesn't take too long however, to fall from this divine grace mirroring the infantile state of fusion, born from the wound of phenomenal existence. As the germ of the ego personality develops and as the notion of individual existence emerges as the first meetings with the unconscious are encountered the child realizes that he is not the deity that he thought he was. His connectedness with the universal is severed and he is exiled from paradise as he experiences the separation from the universal. However tragic, this is the first step of the alchemical process, for it leads us back to conscious reunion with the universal. Separate and recombine, "solve et coagula" is the key to the alchemical process (Kalec).
There are many points in the process for it to go wrong, and many are supported by cultural bias. Interpretations of such experiences, cultural and individual color the conclusions about the nature of reality and the imaginal. Interpretations are generally naive, and rarely "correct" in terms of apprehension. Most get caught in the idiosyncratic snare of the contents of the imaginal, rather than cultivating an overview of its dynamics. Confabulations proliferate as symbols collide and fuse into one another in a self-confirmatory search for the Beloved.
We prefer the self-aggrandizing snare to the clarity of "seeing through" our self-delusion. Truth is concealed as much as revealed by the experience, but often it makes people feel special, so they cleave to it and their misperceptions of it, feeling in many instances it is all they've got. But we don't need more veils on reality; we need to strip away the confabulated illusions and self-imposed mind-control that block our collective mental health and efforts to preserve our species.
The idea is not necessarily religious. Nature can inspire experience of awe with its dynamic power and beauty. The short adaptive response is to rely on both inherited and learned experiences in our culture. Noumenal reality is neither invariable, nor absolute. It's just a conceptual realm invented by ancient philosophers to give credence to the envelope of their abstract ideas. Noumenal is not numinous.
We have an existential need within our species to believe in Gods, whether the materialistic, the theological, the atheistic, or the reductionist. But it is a product of our conceptual capacity, even when it appears to come from outside ourselves. It is an adaptive response to the metaphysical, epistemological aspects of our existence which are not subject to scientific observation and need to be conceptualized instead with the limited resolution of our brain. Space, time and ego have been recognized as the three great illusions, but so are the kaleidoscopic forms spun by the "maya" of the unconscious, that hold us in thrall.
But there are ways of consciously experiencing the numinous, which is the enchanted realm, directly and consciously, that is immediate and doesn't require a third person prime mover at all. If you omit experience the numinous in the first person and settle for the noumenal second or third person you will never find the source, because the noumenal is an even worse restriction than the perceptual.
Like it or not, archetypes are our constant companions. Once we identify with archetypes or memes, we become attached to certain patterns and limitations. What we experience while we are still obsessed is an opiate, a connection with the underworld, and the dreaminess of our own unique, personalized inner images. We are bewitched. We are wanting and seeking aliveness, and indeed mistake this altered state for aliveness, but what we get is its opposite, a loss of vitality, and a dreamy illusory existence. Entangled, we lose sight of the fact that the content of our fantasies is less important than a top-down view of the archetypal process from which it emerges.
The countermeasures to this mindtrap are awareness and detachment from the contents of our own imaginal process, continuously digging beneath our own beliefs and presumptions to find the true ground of Being, beyond the influence of archetypes to mold us and grip our consciousness. Consciousness is not a noun; it's a verb -- something we do. Between the brain and what the brain is conscious of. It is a relational concept where there is a here and a there. Consciousness lies in between them and serves to bring them together as a whole.
Perhaps inadvertently creating a new metaphor of "light" in the brain, in Nov. 2011, Harvard scientists reported genetically altered neurons that light up across a cell as they fire, eliminating the need to insert electrodes in each neuron. They used a gene that makes a protein that fluoresces when exposed to the electrical signal in a neuron, allowing scientists to trace the propagation of signals through the cell. http://www.kurzweilai.net/neurons-illuminate-as-they-fire-may-open-new-ways-to-trace-brain-signals?utm_source=KurzweilAI+Daily+Newsletter&utm_campaign=59e6a2b3cb-UA-946742-1&utm_medium=email
They infected brain cells with a genetically altered virus that contained the protein-producing gene. Once infected, the cells began manufacturing the protein, allowing them to light up for optical observation of the otherwise hidden process of how signals spread throughout the neuronal network, and even how signals change if the cells are undergoing something akin to learning.
So maybe instead of trying to figure out what consciousness is, we ought to figure out what "consciousnessing" is doing. We all know about the Here and Now. Then there is a consciousness of the past, how we usually think about stuff. But there is yet another type of consciousness. Way back in the mind, exists a consciousness that only observes without comment one way or the other. Hopefully, in such edgework, our species and science itself become less hyperbolic and more humble.
1. Photon Emissions from Separate Brains Sharing Same Magnetic Field
In Brain Research [1], Persinger’s group reported that light flashes delivered to one aggregate of cells evoked increased photon emission in another aggregate of cells maintained in the dark in another room if both aggregates shared the same temporal and spatial configuration of changing rate, circular magnetic fields. They also reported that increased photon emissions occurred beside the heads of human volunteers if others in another room saw light flashes during the presentation of the same shared circumcerebral magnetic fields. They further reported that when the shared magnetic fields were not present, both cellular and human photon emissions during the light flashes did not occur.
2. Doubling of Local Photon Emissions from Chemical Reactions Sharing Magnetic Field
In Biophyiscal Chemistry (in press) [2], Dotta and Persinger report the doubling of local photon emissions when two simultaneous, spatially separated, chemiluminescent reactions share the same magnetic field configurations.
3. Storage and Retrival of Temporal Patterns of Photon Emissions from the Same Space
In NeuroQuantology [3], Persinger and Dotta reported that the temporal patterns of photon emissions can be stored and retrieved several days later from the “same space.” In particulars, they found temporal patterns of the photon emissions as “spontaneous” spikes within 3 to 5 days after the actual manipulations when the same magnetic field configuration was present but no manipulations were done.
4. Increased Photon Emissions from the Brain While Imagining White Light in the Dark
In JCER [4], Dotta and Persinger reports significant increases in biophoton emissions along the right side but not the left when subjects imagined white light in a dark environment. They reports that the increased biophoton emissions did not occur when the same subjects thought about mundane experiences. http://jcer.com/index.php/jcj/article/view/192/209
We need to appreciate in a spiritual sense that nature, including our own embodied human nature, remains the final frontier for exploration and our greatest teacher. Hopefully, that might divert us from outworn apocalyptic, messianic, and ascensionist memes that dominated the last Age, and the uncritical enthusiasm for technological advance at any cost to our humanity. In the imagination, it is always the beginning and end time, the only time. Revelation always occurs in the Now.
The core experience of the holographic domain is a mystical state of consciousness. Immersion in a new order of reality that reflects our indissoluble unity with cosmos and the groundstate of Being reveals what IS.The ultimate gift from the unconscious is a livable myth -- an encounter with animating sources of numinous energy.
Everything pulses with the same luminosity - a magnificent light of unparalleled brilliance. The "holographic experience" is one of being simultaneously cosmos and individual self. The transcendent function is our capacity to rise above the ordinary world of matter, mind and logic. The erotic power of the soul, at its deepest level, is our thirst for the depths of our own being.
Jung stressed the importance of the unconscious, mysterious, mystical, nonrational, and creative elements of consciousness. What Jung calls “incorruptible value,” we call “meaning and purpose. They are raised to a supernormal degree of luminosity and become numinous. Jung equated the numinous with archetypal experience. Jung developed an understanding of archetypes as effulgence or quasi-consciousness, and that numinosity entails the innermost Light, of an unimaginable luminosity and translucence.
Mass-free Luminosity
Like fixed stars of the psyche, archetypes represent all luminous and numinous nature. Repeated experiences formed creative centers of numinous effect. Archetypes are primordial images, and the most primordial image is the interference pattern. They are the fundamental elements of the conscious mind, its psychic aspect. The psychoid nature of archetypes extended beyond a neurophysiological basis into the general dynamical patterns of all matter and energy. Archetypes act as the fundamental dynamical patterns characterizing all processes, whether mental or physical. They are xpressions of the underlying energy patterns which shape life itself.
Jung said, a primordial image is determined as to its content only when it has become conscious and is therefore filled out with the material of conscious experience. The archetype itself belongs to the unobservable, invisible realm -- transcendent, irrepresentable source. Archetypes are present as dynamic organizers of ideas and images. When operating in the realm of psyche, they are the dynamical organizers of images and ideas -- luminous intuition. Operating in the realm of physis, they are the patterning principle of matter and energy -- mass-free luminosity.
The quantum vacuum is a dynamic massless scalar field. In the quantum vacuum vectoral and potential energies interact. A hologram is a scalar field. Scalars are just active information; a hologram is pure information. Entanglement is a property of nonlocal quantum information exchange. In this way, we understand before knowing. In Languages of the Brain (1971), Pribram postulated a neural hologram made by the interaction of waves in the cortex, which in turn is based on a hologram of much shorter wavelengths formed by the wave interactions on the sub-atomic level.
Luminous Being
At the most fundamental level of our individual being, we too, our bodies and our psyches are part of the interference patterns caused by the interaction of consciousness and wave fronts arising from fields of infinite possibility. We then must also operate by holographic principles, thus our internal perception of this reality is itself a hologram in our brain. It is the means of perception that gives the universe its apparent forms and solidity.
It is also this holographic perception that influences the dynamics of our brain's and our body's chemistry, our self-hologram. In this perceptual hologram resides the fundamental basis of our structure and our sense of self and external environment, including our psychophysical health and illness. Our disease structures are incorporated within it. It is here, at this level of our being where fundamental healing and physical-psychic restructuring occur.
This hologram is our the primal existential sensory self-image or existential hologram. Our sense of self is a holographic, existential, multi-sensory image. A holgram results from destructive and constructive interference of two superimposed coherent electromagnetic energy wave patterns. This field of interference is independent of direction and velocity, space and time.
Synchronized coherent EM energy in the human brain at certain frequencies leads to "laser like" effects, amplifying brainwaves, generating a scalar field containing the total 'information' of an individual. Instinct is felt physiologically and experienced as numinous images that seem to contrast to mere bodily sensations. Its complexes and archetypes show a kind of multiple luminosity or "quasiconsciousness"
Thus, we have a hologram within a hologram, and the interrelatedness of the two somehow gives rise to our sensory images. Bohm (1980), in Wholeness and the Implicate Order went further, declaring the brain is a hologram interpreting a holographic universe. In a holographic model this inseparable interconnectedness begins at the even more fundamental level of human existence, rooted in our existential blueprint, DNA. The brain is a hologram, enfolded within our holographic mind-body, enfolded within a holographic universe.
Mind is called the sparkling awareness, that exists but does not really exist. There exist no phenomena other than what arises from the mind. When you look upward into the space of the sky outside yourself, If there are no thoughts occurring that are emanations being projected.
Twinkles
Dynamic visual noise, or 'twinkle' looks like a swarm of busy ants. Similar twinkle is seen on a blank screen, in afterimages. This seems evidence for active filling in. We seem to be seeing what the brain creates, to fill in the hole in the static or the dynamic twinkling display.
This interpretation has led to an interesting debate. Dan Dennett has written (Dennett 2002): 'In this new perceptual illusion, the illusory content is that there is twinkling in the square. But, one is tempted to ask, how is this content rendered? Is it a matter of the representation being composed of hundreds or thousands of individual illusory twinkles or is it a matter of there being, in effect, a label that just says "twinkling" ... Can the brain represent twinkling, perceptually, without representing individual twinkles?'
Dennet generalizes this to normal perception: 'It does not follow from the fact that we see the twinkling that the individual twinkles are represented.' This is an important general issue for perception, as perceptions may be largely fictional, even when they are not false. It is also important for artists; they do not have to represent each leaf of a tree, a 'leafy pattern' will serve, though it has no individual leaves. Although this experiment supports the notion that scotomas can be filled in neurally, just what is filled in may be questioned.
Read more: http://www.answers.com/topic/filling-in-scotomas#ixzz1i9TDaZQd
Wisdom Light
When you look inward at your own mind inside yourself, If there exists no projectionist who projects thoughts by thinking them, then your own subtle mind will become lucidly clear without anything being projected. Even though this penetrating light cannot be said to possess a particular shape or form, nevertheless, it can be fully known. But most of us do not enjoy such naked awareness but the emergent products of the sparkling awareness.
Once order dissolves into chaos little sparks of order emerge and dissolve in an intricate process of feedback, until eventually new centers of stabilizing order emerge. Jung claimed the archetypes have a certain effulgence, the numinosity has luminosity. Archetypes' numinous luminosity attracts and holds us like a gravity well. Archetypes function like strange attractors. Not archetypal in strictly the same sense as used by Jung; the term refers to principles so primordial that they underlie the fundamental shaping of all structures. Attractors bring coherence to 'various signs and symbols.
As an adjective, numinous describes the power of "divinity", but it is also a generic category of experience. The numinous element appears as not personal, not individual, not finite, not mortal, not rational, not human, not limited in power or intelligence, not time or space bound. It is another word for the urgent emergence of Mystery. It can be brilliant, enlightening. Light is the archetype of the revelation of ultimate reality.
This source effect is the root of the religious drive and religious experience. Such conceptualizations create stereotypes of partially cognized phenomena, sometimes as "entities". Due to religious undertow, mankind never ceases trying to personalize the numinous element, and to stereotype it with various aspects of personality. Such permanent hypnosis leads at once toward constant need, a perfected will to direct it. And indeed it is the lack of this will in ourselves and others that often leads to the flighty accident-prone nature of history, which is full of mishaps and casualties.
Otto, Jung and Eliade described the numinous experience with two awe-inspiring aspects: mysterium tremendum, which is the tendency to invoke fear and trembling; and mysterium fascinans, the tendency to attract, fascinate and compel. Otto meant the terms to stand for objectified nonrational religious apprehension -- "a special term to stand for the holy minus its moral factor, . . . and minus its rational aspect altogether." The state of global culture demands we bring some rationality to the subject, for between corruption and religiosity, the system is breaking down.
Jung called the "numinous element" the collective unconscious, which is a primordial force like the force of electricity. Elsewhere, it is called the Clear Light of the Void, or an impersonal "Smoking Mirror" that underlies the explicit, observable phenomena of nature. The numinous experience also has a personal quality to it, in that the person feels communion with a wholly other. The numinous experience can lead to belief in deities, the supernatural, the sacred, the holy, and/or the transcendent. But it is a phenomenon, not contact with a "separate" "divinity", per se. The unconscious almost always appears as "Not-I". Naturally, in the past, it was treated and accepted as such.
Otto suggests, "It may burst in sudden eruption up from the depths of the soul with spasms and convulsions or lead to the strangest excitements, to intoxicated frenzy, to transport and to ecstasy. It has its wild and demonic forms, and can sink to an almost grisly horrors and shuddering. It has its crude barbaric antecedents, and early manifestations, and again it may be developed into something beautiful, pure, and glorious. . . .Its antecedent stage is demonic dread with its queer perversion, a sort of abortive offshoot, the dread of ghosts. It first begins to stay in the feeling of "something uncanny," "eerie" or "weird."
We now understand such episodes as effects of activated archetypes, often compensatory in nature, or associated with trance, art, and creativity. (J.C. Gowan) Instead of describing a privileged connection, it actually reveals a distinct lack of conscious relationship to the numinous element that demonstrates lack of balanced comprehension. We recognize it mostly clearly in ancient texts where there was little cognitive objectivity about such overwhelming emotionally-based phenomena. Contact with the numinous makes us realize another mode of consciousness exists. Our driving force becomes making that connection, in part seeking to control the darker impulses.
We can get in touch with this ground of being with less exposure to these dangers through procedures involving ego-loss and more or less productive altered states. Altered states loosen the very perceptual restrictions the brain
uses to shut out the numinous from distracting us from immediate survival.
In trance, the prototaxic mode, the price of admission is simply no less than the excursion of ego-consciousness (ego-death) and the loss of memory of the encounter. In the parataxic mode, the matter and symbolic material is handled through ritual, art (self-expression), and images. Even the fuller understanding of the creative (syntaxic) mode does not allow (in its lower manifestations) complete absence of this negative (dreadful, overwhelming) aspect, as carried on through the osmosis of creativity, the self-reference of orthocognition, and the passivity of meditation.
Jung points out that individuation is not identification with the collective unconscious, for this leads to a naive megalomania "in the form of prophetic inspiration and desire for martyrdom." Considering all this, it is not surprising that the path of the mystic has been called "the razor's edge." Jung cautions, the juncture between the conscious ego and the numinous element must be effected with some care so that the latter does not take over. Psychic insulation separates the conscious mind and finite ego from the generalized preconscious, for if it were not there, the ego would be overwhelmed and driven to madness by the superordinate and chaotic aspect of the numinous element.
In discussing individuation, his word for self-actualization or self-realization, Jung says (1971:123):
"The aim of individuation is nothing less than to divest the self of the false wrappings of the persona on the one hand and of the suggestive power of primordial images on the other . . . But when we turn to . . . the influence of the collective unconscious, we find we are moving in a dark interior world that is vastly more difficult to understand than the psychology of the persona, which is accessible to everyone . . . It is another thing to describe . . . those subtle inner processes which invade the conscious mind with such suggestive force. Perhaps we can best portray these influences with the help of examples of mental illness, creative inspiration, and religious conversion."
Jung reminds us that the task of individuation is central in understanding the complexities of our role in the world.
"If we do not fashion for ourselves a picture of the world, we do not see ourselves either, who are faithful reflections of that world. Only when mirrored in our picture of the world can we see ourselves in the round. Only in our creative acts do we step forth into the light and see ourselves whole and complete. Never shall we put any face on the world other than our own, and we have to do this precisely in order to find ourselves. For higher than science or art as an end in itself stands man, the creator of his instruments. Nowhere are we closer to the sublime secret of all origination than in the recognition of our own selves who we always think we know already. Yet we know the immensities of space better than we know our own depths, where — even though we do not understand it — we can listen directly to the throb of creation itself." (CW8: 737 Analytical Psychology and 'Weltanschauung' 1928/31)
Trance (awe and dread of the uncanny) is a dissociative way of escape; art is a way of personal expression; creativity brings cognition, universality, and compassion into the process. But, most often the Source of imagery and power is confused emotionally with religious ideas and preconditioned cultural beliefs. In our most intimate contact with the "divine", we are the most collective, not unique. In this sense, ego actually protects the organism. The so-called continuity of the ego is not independent but is the resultant of a carefully balanced perceptual intake. The whole problem itself falls in the realm of philosophy and the passionate nature of the dynamics of the mind.
It was described by the alchemists as their Secret Fire, the god in the flame. The Chaldeans describe it in a beautiful poem dedicated to fire. "There is above the celestial fire an incorruptible flame, always sparkling; the spring of life, the fountain of all being, the original of all things! This flame produceth all things, and nothing perisheth but what It consumeth. It maketh Itself known by Itself. This Fire cannot be contained in any place; It is without body and without matter, It encompasseth the heavens. And there goeth forth from it a little spark, which maketh all the fire of the sun, of the moon and of the stars. Strive not to know more of Him, for that is beyond thy capacity, how wise soever thou art."
Philalethes says, "this is the heavenly fire, whereof a spark being once kindled, caused such a change in the bodies, that the blackness is made to shine like a sparking gem, wherewith as a diadem our young king crowned."
In Philosophia Speculativa alchemist Gerald Dorn claims, "There shines in us, though dimly in the darkness, the life and the light of man, a light which does not come from us, which however is in us, and we must therefore find it in us: we can find it in Him, in His light." He says, "therefore the truth is to be looked for in the image of God which dwells within us, and that is the one thing which has no second other thing."
It doesn't take too long however, to fall from this divine grace mirroring the infantile state of fusion, born from the wound of phenomenal existence. As the germ of the ego personality develops and as the notion of individual existence emerges as the first meetings with the unconscious are encountered the child realizes that he is not the deity that he thought he was. His connectedness with the universal is severed and he is exiled from paradise as he experiences the separation from the universal. However tragic, this is the first step of the alchemical process, for it leads us back to conscious reunion with the universal. Separate and recombine, "solve et coagula" is the key to the alchemical process (Kalec).
There are many points in the process for it to go wrong, and many are supported by cultural bias. Interpretations of such experiences, cultural and individual color the conclusions about the nature of reality and the imaginal. Interpretations are generally naive, and rarely "correct" in terms of apprehension. Most get caught in the idiosyncratic snare of the contents of the imaginal, rather than cultivating an overview of its dynamics. Confabulations proliferate as symbols collide and fuse into one another in a self-confirmatory search for the Beloved.
We prefer the self-aggrandizing snare to the clarity of "seeing through" our self-delusion. Truth is concealed as much as revealed by the experience, but often it makes people feel special, so they cleave to it and their misperceptions of it, feeling in many instances it is all they've got. But we don't need more veils on reality; we need to strip away the confabulated illusions and self-imposed mind-control that block our collective mental health and efforts to preserve our species.
The idea is not necessarily religious. Nature can inspire experience of awe with its dynamic power and beauty. The short adaptive response is to rely on both inherited and learned experiences in our culture. Noumenal reality is neither invariable, nor absolute. It's just a conceptual realm invented by ancient philosophers to give credence to the envelope of their abstract ideas. Noumenal is not numinous.
We have an existential need within our species to believe in Gods, whether the materialistic, the theological, the atheistic, or the reductionist. But it is a product of our conceptual capacity, even when it appears to come from outside ourselves. It is an adaptive response to the metaphysical, epistemological aspects of our existence which are not subject to scientific observation and need to be conceptualized instead with the limited resolution of our brain. Space, time and ego have been recognized as the three great illusions, but so are the kaleidoscopic forms spun by the "maya" of the unconscious, that hold us in thrall.
But there are ways of consciously experiencing the numinous, which is the enchanted realm, directly and consciously, that is immediate and doesn't require a third person prime mover at all. If you omit experience the numinous in the first person and settle for the noumenal second or third person you will never find the source, because the noumenal is an even worse restriction than the perceptual.
Like it or not, archetypes are our constant companions. Once we identify with archetypes or memes, we become attached to certain patterns and limitations. What we experience while we are still obsessed is an opiate, a connection with the underworld, and the dreaminess of our own unique, personalized inner images. We are bewitched. We are wanting and seeking aliveness, and indeed mistake this altered state for aliveness, but what we get is its opposite, a loss of vitality, and a dreamy illusory existence. Entangled, we lose sight of the fact that the content of our fantasies is less important than a top-down view of the archetypal process from which it emerges.
The countermeasures to this mindtrap are awareness and detachment from the contents of our own imaginal process, continuously digging beneath our own beliefs and presumptions to find the true ground of Being, beyond the influence of archetypes to mold us and grip our consciousness. Consciousness is not a noun; it's a verb -- something we do. Between the brain and what the brain is conscious of. It is a relational concept where there is a here and a there. Consciousness lies in between them and serves to bring them together as a whole.
Perhaps inadvertently creating a new metaphor of "light" in the brain, in Nov. 2011, Harvard scientists reported genetically altered neurons that light up across a cell as they fire, eliminating the need to insert electrodes in each neuron. They used a gene that makes a protein that fluoresces when exposed to the electrical signal in a neuron, allowing scientists to trace the propagation of signals through the cell. http://www.kurzweilai.net/neurons-illuminate-as-they-fire-may-open-new-ways-to-trace-brain-signals?utm_source=KurzweilAI+Daily+Newsletter&utm_campaign=59e6a2b3cb-UA-946742-1&utm_medium=email
They infected brain cells with a genetically altered virus that contained the protein-producing gene. Once infected, the cells began manufacturing the protein, allowing them to light up for optical observation of the otherwise hidden process of how signals spread throughout the neuronal network, and even how signals change if the cells are undergoing something akin to learning.
So maybe instead of trying to figure out what consciousness is, we ought to figure out what "consciousnessing" is doing. We all know about the Here and Now. Then there is a consciousness of the past, how we usually think about stuff. But there is yet another type of consciousness. Way back in the mind, exists a consciousness that only observes without comment one way or the other. Hopefully, in such edgework, our species and science itself become less hyperbolic and more humble.
1. Photon Emissions from Separate Brains Sharing Same Magnetic Field
In Brain Research [1], Persinger’s group reported that light flashes delivered to one aggregate of cells evoked increased photon emission in another aggregate of cells maintained in the dark in another room if both aggregates shared the same temporal and spatial configuration of changing rate, circular magnetic fields. They also reported that increased photon emissions occurred beside the heads of human volunteers if others in another room saw light flashes during the presentation of the same shared circumcerebral magnetic fields. They further reported that when the shared magnetic fields were not present, both cellular and human photon emissions during the light flashes did not occur.
2. Doubling of Local Photon Emissions from Chemical Reactions Sharing Magnetic Field
In Biophyiscal Chemistry (in press) [2], Dotta and Persinger report the doubling of local photon emissions when two simultaneous, spatially separated, chemiluminescent reactions share the same magnetic field configurations.
3. Storage and Retrival of Temporal Patterns of Photon Emissions from the Same Space
In NeuroQuantology [3], Persinger and Dotta reported that the temporal patterns of photon emissions can be stored and retrieved several days later from the “same space.” In particulars, they found temporal patterns of the photon emissions as “spontaneous” spikes within 3 to 5 days after the actual manipulations when the same magnetic field configuration was present but no manipulations were done.
4. Increased Photon Emissions from the Brain While Imagining White Light in the Dark
In JCER [4], Dotta and Persinger reports significant increases in biophoton emissions along the right side but not the left when subjects imagined white light in a dark environment. They reports that the increased biophoton emissions did not occur when the same subjects thought about mundane experiences. http://jcer.com/index.php/jcj/article/view/192/209
We need to appreciate in a spiritual sense that nature, including our own embodied human nature, remains the final frontier for exploration and our greatest teacher. Hopefully, that might divert us from outworn apocalyptic, messianic, and ascensionist memes that dominated the last Age, and the uncritical enthusiasm for technological advance at any cost to our humanity. In the imagination, it is always the beginning and end time, the only time. Revelation always occurs in the Now.
Metaphorms
Paradoxically, when we look into the depths of matter, we look into the depths of ourselves and find the universe mirrored within. The world we live in lives in us. Scientists and mystics report similar phenomena in their models and phenomenology.
Source feeds information into the brain's cortex through a variety of channels (genetic and memetic 'intraspecies' information transfers, then 'interspecies' transfers under specified conditions (mirror neuron activation, intentional behavior, etc).
Religion and spirituality are largely about trying to understand the nature of consciousness in relation to the cosmos, so it is completely logical and natural to expect that we might actually come to understand the religious aspect of existence by following the conscious mind into its source nature.
Changes in brain dynamics are relevant to the discovery process. What appears to happen during an active quest in science or mysticism is that this filtering process is slightly loosened without seriously disrupting brain function, so that, in addition to witnessing the real world, we also have a degree of added perceptual information which is resonant to the brain state and probably consists of mild patterns of additional natural brain excitation traveling across the cortex. Such activity is patterned by archetypes.
This tends to be witnessed as a kaleidoscopic addition to everyday experience which one can look at and which is responsive to the person's state of focus so that they can selectively enter a kind of visionary state in which the brain is looking into its own processes to a greater degree than usual. > Whether this reflects the divine is anyone's guess; it does reflect what has been attributed in the past to the "divine". But, those without a religious worldview also have experiences of similar nature to formative religious or spiritual dimensions -- thatis experience of the numinous element.
Spiritual technologies, the software of sacred penetration and amplification, virtually predicted the fine nature of matter as nothing but a complex illusion - what we have come to understand as a hologram. Though the map is not the territory, it is good for orientation purposes, and to compare amongst practitioners with different jargon. Mystics have also always emphasized the primal nature of Light, and claim that we are in fact made of light itself.
Science has confirmed this in numerous ways. Both science and mystics claim the primacy of Light. Nanoscale symmetry is reflected in both matter and the natural number sequence and is the tuning system of resonant nodes. The magnetic field tunes chains of spin. Tension comes from the interaction between spins causing them to magnetically resonate. Their frequencies are in Phi ratios.
In the quantum world, everything is in self-organizing flux, including the subquantal virtual photons popping in and out of existence. The foamy Zero Point fluctuation of subspace perturbs and determines the behavior of quantum systems theoretically through radiant EM fields. Radiation is absorbed from the zero-point background. The stability of matter itself is mediated by the zero point fluctuation phenomena.
Obviously, physical reality is not absolute. The gist of the holographic paradigm is that there is a fundamental reality that is an invisible flux not comprised of parts, but an inseparable interconnectedness. The holographic paradigm is one of reciprocal enfolding and unfolding of patterns of information. All potential information about the universe is holographically encoded in the spectrum of frequency patterns constantly bombarding us.
The esoteric glossary is being superseded by scientific fact. Buckminster Fuller correctly discerned that One is not a number. His notion of the primacy of the Vector Equilibrium Matrix of twelve-around-one closest packed spheres models a cosmic pulsation at the smallest scale, revealing that unity or singularity is plural and at minimum sixfold. Such a notion is mirrored in sacred geometry and ancient systems of application such as the Merkabah, Diamond Body, and Golden Mean as engines of transformation. Those trapped in old superstitious emotional thinking (reality wormholes) exist trapped in an eddy in a stream, unable to imagine the flow of the current.
Zero-summed EM force vector systems stress the vacuum. A patterned system of opposite forces forms a stress in the vacuum medium. It is the alchemical "holding the tension of the opposites." This stress is oscillation. This oscillation which we call a scalar electromagnetic wave is a GRAVITATIONAL WAVE, since the local curvature of spacetime is being oscillated.
This internal stress in the medium has several characteristics which identify it as chaotic in essential nature.
1) it has a DETERMINISTIC pattern or substructure;
2) it patterns or "polarizes" the vacuum;
3) it constitutes local curvature of spacetime
4) it deterministically engineers the virtual state and local spacetime;
5) it affects the Schroedinger wave and the probabilities of the states propagated forward, leading to the possibility of engineering the emergence of quantum change;
6) the scalar wave can accomplish direct and localized change of the rate of flow of time (even to its reversal) and variation of mass and inertia without translation of matter;
7) since excess negative time flow may be locally produced, NEGENTROPY may be locally produced.
When the vectorially zeroing components are dynamic, the scalar resultant is dynamic. The dynamic scalar term is the scalar EM wave. (I. Miller, "Anatomy of the Star Goddess", 1992)
This is a revolution of resolution and resonance. Structure arises out of chaos in resonance with the existing environment. Each form eventually becomes morphogenetically dissonant as the dynamic environment surrounding it changes. The changed surroundings stress the form and begin a process of its dissolution back into chaos. Spacetime is a mirror of Spirit. Each self-aware image dissolves back into the primordial singularity, endlessly recycling its virtual energy in a kaleidoscope of holofractal forms. Degrees of resonance contexualize and memorialize experience at the informational level.
Metamorphosis
Chaos theory demonstrates the unfolding of creative process itself, the emergence of form or structure from formlessness and chaos. A fractal (chaos) reveals in its depths, hidden degrees of order and structure that resonates with the soul and reveals the familiar forms of nature.
The entire Universe is a web of intercommunication in which all particles and fields constantly exchange information with all others across the universe. They are influenced by and influence each other no matter how far apart they are and join in a dance of infinite creation to produce the moment we call reality, and the structure we call the universe. Vision lives in our hearts, dreams and imagination. Dreams, too are fractals, so we can enter any part of their essential nature, because the part contains the whole.
Nature itself is our greatest teacher. In this dynamic model there are no “things”, just energetic events. Light and sound (acoustic cymatics) modulate all matter. This “holoflux” includes the ultimately flowing nature of what is, and all possible forms. All the objects of our world are three-dimensional images formed of standing and moving waves by electromagnetic and nuclear processes. This is the guiding matrix for self-assembly, and manipulating and organizing physical reality. It is how our DNA creates and projects our psychophysical structure.
Our brains mathematically construct ‘concrete’ reality by interpreting frequencies from another dimension. This information realm of meaningful, patterned primary reality transcends time and space. Thus, the brain is an embedded hologram, interpreting a holographic universe. All existence consists of embedded holograms within holograms and their interrelatedness somehow gives rise to our existence and sensory images, as it does the Cosmos. What happens in the Aether has a deterministic effect on us. This is the Mystery of Nothing becoming Something, a continuous Creation.
Source feeds information into the brain's cortex through a variety of channels (genetic and memetic 'intraspecies' information transfers, then 'interspecies' transfers under specified conditions (mirror neuron activation, intentional behavior, etc).
Religion and spirituality are largely about trying to understand the nature of consciousness in relation to the cosmos, so it is completely logical and natural to expect that we might actually come to understand the religious aspect of existence by following the conscious mind into its source nature.
Changes in brain dynamics are relevant to the discovery process. What appears to happen during an active quest in science or mysticism is that this filtering process is slightly loosened without seriously disrupting brain function, so that, in addition to witnessing the real world, we also have a degree of added perceptual information which is resonant to the brain state and probably consists of mild patterns of additional natural brain excitation traveling across the cortex. Such activity is patterned by archetypes.
This tends to be witnessed as a kaleidoscopic addition to everyday experience which one can look at and which is responsive to the person's state of focus so that they can selectively enter a kind of visionary state in which the brain is looking into its own processes to a greater degree than usual. > Whether this reflects the divine is anyone's guess; it does reflect what has been attributed in the past to the "divine". But, those without a religious worldview also have experiences of similar nature to formative religious or spiritual dimensions -- thatis experience of the numinous element.
Spiritual technologies, the software of sacred penetration and amplification, virtually predicted the fine nature of matter as nothing but a complex illusion - what we have come to understand as a hologram. Though the map is not the territory, it is good for orientation purposes, and to compare amongst practitioners with different jargon. Mystics have also always emphasized the primal nature of Light, and claim that we are in fact made of light itself.
Science has confirmed this in numerous ways. Both science and mystics claim the primacy of Light. Nanoscale symmetry is reflected in both matter and the natural number sequence and is the tuning system of resonant nodes. The magnetic field tunes chains of spin. Tension comes from the interaction between spins causing them to magnetically resonate. Their frequencies are in Phi ratios.
In the quantum world, everything is in self-organizing flux, including the subquantal virtual photons popping in and out of existence. The foamy Zero Point fluctuation of subspace perturbs and determines the behavior of quantum systems theoretically through radiant EM fields. Radiation is absorbed from the zero-point background. The stability of matter itself is mediated by the zero point fluctuation phenomena.
Obviously, physical reality is not absolute. The gist of the holographic paradigm is that there is a fundamental reality that is an invisible flux not comprised of parts, but an inseparable interconnectedness. The holographic paradigm is one of reciprocal enfolding and unfolding of patterns of information. All potential information about the universe is holographically encoded in the spectrum of frequency patterns constantly bombarding us.
The esoteric glossary is being superseded by scientific fact. Buckminster Fuller correctly discerned that One is not a number. His notion of the primacy of the Vector Equilibrium Matrix of twelve-around-one closest packed spheres models a cosmic pulsation at the smallest scale, revealing that unity or singularity is plural and at minimum sixfold. Such a notion is mirrored in sacred geometry and ancient systems of application such as the Merkabah, Diamond Body, and Golden Mean as engines of transformation. Those trapped in old superstitious emotional thinking (reality wormholes) exist trapped in an eddy in a stream, unable to imagine the flow of the current.
Zero-summed EM force vector systems stress the vacuum. A patterned system of opposite forces forms a stress in the vacuum medium. It is the alchemical "holding the tension of the opposites." This stress is oscillation. This oscillation which we call a scalar electromagnetic wave is a GRAVITATIONAL WAVE, since the local curvature of spacetime is being oscillated.
This internal stress in the medium has several characteristics which identify it as chaotic in essential nature.
1) it has a DETERMINISTIC pattern or substructure;
2) it patterns or "polarizes" the vacuum;
3) it constitutes local curvature of spacetime
4) it deterministically engineers the virtual state and local spacetime;
5) it affects the Schroedinger wave and the probabilities of the states propagated forward, leading to the possibility of engineering the emergence of quantum change;
6) the scalar wave can accomplish direct and localized change of the rate of flow of time (even to its reversal) and variation of mass and inertia without translation of matter;
7) since excess negative time flow may be locally produced, NEGENTROPY may be locally produced.
When the vectorially zeroing components are dynamic, the scalar resultant is dynamic. The dynamic scalar term is the scalar EM wave. (I. Miller, "Anatomy of the Star Goddess", 1992)
This is a revolution of resolution and resonance. Structure arises out of chaos in resonance with the existing environment. Each form eventually becomes morphogenetically dissonant as the dynamic environment surrounding it changes. The changed surroundings stress the form and begin a process of its dissolution back into chaos. Spacetime is a mirror of Spirit. Each self-aware image dissolves back into the primordial singularity, endlessly recycling its virtual energy in a kaleidoscope of holofractal forms. Degrees of resonance contexualize and memorialize experience at the informational level.
Metamorphosis
Chaos theory demonstrates the unfolding of creative process itself, the emergence of form or structure from formlessness and chaos. A fractal (chaos) reveals in its depths, hidden degrees of order and structure that resonates with the soul and reveals the familiar forms of nature.
The entire Universe is a web of intercommunication in which all particles and fields constantly exchange information with all others across the universe. They are influenced by and influence each other no matter how far apart they are and join in a dance of infinite creation to produce the moment we call reality, and the structure we call the universe. Vision lives in our hearts, dreams and imagination. Dreams, too are fractals, so we can enter any part of their essential nature, because the part contains the whole.
Nature itself is our greatest teacher. In this dynamic model there are no “things”, just energetic events. Light and sound (acoustic cymatics) modulate all matter. This “holoflux” includes the ultimately flowing nature of what is, and all possible forms. All the objects of our world are three-dimensional images formed of standing and moving waves by electromagnetic and nuclear processes. This is the guiding matrix for self-assembly, and manipulating and organizing physical reality. It is how our DNA creates and projects our psychophysical structure.
Our brains mathematically construct ‘concrete’ reality by interpreting frequencies from another dimension. This information realm of meaningful, patterned primary reality transcends time and space. Thus, the brain is an embedded hologram, interpreting a holographic universe. All existence consists of embedded holograms within holograms and their interrelatedness somehow gives rise to our existence and sensory images, as it does the Cosmos. What happens in the Aether has a deterministic effect on us. This is the Mystery of Nothing becoming Something, a continuous Creation.
What we see is not Nature in itself, but Nature exposed to our method of questioning - W. C. Heisenberg
Holographic Spiral Vortex
The singularity archetype (a chaotic attractor of toroidal topology) is a ubiquitous hologram, and the cosmic hologram is likewise a singularity. Spin is a quality explaining space-time geometry as well as the genesis of energetic and sub-energetic phenomena. Energy includes both its vectorial and scalar components.
Quasi-virtual objects may function as holographic strange attractors that may likewise fuel archetypal emergence. In the time horizon, the ability to generate interference (phase coupling) belonging to chaotic attractor of toroidal topology. Coherence vortices are the phase singularities of a complex. Such complex dynamics may very well be correlated someday with both the formation of matter and consciousness states. Can we dig below the quantum noise floor? If so, what will we find?
The interaction between spatial and temporal horizon contextualizes in the form of indeterministic, differentiated, temporal flows of images. This is the psycho-perceptual matrix which continues and will continue to nourish the psychic life of humanity, with a surplus of meaning. At all levels, the chaotic part (immeasurable and unpredictable) of the reality we are part of, is always found in inter-time and in inter-space, sub-quantal and subconscious, in the gaps.
A Strange Attractor is a deterministic representation of chaos to the internal order (deterministic chaos), and as such is the most suitable object to represent the ambivalence of the reality we are part of. The strange attractor is an indivisible whole which reflects itself in the strange attractor, where, as in a game of mirrors, the part projects itself by its self-similarity in the whole and the whole in the part, with different degrees of resolution and angles of perspective.(Messori). Archetypal motifs cycle and recycle in self-reiterating fractal-like patterns.
We now presume the fundamental unity of all things, but still struggle to make it more than a concept in our lives. This paradigm takes a transdisciplinary approach. Integrating scientific, social, cultural, psychological and spiritual concepts and ideas helps us wrap our minds around such ultraholism.
Artist Roy Ascott distinguishes the syncretic process from synthesis, in which disparate things meld into a homogenous whole, thereby loosing their individual distinction. Nor is it mere eclecticism, which usually signals a wavering course of thought of only probable worth. In the syncretic context, extreme differences are upheld but aligned so likeness is found among unlike things. The power of each element enriches the power of all others within the array of their differences. This is a viable approach to archetypes.
More than binary opposition, syncretism is a process between different elements, the in-between condition of 'being both'. In describing syncretism, it is useful to bring into play the "both both/and, nor/nand, and either/or" formulation, meaning "mixing together". In present day cultural terms the enemy is habit – the passive, uncritical repetition or acceptance of behaviors, opinions, perceptions and values, and the enshrining as verities, metaphors that have passed their sell-by date. Habit is the enemy of art and science, impeding the search for new ways of being.
The intangible ground of Being is primarily active. Each and every wave has zero point energy of virtually infinite potential, due to infinite interpenetrating waves. Only recently have we begun seriously entertaining this vast ocean of dark light -- the energy of empty space -- as a primordial reality.
An archetype is a primordial vortex, node, nexus, value, or strange attractor. Value is defined as any flow within a given flow. The attractor is the explicate order, a complex manifold of vortices of nonlinear information explication that modulates the vitality of archetypal dimensions. Archetypes are the source of cognition, concepts and misconceptions, theories and meta-theories, emotional stability and instability, wisdom and folly. When we "connect the dots" it is often between archetypal elements and motifs as much as among facts or actual events. Our interpretations, right or wrong, are archetypally colored by these distorting or clarifying lenses, indexing patterns or phase information.
Templates of being, archetypes are there, operating just beyond consciousness structuring the formation of our view of reality. Fractal holographic principle, archetype spiral vortex, and archetype branching networks emerge or emanate from toroidal structures. They are the hidden (occult, "divine") variables that control seemingly random quantum events. Certain combinations of qualities inherently possess greater importance/ significance/ reality/ stability/ commonality than other combinations. These archetypes are usually given names that amplify the tendency to consider them real/ normal/ unchangeable/ fixed/ defined and as a norm that carries its own/ independent driving force and intelligence.
Simultaneous reverberations interpenetrate consciousness and we perceive it directly. The whole meaning of particular enfolded resonant structures may be activated. Meaning is derived from its relationship to the context -- the ground. The cosmic dimension of some archetypal symbols is the sure guarantee of their universality. This storehouse of knowledge is both an asset and hindrance, but more importantly it points to a deeper, implied domain.
The image stream or imaginal process is our primary experience and permeates and conditions all facets of human life. We tend to take the background noise of the constant imaginal flux of the stream of consciousness for granted. We rarely focus our conscious awareness on this imaginal wellspring, but sometimes it intrudes on consciousness during our gaps in normal awareness – day dreaming, fantasies, reverie, lacunae, meditation, inspiration, discovery. Psycho-perceptual imagery emerges from a capacity for internal representation of external reality and reproject it in modified forms.
Consciousness, like creativity, is an emergent phenomenon patterned by strange attractors which govern the complexity of information in dynamic flow. Our consciousness appears co-temporaneously with our embodiment, creating the imaginal flux of representational and nonrepresentational perception - the stream of consciousness. Does magic reprogram the hologram?
Quasi-virtual objects may function as holographic strange attractors that may likewise fuel archetypal emergence. In the time horizon, the ability to generate interference (phase coupling) belonging to chaotic attractor of toroidal topology. Coherence vortices are the phase singularities of a complex. Such complex dynamics may very well be correlated someday with both the formation of matter and consciousness states. Can we dig below the quantum noise floor? If so, what will we find?
The interaction between spatial and temporal horizon contextualizes in the form of indeterministic, differentiated, temporal flows of images. This is the psycho-perceptual matrix which continues and will continue to nourish the psychic life of humanity, with a surplus of meaning. At all levels, the chaotic part (immeasurable and unpredictable) of the reality we are part of, is always found in inter-time and in inter-space, sub-quantal and subconscious, in the gaps.
A Strange Attractor is a deterministic representation of chaos to the internal order (deterministic chaos), and as such is the most suitable object to represent the ambivalence of the reality we are part of. The strange attractor is an indivisible whole which reflects itself in the strange attractor, where, as in a game of mirrors, the part projects itself by its self-similarity in the whole and the whole in the part, with different degrees of resolution and angles of perspective.(Messori). Archetypal motifs cycle and recycle in self-reiterating fractal-like patterns.
We now presume the fundamental unity of all things, but still struggle to make it more than a concept in our lives. This paradigm takes a transdisciplinary approach. Integrating scientific, social, cultural, psychological and spiritual concepts and ideas helps us wrap our minds around such ultraholism.
Artist Roy Ascott distinguishes the syncretic process from synthesis, in which disparate things meld into a homogenous whole, thereby loosing their individual distinction. Nor is it mere eclecticism, which usually signals a wavering course of thought of only probable worth. In the syncretic context, extreme differences are upheld but aligned so likeness is found among unlike things. The power of each element enriches the power of all others within the array of their differences. This is a viable approach to archetypes.
More than binary opposition, syncretism is a process between different elements, the in-between condition of 'being both'. In describing syncretism, it is useful to bring into play the "both both/and, nor/nand, and either/or" formulation, meaning "mixing together". In present day cultural terms the enemy is habit – the passive, uncritical repetition or acceptance of behaviors, opinions, perceptions and values, and the enshrining as verities, metaphors that have passed their sell-by date. Habit is the enemy of art and science, impeding the search for new ways of being.
The intangible ground of Being is primarily active. Each and every wave has zero point energy of virtually infinite potential, due to infinite interpenetrating waves. Only recently have we begun seriously entertaining this vast ocean of dark light -- the energy of empty space -- as a primordial reality.
An archetype is a primordial vortex, node, nexus, value, or strange attractor. Value is defined as any flow within a given flow. The attractor is the explicate order, a complex manifold of vortices of nonlinear information explication that modulates the vitality of archetypal dimensions. Archetypes are the source of cognition, concepts and misconceptions, theories and meta-theories, emotional stability and instability, wisdom and folly. When we "connect the dots" it is often between archetypal elements and motifs as much as among facts or actual events. Our interpretations, right or wrong, are archetypally colored by these distorting or clarifying lenses, indexing patterns or phase information.
Templates of being, archetypes are there, operating just beyond consciousness structuring the formation of our view of reality. Fractal holographic principle, archetype spiral vortex, and archetype branching networks emerge or emanate from toroidal structures. They are the hidden (occult, "divine") variables that control seemingly random quantum events. Certain combinations of qualities inherently possess greater importance/ significance/ reality/ stability/ commonality than other combinations. These archetypes are usually given names that amplify the tendency to consider them real/ normal/ unchangeable/ fixed/ defined and as a norm that carries its own/ independent driving force and intelligence.
Simultaneous reverberations interpenetrate consciousness and we perceive it directly. The whole meaning of particular enfolded resonant structures may be activated. Meaning is derived from its relationship to the context -- the ground. The cosmic dimension of some archetypal symbols is the sure guarantee of their universality. This storehouse of knowledge is both an asset and hindrance, but more importantly it points to a deeper, implied domain.
The image stream or imaginal process is our primary experience and permeates and conditions all facets of human life. We tend to take the background noise of the constant imaginal flux of the stream of consciousness for granted. We rarely focus our conscious awareness on this imaginal wellspring, but sometimes it intrudes on consciousness during our gaps in normal awareness – day dreaming, fantasies, reverie, lacunae, meditation, inspiration, discovery. Psycho-perceptual imagery emerges from a capacity for internal representation of external reality and reproject it in modified forms.
Consciousness, like creativity, is an emergent phenomenon patterned by strange attractors which govern the complexity of information in dynamic flow. Our consciousness appears co-temporaneously with our embodiment, creating the imaginal flux of representational and nonrepresentational perception - the stream of consciousness. Does magic reprogram the hologram?
Subnuclear Physics & the Existential Plenum
For Jung the nothing, the Great Mother and the archetypal psyche are synonyms for the great Nothing. The energy still exists, but isn't quantized into any particles. This revives the old Ether theory of Space as an energy field, with a twist, as this Mass-Field, would not only explain matter, as a whole, but is also the mechanism for the expansion observed in the universe, for the transport of photons, and of the gravitational force, not the mythical graviton, but is itself, the "Dark Matter" that is supposedly missing.
Our estrangement form this universal ground is at the root of superficial life and toxic faiths constantly at war with one another.He calls this universal power the Great Mother or Goddess, the pleroma or original fullness, the One, the sea, and the prime matter from which all form is born. He considers this universal mother of consciousness the basis of a truly modern spirituality. "The Nothing [is the basis] out of which All may grow.” Jung’s myth appears as a double quaternity. This twofold quaternity centers on the priority of the nothing and on the full cycle of the ego’s commerce with her.
His radical resolution to contemporary uprootedness lies in the reconnection with that nothingness, itself divested of mind and form, which is the source of mind and of all archetypal impact on the mind. The most spiritually profound form of baptism is the ego’s dissolution in and return from this nothingness with a consciousness now better able to embrace the all through re-immersion in the maternal nothing from which the all is born.This "solve et coagula" is a baptism, undertaken repeatedly in the ongoing renewal of life and consciousness.
This dissolution in and return from the nothing that drew Jung to the mystics, heralding the cyclical rebirth. Our memory of the nothing, the source of the divine image in and for which they were created, empoweres our return to it and from it. This greater approximation of totality, in the eternal now is the basis of developing consciousness in finitude. Lapsed memory of the nothing that precedes the all, gives birth to the all and seeks its fullness in the all. The self orchestrates the ego’s dissolution in the creative nothingness of its origin as a prelude to a deepening and broadening of consequent consciousness.
Jung elsewhere equates the memory of one’s divinity with the experience of the “eternal” self as “… preexistent to consciousness …”The activated memory of the self then becomes “… the most immediate experience of the Divine which it is psychologically possible to imagine.”Such an anamnesis brings the individual closer to one’s totality in the present, and so always carries with it “… the restoration of an original condition, an apocatastasis.”
Apocatastasis usually refers to the reunion of the totality of creation with its origin at the end of history in a post-temporal situation. When Jung equates the recovered memory of one’s totality with apocatastasis he is stating that such wholeness is experienced as worked by the memory itself and in the here and now. Both paradise and the end time are to be approximated and experienced in the present as moments in natural processes of maturation or individuation no longer distinguishable from divinization. http://iaap.org/congresses/barcelona-2004/memory-and-emergence-jung-and-the-mystical-anamnesis-of-the-nothing.html
There is a generic process in nature and consciousness which dissolves and regenerates all forms. The essence of this transformative, morphological process is chaotic--purposeful yet inherently unpredictable holistic repatterning. The Great Work of the art of alchemy is the creation of the Philosopher's Stone, a symbol of wholeness and integration. The liquid form of the Stone, called the Universal Solvent, dissolves all old forms like a rushing stream, and is the self-organizing matrix for the rebirth of new forms. It is thus a metaphor or model for the dynamic process of transformation, ego death and re-creation.
The energy body or the field body, along with the scalars of our holographic blueprint, connect us directly with the negentropic potential of the zero-point field. Radiant light literally emerges from this mystic void, beyond nature's veil of observability. Primordial structuring processes are common to both psyche and matter, working in the gap or empty interval between intention and action.
When foreground emerges based on need or habit, the ground recedes. Need in the new moment emerges from the ground as figure. The force of necessity arises in the emotions. A need is an incomplete charged multisensory image that rises to awareness. Image-making is a self-generating activity. Images are involved in the social construction of self. Social and personal realities help construct 'archetypal' images, which influence our perspective of the world.
The dynamic mindscape underlies our beliefs, thoughts, feelings, and behavior. Imagination is both a realm or domain of experience and a human faculty. Images come in from the outside through our senses, and are also produced autonomously from the unconscious as a perpetual multisensory narrative of experience, immediate though often metaphorical in nature. Meaningful signals or mental forms emerge from the amorphous background.
The person is figure to the ground of elements.The ground is what is further from perception or not in awareness. When you focus at any one time, the ground is the remainder of perceptual awareness. The ground state of a quantum mechanical system is its lowest-energy state; the energy of the ground state is known as the zero-point energy (ZPE) of the system.
The figure symbolizes the need in focus, while the ground symbolizes other needs. Nothingness is the ground for change, mobilizing our superposed possibilities in the macrocosm. There can be something between the states of beingness and non-beingness. Everything that exists occupies that indeterminant place, a state of emptiness of all forms, all formulations, and the ground of all experience. Via cascade, we reach the ground state after the excitation of an activation. The ground of our nonlocal potential really does rise up to meet us.
Our estrangement form this universal ground is at the root of superficial life and toxic faiths constantly at war with one another.He calls this universal power the Great Mother or Goddess, the pleroma or original fullness, the One, the sea, and the prime matter from which all form is born. He considers this universal mother of consciousness the basis of a truly modern spirituality. "The Nothing [is the basis] out of which All may grow.” Jung’s myth appears as a double quaternity. This twofold quaternity centers on the priority of the nothing and on the full cycle of the ego’s commerce with her.
His radical resolution to contemporary uprootedness lies in the reconnection with that nothingness, itself divested of mind and form, which is the source of mind and of all archetypal impact on the mind. The most spiritually profound form of baptism is the ego’s dissolution in and return from this nothingness with a consciousness now better able to embrace the all through re-immersion in the maternal nothing from which the all is born.This "solve et coagula" is a baptism, undertaken repeatedly in the ongoing renewal of life and consciousness.
This dissolution in and return from the nothing that drew Jung to the mystics, heralding the cyclical rebirth. Our memory of the nothing, the source of the divine image in and for which they were created, empoweres our return to it and from it. This greater approximation of totality, in the eternal now is the basis of developing consciousness in finitude. Lapsed memory of the nothing that precedes the all, gives birth to the all and seeks its fullness in the all. The self orchestrates the ego’s dissolution in the creative nothingness of its origin as a prelude to a deepening and broadening of consequent consciousness.
Jung elsewhere equates the memory of one’s divinity with the experience of the “eternal” self as “… preexistent to consciousness …”The activated memory of the self then becomes “… the most immediate experience of the Divine which it is psychologically possible to imagine.”Such an anamnesis brings the individual closer to one’s totality in the present, and so always carries with it “… the restoration of an original condition, an apocatastasis.”
Apocatastasis usually refers to the reunion of the totality of creation with its origin at the end of history in a post-temporal situation. When Jung equates the recovered memory of one’s totality with apocatastasis he is stating that such wholeness is experienced as worked by the memory itself and in the here and now. Both paradise and the end time are to be approximated and experienced in the present as moments in natural processes of maturation or individuation no longer distinguishable from divinization. http://iaap.org/congresses/barcelona-2004/memory-and-emergence-jung-and-the-mystical-anamnesis-of-the-nothing.html
There is a generic process in nature and consciousness which dissolves and regenerates all forms. The essence of this transformative, morphological process is chaotic--purposeful yet inherently unpredictable holistic repatterning. The Great Work of the art of alchemy is the creation of the Philosopher's Stone, a symbol of wholeness and integration. The liquid form of the Stone, called the Universal Solvent, dissolves all old forms like a rushing stream, and is the self-organizing matrix for the rebirth of new forms. It is thus a metaphor or model for the dynamic process of transformation, ego death and re-creation.
The energy body or the field body, along with the scalars of our holographic blueprint, connect us directly with the negentropic potential of the zero-point field. Radiant light literally emerges from this mystic void, beyond nature's veil of observability. Primordial structuring processes are common to both psyche and matter, working in the gap or empty interval between intention and action.
When foreground emerges based on need or habit, the ground recedes. Need in the new moment emerges from the ground as figure. The force of necessity arises in the emotions. A need is an incomplete charged multisensory image that rises to awareness. Image-making is a self-generating activity. Images are involved in the social construction of self. Social and personal realities help construct 'archetypal' images, which influence our perspective of the world.
The dynamic mindscape underlies our beliefs, thoughts, feelings, and behavior. Imagination is both a realm or domain of experience and a human faculty. Images come in from the outside through our senses, and are also produced autonomously from the unconscious as a perpetual multisensory narrative of experience, immediate though often metaphorical in nature. Meaningful signals or mental forms emerge from the amorphous background.
The person is figure to the ground of elements.The ground is what is further from perception or not in awareness. When you focus at any one time, the ground is the remainder of perceptual awareness. The ground state of a quantum mechanical system is its lowest-energy state; the energy of the ground state is known as the zero-point energy (ZPE) of the system.
The figure symbolizes the need in focus, while the ground symbolizes other needs. Nothingness is the ground for change, mobilizing our superposed possibilities in the macrocosm. There can be something between the states of beingness and non-beingness. Everything that exists occupies that indeterminant place, a state of emptiness of all forms, all formulations, and the ground of all experience. Via cascade, we reach the ground state after the excitation of an activation. The ground of our nonlocal potential really does rise up to meet us.
Archetypes hold us spellbound with their particulars unless we realize the phenomena exists.
Negistence
The ground (source field) reveals the significance of archetypal imagery (phenomenal field) being rooted in nature. It is the universal, not objective realm that is primary. Archetypes are the patterns that connect. Even the Torah says, Adonoy Elohim formed from the ground every beast of the field. This clearly does not mean dirt, or even atoms or molecules. It means the lowest state of dynamic equilibrium, the basement of being in nonbeing, which remains sensitive to perturbations of matter/antimatter annihilation.
Imagery unfolds as self-revealing visual or multisensory narrative. It attracts – even commands -- our attention, consciously and unconsciously. It invites entrainment through ‘recognition’, providing the energy for follow through in the creative process. We are stimulated, emotionally charged or enflamed, and respond to it intentionally, even compulsively. It drives us. Archetypes hold us spellbound, enchanted with their particulars and motifs (content) unless we realize the phenomena (dynamics) exists. But often when we are "in it" we can't "see it" despite the fact it is crystal clear to others.
When we believe in and follow that impulse, what was pure potential crystallizes waves of psychophysical energy and becomes manifest. Each image emerges from the creative context that links all events, real and imaginal – the underlying destructured phenomenal field – the meaningful void of the transcendent imagination.
The nonmanifest is the dynamic source of everything, but we tend to ignore it favoring the tangibles of objects to the creative ground. The whole of any level is the part of more fundamental levels. When the movement is complete, there is a return to the ground of awareness itself.
Chaos, the real matrix of order, is experienced as a consciousness state--the ground state. Paradoxically, chaos is the essence of order. That order is inherent. Dynamics has successfully explained many natural phenomena and been heralded as a new scientific paradigm. The quintessence is now found in nonlinear dynamics, the holographic field and the virtual vacuum of absolute space. Only when we comprehend the groundstate of being can we fathom reality.
One of the latest theories suggests that gravitational charges in the quantum vacuum could provide an alternative to dark matter. The idea rests on the hypothesis that particles and antiparticles have gravitational charges of opposite sign. As a consequence, virtual particle-antiparticle pairs in the quantum vacuum form gravitational dipoles (having both a positive and negative gravitational charge) that can interact with baryonic matter to produce phenomena usually attributed to dark matter. CERN physicist Dragan Slavkov Hajdukovic demonstrated that these gravitational dipoles could explain the observed rotational curves of galaxies without dark matter in his initial study. He also shows that the gravitational polarization of the quantum vacuum can explain four cosmological observations, only some of which can be explained by dark matter models or theories of modified gravity. http://www.physorg.com/news/2011-11-quantum-vacuum-dark.html
“In simple words, according to the Quantum Field Theory, all baryonic matter in the Universe is immersed in the quantum vacuum; popularly speaking, a ‘sea’ of short-living virtual particle-antiparticle pairs (like electron-positron pairs with the lifetime of about 10-22 seconds, or neutrino-antineutrino pairs with a lifetime of about 10-15 seconds, which is a record lifetime in the quantum vacuum). It is difficult to believe that the quantum vacuum does not interact gravitationally with the baryonic matter immersed in it. In spite of it, the quantum vacuum is ignored in astrophysics and cosmology; not because we are not aware of its importance but because no one has any idea what the gravitational properties of the quantum vacuum are. In absence of any knowledge, as a starting point, we have conjectured that particles and antiparticles have the gravitational charge of opposite sign. An immediate consequence is the existence of the gravitational dipoles; a virtual pair is a gravitational dipole (in the same way as a virtual electron-positron pair is an electric dipole), that allows the gravitational polarization of the quantum vacuum. The initial study has revealed the surprising possibility that the gravitational polarization of the quantum vacuum can produce phenomena usually attributed to dark matter.”
The transcendent principle "emanation" is primordial. All derived or secondary things proceed or flow from the primal Source. It eliminates will from the theory of creation. There is no hand of a supreme artisan who finds matter at his or her disposal. All things, actually or only apparently material, emerge or flow from the dynamic primal principle, in the multiple metaphorms of the flower of life.
Unlike evolution, the process of development, emanation declares the immutability of the first principle. Emanation involves a series of descending stages, a subjective gnosis, not a developmental evolution that goes from less to more perfect. Thus, chaotic excitability is a paradigm of emergence, transcendent yet immanent potential. The undecomposable domain of Chaos is not an emptiness, but a rich, generative source -- a bornless nothingness from which all form proceeds.
The probabilities of transformation emerge from total potential as pluralistic chaos erupts into awareness as motivation. In the creative process, one path is amplified and chosen. Beyond the hyperfine structure of reality, this process of self-discovery, phase transition, and integration is the ground, path, and fruition of our work.
Ground Rules
You can imagine yourself as the dynamic ground on which the reality dream is taking place. It is a shift in personal center of gravity to the deepest level, down the rabbit hole of subspace. When it has come to a point of sufficient resolution, it will fade into the undifferentiated ground, and another appear. Once we "go to ground", regenerative possibilities emerge. As focus changes, so does the figure and hence the ground. The ground which supports us is home of our transcendental soul. With genuine and unreserved acceptance, we create the ground from which all healing takes place.
The totality of experience is the ground of a life. But 'unity' itself is a fantasy goal. We can re-experience ourselves in a more complete, more complex way. What we can know becomes the image that points to the archetype, but never the thing in itself. We cannot see the world in its totality (unbroken wholeness) without imagination, yet imagination clouds the issue by generating a geyser of imagery in the void of the unknown. Imagination demands understanding as non-derivative, as a phenomenon evaluated on its own terms.
By creatively "making something out of Nothing", it reflects the unconscious perspective back to the self-organizing environment from which it arises spontaneously. It may launch us out of the now in any moment into the past or future.We abandon linear thinking wholly in the gaps in our awareness. Fantasy is a meaningful part of our raw mental life, where transformations take place.
Reorganized, inner life transforms the complex responses and cognitions that become the ground of a more satisfying and fulfilling life. The pluripotent/pluridimensional state is the condition of self-renewal. This cosmic ground is a mundus imaginalis, different from such bases as "biological instinct, eternal forms, numbers, linguistics and social transmission, biochemical reactions, genetic coding, etc.
The imaginal field acts as some sort of intermediary. It is the space which is already present when images are produced; it is the space where images emerge. Images and objects in the imaginal field are both personal and transpersonal. Such images and objects appear in an imaginal field that reaches past subjective, or internal, experience into objective, or external experience.
There is a gloss of imaginary material both over and under our ordinary experience and perception.The subjective imaginal is interwoven with objective "reality" as it unfolds. The Source generates meaningful images, but sometimes that meaning is lost in translation. The dream goes unnoticed, the warning unheeded, the challenge unanswered, the soul unacknowledged. Whatever is seen is also always explored in the imaginal. Immaterial reality arouses the felt-sense of connection to spirituality, yearning to retrieve the sacred. Such connection heals by eliminating fragmentation brought about by projective identifications.
The ground (source field) reveals the significance of archetypal imagery (phenomenal field) being rooted in nature. It is the universal, not objective realm that is primary. Archetypes are the patterns that connect. Even the Torah says, Adonoy Elohim formed from the ground every beast of the field. This clearly does not mean dirt, or even atoms or molecules. It means the lowest state of dynamic equilibrium, the basement of being in nonbeing, which remains sensitive to perturbations of matter/antimatter annihilation.
Imagery unfolds as self-revealing visual or multisensory narrative. It attracts – even commands -- our attention, consciously and unconsciously. It invites entrainment through ‘recognition’, providing the energy for follow through in the creative process. We are stimulated, emotionally charged or enflamed, and respond to it intentionally, even compulsively. It drives us. Archetypes hold us spellbound, enchanted with their particulars and motifs (content) unless we realize the phenomena (dynamics) exists. But often when we are "in it" we can't "see it" despite the fact it is crystal clear to others.
When we believe in and follow that impulse, what was pure potential crystallizes waves of psychophysical energy and becomes manifest. Each image emerges from the creative context that links all events, real and imaginal – the underlying destructured phenomenal field – the meaningful void of the transcendent imagination.
The nonmanifest is the dynamic source of everything, but we tend to ignore it favoring the tangibles of objects to the creative ground. The whole of any level is the part of more fundamental levels. When the movement is complete, there is a return to the ground of awareness itself.
Chaos, the real matrix of order, is experienced as a consciousness state--the ground state. Paradoxically, chaos is the essence of order. That order is inherent. Dynamics has successfully explained many natural phenomena and been heralded as a new scientific paradigm. The quintessence is now found in nonlinear dynamics, the holographic field and the virtual vacuum of absolute space. Only when we comprehend the groundstate of being can we fathom reality.
One of the latest theories suggests that gravitational charges in the quantum vacuum could provide an alternative to dark matter. The idea rests on the hypothesis that particles and antiparticles have gravitational charges of opposite sign. As a consequence, virtual particle-antiparticle pairs in the quantum vacuum form gravitational dipoles (having both a positive and negative gravitational charge) that can interact with baryonic matter to produce phenomena usually attributed to dark matter. CERN physicist Dragan Slavkov Hajdukovic demonstrated that these gravitational dipoles could explain the observed rotational curves of galaxies without dark matter in his initial study. He also shows that the gravitational polarization of the quantum vacuum can explain four cosmological observations, only some of which can be explained by dark matter models or theories of modified gravity. http://www.physorg.com/news/2011-11-quantum-vacuum-dark.html
“In simple words, according to the Quantum Field Theory, all baryonic matter in the Universe is immersed in the quantum vacuum; popularly speaking, a ‘sea’ of short-living virtual particle-antiparticle pairs (like electron-positron pairs with the lifetime of about 10-22 seconds, or neutrino-antineutrino pairs with a lifetime of about 10-15 seconds, which is a record lifetime in the quantum vacuum). It is difficult to believe that the quantum vacuum does not interact gravitationally with the baryonic matter immersed in it. In spite of it, the quantum vacuum is ignored in astrophysics and cosmology; not because we are not aware of its importance but because no one has any idea what the gravitational properties of the quantum vacuum are. In absence of any knowledge, as a starting point, we have conjectured that particles and antiparticles have the gravitational charge of opposite sign. An immediate consequence is the existence of the gravitational dipoles; a virtual pair is a gravitational dipole (in the same way as a virtual electron-positron pair is an electric dipole), that allows the gravitational polarization of the quantum vacuum. The initial study has revealed the surprising possibility that the gravitational polarization of the quantum vacuum can produce phenomena usually attributed to dark matter.”
The transcendent principle "emanation" is primordial. All derived or secondary things proceed or flow from the primal Source. It eliminates will from the theory of creation. There is no hand of a supreme artisan who finds matter at his or her disposal. All things, actually or only apparently material, emerge or flow from the dynamic primal principle, in the multiple metaphorms of the flower of life.
Unlike evolution, the process of development, emanation declares the immutability of the first principle. Emanation involves a series of descending stages, a subjective gnosis, not a developmental evolution that goes from less to more perfect. Thus, chaotic excitability is a paradigm of emergence, transcendent yet immanent potential. The undecomposable domain of Chaos is not an emptiness, but a rich, generative source -- a bornless nothingness from which all form proceeds.
The probabilities of transformation emerge from total potential as pluralistic chaos erupts into awareness as motivation. In the creative process, one path is amplified and chosen. Beyond the hyperfine structure of reality, this process of self-discovery, phase transition, and integration is the ground, path, and fruition of our work.
Ground Rules
You can imagine yourself as the dynamic ground on which the reality dream is taking place. It is a shift in personal center of gravity to the deepest level, down the rabbit hole of subspace. When it has come to a point of sufficient resolution, it will fade into the undifferentiated ground, and another appear. Once we "go to ground", regenerative possibilities emerge. As focus changes, so does the figure and hence the ground. The ground which supports us is home of our transcendental soul. With genuine and unreserved acceptance, we create the ground from which all healing takes place.
The totality of experience is the ground of a life. But 'unity' itself is a fantasy goal. We can re-experience ourselves in a more complete, more complex way. What we can know becomes the image that points to the archetype, but never the thing in itself. We cannot see the world in its totality (unbroken wholeness) without imagination, yet imagination clouds the issue by generating a geyser of imagery in the void of the unknown. Imagination demands understanding as non-derivative, as a phenomenon evaluated on its own terms.
By creatively "making something out of Nothing", it reflects the unconscious perspective back to the self-organizing environment from which it arises spontaneously. It may launch us out of the now in any moment into the past or future.We abandon linear thinking wholly in the gaps in our awareness. Fantasy is a meaningful part of our raw mental life, where transformations take place.
Reorganized, inner life transforms the complex responses and cognitions that become the ground of a more satisfying and fulfilling life. The pluripotent/pluridimensional state is the condition of self-renewal. This cosmic ground is a mundus imaginalis, different from such bases as "biological instinct, eternal forms, numbers, linguistics and social transmission, biochemical reactions, genetic coding, etc.
The imaginal field acts as some sort of intermediary. It is the space which is already present when images are produced; it is the space where images emerge. Images and objects in the imaginal field are both personal and transpersonal. Such images and objects appear in an imaginal field that reaches past subjective, or internal, experience into objective, or external experience.
There is a gloss of imaginary material both over and under our ordinary experience and perception.The subjective imaginal is interwoven with objective "reality" as it unfolds. The Source generates meaningful images, but sometimes that meaning is lost in translation. The dream goes unnoticed, the warning unheeded, the challenge unanswered, the soul unacknowledged. Whatever is seen is also always explored in the imaginal. Immaterial reality arouses the felt-sense of connection to spirituality, yearning to retrieve the sacred. Such connection heals by eliminating fragmentation brought about by projective identifications.
Power of Eternity
In ancient times imagination, fantasy and intuition were considered an essential part of medical care. Solidarity with nature means healing. Healing itself, Jung says, always comes in some wholly unexpected way from the unknown -- like a miracle -- individually and culturally. Until it arrives, we grope in the dark.
Yet, that very darkness contains the seeds of light. We often find some "object" in the imaginal realm that is healing. In creative imaginal time, events are lived outside linear time, and time may even be "reversed". Moments of insight harmonize verbal, active and imaginal modes of being.
There are times “the web” appears as the archetypal field, that mythical web of light across a field of stars and the scintillating flux of subspace that undergirds our being. A pulsating primal information field virtually 'bleeds' into manifestation from matter/anti-matter annihilation. As the aphorism goes, there is form without void. While we are concerned with figurative objects, the ground remains largely unacknowledged or unexplored.
Intuition and critical thinking must balance one another. Each of us rediscovers cosmic rhythms and significant archetypal positions at the heart of our being. But we accept them uncritically at our existential peril. At extremes, this leads to eccentricity, zealotry, and fanaticism, not wisdom and understanding. The drama of the modern world proceeds from the profound disequilibrium of the psyche, individual as well as collective.
We have to dig beneath our own motivations, prejudices, hidden agendas, and habitual thinking. To understand how we work, we need to explore the metapatterns of being. Primordial images, because of their universality and immense antiquity possess a cosmic and supra-human character, each of which can condition or warp our views of reality with their own 'gravity' fields. Our circumstances are a webwork conditioned by archetypal interrelationships.
We don't need to resurrect pre- or pseudoscientific, superstitious practices of our ancestors as much as foster the emergence of a wholly new order. The unconscious creative force is spirit. In our unconscious condition we connect with spiritual ground; consciously we live from it, rooted in gnosis. It lights up our being.
Theories need to be grounded. The same is true for a theory of archetypes as for a general theory of the universe and consciousness. Consciousness appears as structural coding and interpretation. Archetypes are filters of the data-stream. These archetypes, which belong to humankind and are therefore of a collective nature, impelled Jung to suggest that in the unconscious mind we are all the same. Multidisciplinary science is verifying his intuitive notion.
The human psyche possesses a common substratum containing the myths and legends of all peoples regardless of differences in culture or personal experience. But we must discriminate or separate these symbols from those others which may have a merely personal dimension, which leads to disequilibrium. An invasion of archetypes leads to self-delusion.
Yet, that very darkness contains the seeds of light. We often find some "object" in the imaginal realm that is healing. In creative imaginal time, events are lived outside linear time, and time may even be "reversed". Moments of insight harmonize verbal, active and imaginal modes of being.
There are times “the web” appears as the archetypal field, that mythical web of light across a field of stars and the scintillating flux of subspace that undergirds our being. A pulsating primal information field virtually 'bleeds' into manifestation from matter/anti-matter annihilation. As the aphorism goes, there is form without void. While we are concerned with figurative objects, the ground remains largely unacknowledged or unexplored.
Intuition and critical thinking must balance one another. Each of us rediscovers cosmic rhythms and significant archetypal positions at the heart of our being. But we accept them uncritically at our existential peril. At extremes, this leads to eccentricity, zealotry, and fanaticism, not wisdom and understanding. The drama of the modern world proceeds from the profound disequilibrium of the psyche, individual as well as collective.
We have to dig beneath our own motivations, prejudices, hidden agendas, and habitual thinking. To understand how we work, we need to explore the metapatterns of being. Primordial images, because of their universality and immense antiquity possess a cosmic and supra-human character, each of which can condition or warp our views of reality with their own 'gravity' fields. Our circumstances are a webwork conditioned by archetypal interrelationships.
We don't need to resurrect pre- or pseudoscientific, superstitious practices of our ancestors as much as foster the emergence of a wholly new order. The unconscious creative force is spirit. In our unconscious condition we connect with spiritual ground; consciously we live from it, rooted in gnosis. It lights up our being.
Theories need to be grounded. The same is true for a theory of archetypes as for a general theory of the universe and consciousness. Consciousness appears as structural coding and interpretation. Archetypes are filters of the data-stream. These archetypes, which belong to humankind and are therefore of a collective nature, impelled Jung to suggest that in the unconscious mind we are all the same. Multidisciplinary science is verifying his intuitive notion.
The human psyche possesses a common substratum containing the myths and legends of all peoples regardless of differences in culture or personal experience. But we must discriminate or separate these symbols from those others which may have a merely personal dimension, which leads to disequilibrium. An invasion of archetypes leads to self-delusion.
Archetypal Affect
Archetypal affects operate as attractors in the emotional field. Archetypes affect us so strongly because they resonate with the deep, underlying structure of human motivation and meaning. They evoke strong feelings in us because they’re easily recognizable and tap into emotions and desires that we all share. James Hillman said, “we possess our feelings, but we are possessed by our emotions”.
Emotion is a positive or negatively charged psychic energy, an intense psychophysical unconscious reaction. A "feeling" is less intense and more conscious. Affect, as the root of emotion and feeling, modulates and regulates the psyche. Emotion is a complex experience, involving triggers, memory, conscious and unconscious elements. It arises from internal and external cues. Feelings have the quality of awareness.
The salvific force within the crucible of transformation colors the archetypal experience of dying and becoming ("Stirb und werde"), the movement from fragmentation to individuation, as the retrieval of body and soul after the experience of soul-murder. The spiritual dimension of trauma therapy addresses the archetype of meaning and the art of reconciliation in transcending trauma.
In summary, affect, emotion and feeling are three degrees of emotional experience along a developmental spectrum. Affect is the biological/archetypal root that combines with lived experience to form complex emotion, which in turn can be introspectively distilled into feelings through conscious awareness. Many modes of self-expression allow transformation from unconscious emotion to a more conscious feeling by releasing what is locked up inside into the external world.
Jung pointed out a specific psychobiological "charge" came along with archetypal activation. Beliefs are emotionalized thoughts. Archetypes can be related to affect modulation neurobiologically (Schore). The numinous charge lowers certain aspects of critical thinking while raising certain contents to a "supranormal degree of luminosity," by withdrawing energy from and darkening other contents into unconsciousness. A principal function of the human nervous system is the construction of a system of models of the world (operational environment) and the self. The symbolic brain is impelled to reify universal cosmologies that are at the core of each society's mythritual complex.
Social context and symbolic actions produce psychobiological changes in which symbolic cognition is grounded in the body. Nonsemiotic social and biological processes produce healing through meaning in the body and society with coherent mythic narratives. Metaphor links body and society through myth and the archetypes of the body. Processes rooted in the nervous system are presented in subjectively-compelling images. Suprapersonal archetypes arise from interaction of the body with social relations as universal substrate. Intuitive powers manifest in visual symbols. "Knowing how", related to images of the body's action, is the neurognostic foundation of consciousness. (Laughlin)
Neurognosis is a product of complex coherence in the quantum sea, and as a consequence is structured in such a way as to produce not only nascent knowledge about material phenomena (i.e., objects, relations and movements among objects, etc.) but also nascent knowledge of the quantum sea itself. In short, we are born knowing the world as objects and the world as sea. The former knowledge results in intentionality related to objects, and the latter to experiences of voidness.
Emotion is a positive or negatively charged psychic energy, an intense psychophysical unconscious reaction. A "feeling" is less intense and more conscious. Affect, as the root of emotion and feeling, modulates and regulates the psyche. Emotion is a complex experience, involving triggers, memory, conscious and unconscious elements. It arises from internal and external cues. Feelings have the quality of awareness.
The salvific force within the crucible of transformation colors the archetypal experience of dying and becoming ("Stirb und werde"), the movement from fragmentation to individuation, as the retrieval of body and soul after the experience of soul-murder. The spiritual dimension of trauma therapy addresses the archetype of meaning and the art of reconciliation in transcending trauma.
In summary, affect, emotion and feeling are three degrees of emotional experience along a developmental spectrum. Affect is the biological/archetypal root that combines with lived experience to form complex emotion, which in turn can be introspectively distilled into feelings through conscious awareness. Many modes of self-expression allow transformation from unconscious emotion to a more conscious feeling by releasing what is locked up inside into the external world.
Jung pointed out a specific psychobiological "charge" came along with archetypal activation. Beliefs are emotionalized thoughts. Archetypes can be related to affect modulation neurobiologically (Schore). The numinous charge lowers certain aspects of critical thinking while raising certain contents to a "supranormal degree of luminosity," by withdrawing energy from and darkening other contents into unconsciousness. A principal function of the human nervous system is the construction of a system of models of the world (operational environment) and the self. The symbolic brain is impelled to reify universal cosmologies that are at the core of each society's mythritual complex.
Social context and symbolic actions produce psychobiological changes in which symbolic cognition is grounded in the body. Nonsemiotic social and biological processes produce healing through meaning in the body and society with coherent mythic narratives. Metaphor links body and society through myth and the archetypes of the body. Processes rooted in the nervous system are presented in subjectively-compelling images. Suprapersonal archetypes arise from interaction of the body with social relations as universal substrate. Intuitive powers manifest in visual symbols. "Knowing how", related to images of the body's action, is the neurognostic foundation of consciousness. (Laughlin)
Neurognosis is a product of complex coherence in the quantum sea, and as a consequence is structured in such a way as to produce not only nascent knowledge about material phenomena (i.e., objects, relations and movements among objects, etc.) but also nascent knowledge of the quantum sea itself. In short, we are born knowing the world as objects and the world as sea. The former knowledge results in intentionality related to objects, and the latter to experiences of voidness.
Ground Rules
You can imagine yourself as the dynamic ground on which the reality dream is taking place. It is a shift in personal center of gravity to the deepest level. When it has come to a point of sufficient resolution, it will fade into the undifferentiated ground, and another appear.
Once we "go to ground", regenerative possibilities emerge. As focus changes, so does the figure and hence the ground. The ground which supports us is home of our transcendental soul. With genuine and unreserved acceptance, we create the ground from which all healing takes place.
The totality of experience is the ground of a life. But 'unity' itself is a fantasy goal. We can reexperience ourselves in a more complete, more complex way. What we can know becomes the image that points to the archetype, but never the thing in itself. We cannot see the world in its totality (unbroken wholeness) without imagination, yet imagination clouds the issue by generating a geyser of imagery in the void of the unknown. Imagination demands understanding as non-derivative, as a phenomenon evaluated on its own terms.
By creatively "making something out of Nothing", it reflects the unconscious perspective back to the self-organizing environment from which it arises spontaneously. It may launch us out of the now in any moment into the past or future.We abandon linear thinking wholly in the gaps in our awareness. Fantasy is a meaningful part of our raw mental life, where transformations take place.
Reorganized, inner life transforms the complex responses and cognitions that become the ground of a more satisfying and fulfilling life. The pluripotent/pluridimensional state is the condition of self-renewal. This cosmic ground is a mundus imaginalis, different from such bases as "biological instinct, eternal forms, numbers, linguistics and social transmission, biochemical reactions, genetic coding, etc.
The imaginal field acts as some sort of intermediary. It is the space which is already present when images are produced; it is the space where images emerge. Images and objects in the imaginal field are both personal and transpersonal. Such images and objects appear in an imaginal field that reaches past subjective, or internal, experience into objective, or external experience.
There is a gloss of imaginary material both over and under our ordinary experience and perception.The subjective imaginal is interwoven with objective "reality" as it unfolds. The Source generates meaningful images, but sometimes that meaning is lost in translation. The dream goes unnoticed, the warning unheeded, the challenge unanswered, the soul unacknowledged. Whatever is seen is also always explored in the imaginal. Immaterial reality arouses the felt-sense of connection to spirituality, yearning to retrieve the sacred. Such connection heals by eliminating fragmentation brought about by projective identifications.
Power of Eternity
In ancient times imagination, fantasy and intuition were considered an essential part of medical care. Solidarity with nature means healing. Healing itself, Jung says, always comes in some wholly unexpected way from the unknown -- like a miracle -- individually and culturally. Until it arrives, we grope in the dark. Yet, that very darkness contains the seeds of light. We often find some "object" in the imaginal realm that is healing. In creative imaginal time, events are lived outside linear time, and time may even be "reversed". Moments of insight harmonize verbal, active and imaginal modes of being.
There are times “the web” appears as the archetypal field, that mythical web of light across a field of stars and the scintillating flux of subspace that undergirds our being. A pulsating primal information field virtually 'bleeds' into manifestation from matter/anti-matter annihilation. As the aphorism goes, there is form without void. While we are concerned with figurative objects, the ground remains largely unacknowledged or unexplored.
Intuition and critical thinking must balance one another. Each of us rediscovers cosmic rhythms and significant archetypal positions at the heart of our being. But we accept them uncritically at our existential peril. At extremes, this leads to eccentricity, zealotry, and fanaticism, not wisdom and understanding. The drama of the modern world proceeds from the profound disequilibrium of the psyche, individual as well as collective.
We have to dig beneath our own motivations, prejudices, hidden agendas, and habitual thinking. To understand how we work, we need to explore the metapatterns of being. Primordial images, because of their universality and immense antiquity possess a cosmic and supra-human character, each of which can condition or warp our views of reality with their own 'gravity' fields. Our circumstances are a webwork conditioned by archetypal interrelationships.
We don't need to resurrect pre- or pseudoscientific, superstitious practices of our ancestors as much as foster the emergence of a wholly new order. The unconscious creative force is spirit. In our unconscious condition we connect with spiritual ground; consciously we live from it, rooted in gnosis. It lights up our being.
Theories need to be grounded. The same is true for a theory of archetypes as for a general theory of the universe and consciousness. These archetypes, which belong to humankind and are therefore of a collective nature, impelled Jung to suggest that in the unconscious mind we are all the same. Multidisciplinary science is verifying his intuitive notion.
The human psyche possesses a common substratum containing the myths and legends of all peoples regardless of differences in culture or personal experience. But we must discriminate or separate these symbols from those others which may have a merely personal dimension, which leads to disequilibrium. An invasion of archetypes leads to self-delusion.
Once we "go to ground", regenerative possibilities emerge. As focus changes, so does the figure and hence the ground. The ground which supports us is home of our transcendental soul. With genuine and unreserved acceptance, we create the ground from which all healing takes place.
The totality of experience is the ground of a life. But 'unity' itself is a fantasy goal. We can reexperience ourselves in a more complete, more complex way. What we can know becomes the image that points to the archetype, but never the thing in itself. We cannot see the world in its totality (unbroken wholeness) without imagination, yet imagination clouds the issue by generating a geyser of imagery in the void of the unknown. Imagination demands understanding as non-derivative, as a phenomenon evaluated on its own terms.
By creatively "making something out of Nothing", it reflects the unconscious perspective back to the self-organizing environment from which it arises spontaneously. It may launch us out of the now in any moment into the past or future.We abandon linear thinking wholly in the gaps in our awareness. Fantasy is a meaningful part of our raw mental life, where transformations take place.
Reorganized, inner life transforms the complex responses and cognitions that become the ground of a more satisfying and fulfilling life. The pluripotent/pluridimensional state is the condition of self-renewal. This cosmic ground is a mundus imaginalis, different from such bases as "biological instinct, eternal forms, numbers, linguistics and social transmission, biochemical reactions, genetic coding, etc.
The imaginal field acts as some sort of intermediary. It is the space which is already present when images are produced; it is the space where images emerge. Images and objects in the imaginal field are both personal and transpersonal. Such images and objects appear in an imaginal field that reaches past subjective, or internal, experience into objective, or external experience.
There is a gloss of imaginary material both over and under our ordinary experience and perception.The subjective imaginal is interwoven with objective "reality" as it unfolds. The Source generates meaningful images, but sometimes that meaning is lost in translation. The dream goes unnoticed, the warning unheeded, the challenge unanswered, the soul unacknowledged. Whatever is seen is also always explored in the imaginal. Immaterial reality arouses the felt-sense of connection to spirituality, yearning to retrieve the sacred. Such connection heals by eliminating fragmentation brought about by projective identifications.
Power of Eternity
In ancient times imagination, fantasy and intuition were considered an essential part of medical care. Solidarity with nature means healing. Healing itself, Jung says, always comes in some wholly unexpected way from the unknown -- like a miracle -- individually and culturally. Until it arrives, we grope in the dark. Yet, that very darkness contains the seeds of light. We often find some "object" in the imaginal realm that is healing. In creative imaginal time, events are lived outside linear time, and time may even be "reversed". Moments of insight harmonize verbal, active and imaginal modes of being.
There are times “the web” appears as the archetypal field, that mythical web of light across a field of stars and the scintillating flux of subspace that undergirds our being. A pulsating primal information field virtually 'bleeds' into manifestation from matter/anti-matter annihilation. As the aphorism goes, there is form without void. While we are concerned with figurative objects, the ground remains largely unacknowledged or unexplored.
Intuition and critical thinking must balance one another. Each of us rediscovers cosmic rhythms and significant archetypal positions at the heart of our being. But we accept them uncritically at our existential peril. At extremes, this leads to eccentricity, zealotry, and fanaticism, not wisdom and understanding. The drama of the modern world proceeds from the profound disequilibrium of the psyche, individual as well as collective.
We have to dig beneath our own motivations, prejudices, hidden agendas, and habitual thinking. To understand how we work, we need to explore the metapatterns of being. Primordial images, because of their universality and immense antiquity possess a cosmic and supra-human character, each of which can condition or warp our views of reality with their own 'gravity' fields. Our circumstances are a webwork conditioned by archetypal interrelationships.
We don't need to resurrect pre- or pseudoscientific, superstitious practices of our ancestors as much as foster the emergence of a wholly new order. The unconscious creative force is spirit. In our unconscious condition we connect with spiritual ground; consciously we live from it, rooted in gnosis. It lights up our being.
Theories need to be grounded. The same is true for a theory of archetypes as for a general theory of the universe and consciousness. These archetypes, which belong to humankind and are therefore of a collective nature, impelled Jung to suggest that in the unconscious mind we are all the same. Multidisciplinary science is verifying his intuitive notion.
The human psyche possesses a common substratum containing the myths and legends of all peoples regardless of differences in culture or personal experience. But we must discriminate or separate these symbols from those others which may have a merely personal dimension, which leads to disequilibrium. An invasion of archetypes leads to self-delusion.
Non-deterministic Psychology
For Jung, the collective unconscious is the world of the Gods and spirits, but also physics. Eliade defined archetypes as "exemplary models" or paradigms", and paradigms underlie our worldview much like subspace supports material manifestation. It is our archetypal nature to begin with assumptions about reality, to move to hypotheses, which yield coherent theories, which we realize are only models of reality, including our experience of ourselves. Conscious attachment to romanticism, fixed ideas and beliefs blocks the process, distorting and warping creative experience and vision.
For Eliade, symbolic thinking is rooted in the inner layer of our being, is consubstantial with human existence, and comes before language and discursive reason: "The symbol reveals certain aspects of reality -- the deepest aspects -- which defy any other means of knowledge .... Images, symbols, and myths respond to a need and fulfill a function, that of bringing to light the most hidden modalities of being." They may become mutilated or degraded, but are never extirpated nor ever disappear from the reality of the psyche. Furthermore, for Eliade, the unconscious is more philosophical and poetic than the conscious. It possesses a spiritual authenticity superior to conscious living.
Holism and physics essentially suggest that human beings potentially exist in multiple realities. Relevant issues include knowledge about the true nature of total metaphysical and physical (hyperspacetime and spacetime) reality, its electro-gravitational dynamics, holofractal geometries, the nature of information storage, transformation, transmission, and perception. Counterpoint to such explorations includes pro-active relationship with archetypal dynamics and transformational processes. This experiential process helps us comprehend how unconditioned "universal" energy transduces into the particulars of matter and events.
The universe is our "parent fractal" from the cosmological to microcosmic scale. Fractals are dynamic process-structures that etch time into space. They are boundary keepers that negotiate spatial and temporal interfaces between different forces and dimensions of being. Fractals provide the paradoxical foundation by which different levels of nature both connect and separate. Every boundary becomes a door, every border a portal. Because the same dynamics hold inside as well as outside the psyche, fractal geometry provides a bridge and language for linking inside and outside worlds.
Whether they occur in nature, our bodies or minds, fractal boundaries reveal infinite, hidden frontiers in the space between ordinary, Euclidean dimensions. As they occur around and inside our bodies, fractals occupy the complicated interface between various forces in nature. As they occur in the psyche, fractals arise out of endless feedback loops between self and other in relationships. Our sense of self, once again paradoxical in being both open and closed, arises dynamically in the transitional space between people. It appears that everywhere they arise, fractals occupy the boundary zone between. (Marks-Tarlow)
Each of us enters the Probability Cloud of Unknowing, extracting our knowledge and wisdom from the holographic blur of infinite potentials or archetypal superpositions underlying our experiential reality. When we see through the Cloud of Unknowing, we gain freedom from instinct, and consciously realize the powerful influences of the archetypal powers. All human experiences, interpretations, descriptions, representations, images, and formulas meet in the depth dimension of the primordial field. Magic happens in the gaps. Boundary situations are where we enounter the Unknown. Inherent influential ymbols and mythical themes survive in the psyche of modern man.
Most people are consumed by the contents of their experience, rather than learning the dynamics of the overall process and its effects in determining beliefs, thoughts, emotions and behavior. Without an overview of the processes of psychology and physics we fall into idiosyncratic theories based on highly limited understanding and experience. Without such understanding, wisdom is hampered by system error. This is the source of both factual error and faulty conclusions. The archetype of the Void is the primary archetype of the 21st Century.
Fundamental to all experience are the opposites of emptiness and fullness, space and substance, sound and silence, something and nothing. We not only meet these polarities at every moment in the gap between breaths, the silence between sounds, comprehension our existence is empty space -- existing and not existing. Its counterpoint is focused personal attention. The archetype of the void is about meeting it with awareness. For many people this can be a difficult or frightening thing.
We tend to think of the void as a huge nothingness, a vacuum in which the human personality will disappear. This can seem very frightening, that behind everything is a sort of nothingness. The amusing thing is that this is an everyday human experience. In sleep we have dropped into that void. Our personality has indeed, as far as we are concerned, melted away and disappeared. Yet the next morning we awake and all is well. We have survived.
The conscious meeting with the void is part of the gradual expanding of personal awareness. Part of our world is the full surround virtual reality of dreams and imagination, but there are dimensions beyond imagery, beyond form, beyond the opposites, beyond personal separate existence. This is the void, and to confront it consciously is a transformative experience.
For Eliade, symbolic thinking is rooted in the inner layer of our being, is consubstantial with human existence, and comes before language and discursive reason: "The symbol reveals certain aspects of reality -- the deepest aspects -- which defy any other means of knowledge .... Images, symbols, and myths respond to a need and fulfill a function, that of bringing to light the most hidden modalities of being." They may become mutilated or degraded, but are never extirpated nor ever disappear from the reality of the psyche. Furthermore, for Eliade, the unconscious is more philosophical and poetic than the conscious. It possesses a spiritual authenticity superior to conscious living.
Holism and physics essentially suggest that human beings potentially exist in multiple realities. Relevant issues include knowledge about the true nature of total metaphysical and physical (hyperspacetime and spacetime) reality, its electro-gravitational dynamics, holofractal geometries, the nature of information storage, transformation, transmission, and perception. Counterpoint to such explorations includes pro-active relationship with archetypal dynamics and transformational processes. This experiential process helps us comprehend how unconditioned "universal" energy transduces into the particulars of matter and events.
The universe is our "parent fractal" from the cosmological to microcosmic scale. Fractals are dynamic process-structures that etch time into space. They are boundary keepers that negotiate spatial and temporal interfaces between different forces and dimensions of being. Fractals provide the paradoxical foundation by which different levels of nature both connect and separate. Every boundary becomes a door, every border a portal. Because the same dynamics hold inside as well as outside the psyche, fractal geometry provides a bridge and language for linking inside and outside worlds.
Whether they occur in nature, our bodies or minds, fractal boundaries reveal infinite, hidden frontiers in the space between ordinary, Euclidean dimensions. As they occur around and inside our bodies, fractals occupy the complicated interface between various forces in nature. As they occur in the psyche, fractals arise out of endless feedback loops between self and other in relationships. Our sense of self, once again paradoxical in being both open and closed, arises dynamically in the transitional space between people. It appears that everywhere they arise, fractals occupy the boundary zone between. (Marks-Tarlow)
Each of us enters the Probability Cloud of Unknowing, extracting our knowledge and wisdom from the holographic blur of infinite potentials or archetypal superpositions underlying our experiential reality. When we see through the Cloud of Unknowing, we gain freedom from instinct, and consciously realize the powerful influences of the archetypal powers. All human experiences, interpretations, descriptions, representations, images, and formulas meet in the depth dimension of the primordial field. Magic happens in the gaps. Boundary situations are where we enounter the Unknown. Inherent influential ymbols and mythical themes survive in the psyche of modern man.
Most people are consumed by the contents of their experience, rather than learning the dynamics of the overall process and its effects in determining beliefs, thoughts, emotions and behavior. Without an overview of the processes of psychology and physics we fall into idiosyncratic theories based on highly limited understanding and experience. Without such understanding, wisdom is hampered by system error. This is the source of both factual error and faulty conclusions. The archetype of the Void is the primary archetype of the 21st Century.
Fundamental to all experience are the opposites of emptiness and fullness, space and substance, sound and silence, something and nothing. We not only meet these polarities at every moment in the gap between breaths, the silence between sounds, comprehension our existence is empty space -- existing and not existing. Its counterpoint is focused personal attention. The archetype of the void is about meeting it with awareness. For many people this can be a difficult or frightening thing.
We tend to think of the void as a huge nothingness, a vacuum in which the human personality will disappear. This can seem very frightening, that behind everything is a sort of nothingness. The amusing thing is that this is an everyday human experience. In sleep we have dropped into that void. Our personality has indeed, as far as we are concerned, melted away and disappeared. Yet the next morning we awake and all is well. We have survived.
The conscious meeting with the void is part of the gradual expanding of personal awareness. Part of our world is the full surround virtual reality of dreams and imagination, but there are dimensions beyond imagery, beyond form, beyond the opposites, beyond personal separate existence. This is the void, and to confront it consciously is a transformative experience.
Nothing Matters
ZPE-originated fields are located everywhere (in the Planck false vacuum) and their ultimate radial extension is infinite — they interpenetrate each other in the vast sea of pulsating cosmic spacetime. Together they constitute the basis of our holographic universe. This entire cycle of cosmic radiation, inflation, expansion, involution, compression, starting from and ending at the zero-point singularity (fundamental spin momentum) of absolute (zero-point) space, is the fundamental root of the "holographic principle" which underlies all phenomenal reality.
All structural information is contained in the infinite spin-momentum (singularity) source of all (harmonic) fractal involved cosmic fields, along with all particle standing waves (as well as all their formative combination's and permutations) at different frequency phase orders. All information is transformed from field to field by phase conjugate adaptive resonance.
Einstein said, 'Nothing happens until something moves.' Action at a distance occurs when pairs of quantum particles become entangled. Entanglement originated in the mind of Albert Einstein, who ironically came up with the notion trying to disprove quantum mechanics, a branch of physics he mistrusted all his life. Under the theory, if two particles, say electrons, are created together, some of their attributes will become "entangled." If the two are then separated, doing something to one instantly affects the other. This would happen whether they were next to each other or across the universe.
For instance, electrons act as if they have tiny bar magnets that point up or down, described by an attribute called "spin." If the two electrons are entangled through their spins -- up or down -- and a scientist measures the spin of one, the spin of the other will react even if one is on a lab table in Oxford and the other were on a planet near the star Antares, 1,000 light years away. Instantly. This means that the information about the change traveled faster than the speed of light -- which Einstein said was impossible -- or that long distances are some kind of illusion.
Entanglement is the ‘spooky action’ that coordinates the properties of separated particles. Non-local particles remain connected despite separation over time or space because space and time emerge from fundamentally spaceless and timeless physics. Quantum-holographic fields are responsible for our consciousness and memory that are non-local distributed fields. Consciousness also includes awareness, perception, attention and understanding.
Fundamental processes of nature lie outside space-time, generating events that can be located in space-time. Archetypal fields appear to function non-locally. Their influence is not space-time dependent. Therefore, according to quantum mechanics, they are secondary to entanglements which are primary. “Quantum entanglement” operates in processes taking place in DNA and its environment (Ogryzko, 2008).
There is a hypothesis about quantum entanglement (nonlocality) between genetic material of parents and descendants. At conception DNA of descendants “interacted” with the genotypes of the parents. By extrapolation of such assumptions, kin and non-kin may share quantum entanglement within quite large groups of individuals, originating out of Africa, or later isolated antic populations during glacial refugia. We are inextricably linked to one another.
Archetypes link us to one another as much as genes. Material carriers of consciousness emerge from projected forms of DNA, including brain neurons and the central nervous system. In addition, molecular orbitals (electron shells) of nuclear DNA of nerve cells appear as “carriers” of consciousness. This conforms with Karl Pribram's theory of the holographic principle of brain functioning.
Wave-genetics is more fundamental than electrochemical transfer of nerve impulses in determination of consciousness. Thus, archetypes are deeply rooted in our heritable nature, through aspects common to quantum information and condensed matter. Though they cannot specify behavior, genes must enable behavior.
Fundamental to the personality, archetypes are what moves and what moves us. Our lives are profoundly influenced by these archetypal rhythms, which arise from the subtext of reality. We are entangled in their eternal plotlines and mythemes. The heart of any archetypal pattern is its underlying motivations that fuse matter, imagery, desire, and basic human instinct.
Key sources of motivation give rise to human behavior. Traditionally, stories and myths -- religions we no longer believe -- provide the key to understanding human meaning and motivation. Motivation is the crankshaft of every story. Jung thought such stories form the structure of the psyche. These basic elements of the psyche are expressed through a tangle of concepts. Such chaotic conditions suggest the deep nature of archetypes as holographic strange attractors. The same strange attractor can manifest in different forms and on different levels, according to its orientation.
Archetypes represent a common language, symbols that everyone understands, that all humans have in common.A plurality of possibilities lead to one actuality. We also make use of archetypes when we think, when we describe something. The words we use exist in a common pool. Language is a common thing, therefore a language has its own field.
When we think, our thoughts are coded by a common field and linked to our own unspeakable name (the DNA). But our thoughts still remain entangled with the common field of the language. Geometry is another archetypal form of communication. The field of form itself is a geometrical archetype, informed by the patterns of "sacred geometry", the flower of life, Fibonnaci, Solfeggio, Golden Mean and Fuller's synergetics. Reflected in our own being, is it possible that a true archetype of a universal nature begins in geometry itself?
Archetypes are shapers of human experience, “fields” of interrelated experience that the human psyche is predisposed to find significant.. They are defined by motivation, but are more about a deep underlying need, often subconscious, that then affects all the other goals and motivations. Archetypes are negentropic drives, revealing latent information and identity. They are not pieces of a mosaic but interrelational systems in a Universe of of multidimensional relationships.
The story goal may not be what defines the archetypal need. Archetypal meaning is the agent that links all threads together. Narratives always represent a kind of movement in moral space. They are energies that are in and around us that create a field that helps us develop certain qualities that we have innately within us as human beings. These can be expressed in good, bad or diabolical ways, depending on certain other factors.
Narratives are the way that humans have of constructing coherence and continuity in our lives. The most important stories that humans tell, retell, and reframe are the ones people do not generally recognize as stories at all. These are referred to as “metanarratives” -- ideologies, religions, and cultures. People do not even recognize them as stories, but rather tend to take them as an unarticulated background, the taken-for-granted truth, the way things really are. Our entangled world of stories includes many tragedies, too immense to even comprehend; but it is also a story of cosmic and comic improbabilities resulting in many fortuitous new possibilities. And thereby hangs a tale.
Archetypes are repetitious information-rich embedded directives --an informational, rational, and meaning-carrying structure that works by creating a field of influence and whose effect is not limited by space and time parameters. It is a kind of universal blueprint that underlies natural life. Itself unknowable, the archetype serves as a cornucopia from which themes, motifs, tendencies, and behaviors arise. We recognize these universal shapers of experience.
The quality of each archetype is a reflection of the pattern that embodies it. Repetition is resonance. A particular emotion is simply an impulse that pulls us into resonant conformance with a particular archetype. Archetypes build on, feed on, and regulate one another. Archetypes introduce erratic behavior that leads to the emergence of new situations, including pathologizing and creative insight. They share a similar field pattern that is paradoxically both the source of disease manifestation and its ultimate healing.
In the Jungian sense, order and chaos are not strictly archetypes. Rather they are meta-types, tendencies, potentials, paths, waiting to be materialized and made use of by archetypes. Chaos and order are still regarded as states of matter and of energy, as organizational principles, as residents of the twilight zone between the mental or subjective and the external, the "objective". Consequent effects are not necessarily random and chaotic because of an inherent order that emerges at the edge of chaos. This order does not occur according to a “blueprint” or prior determination. It is created out of the chaotic conditions themselves.
All structural information is contained in the infinite spin-momentum (singularity) source of all (harmonic) fractal involved cosmic fields, along with all particle standing waves (as well as all their formative combination's and permutations) at different frequency phase orders. All information is transformed from field to field by phase conjugate adaptive resonance.
Einstein said, 'Nothing happens until something moves.' Action at a distance occurs when pairs of quantum particles become entangled. Entanglement originated in the mind of Albert Einstein, who ironically came up with the notion trying to disprove quantum mechanics, a branch of physics he mistrusted all his life. Under the theory, if two particles, say electrons, are created together, some of their attributes will become "entangled." If the two are then separated, doing something to one instantly affects the other. This would happen whether they were next to each other or across the universe.
For instance, electrons act as if they have tiny bar magnets that point up or down, described by an attribute called "spin." If the two electrons are entangled through their spins -- up or down -- and a scientist measures the spin of one, the spin of the other will react even if one is on a lab table in Oxford and the other were on a planet near the star Antares, 1,000 light years away. Instantly. This means that the information about the change traveled faster than the speed of light -- which Einstein said was impossible -- or that long distances are some kind of illusion.
Entanglement is the ‘spooky action’ that coordinates the properties of separated particles. Non-local particles remain connected despite separation over time or space because space and time emerge from fundamentally spaceless and timeless physics. Quantum-holographic fields are responsible for our consciousness and memory that are non-local distributed fields. Consciousness also includes awareness, perception, attention and understanding.
Fundamental processes of nature lie outside space-time, generating events that can be located in space-time. Archetypal fields appear to function non-locally. Their influence is not space-time dependent. Therefore, according to quantum mechanics, they are secondary to entanglements which are primary. “Quantum entanglement” operates in processes taking place in DNA and its environment (Ogryzko, 2008).
There is a hypothesis about quantum entanglement (nonlocality) between genetic material of parents and descendants. At conception DNA of descendants “interacted” with the genotypes of the parents. By extrapolation of such assumptions, kin and non-kin may share quantum entanglement within quite large groups of individuals, originating out of Africa, or later isolated antic populations during glacial refugia. We are inextricably linked to one another.
Archetypes link us to one another as much as genes. Material carriers of consciousness emerge from projected forms of DNA, including brain neurons and the central nervous system. In addition, molecular orbitals (electron shells) of nuclear DNA of nerve cells appear as “carriers” of consciousness. This conforms with Karl Pribram's theory of the holographic principle of brain functioning.
Wave-genetics is more fundamental than electrochemical transfer of nerve impulses in determination of consciousness. Thus, archetypes are deeply rooted in our heritable nature, through aspects common to quantum information and condensed matter. Though they cannot specify behavior, genes must enable behavior.
Fundamental to the personality, archetypes are what moves and what moves us. Our lives are profoundly influenced by these archetypal rhythms, which arise from the subtext of reality. We are entangled in their eternal plotlines and mythemes. The heart of any archetypal pattern is its underlying motivations that fuse matter, imagery, desire, and basic human instinct.
Key sources of motivation give rise to human behavior. Traditionally, stories and myths -- religions we no longer believe -- provide the key to understanding human meaning and motivation. Motivation is the crankshaft of every story. Jung thought such stories form the structure of the psyche. These basic elements of the psyche are expressed through a tangle of concepts. Such chaotic conditions suggest the deep nature of archetypes as holographic strange attractors. The same strange attractor can manifest in different forms and on different levels, according to its orientation.
Archetypes represent a common language, symbols that everyone understands, that all humans have in common.A plurality of possibilities lead to one actuality. We also make use of archetypes when we think, when we describe something. The words we use exist in a common pool. Language is a common thing, therefore a language has its own field.
When we think, our thoughts are coded by a common field and linked to our own unspeakable name (the DNA). But our thoughts still remain entangled with the common field of the language. Geometry is another archetypal form of communication. The field of form itself is a geometrical archetype, informed by the patterns of "sacred geometry", the flower of life, Fibonnaci, Solfeggio, Golden Mean and Fuller's synergetics. Reflected in our own being, is it possible that a true archetype of a universal nature begins in geometry itself?
Archetypes are shapers of human experience, “fields” of interrelated experience that the human psyche is predisposed to find significant.. They are defined by motivation, but are more about a deep underlying need, often subconscious, that then affects all the other goals and motivations. Archetypes are negentropic drives, revealing latent information and identity. They are not pieces of a mosaic but interrelational systems in a Universe of of multidimensional relationships.
The story goal may not be what defines the archetypal need. Archetypal meaning is the agent that links all threads together. Narratives always represent a kind of movement in moral space. They are energies that are in and around us that create a field that helps us develop certain qualities that we have innately within us as human beings. These can be expressed in good, bad or diabolical ways, depending on certain other factors.
Narratives are the way that humans have of constructing coherence and continuity in our lives. The most important stories that humans tell, retell, and reframe are the ones people do not generally recognize as stories at all. These are referred to as “metanarratives” -- ideologies, religions, and cultures. People do not even recognize them as stories, but rather tend to take them as an unarticulated background, the taken-for-granted truth, the way things really are. Our entangled world of stories includes many tragedies, too immense to even comprehend; but it is also a story of cosmic and comic improbabilities resulting in many fortuitous new possibilities. And thereby hangs a tale.
Archetypes are repetitious information-rich embedded directives --an informational, rational, and meaning-carrying structure that works by creating a field of influence and whose effect is not limited by space and time parameters. It is a kind of universal blueprint that underlies natural life. Itself unknowable, the archetype serves as a cornucopia from which themes, motifs, tendencies, and behaviors arise. We recognize these universal shapers of experience.
The quality of each archetype is a reflection of the pattern that embodies it. Repetition is resonance. A particular emotion is simply an impulse that pulls us into resonant conformance with a particular archetype. Archetypes build on, feed on, and regulate one another. Archetypes introduce erratic behavior that leads to the emergence of new situations, including pathologizing and creative insight. They share a similar field pattern that is paradoxically both the source of disease manifestation and its ultimate healing.
In the Jungian sense, order and chaos are not strictly archetypes. Rather they are meta-types, tendencies, potentials, paths, waiting to be materialized and made use of by archetypes. Chaos and order are still regarded as states of matter and of energy, as organizational principles, as residents of the twilight zone between the mental or subjective and the external, the "objective". Consequent effects are not necessarily random and chaotic because of an inherent order that emerges at the edge of chaos. This order does not occur according to a “blueprint” or prior determination. It is created out of the chaotic conditions themselves.
A-field
Archetypes can be compared to a blueprint or a genetic code, representing predetermined plans for the structure, function and development of each aspect of human life. These archetypal patterns are the common foundations of our personality traits, drives, feelings, beliefs, motivations and actions. Archetypes involve all aspects of our lives.
Archetypes are structuring principles/numinous fields/forms of indefinable content which, when manifest, will express that content through symbol (image). Jung affirms the symbol as grounded in the unconscious archetype while their manifest forms are shaped by the ideas harboring in the conscious mind (the "I" value). The archetype, therefore, is a structuring principle that is itself without a structure. This is why the notion of a field works well with archetypes. The archetype of Light is the personifications of the field itself.
Von Franz observes that the archetypes are interconnected in a continuous field. A field can be understood as a region or space where something happens. If each archetype has as its "energetic component" a field can store and shape information, matter, and behavior. So, we can hypothesize that the archetypal field serves as the ground of being or the ground of creation from which form arises. While an electromagnetic or gravitational field is space and time dependent, an archetypal field appears to be "nonlocal"-- not limited to the mandates of space and time.
An archetype is a primary patterning upon which manifestion organizes itself in self-similar formulae recurring in human experience. They work through the creation of attractors -- complexes, magnetic epicenters creating the convergence of archetypal potentialities into singularities, highly patterned behavioral tendencies that draw specific facets of archetypes. Entelechy is all about the possibilities encoded in each of us. This entelechy principle can be expressed symbolically as a god or a guide. We feel its presence as the inspiration or motivation that helps us get life moving again after times of stress or stagnation.
A "field" of activity and influence surrounds an archetype, like the magnetic field around a magnet, or the gravitational field around a planet. An archetypal complex is the experiential equivalent of a force field or a magnetic field in physics, producing an integrated pattern or gestalt out of many diverse particulars. Any given archetypal complex always contains problematic and pathological shadow tendencies intertwined with more salutary, fruitful, and creative ones, all of which inhere in potentia in each complex (Tarnas, Cosmos and Psyche, 105).
Every archetype has its own embedded field -- the "archetypal field," or "a-field." The a-field and ZPE field are complementary if not identical. An archetypal complex as "a coherent field of archetypally connected meanings, experiences, and psychological tendencies. They are expressed in perceptions, emotions, images, attitudes, beliefs, fantasies, and memories. Synchronistic external events and historical and cultural phenomena also appear to be informed by a dominant archetypal principle or combination of such principles.
Jung connected the phenomenon of synchronicity to psychic conditions. He felt inner and outer realities (subjective and objective) evolved through the archetypes. Jung theorized that these archetypal images belonged to a part of the unconscious not derived from personal experience. The archetypal images form the "collective unconscious". This collective is all things working synergetically, totality of consciousness vibrating and working as one coherent mass of energy.
The field of all archetypes is the existential ground of our being, but different archetypes may be more prominent at any given time. Such a conceptual field may be more or less co-extensive with biopsychosocial fields. The field archetype defines the interface that all field implementations must satisfy. The distinguishing feature of an archetype is its schema. A schema defines the fields of an archetype. Archetypes specify a static default value for a field.
As part of the cosmic holographic field, archetypes are nested hierarchies. They appear transpersonal and numinous because every part of the hologram contains all the information possessed by the whole. The implicate (implied) order is the holographic medium. Matter and consciousness have implicate order in common.
Each particle is an image constructed from information enfolded into a vacuum, providing a dynamic order in which change anywhere in the pattern is mirrored by the whole. The part projects itself by its self-similarity in the whole and the whole in the part, with different degrees of resolution and angles of perspective. The implicate order is a holographic medium that connects apparently disconnected individuals/ experiences/ information. Our consciousness is not three-dimensional, but multidimensional.
Archetypes are structuring principles/numinous fields/forms of indefinable content which, when manifest, will express that content through symbol (image). Jung affirms the symbol as grounded in the unconscious archetype while their manifest forms are shaped by the ideas harboring in the conscious mind (the "I" value). The archetype, therefore, is a structuring principle that is itself without a structure. This is why the notion of a field works well with archetypes. The archetype of Light is the personifications of the field itself.
Von Franz observes that the archetypes are interconnected in a continuous field. A field can be understood as a region or space where something happens. If each archetype has as its "energetic component" a field can store and shape information, matter, and behavior. So, we can hypothesize that the archetypal field serves as the ground of being or the ground of creation from which form arises. While an electromagnetic or gravitational field is space and time dependent, an archetypal field appears to be "nonlocal"-- not limited to the mandates of space and time.
An archetype is a primary patterning upon which manifestion organizes itself in self-similar formulae recurring in human experience. They work through the creation of attractors -- complexes, magnetic epicenters creating the convergence of archetypal potentialities into singularities, highly patterned behavioral tendencies that draw specific facets of archetypes. Entelechy is all about the possibilities encoded in each of us. This entelechy principle can be expressed symbolically as a god or a guide. We feel its presence as the inspiration or motivation that helps us get life moving again after times of stress or stagnation.
A "field" of activity and influence surrounds an archetype, like the magnetic field around a magnet, or the gravitational field around a planet. An archetypal complex is the experiential equivalent of a force field or a magnetic field in physics, producing an integrated pattern or gestalt out of many diverse particulars. Any given archetypal complex always contains problematic and pathological shadow tendencies intertwined with more salutary, fruitful, and creative ones, all of which inhere in potentia in each complex (Tarnas, Cosmos and Psyche, 105).
Every archetype has its own embedded field -- the "archetypal field," or "a-field." The a-field and ZPE field are complementary if not identical. An archetypal complex as "a coherent field of archetypally connected meanings, experiences, and psychological tendencies. They are expressed in perceptions, emotions, images, attitudes, beliefs, fantasies, and memories. Synchronistic external events and historical and cultural phenomena also appear to be informed by a dominant archetypal principle or combination of such principles.
Jung connected the phenomenon of synchronicity to psychic conditions. He felt inner and outer realities (subjective and objective) evolved through the archetypes. Jung theorized that these archetypal images belonged to a part of the unconscious not derived from personal experience. The archetypal images form the "collective unconscious". This collective is all things working synergetically, totality of consciousness vibrating and working as one coherent mass of energy.
The field of all archetypes is the existential ground of our being, but different archetypes may be more prominent at any given time. Such a conceptual field may be more or less co-extensive with biopsychosocial fields. The field archetype defines the interface that all field implementations must satisfy. The distinguishing feature of an archetype is its schema. A schema defines the fields of an archetype. Archetypes specify a static default value for a field.
As part of the cosmic holographic field, archetypes are nested hierarchies. They appear transpersonal and numinous because every part of the hologram contains all the information possessed by the whole. The implicate (implied) order is the holographic medium. Matter and consciousness have implicate order in common.
Each particle is an image constructed from information enfolded into a vacuum, providing a dynamic order in which change anywhere in the pattern is mirrored by the whole. The part projects itself by its self-similarity in the whole and the whole in the part, with different degrees of resolution and angles of perspective. The implicate order is a holographic medium that connects apparently disconnected individuals/ experiences/ information. Our consciousness is not three-dimensional, but multidimensional.
PsycHOLOgy
Peat said complexes create a type of antenna around individuals tuning them in and aligning them with the specific frequency of an archetype. This tuning is a complicated, fascinating, and surprisingly exacting phenomena.
It works by creating alignments and entrainments with only those segments of life which match the constant of the constellated archetype. A pre-existing principle of organization within the personality manifests as a psychological vortex (a complex) into which we are drawn. The vortex is impersonal.
In other words, only those themes and issues which resonant with the individual's alignment of an archetype will be constellated. Information about archetypal fields, as well as important information about one's life, is holographically encoded in the most minute details and interactional patterns in a person's life.
Any change in the hologram pattern is mirrored across the hologram as a whole. But, different distributed parts yield different perspectives of the whole relative to where the part is located in the hologram.Self-observation and taking action is vital for change to occur. Change implies novelty and an opening up of a system, or mind, to new information and possibilities Change is a form in itself, so great amounts of energy are required to support the development of its new structures.
The process of repetition, or replication, is the means by which a form, a living system, or a human behavior becomes stabilized, recognizable, and characteristic. Patterns are important in the generation of form. They are material representations of archetypal, informational fields in space and time. They exist as external mappings of internal processes. It is through patterns, an intentional series of steps that are repeated in a highly consistent and sequenced way, that a unique archetypal alignment becomes incarnate in the outer world, taking tangible shape.
Laszlo explains that the pattern, which can change, is a manifestation of the information contained within a field and is not in and of itself autonomous. In many respects Laszlo's distinction between patterns and informational fields parallels Jung's understanding of the relationship between symbol and archetype. The pattern, like the symbol, emerges from an archetypal context, standing as the representation and "settling" in the form of the field. Both views attribute the generation of the original information represented in the form of a pattern, logically, to the source: the archetypal informational field (a-field).
The brain establishes resonance patterns as it works to process new information. Through processes of replication and resonance, the brain processes and metabolizes novelty through a type of cross-referencing of the new event with what is already known and has already been experienced. This cross-referential processing produces a resonance between past and current events, so new information and experience are understood through their relationship to prior knowledge. Cross-referencing makes what was novel familiar by drawing it into a resonance with what is already known. These are not humanly contrived, consciously derived operations. Instead they exist as the psyche's or nature's way for making connections and building relationships.
According to Conforti (1999), the regularity of pattern repetition in life speaks to the strength of the preformed, archetypal constellations that are continually made manifest and influence much of individual and collective life. The formula is archetype > field > repetition > change. The enduring nature of the patterns and their tendency to introduce the individual to the "destiny" factor, suggests that archetypal informational fields exist as the central organizing factor in life.
Each manifestation of form appears in the world through a consolidation of the informational content of a DNA or archetypal blueprint, then congeals into a recognizable pattern. Perturbation interrupts such stable patterns. Intrusive informational catastrophes introduce highly divergent material that the system has to respond to by either adaptation and integration or through the strengthening of the denial structures.
Jung attributed negentropic effects to the Self, but it is simply a meta-property of the a-field. "Free-energy" (ZPE) enters the field of time when it leaves the archetypal world. Laszlo asserted the archetypes' naturalistic status approaching them through systems science with information (negentropy). Transcending fundamental dualities (wave-particle, experience-information, part-whole, and non-local), ZPE is unconditioned archetypal creative energy. Archetypal fields function non-locally in that their influence is not space-time dependent.
Archetype, as source, is the totality of absences. We cannot see the archetype because the real source of thing behind ideas defines the whole permutational space of the essence the totality of metaconstraint that gives rise to all the objects of that kind. It tranduces universals from Pluriverse / Kosmos / World / Domain / Meta-system to special systems: System/Form/Pattern/Monad/Facet.
Superspatial and supertemporal force, archetypes are composed of dynamic tensions that arise spontaneously in the individual and collective psyche; autonomous energies common to the human species. They give the psyche its dynamic properties and help organize it. They are part of the negentropic aggregate, that is the fine structure with conceptual commonalities, within the larger whole, accelerating down the aeons. Their effects as memetic entities can be seen in many forms and across cultures. We need bigger stories than those that defined reality in the 20th century. Science imagines it tells this story in objective terms with measurable, socially agreed upon precision. Jung emphasized balance within the system as ideal, whereas Hillman favors variety and complexity of optimal system functioning.
In Jungian psychology, such patterns of motivation are usually equated with personality types, codified gods and goddesses, or developmental archetypes. Archetypes are human types in pure form. But the model tells us little about the deep inherent nature of the holistic dynamic system in which they and ourselves arise. To do so requires crossing and collapsing boundaries to include many disciplines. The dual of ideas, highlighting the unities and absences of aspects of being, archetypes self-organize the unconscious. Jung's collective unconscious consists of archetypal infolded EM structures.
The interactions of multiple archetypes from the cosmic to individual perspective include physics, chaos theory, complexity, network theory, neurology, genetics, system dynamics, and a variety of other relevant fields which can be applied to facets of archetypal heuristics. Yet, as tiny islands of negentropy in an immense chaotic sea., archetypes precondition all reality assertions we might make.
How can we represent dynamic change in systems? One transdisciplinary means of approach is the notion of archetypes, which we can call "the a-field" and charged a-field elements. The soul's motivation is to explore the archetypes of spirit, discerning soul's motivation through intuition. This motivation is not contrary to the motivation of ego or the a-field elements.
In addition to the motivation from ego and soul, there are motivations which derive from various dynamics and mental functions. These modes of motivation are mechanical defaults which we use when we are not directed by the fresh, creative guidance of intuition. In the Jungian model, soul uses all of this spectrum experiences as a means for learning about the dynamics of spirit and its archetypes, much like physicist use the electromagnetic spectrum.
We often gravitate toward an archetype of a particular motivation to gain emotional satisfaction. The best way to create “emotional affinity” through meaning is to use archetypal images to fulfill “basic human desires and motivations. The best way to create “emotional affinity” through meaning is to use archetypal images to fulfill “basic human desires and motivations. Projection is a two way street where internal perceptions are projected outwardly even as archetypal formation structures and conditions response. It inescapably conditions our evaluations of internal and external phenomena, the particular and the universal. We are embodied as concrete particulars.
James Harvey Stout outlined some archetypal default settings, including desire, pleasure and pain:
Charged archetypal-field elements. In every situation, we are confronting archetypes. Intuition can guide us in generating the particular elements (i.e., thoughts, images, energy tones, and actions) which constitute an appropriate response to those archetypes. However, if we are not aware of intuition (or if we ignore it), our thoughts, imagery, energy tones, and actions will not be entirely appropriate; for example, we will not say exactly what needs to be said. Because of this inappropriateness, the elements do not fully discharge their charge; instead, when they leave their permanent record in the archetypal field, there is a charge which lingers. It is this charge which compels us to recreate the archetypal situation for the specific purpose of discharging the residual energy. Thus, much of our motivation derives from these charged elements; for example, if we have generated hateful thoughts toward "irresponsible people," we will be compulsively motivated to perform irresponsible acts until we have resolved the charge. (This compulsion is often called "karma.")
Values. During a decision-making process, the mind refers to our "values"; we might discover that we value "enjoyment." We feel motivated to comply with our values; contrarily, when we do not comply with our values, we experience the painful sensation of "guilt." When we are motivated by our values, we are energized and excited; we find the drive and desire and resources to endeavor, and we feel satisfaction when the goals are reached, regardless of people's reaction. What we have achieved is real to us, because it satisfies our values. But if we accept other people's values as our own, we probably feel a weaker drive and an emptiness at the conclusion (if we had enough enthusiasm to persist toward the completion at all). http://www.theorderoftime.com/politics/cemetery/stout/h/motivat.htm
It works by creating alignments and entrainments with only those segments of life which match the constant of the constellated archetype. A pre-existing principle of organization within the personality manifests as a psychological vortex (a complex) into which we are drawn. The vortex is impersonal.
In other words, only those themes and issues which resonant with the individual's alignment of an archetype will be constellated. Information about archetypal fields, as well as important information about one's life, is holographically encoded in the most minute details and interactional patterns in a person's life.
Any change in the hologram pattern is mirrored across the hologram as a whole. But, different distributed parts yield different perspectives of the whole relative to where the part is located in the hologram.Self-observation and taking action is vital for change to occur. Change implies novelty and an opening up of a system, or mind, to new information and possibilities Change is a form in itself, so great amounts of energy are required to support the development of its new structures.
The process of repetition, or replication, is the means by which a form, a living system, or a human behavior becomes stabilized, recognizable, and characteristic. Patterns are important in the generation of form. They are material representations of archetypal, informational fields in space and time. They exist as external mappings of internal processes. It is through patterns, an intentional series of steps that are repeated in a highly consistent and sequenced way, that a unique archetypal alignment becomes incarnate in the outer world, taking tangible shape.
Laszlo explains that the pattern, which can change, is a manifestation of the information contained within a field and is not in and of itself autonomous. In many respects Laszlo's distinction between patterns and informational fields parallels Jung's understanding of the relationship between symbol and archetype. The pattern, like the symbol, emerges from an archetypal context, standing as the representation and "settling" in the form of the field. Both views attribute the generation of the original information represented in the form of a pattern, logically, to the source: the archetypal informational field (a-field).
The brain establishes resonance patterns as it works to process new information. Through processes of replication and resonance, the brain processes and metabolizes novelty through a type of cross-referencing of the new event with what is already known and has already been experienced. This cross-referential processing produces a resonance between past and current events, so new information and experience are understood through their relationship to prior knowledge. Cross-referencing makes what was novel familiar by drawing it into a resonance with what is already known. These are not humanly contrived, consciously derived operations. Instead they exist as the psyche's or nature's way for making connections and building relationships.
According to Conforti (1999), the regularity of pattern repetition in life speaks to the strength of the preformed, archetypal constellations that are continually made manifest and influence much of individual and collective life. The formula is archetype > field > repetition > change. The enduring nature of the patterns and their tendency to introduce the individual to the "destiny" factor, suggests that archetypal informational fields exist as the central organizing factor in life.
Each manifestation of form appears in the world through a consolidation of the informational content of a DNA or archetypal blueprint, then congeals into a recognizable pattern. Perturbation interrupts such stable patterns. Intrusive informational catastrophes introduce highly divergent material that the system has to respond to by either adaptation and integration or through the strengthening of the denial structures.
Jung attributed negentropic effects to the Self, but it is simply a meta-property of the a-field. "Free-energy" (ZPE) enters the field of time when it leaves the archetypal world. Laszlo asserted the archetypes' naturalistic status approaching them through systems science with information (negentropy). Transcending fundamental dualities (wave-particle, experience-information, part-whole, and non-local), ZPE is unconditioned archetypal creative energy. Archetypal fields function non-locally in that their influence is not space-time dependent.
Archetype, as source, is the totality of absences. We cannot see the archetype because the real source of thing behind ideas defines the whole permutational space of the essence the totality of metaconstraint that gives rise to all the objects of that kind. It tranduces universals from Pluriverse / Kosmos / World / Domain / Meta-system to special systems: System/Form/Pattern/Monad/Facet.
Superspatial and supertemporal force, archetypes are composed of dynamic tensions that arise spontaneously in the individual and collective psyche; autonomous energies common to the human species. They give the psyche its dynamic properties and help organize it. They are part of the negentropic aggregate, that is the fine structure with conceptual commonalities, within the larger whole, accelerating down the aeons. Their effects as memetic entities can be seen in many forms and across cultures. We need bigger stories than those that defined reality in the 20th century. Science imagines it tells this story in objective terms with measurable, socially agreed upon precision. Jung emphasized balance within the system as ideal, whereas Hillman favors variety and complexity of optimal system functioning.
In Jungian psychology, such patterns of motivation are usually equated with personality types, codified gods and goddesses, or developmental archetypes. Archetypes are human types in pure form. But the model tells us little about the deep inherent nature of the holistic dynamic system in which they and ourselves arise. To do so requires crossing and collapsing boundaries to include many disciplines. The dual of ideas, highlighting the unities and absences of aspects of being, archetypes self-organize the unconscious. Jung's collective unconscious consists of archetypal infolded EM structures.
The interactions of multiple archetypes from the cosmic to individual perspective include physics, chaos theory, complexity, network theory, neurology, genetics, system dynamics, and a variety of other relevant fields which can be applied to facets of archetypal heuristics. Yet, as tiny islands of negentropy in an immense chaotic sea., archetypes precondition all reality assertions we might make.
How can we represent dynamic change in systems? One transdisciplinary means of approach is the notion of archetypes, which we can call "the a-field" and charged a-field elements. The soul's motivation is to explore the archetypes of spirit, discerning soul's motivation through intuition. This motivation is not contrary to the motivation of ego or the a-field elements.
In addition to the motivation from ego and soul, there are motivations which derive from various dynamics and mental functions. These modes of motivation are mechanical defaults which we use when we are not directed by the fresh, creative guidance of intuition. In the Jungian model, soul uses all of this spectrum experiences as a means for learning about the dynamics of spirit and its archetypes, much like physicist use the electromagnetic spectrum.
We often gravitate toward an archetype of a particular motivation to gain emotional satisfaction. The best way to create “emotional affinity” through meaning is to use archetypal images to fulfill “basic human desires and motivations. The best way to create “emotional affinity” through meaning is to use archetypal images to fulfill “basic human desires and motivations. Projection is a two way street where internal perceptions are projected outwardly even as archetypal formation structures and conditions response. It inescapably conditions our evaluations of internal and external phenomena, the particular and the universal. We are embodied as concrete particulars.
James Harvey Stout outlined some archetypal default settings, including desire, pleasure and pain:
Charged archetypal-field elements. In every situation, we are confronting archetypes. Intuition can guide us in generating the particular elements (i.e., thoughts, images, energy tones, and actions) which constitute an appropriate response to those archetypes. However, if we are not aware of intuition (or if we ignore it), our thoughts, imagery, energy tones, and actions will not be entirely appropriate; for example, we will not say exactly what needs to be said. Because of this inappropriateness, the elements do not fully discharge their charge; instead, when they leave their permanent record in the archetypal field, there is a charge which lingers. It is this charge which compels us to recreate the archetypal situation for the specific purpose of discharging the residual energy. Thus, much of our motivation derives from these charged elements; for example, if we have generated hateful thoughts toward "irresponsible people," we will be compulsively motivated to perform irresponsible acts until we have resolved the charge. (This compulsion is often called "karma.")
Values. During a decision-making process, the mind refers to our "values"; we might discover that we value "enjoyment." We feel motivated to comply with our values; contrarily, when we do not comply with our values, we experience the painful sensation of "guilt." When we are motivated by our values, we are energized and excited; we find the drive and desire and resources to endeavor, and we feel satisfaction when the goals are reached, regardless of people's reaction. What we have achieved is real to us, because it satisfies our values. But if we accept other people's values as our own, we probably feel a weaker drive and an emptiness at the conclusion (if we had enough enthusiasm to persist toward the completion at all). http://www.theorderoftime.com/politics/cemetery/stout/h/motivat.htm
FOREWORD
The Light of Nature
“By moving to a field model, Jung’s view of the archetypes of the collective unconscious can be reformulated. Each archetype can be seen as a node embedded within the larger context of a polycentric whole, with sets of links or connections weaving the archetypes into a network that has scale-free properties.” --Cambray, Synchronicity.
Virtual Holograms & Network Theory
Bootstrapping from Pribram and Bohm that both matter and consciousness are a single field of reality, we can revision archetypes as holographic projections of consciousness, fractal involved series of harmonic radiant energy fields -- holographic self-organizing nets, electrodynamic patterning. Everything responds to a consciousness field by becoming more ordered. The stronger or more coherent the consciousness field, the more the order is evident
Such entities have no independent existence as such. Rather, they are abstracted from the flowing movement, arising and vanishing in the total process of the flow. Every archetype is a hologram of all that exists. The whole reflects back to us ageless, collective wisdom grounded in countless individual experiences, as an unrelenting imaginal kaleidoscope of images.
Hub theory developed in network science but provides a viable metaphor for the psychic field and archetypes. Network theorists have discovered a new and unsuspected order within highly linked networks, one that displays an uncommon beauty and coherence. Arising as a complex network, such connections are not random. If if they grow large enough each node has roughly the same number of links as any other node over time. Highly linked nodes, or hubs, are the defining characteristic of the network, not just an anomaly but an organizing principle for engineered and natural systems alike.
The strongest connections (among symbols) are hubs, with less-connected nodes clustering around them like planets gather around a star. The new model reflects the existence of hubs in real-world networks, creating a tool for scientists to map and explore all manner of complex systems in ways they had never thought to before. Mapping a system, with its patterns and details, helps us understand its behavior and degrees of randomness or uncertainty in a system. (Barabási)
Engineers use control theory to predict how systems will respond to various inputs. Similar equations are used to map networks. Like prediction, control requires evaluating an object as a system with nodes of varying importance. If we can look at any network, not just engineered ones, we can find those control nodes. Among the thousands of proteins operating in a cell, researchers found the the steering wheel, the gas pedal and the brake:
Control nodes take instructions or signals from outside the network (for example, a foot on the gas pedal) and transmit them to nodes within the network (the fuel-injection system). To find them, Liu borrowed an algorithm, developed by Erdös and Rényi five decades prior, that acts as a signal moving through the network. It starts at one node and follows a random edge to another node, at which point it “erases” every other edge but the one it came in on and the one it will go out on. The algorithm runs through the entire network over and over until it finds the minimum set of starting points needed to reach every node in the system. Control these starting points, and you control the entire network. http://www.popsci.com/science/article/2011-10/man-could-rule-world
They found that denser, more interconnected networks tended to have fewer control nodes per capita. For instance, the brain or network of genes control the system through such nodes. A small percent of connections control the network. The more data scientists feed into the model, the better they can map connections in the network and the fewer control nodes they might need to operate the system. Theory applies to total control of a network. Scientists who want partial control—say, to elicit a particular protein expression within a cell—would need to master far fewer nodes. As in the case of archetypes, finding the points of control is one thing. Actually exerting influence over a given network is an entirely different challenge.
The first breakthroughs will most likely take place in medicine. By identifying control nodes in cell growth systems, scientists could return mature cells to their embryonic state, creating a new source of stem cells. “Some diseases are all about lack of control,” Barabási says. “If you were able to gain control over them at the cellular or neuronal level, you might be able to cure the disease.” Jung claimed the gods have become diseases, so interventions at this level tap into the archetypal control system. Whether that is 'good' for us or not remains to be seen. Understanding how we operate probably is. Hermes encourages and inspires us to do so.
Bootstrapping from Pribram and Bohm that both matter and consciousness are a single field of reality, we can revision archetypes as holographic projections of consciousness, fractal involved series of harmonic radiant energy fields -- holographic self-organizing nets, electrodynamic patterning. Everything responds to a consciousness field by becoming more ordered. The stronger or more coherent the consciousness field, the more the order is evident
Such entities have no independent existence as such. Rather, they are abstracted from the flowing movement, arising and vanishing in the total process of the flow. Every archetype is a hologram of all that exists. The whole reflects back to us ageless, collective wisdom grounded in countless individual experiences, as an unrelenting imaginal kaleidoscope of images.
Hub theory developed in network science but provides a viable metaphor for the psychic field and archetypes. Network theorists have discovered a new and unsuspected order within highly linked networks, one that displays an uncommon beauty and coherence. Arising as a complex network, such connections are not random. If if they grow large enough each node has roughly the same number of links as any other node over time. Highly linked nodes, or hubs, are the defining characteristic of the network, not just an anomaly but an organizing principle for engineered and natural systems alike.
The strongest connections (among symbols) are hubs, with less-connected nodes clustering around them like planets gather around a star. The new model reflects the existence of hubs in real-world networks, creating a tool for scientists to map and explore all manner of complex systems in ways they had never thought to before. Mapping a system, with its patterns and details, helps us understand its behavior and degrees of randomness or uncertainty in a system. (Barabási)
Engineers use control theory to predict how systems will respond to various inputs. Similar equations are used to map networks. Like prediction, control requires evaluating an object as a system with nodes of varying importance. If we can look at any network, not just engineered ones, we can find those control nodes. Among the thousands of proteins operating in a cell, researchers found the the steering wheel, the gas pedal and the brake:
Control nodes take instructions or signals from outside the network (for example, a foot on the gas pedal) and transmit them to nodes within the network (the fuel-injection system). To find them, Liu borrowed an algorithm, developed by Erdös and Rényi five decades prior, that acts as a signal moving through the network. It starts at one node and follows a random edge to another node, at which point it “erases” every other edge but the one it came in on and the one it will go out on. The algorithm runs through the entire network over and over until it finds the minimum set of starting points needed to reach every node in the system. Control these starting points, and you control the entire network. http://www.popsci.com/science/article/2011-10/man-could-rule-world
They found that denser, more interconnected networks tended to have fewer control nodes per capita. For instance, the brain or network of genes control the system through such nodes. A small percent of connections control the network. The more data scientists feed into the model, the better they can map connections in the network and the fewer control nodes they might need to operate the system. Theory applies to total control of a network. Scientists who want partial control—say, to elicit a particular protein expression within a cell—would need to master far fewer nodes. As in the case of archetypes, finding the points of control is one thing. Actually exerting influence over a given network is an entirely different challenge.
The first breakthroughs will most likely take place in medicine. By identifying control nodes in cell growth systems, scientists could return mature cells to their embryonic state, creating a new source of stem cells. “Some diseases are all about lack of control,” Barabási says. “If you were able to gain control over them at the cellular or neuronal level, you might be able to cure the disease.” Jung claimed the gods have become diseases, so interventions at this level tap into the archetypal control system. Whether that is 'good' for us or not remains to be seen. Understanding how we operate probably is. Hermes encourages and inspires us to do so.
Holographic Memory
We retain memories as superpositions of possibilities. Both ourselves and the entire universe also retain memory as dynamic structure. The whole body is memory.
The principle of superposition governs how waves interact. Coherent superpositions of optical wave fields include holography. Superposition of wave fronts and entanglement may be the holographic blur of potentials, a superposition of elemental holograms. We can learn to interpret the internally sensed holographic image data involving the so-called empathic and psychic capabilities. We all have and use that capacity, but usually without being conscious of it, let alone accessing it in an organized and consistent fashion.
How do receptive fields at the microdendritic processing level decode such information? An elementary form of perception is implicit in this field, due to its indivisible motion and holographic properties, when taken at the null scale of time. The hierarchical dynamics of the brain imposes the scale of time on this field. Scale implies quality. We can conceive of the brain as a reconstructive wave within a holographic field (Robbins, 2002). The brain processes information in wave-frequency patterns suggesting human memory could hold amazing amounts of information “in storage,” and, using the same holographic model, be able to access and recall a memory as a three-dimensional image.
Geneticist Mae-Won Ho says the memory of our body, inhering in the liquid crystalline continuum, exists in a quantum holographic form, distributed over the entire liquid crystalline medium -- the whole body. This brain-supported wave is specific to the past, i.e., to a composite of past "states" of the field taken at a certain scale of time. It is simultaneously a specification of the subset of the field relatable to the body’s action. Memory is delocalized not only across the entire brain, but throughout the entire body.
The liquid crystalline continuum may function as a quantum holographic medium, recording the interference patterns arising from interactions between local activities and a globally coherent field. Laszlo (1995) suggested that the "zero-point field" of the universe functions as a universal holographic medium, recording the experiences of all the particles, each of which is subject to influences from the rest of the universe as well as feedback from the particle's own activities on the universal medium. If the organism is coherent, then the conditions are there for a quantum holographic (distributed) memory stored in the liquid crystalline continuum of the body itself.
During this writing (Nov. 2012), Tamar Levin. in Journal of Consciousness Exploration & Research, Vol. 2, No 9 (2012), proposes an integrative framework for conceptualizing human consciousness and compliments it with existing research data. The framework is based on the holographic and trans-disciplinary worldviews and their implied implicate-explicate order and the holographic knowing-becoming-experiencing-valuing human being who interacts interdependently with/within different levels of reality. The implicate order is a domain of reality characterized by flux and potentiality, whereas explicate order is the order of stable phenomena and actuality.
The framework conceptualizes universal consciousness as a fundamental part of reality/universe that complements physical potentialities and brings them to actual physical states. It regards human consciousness as both structure and system, state and process, means and end, experience, information and energy, having a metaphysical /spiritual /implicit /implicate layer and a physical/ material /explicit and / explicate layer expressed via biological, chemical, and physical processes. http://jcer.com/index.php/jcj/article/view/174/197
It also considers human consciousness as incorporating inward-outward 'space' processes and a backward-forward 'time' system's view expressing/influencing different modes of thinking, feeling, and behaving, and personal and transpersonal elements. The framework focuses on the unique functions, and interactions in heart-soul and brain-mind relations and their effects on states of consciousness. The subjective nature of consciousness is conceptualized in terms of the essence of individuality manifested by the root of the soul, the genetic spiritual-DNA code, and the individual's historic evolution through different life-cycles.
The principle of superposition governs how waves interact. Coherent superpositions of optical wave fields include holography. Superposition of wave fronts and entanglement may be the holographic blur of potentials, a superposition of elemental holograms. We can learn to interpret the internally sensed holographic image data involving the so-called empathic and psychic capabilities. We all have and use that capacity, but usually without being conscious of it, let alone accessing it in an organized and consistent fashion.
How do receptive fields at the microdendritic processing level decode such information? An elementary form of perception is implicit in this field, due to its indivisible motion and holographic properties, when taken at the null scale of time. The hierarchical dynamics of the brain imposes the scale of time on this field. Scale implies quality. We can conceive of the brain as a reconstructive wave within a holographic field (Robbins, 2002). The brain processes information in wave-frequency patterns suggesting human memory could hold amazing amounts of information “in storage,” and, using the same holographic model, be able to access and recall a memory as a three-dimensional image.
Geneticist Mae-Won Ho says the memory of our body, inhering in the liquid crystalline continuum, exists in a quantum holographic form, distributed over the entire liquid crystalline medium -- the whole body. This brain-supported wave is specific to the past, i.e., to a composite of past "states" of the field taken at a certain scale of time. It is simultaneously a specification of the subset of the field relatable to the body’s action. Memory is delocalized not only across the entire brain, but throughout the entire body.
The liquid crystalline continuum may function as a quantum holographic medium, recording the interference patterns arising from interactions between local activities and a globally coherent field. Laszlo (1995) suggested that the "zero-point field" of the universe functions as a universal holographic medium, recording the experiences of all the particles, each of which is subject to influences from the rest of the universe as well as feedback from the particle's own activities on the universal medium. If the organism is coherent, then the conditions are there for a quantum holographic (distributed) memory stored in the liquid crystalline continuum of the body itself.
During this writing (Nov. 2012), Tamar Levin. in Journal of Consciousness Exploration & Research, Vol. 2, No 9 (2012), proposes an integrative framework for conceptualizing human consciousness and compliments it with existing research data. The framework is based on the holographic and trans-disciplinary worldviews and their implied implicate-explicate order and the holographic knowing-becoming-experiencing-valuing human being who interacts interdependently with/within different levels of reality. The implicate order is a domain of reality characterized by flux and potentiality, whereas explicate order is the order of stable phenomena and actuality.
The framework conceptualizes universal consciousness as a fundamental part of reality/universe that complements physical potentialities and brings them to actual physical states. It regards human consciousness as both structure and system, state and process, means and end, experience, information and energy, having a metaphysical /spiritual /implicit /implicate layer and a physical/ material /explicit and / explicate layer expressed via biological, chemical, and physical processes. http://jcer.com/index.php/jcj/article/view/174/197
It also considers human consciousness as incorporating inward-outward 'space' processes and a backward-forward 'time' system's view expressing/influencing different modes of thinking, feeling, and behaving, and personal and transpersonal elements. The framework focuses on the unique functions, and interactions in heart-soul and brain-mind relations and their effects on states of consciousness. The subjective nature of consciousness is conceptualized in terms of the essence of individuality manifested by the root of the soul, the genetic spiritual-DNA code, and the individual's historic evolution through different life-cycles.
Source intelligence
Memory may also store in a nonlocal ambient collective quantum holographic field, accessible but delocalized from the individual in the virtual vacuum. A vacuum is not empty, but full of “virtual particles” that are continuously fluctuating in and out of existence. Lit up with coherence, the world appears as the infinite realm accessed by mystics, clairvoyants, and artists.
Stanislav Grof, a psychiatrist, links non-ordinary states of consciousness and archetypal experiences with the holographic model. The semi-permeable membranes of our cells exchange information with the interstitial spaces around them. In much the same way, the body as a unified and holographic structure exchanges information with its surrounding environment.
An image is encoded as the superposition of one main approximation. Holographic reconstruction results from the superposition of the spatial coherence wavelets that carry the marginal power spectrum. All fields of consciousness emanating and radiating from any zero-point singularity, interpenetrate each other. Thus, they are essentially in the same place everywhere. The electron is not a particle that exists continuously but is something coming in and going out and then coming in again. The electron itself can never be separated from the whole of space, which is its ground.
Since consciousness is the fundamental quality of the zero-point center of spin momentum in absolute space, each such “singularity” is potentially conscious as is every zero-point center of all fractal involved information/energy fields radiating from it, ad infinitum. Spin creates interference in the form of spectral holographic projections of compressed energy in time, which manifest in the form of images. This image dimension underlies and supports the volume dimension. Different levels of reality correspond to different proportions and combinations of images and volumes.
The central spiral vortex crossover point (all adjoining toroidal fractal involved fields) is what physicists call a “twistor” or a “wormhole”. This conceptual synthesis unites psyche and matter in a dynamic holographic concept of archetypes and archetypal images as we move through the 21st Century.
Stanislav Grof, a psychiatrist, links non-ordinary states of consciousness and archetypal experiences with the holographic model. The semi-permeable membranes of our cells exchange information with the interstitial spaces around them. In much the same way, the body as a unified and holographic structure exchanges information with its surrounding environment.
An image is encoded as the superposition of one main approximation. Holographic reconstruction results from the superposition of the spatial coherence wavelets that carry the marginal power spectrum. All fields of consciousness emanating and radiating from any zero-point singularity, interpenetrate each other. Thus, they are essentially in the same place everywhere. The electron is not a particle that exists continuously but is something coming in and going out and then coming in again. The electron itself can never be separated from the whole of space, which is its ground.
Since consciousness is the fundamental quality of the zero-point center of spin momentum in absolute space, each such “singularity” is potentially conscious as is every zero-point center of all fractal involved information/energy fields radiating from it, ad infinitum. Spin creates interference in the form of spectral holographic projections of compressed energy in time, which manifest in the form of images. This image dimension underlies and supports the volume dimension. Different levels of reality correspond to different proportions and combinations of images and volumes.
The central spiral vortex crossover point (all adjoining toroidal fractal involved fields) is what physicists call a “twistor” or a “wormhole”. This conceptual synthesis unites psyche and matter in a dynamic holographic concept of archetypes and archetypal images as we move through the 21st Century.
A Hundred Years of Archetypes
The year 2012 marks the hundredth anniversary of "archetypes" as an evolving psychological model of the qualities and dynamics of our core existence. As early as 1912, Jung referred to 'primordial images' to describe motifs of myths, legends, and fairy tales that have a universal character and appear as images or perceptual patterns. Many myths are religions we no longer believe.
In 1917 he wrote of 'dominants of the collective unconscious' which he characterized as 'nodal points' of psychic energy. Jung compared psyche's luminous experiences with the light impressions described by the alchemists. Rather than looking to heaven, the alchemists searched for the divine in the earth, matter, their bodies, the feminine and sexuality.
Light itself is an archetype. The photon is a measure of mass because the observer is made of light. The photonic field is the attractor that cannot be destroyed because its function is to continually decay zeropoint into matter or change - nothing into something by evolving form through linear time.
Psyche is world; psyche is cosmos. It is the crucible in which we live. Archetypes are not separated or isolated from existence and being (like disincarnated souls or distant Olympians). They are deathless yet evolving. Archetypes are constellations that psyche and cosmos have in common, that inform our relationship to the whole. These archetypes then shape our common dreams, religious feelings and experiences with "godlike" forces in our life.
Jung's notions of a heroic, striving Self have been transcended with imaginal, nonlinear models of consciousness, archetypes as holographic strange attractors and healing fictions. Jungians have explored monist and polytheistic approaches to the psyche, becoming less interested in "heroic" control and conquering and more desirous of deepening interrelationship and finding soulful meaning.
When Jung began discussing archetypes, there was no neurology or DNA science. Brain physiology was unknown and quantum mechanics was just emerging, so he groped for words like 'heritability' and 'neural substrate' to describe his observations of pervasive patterns in both psyche and matter, intuitively recognizing them as different facets of the same phenomena. His collaboration with physicist Wolfgang Pauli linked his theory with those of quantum physics, and suggests we continue to mine that vein for its psychological gold.
In The Neurobiology of the Gods, Goodwyn asks, "Can 'spiritual' images and feelings be understood on a neurobiological level without dismissing their power and mystery?" His multicisciplinary approach includes, research in evolutionary psychology, neuroanatomy, cognitive science, neuroscience, anthropology, mental imagery, dream research, and metaphor theory, but lacks a necessary root or basis in physics -- particularly the vacuum physics of subspace or absolute space.
What the Flux?
This Quantum Vacuum is more aptly named the unmanifest Plenum, whose vast energy density some consider the source of sentient Being. The dynamic discovered to be the very substance of the Plenum of space is light itself, the spectrum of fluctuating electromagnetism called the Zero Point Energy (ZPE). The "Quantum Vacuum" points to the fact that it is not a vacuum - an emptiness pure and simple, but rather is saturated with vibrant potential energy and is in fact a highly energetic medium, an absolute fullness of potential energy, the dynamic modification of which actually "emanates" what we call mass, matter or material form.
The flow of mass, and our own mass, through time is generated by the ubiquitous interaction of photons with the mass. This is so for both virtual and observable photons. Mass moves through time by integrating virtual photons, and absorption/emission of observable photons/biophotons. The internal dynamic flow of time has infolded sublevels and engines that pump up the quantum field effects to breech the mystic threshold of observability.
The infolded nature of unconditioned space itself, the vacuum potential with its Zero Point Energy (ZPE) is the root metaphor of the 21st Century. ZPE fields radiate from the center of origin of all physical forms, beginning with the smallest sub-quantum particle and extending to the largest galaxy, as well as each human being. All such fields are also electrodynamic in nature.
Consequently, all structural, memory and mental information is carried as holographically encoded wave interference patterns on the surface of such fields. They are transmitted through descending hyperspace field phase orders to their common zero-point center of consciousness by phase conjugate adaptive resonance processes.
Jung may have intuitively foreseen as much when he called the gnostic void a Plenum of infinite potential. Subquantum ZPE fields surrounding the spin (angular) momentum causes quantum particles to oscillate in and out of the ZP foam at their positive and negative phase of their standing waves or solitons. Such waves have resonant fractal harmonics that extend all the way through the compacted hyperspace fields in the quantum foam down to the zero-point spinergy, as well as outward to the furthest extent of the spacetime continuum.
All fields are in constant oscillation between spacetime and the zero-point at their natural frequencies between zero and infinite. Energy fields are continuously expanding and contracting through their zero point singularity on every spiral vortex spin cycle of their individual radiant particle-standing waves. This accounts for the entanglement (or action at a distance) of split particles along any ray path, as well as the entanglement of consciousness.
The universal center is everywhere and its circumference nowhere. The cosmos and every manifest form within it is a hologram, composed of infinite holograms within each other, ad infinitum, with all the structural information of the whole and all its parts (forms in each fractal involved harmonic field in total cosmic spacetime) existing at every zero-point singularity at their centers of origin — with all such fields interconnected (on the informational level) by phase conjugate adaptive resonance. Since these ZPE fields are everywhere (in the Plack vacuum) and their ultimate extension, infinite — they interpenetrate each other in the vast sea of pulsating cosmic spacetime. Together, they constitute the basis of our holographic universe.
The universe is composed of an infinite number of frequencies. Some macroscopically large and some microscopically small. All exist in uncountable phase relationships with one another. The colors of light, the sound of music, the smell of flowers, the touch of velvet, all are made of combined frequencies. Some are in phase and adding to, some are out of phase and cancel from, a multitude of vibrations. Our five senses are capable of interpreting these particular waves and making them tangible to our perception. It takes subtle sensing to perceive the archetypes behind phenomena.
We are each 'called' to express the inexhaustible richness of the collective unconscious, each in our own individual way, with certain themes selected through our predilections and our consciousness of it -- a novel creative synthesis. That is co-creativity. Deep within comes this holy source-level urge to co-create in novel ways that makes each of us irreplacably unique.
Light in the Darkness
Often long before scientific discoveries and explanations, we have intuitive precursors, ideas rooted in symbols, which indicate the content remains just beyond the threshold of conscious understanding. The pseudoscience, metaphysics, and superstition of human history and culture is in this category, and examples are numerous. We live in an era when so much of what was formerly hidden is being revealed by drawing back Nature's veil. We've peered back into the Creation to our inception. We find that light is a measure of mass not velocity.
We've discovered the deep time of the Cosmos, the developmental history of our planet, and our entire species. We've learned that without radical cultural transformation, our species may be doomed. Our mandate, therefore, is to look deeply within ourselves, fearlessly, to find the next new way on, not by relying on or retrieving the atavistic past, but by extending our potential for living in new, emergent ways that light our future. The photonic field is a harmonic of the negentropy attractor.
New discoveries are changing the face of science and impact cultural dynamics. One of our greatest challenges is the move toward altering and augmenting our genetics and bodies with technology. It is already rewiring our brains in unknown ways when we haven't as yet become "fully human". Avatars, designer bodies and immersive realities highlight just how plastic our ideas of being have become. Yet, the archetypes remain as eternal patterns playing out through the nows of our lives.
What was formerly limited to the psychological domain is being experimentally demonstrated by physics. As I write this today (Nov. 17, 2011) Forbes runs a story, which I include to demonstrate its immediate relevance to our quest and to Jung's notion of scintillating light in the darkness beyond the threshold of the unconscious: "Physicists Create Light from Nothingness". In the beginning, the vacuum was without form, and void. Then the physicists said, 'Let there be light!', and nothing happened. Then the physicists built a superconducting quantum interference device. And then there was light.. http://www.forbes.com/sites/alexknapp/2011/11/17/physicists-create-light-from-nothingness/
In quantum physics, the vast emptiness of space isn’t actually that empty. In fact, what we think of as a “vacuum” is actually teeming with virtual particles – particles that flit in and out of existence constantly, existing for only tiny periods of time before they go back to nothingness.
This constant cycle of creation and destruction is the consequence of the mathematics of quantum mechanics and the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, and creates what is known as vacuum energy – a background energy that exists throughout space, even when there is no matter present. Its existence has been indirectly observed through experimentation, such as those which demonstrate the Lamb shift – a slight fluctuation of the energy of electrons in a hydrogen atom.
Over forty years ago, physicist Gerald Moore predicted that if you were able to spin a mirror at speeds close to the speed of light, then the mirror would convert virtual photons into actual photons (the particles that make up light and other electromagnetic radiation). Unfortunately, it’s close to physically impossible to spin a mirror at near-relativistic speeds, and so this effect had not been observed.
Until now, that is. In a paper published in Nature, a team of physicists has demonstrated the creation of photons from vacuum fluctuations. To do this, they constructed a superconducting circuit, which they’ve dubbed the superconducting quantum interference device, or SQUID for short. SQUID is a superconductor that’s capable of oscillating at extraordinarily high frequencies – over 11 GHz. The SQUID is designed to effectively act as a mirror in order to replicate the theorized experiment.
Once the SQUID was ready, the team then passed a magnetic field through it, causing it to rotate at a speed of about five percent of the speed of light – fast enough to see the predicted results. And those results were obtained. After rotating the SQUID at those high speeds, the team were able to detect several real photons that were essentially created from nothing. These were the virtual transformed to the real. The photons that were created weren’t actually visible to humans – they were in the microwave range of the EM spectrum. However, there is a possibility that a similar technique could be used to create actual visible light.
Seeds of Light
Everything is made of Light. Only light matters. Nothing arises but standing waves from the seething zero-point field created by cosmic beings like ourselves. How we do so is a mystery to ourselves. But we are getting closer to non-religious descriptions of reality that curiously have profound mystical overtones.
The properties of mass, inertia, charge and gravity -- and those who observe them -- are the result of space resonances produced by zero-point scalar waves. At zero-point, waves pass through waves without interference. We come from, are sustained by, and are returning to to the radiant light of our mass. All electromagnetic force is mediated by virtual photons.
The generally accepted theory of light up until the mid 1800's, was Newton's assertion of light to be a stream of tiny particles. However, in the late 1800's, the particle picture was replaced by the wave theory of light due to the phenomena associated with light: refraction, diffraction and interference, which could only be explained using the wave picture.
This electromagnetic radiation, or light, may be viewed in one of two complementary ways: as a wave in an abstract electromagnetic field, or as a stream of massless particles called photons. This is known as the wave-particle duality and is true for all particles. This duality is the basis of a indisputable quantum law in which it is a thread that runs throughout the micro and macrocosm.
Light as a wave, has a wavelength associated with it, much like an ocean wave with crests and troughs. The frequency of light is measured by counting the number of waves passing one point at a given time. The energy is merely the strength or force the wave carries.
Since all things have an energetic duality we can convert and apply this to the DNA and RNA molecules which they in fact emit their own light/energy. Science shows this and mystics spanning many beliefs and philosophies throughout history speak of this wisdom in terms of The Language of Light.
The root of the soul is characterized as a sacred spark or central source of individual light/energy that helps regulate human consciousness and connects and unites human consciousness with universal mind. It connects human consciousness to the universe through its deeper subconsciousness component -- soul, our deepest nature and essence.
A background sea of [virtual or "dark"] light is the zero-point field of the quantum vacuum. The solid, stable world of matter is sustained every scintillating instant by this underlying sea of quantum light. The primordial infrastructure of existence is light. Holograms are a manifestation of the properties of light, the production and transmission of light, and the interaction of light with itself.
Considering the primordial nature of the psyche, Jung reflected on the 'seeds of light broadcast in the chaos' (Khunrath) , of the 'scintillae' (Dorn), soul sparks (Eckhart), of fish-eyes at the bottom of the sea, or images of luminous serpent eyes. He spoke of the virtual light of such luminous nodal points emerging from the abyssal depths, eventually including dynamical processes and all types of universally recurring patterns of behavior in the psyche. Jung did not begin to use the term archetype until 1919. At first he interchanged it with 'primordial image' and 'dominant'.
Preconscious archetypes are formative principles and structural elements, as well as typical modes of apprehension and action. Frey-Rohn characterized them as, "...not only the focal point of ancient pathways but also the center from which new creative endeavors emanated. "The archetypes, then being inherent in the life process, represented forces and tendencies which not only repeated experiences but also formed creative centers of numinous effect ."
The numinous arises from the autonomous level of the psyche. The experience of the numinous also lies at the heart of Jungian therapeutic practice. Without it no transformation takes place. Jung (1973) asserts, “But the fact is that the approach to the numinous is the real therapy and inasmuch as you attain to the numinous experiences you are released from the curse of pathology” (p. 377).
Archetypal images designate patterns, typical basic forms, prefigurative determinants, and the tendency to repeat the same psychic experiences. They conceal the unborn eternal archetype (unconscious nucleus of meaning) while they reveal particularized meaning and form. Such ‘oculi piscium’ (fishes eyes)” are fiery soulsparks of the World-Soul, the light of nature, divine sparks of the spirit.
Paracelsus perceived scintilla or sparks of this new light, calling it the Lumen Naturae. We might liken them to a quanta of the pleroma or void - a glimmer of the divine within. Holographically, each level of emanated creation contains within it a "spark" or "scintilla" of the divine, making it "like" the divine. Jung termed the nondual "Pleroma," where nothingness is the same as fullness"...an Absolute in which there is no division between subject and object. Jung intuited this nondual Pleroma to be a collective transpersonal reservoir, an ocean of collective unconscious. From this omnipotent universal Pleroma our individual psyches coalesce around "attractor archetypes." In this sense Jung echoed the axiom: "Emptiness is Form, Form is Emptiness."
The spark, or scintilla, which is placed in the human soul, represents the possibility of the psyche's reunification with the unconscious -- unification of a conscious, individuated personality with the full range of oppositions and archetypes in the unconscious mind. "Our aim," Jung tells us, "is to create a wider personality whose center of gravity does not necessarily coincide with the ego," but rather "in the hypothetical point between conscious and unconscious" (Jung, 1929/1968, p. 45).
It harks back to a deep connection to the fundamental rhythm of nature, to the death and rebirth of divine nature, and to the wonder of our own being which partakes of the same energy. Correspondingly, in the Western mandala, the scintilla or soul-spark, the innermost divine essence of man, is characterized by symbols which can just as well express a God-image unfolding in the world, in nature, and in man. (CG Jung:1972:p 5)
This 'solar' aspect of the Self is the centrum, the indwelling scintilla animae. Shekhinah descends to raise up the collective lights of the whole created world. Jung called this light the lumen naturae which illuminates consciousness, the light of the darkness itself. Consciousness has always been described in terms derived from the behavior of light, so Jung assumed that these multiple luminosities correspond to tiny conscious phenomena.
Jung interpreted this imagery as symbolizing the emergence of consciousness. Jung noted, "Alchemy too has its doctrine of the Scintilla, the little soul-spark. In the first place it is the fiery center of the earth. For all things have their origin in this source." At the common root, matter, energy, light and consciousness share a metaphysical essence -- information.
Light does not always behave like a continuous wave. It is grainy because energy can be transferred only in quantum packages. Therefore, light has a dual character. Under certain circumstances, it displays wavelike aspects. In other circumstances, it may have the characteristics of particles. Referring to quantum theory, Bohm's basic assumption is that "elementary particles are actually systems of extremely complicated internal structure, acting essentially as amplifiers of *information* contained in a quantum wave."
Holographic Hyperchannel
In 1994, the Gariaev (Garyaev) group proposed a theory of the Wave-based Genome where the DNA-wave functions as a Biocomputer. They suggest (1) that there are genetic "texts", similar to natural context-dependent texts in human language; (2) that the chromosome apparatus acts simultaneously both as a source and receiver of these genetic texts, respectively decoding and encoding them; (3) that the chromosome continuum acts like a dynamical holographic grating, which displays or transduces weak laser light and solitonic electro-acoustic fields.
The distribution of the character frequency in genetic texts is fractal, so the nucleotides of DNA molecules are able to form holographic pre-images of biostructures. This process of "reading and writing" the very matter of our being manifests from the genome's associative holographic memory in conjunction with its quantum nonlocality. Rapid transmission of genetic information and gene-expression unite the organism as holistic entity embedded in the larger Whole. The system works as a biocomputer -- a wave biocomputer.
Are there holographic hyperchannels? Information in a field is holographic and the propagation of holographic interference patterns is quasi-instantaneous. Every part of the field contains the whole informational content, just in lower resolution. “Each particle of mass in our bodies represents one closure of the entire universe yielding a holographic reality and deeper communication with ourselves is identical to communication with the universe, including any part of it, at any distance. Furthermore, in hyperspace the future and the past are all present.
Leon Maurer proposed a model he called Astro Biological Coenergetics. ABC is a scientifically philosophical holographic, fractal involved field theory of cosmogenesis, mind, memory, information and consciousness—based on the fundamental propositions that subjective consciousness (awareness, will) is an a priori quality of the underlying, unconditioned absolute space—located everywhere in relative space-time... And that the entire cosmos is a hologram—with all structural information contained in every absolute zero-point "singularity" (infinite absolute space) at the origin of all fields and forms in finite relative spacetime... Where all such fields' fractal harmonics steps down octavally in frequency phase orders ranging between zero and infinite.
This theory further postulates that total relative gravitational/electrodynamic spacetime, including the higher orders of fractal involved cosmic hyperspacetime fields and all their mass/energy fields (em & gravitational radiation) and forms (particle-standing waves)—both in sub-quantum hyperspacetime and in our lowest frequency phase order physical/material quantum spacetime—are generated from the spin momentum (ZPE) of the “singularity” surrounding each proto-conscious zero-point of primal or absolute space located everywhere throughout total hyperspherical spacetime.
This holistic theoretical framework (physics, biology, philosophy) includes the idea that we are light-enabled technology, Photonic Humans. The mass of the physical body exists because there is some informational code of access to an unlimited source of energy mediated by Light. Light comes from the subspace holographic blueprint, a subtle field that allows the flux of virtual photons to spontaneously appear and disappear in the vacuum so quickly they cannot be individually observed.
All mass is interaction but in the vacuum waves pass through waves in superposition without interference. Virtual photons are literally clear light. The fundamental nature of the energy body is clear light.. Related photic phenomena are described using the informational, material and energetic characteristics of existence, plus the complexity and entropy characteristics of dynamic development. Technically, quantum fields have an infinite number of possible energy states, all of which should contribute virtual particles to the vacuum.
Holography stabilizes the vacuum energy. The foundations of fields overlap and reverberate in a holographic frequency domain. Matter is induced by resonant holographic resolution. In holography, three-dimensional illusion results from a dense network of interference patterns. These patterns reflect the wave character of light. A small piece of the hologram can be used to reconstruct the whole three-dimensional image, but the resolution can be fuzzy.
With selective tuning and kindling, any part of this holographic reality is accessible. However, because of the smallness of a single selective signal in the midst of the totality, the channel is quite noisy. Are standing waves picked up and carried by the Schumann Resonance, or transmitted by scalar waves or a gradient in the vacuum potential? Are brains entrained on a resonant frequency?
Does DNA function as a multi-mode antenna regulating growth, evolution, and perhaps psi? Mind is a dynamic function of the entire organism at all levels of self-organization. Constantly fluctuating local parameters are embodied and amplified through the body’s electromagnetic control hologram. Mind/body modulates our sensitivity to external and internal information.
The organization of any biological system is established by a complex electrodynamic field which is, in part, determined by its subquantal components. This field, in turn, determines the behavior and orientation of of psychophysical being. DNA is our antenna. This dynamic is mediated initially through wave-based genomes where DNA functions as the holographic projector of the psychophysical system, a quantum biohologram. Supersymmetry points to a deep link between the quantum realm of particle physics and the quasi-classical realm of protein assembly.
Science now understands no objectivity is possible because of uncertainty, indeterminacy. Absolute space beyond the subatomic threshold of dynamic vacuum fluctuation is unobservable or measurable, and therefore metaphysical, beyond physics. Infinite energy density pervades the whole universe.
The emergent paradigm of self-organization permits the elaboration of a vision based on the interconnectedness of natural dynamics at all levels of evolving micro- and macrosystems. A new sense of meaning springs from such interconnectedness of the human world with overall evolution. It is leading us toward complex quantum biology and quantum medicine.
This theoretical framework includes the idea that we are light-enabled technology. The mass of the physical body exists because there is some informational code of access to an unlimited source of energy mediated by Light (subspace). Related photic phenomena are informational, material and energetic characteristics of existence, plus the complexity (chaos theory) and entropy characteristics of dynamic development.
Paradigms serve important integrative psychological and social functions. They help us read the sacred pages in the Book of Nature. The previous page of pre-scientific wisdom traditions explored the same territory with spiritual technologies. Virtual photons and photons are the key to biology. Photons bridge the gap between physics, biology and philosophy. Such sparks of virtual light are the glimmerings of consciousness itself.
Often long before scientific discoveries and explanations, we have intuitive precursors, ideas rooted in symbols, which indicate the content remains just beyond the threshold of conscious understanding. The pseudoscience, metaphysics, and superstition of human history and culture is in this category, and examples are numerous. We live in an era when so much of what was formerly hidden is being revealed by drawing back Nature's veil. We've peered back into the Creation to our inception. We find that light is a measure of mass not velocity.
We've discovered the deep time of the Cosmos, the developmental history of our planet, and our entire species. We've learned that without radical cultural transformation, our species may be doomed. Our mandate, therefore, is to look deeply within ourselves, fearlessly, to find the next new way on, not by relying on or retrieving the atavistic past, but by extending our potential for living in new, emergent ways that light our future. The photonic field is a harmonic of the negentropy attractor.
New discoveries are changing the face of science and impact cultural dynamics. One of our greatest challenges is the move toward altering and augmenting our genetics and bodies with technology. It is already rewiring our brains in unknown ways when we haven't as yet become "fully human". Avatars, designer bodies and immersive realities highlight just how plastic our ideas of being have become. Yet, the archetypes remain as eternal patterns playing out through the nows of our lives.
What was formerly limited to the psychological domain is being experimentally demonstrated by physics. As I write this today (Nov. 17, 2011) Forbes runs a story, which I include to demonstrate its immediate relevance to our quest and to Jung's notion of scintillating light in the darkness beyond the threshold of the unconscious: "Physicists Create Light from Nothingness". In the beginning, the vacuum was without form, and void. Then the physicists said, 'Let there be light!', and nothing happened. Then the physicists built a superconducting quantum interference device. And then there was light.. http://www.forbes.com/sites/alexknapp/2011/11/17/physicists-create-light-from-nothingness/
In quantum physics, the vast emptiness of space isn’t actually that empty. In fact, what we think of as a “vacuum” is actually teeming with virtual particles – particles that flit in and out of existence constantly, existing for only tiny periods of time before they go back to nothingness.
This constant cycle of creation and destruction is the consequence of the mathematics of quantum mechanics and the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, and creates what is known as vacuum energy – a background energy that exists throughout space, even when there is no matter present. Its existence has been indirectly observed through experimentation, such as those which demonstrate the Lamb shift – a slight fluctuation of the energy of electrons in a hydrogen atom.
Over forty years ago, physicist Gerald Moore predicted that if you were able to spin a mirror at speeds close to the speed of light, then the mirror would convert virtual photons into actual photons (the particles that make up light and other electromagnetic radiation). Unfortunately, it’s close to physically impossible to spin a mirror at near-relativistic speeds, and so this effect had not been observed.
Until now, that is. In a paper published in Nature, a team of physicists has demonstrated the creation of photons from vacuum fluctuations. To do this, they constructed a superconducting circuit, which they’ve dubbed the superconducting quantum interference device, or SQUID for short. SQUID is a superconductor that’s capable of oscillating at extraordinarily high frequencies – over 11 GHz. The SQUID is designed to effectively act as a mirror in order to replicate the theorized experiment.
Once the SQUID was ready, the team then passed a magnetic field through it, causing it to rotate at a speed of about five percent of the speed of light – fast enough to see the predicted results. And those results were obtained. After rotating the SQUID at those high speeds, the team were able to detect several real photons that were essentially created from nothing. These were the virtual transformed to the real. The photons that were created weren’t actually visible to humans – they were in the microwave range of the EM spectrum. However, there is a possibility that a similar technique could be used to create actual visible light.
Seeds of Light
Everything is made of Light. Only light matters. Nothing arises but standing waves from the seething zero-point field created by cosmic beings like ourselves. How we do so is a mystery to ourselves. But we are getting closer to non-religious descriptions of reality that curiously have profound mystical overtones.
The properties of mass, inertia, charge and gravity -- and those who observe them -- are the result of space resonances produced by zero-point scalar waves. At zero-point, waves pass through waves without interference. We come from, are sustained by, and are returning to to the radiant light of our mass. All electromagnetic force is mediated by virtual photons.
The generally accepted theory of light up until the mid 1800's, was Newton's assertion of light to be a stream of tiny particles. However, in the late 1800's, the particle picture was replaced by the wave theory of light due to the phenomena associated with light: refraction, diffraction and interference, which could only be explained using the wave picture.
This electromagnetic radiation, or light, may be viewed in one of two complementary ways: as a wave in an abstract electromagnetic field, or as a stream of massless particles called photons. This is known as the wave-particle duality and is true for all particles. This duality is the basis of a indisputable quantum law in which it is a thread that runs throughout the micro and macrocosm.
Light as a wave, has a wavelength associated with it, much like an ocean wave with crests and troughs. The frequency of light is measured by counting the number of waves passing one point at a given time. The energy is merely the strength or force the wave carries.
Since all things have an energetic duality we can convert and apply this to the DNA and RNA molecules which they in fact emit their own light/energy. Science shows this and mystics spanning many beliefs and philosophies throughout history speak of this wisdom in terms of The Language of Light.
The root of the soul is characterized as a sacred spark or central source of individual light/energy that helps regulate human consciousness and connects and unites human consciousness with universal mind. It connects human consciousness to the universe through its deeper subconsciousness component -- soul, our deepest nature and essence.
A background sea of [virtual or "dark"] light is the zero-point field of the quantum vacuum. The solid, stable world of matter is sustained every scintillating instant by this underlying sea of quantum light. The primordial infrastructure of existence is light. Holograms are a manifestation of the properties of light, the production and transmission of light, and the interaction of light with itself.
Considering the primordial nature of the psyche, Jung reflected on the 'seeds of light broadcast in the chaos' (Khunrath) , of the 'scintillae' (Dorn), soul sparks (Eckhart), of fish-eyes at the bottom of the sea, or images of luminous serpent eyes. He spoke of the virtual light of such luminous nodal points emerging from the abyssal depths, eventually including dynamical processes and all types of universally recurring patterns of behavior in the psyche. Jung did not begin to use the term archetype until 1919. At first he interchanged it with 'primordial image' and 'dominant'.
Preconscious archetypes are formative principles and structural elements, as well as typical modes of apprehension and action. Frey-Rohn characterized them as, "...not only the focal point of ancient pathways but also the center from which new creative endeavors emanated. "The archetypes, then being inherent in the life process, represented forces and tendencies which not only repeated experiences but also formed creative centers of numinous effect ."
The numinous arises from the autonomous level of the psyche. The experience of the numinous also lies at the heart of Jungian therapeutic practice. Without it no transformation takes place. Jung (1973) asserts, “But the fact is that the approach to the numinous is the real therapy and inasmuch as you attain to the numinous experiences you are released from the curse of pathology” (p. 377).
Archetypal images designate patterns, typical basic forms, prefigurative determinants, and the tendency to repeat the same psychic experiences. They conceal the unborn eternal archetype (unconscious nucleus of meaning) while they reveal particularized meaning and form. Such ‘oculi piscium’ (fishes eyes)” are fiery soulsparks of the World-Soul, the light of nature, divine sparks of the spirit.
Paracelsus perceived scintilla or sparks of this new light, calling it the Lumen Naturae. We might liken them to a quanta of the pleroma or void - a glimmer of the divine within. Holographically, each level of emanated creation contains within it a "spark" or "scintilla" of the divine, making it "like" the divine. Jung termed the nondual "Pleroma," where nothingness is the same as fullness"...an Absolute in which there is no division between subject and object. Jung intuited this nondual Pleroma to be a collective transpersonal reservoir, an ocean of collective unconscious. From this omnipotent universal Pleroma our individual psyches coalesce around "attractor archetypes." In this sense Jung echoed the axiom: "Emptiness is Form, Form is Emptiness."
The spark, or scintilla, which is placed in the human soul, represents the possibility of the psyche's reunification with the unconscious -- unification of a conscious, individuated personality with the full range of oppositions and archetypes in the unconscious mind. "Our aim," Jung tells us, "is to create a wider personality whose center of gravity does not necessarily coincide with the ego," but rather "in the hypothetical point between conscious and unconscious" (Jung, 1929/1968, p. 45).
It harks back to a deep connection to the fundamental rhythm of nature, to the death and rebirth of divine nature, and to the wonder of our own being which partakes of the same energy. Correspondingly, in the Western mandala, the scintilla or soul-spark, the innermost divine essence of man, is characterized by symbols which can just as well express a God-image unfolding in the world, in nature, and in man. (CG Jung:1972:p 5)
This 'solar' aspect of the Self is the centrum, the indwelling scintilla animae. Shekhinah descends to raise up the collective lights of the whole created world. Jung called this light the lumen naturae which illuminates consciousness, the light of the darkness itself. Consciousness has always been described in terms derived from the behavior of light, so Jung assumed that these multiple luminosities correspond to tiny conscious phenomena.
Jung interpreted this imagery as symbolizing the emergence of consciousness. Jung noted, "Alchemy too has its doctrine of the Scintilla, the little soul-spark. In the first place it is the fiery center of the earth. For all things have their origin in this source." At the common root, matter, energy, light and consciousness share a metaphysical essence -- information.
Light does not always behave like a continuous wave. It is grainy because energy can be transferred only in quantum packages. Therefore, light has a dual character. Under certain circumstances, it displays wavelike aspects. In other circumstances, it may have the characteristics of particles. Referring to quantum theory, Bohm's basic assumption is that "elementary particles are actually systems of extremely complicated internal structure, acting essentially as amplifiers of *information* contained in a quantum wave."
Holographic Hyperchannel
In 1994, the Gariaev (Garyaev) group proposed a theory of the Wave-based Genome where the DNA-wave functions as a Biocomputer. They suggest (1) that there are genetic "texts", similar to natural context-dependent texts in human language; (2) that the chromosome apparatus acts simultaneously both as a source and receiver of these genetic texts, respectively decoding and encoding them; (3) that the chromosome continuum acts like a dynamical holographic grating, which displays or transduces weak laser light and solitonic electro-acoustic fields.
The distribution of the character frequency in genetic texts is fractal, so the nucleotides of DNA molecules are able to form holographic pre-images of biostructures. This process of "reading and writing" the very matter of our being manifests from the genome's associative holographic memory in conjunction with its quantum nonlocality. Rapid transmission of genetic information and gene-expression unite the organism as holistic entity embedded in the larger Whole. The system works as a biocomputer -- a wave biocomputer.
Are there holographic hyperchannels? Information in a field is holographic and the propagation of holographic interference patterns is quasi-instantaneous. Every part of the field contains the whole informational content, just in lower resolution. “Each particle of mass in our bodies represents one closure of the entire universe yielding a holographic reality and deeper communication with ourselves is identical to communication with the universe, including any part of it, at any distance. Furthermore, in hyperspace the future and the past are all present.
Leon Maurer proposed a model he called Astro Biological Coenergetics. ABC is a scientifically philosophical holographic, fractal involved field theory of cosmogenesis, mind, memory, information and consciousness—based on the fundamental propositions that subjective consciousness (awareness, will) is an a priori quality of the underlying, unconditioned absolute space—located everywhere in relative space-time... And that the entire cosmos is a hologram—with all structural information contained in every absolute zero-point "singularity" (infinite absolute space) at the origin of all fields and forms in finite relative spacetime... Where all such fields' fractal harmonics steps down octavally in frequency phase orders ranging between zero and infinite.
This theory further postulates that total relative gravitational/electrodynamic spacetime, including the higher orders of fractal involved cosmic hyperspacetime fields and all their mass/energy fields (em & gravitational radiation) and forms (particle-standing waves)—both in sub-quantum hyperspacetime and in our lowest frequency phase order physical/material quantum spacetime—are generated from the spin momentum (ZPE) of the “singularity” surrounding each proto-conscious zero-point of primal or absolute space located everywhere throughout total hyperspherical spacetime.
This holistic theoretical framework (physics, biology, philosophy) includes the idea that we are light-enabled technology, Photonic Humans. The mass of the physical body exists because there is some informational code of access to an unlimited source of energy mediated by Light. Light comes from the subspace holographic blueprint, a subtle field that allows the flux of virtual photons to spontaneously appear and disappear in the vacuum so quickly they cannot be individually observed.
All mass is interaction but in the vacuum waves pass through waves in superposition without interference. Virtual photons are literally clear light. The fundamental nature of the energy body is clear light.. Related photic phenomena are described using the informational, material and energetic characteristics of existence, plus the complexity and entropy characteristics of dynamic development. Technically, quantum fields have an infinite number of possible energy states, all of which should contribute virtual particles to the vacuum.
Holography stabilizes the vacuum energy. The foundations of fields overlap and reverberate in a holographic frequency domain. Matter is induced by resonant holographic resolution. In holography, three-dimensional illusion results from a dense network of interference patterns. These patterns reflect the wave character of light. A small piece of the hologram can be used to reconstruct the whole three-dimensional image, but the resolution can be fuzzy.
With selective tuning and kindling, any part of this holographic reality is accessible. However, because of the smallness of a single selective signal in the midst of the totality, the channel is quite noisy. Are standing waves picked up and carried by the Schumann Resonance, or transmitted by scalar waves or a gradient in the vacuum potential? Are brains entrained on a resonant frequency?
Does DNA function as a multi-mode antenna regulating growth, evolution, and perhaps psi? Mind is a dynamic function of the entire organism at all levels of self-organization. Constantly fluctuating local parameters are embodied and amplified through the body’s electromagnetic control hologram. Mind/body modulates our sensitivity to external and internal information.
The organization of any biological system is established by a complex electrodynamic field which is, in part, determined by its subquantal components. This field, in turn, determines the behavior and orientation of of psychophysical being. DNA is our antenna. This dynamic is mediated initially through wave-based genomes where DNA functions as the holographic projector of the psychophysical system, a quantum biohologram. Supersymmetry points to a deep link between the quantum realm of particle physics and the quasi-classical realm of protein assembly.
Science now understands no objectivity is possible because of uncertainty, indeterminacy. Absolute space beyond the subatomic threshold of dynamic vacuum fluctuation is unobservable or measurable, and therefore metaphysical, beyond physics. Infinite energy density pervades the whole universe.
The emergent paradigm of self-organization permits the elaboration of a vision based on the interconnectedness of natural dynamics at all levels of evolving micro- and macrosystems. A new sense of meaning springs from such interconnectedness of the human world with overall evolution. It is leading us toward complex quantum biology and quantum medicine.
This theoretical framework includes the idea that we are light-enabled technology. The mass of the physical body exists because there is some informational code of access to an unlimited source of energy mediated by Light (subspace). Related photic phenomena are informational, material and energetic characteristics of existence, plus the complexity (chaos theory) and entropy characteristics of dynamic development.
Paradigms serve important integrative psychological and social functions. They help us read the sacred pages in the Book of Nature. The previous page of pre-scientific wisdom traditions explored the same territory with spiritual technologies. Virtual photons and photons are the key to biology. Photons bridge the gap between physics, biology and philosophy. Such sparks of virtual light are the glimmerings of consciousness itself.
Introduction
Isn't life a series of images that change as they repeat themselves? --Andy Warhol
http://jcer.com/index.php/jcj/article/view/163/198
Archetypes, Holarchy & Meta-Genetics
We suggest extending Jung's argument. Self-organizing holographic archetypes, excited manifolds in the psychoid field, exert both top-down and bottom-up control of phenomenology. There are as many approaches to archetypes and phenomenology as there are people. We intensify our efforts when we find what doesn't fit.
Old definitions, speculation on heritability, static snapshots, extracted symbols, stereotypes, qualitative correspondences, and galleries of gods and goddesses fall short of full descriptions of nonlinear dynamic process. As ever, the map is not the territory. "Mental illness" is only a medical model of the archetypes. Philosophical, theoretical, and spiritual assumptions are colored by archetypes. We are all touched by archetypes. The only question is how much of our lives is consumed by them.
We may readily see that language, number, geometry, grammar, and DNA are basic patterning forces of human life and culture. But we have new archetypes, aka Old Wine In New Bottles, to deal with in the 21st Century, some disguised as trends or memes, such as holography, "Ascension", conspiracy, quantum mind, "Occupy", catastrophe, sustainability, global warming, NWO, "transcendent man," and other tropes of our current era alongside the old -- Ouroboros, apocalypse, changing Ages, plutocracy, death/rebirth, Great Goddess. We can identify whole clusters of the old gods and goddesses moving through such new forms: Hermes, Gaia, Zeus, and the rest of our usual suspects. But we need to enlarge our capacity to think in terms broader than these old forms.
An over-arching theme is the Android Meme: “…the ability of human-invented technology…to acquire the intimacy of speech and intuition.” (Dobbs) In other words, the Android Meme is technology that has the qualities of “being alive”. The Android Meme joins with us in an unholy alliance of archetypal technology and human organism, as a cacophony of all media, all technology and all ideas of particular times, anthropomorphized, trying to make itself human.
Since Jung's era, the public has become passingly familiar with the terms of quantum physics, the fractals of chaos theory, and the holographic paradigm. Science is formulated with metaphor as well as models. Any small piece of imaginal material may contain the total configuration, both past and future. It is the resonance or expansion and re-expansion of this awareness over time that leads to change rather than particularized insight itself. Insight does not result from learning but results from a subsequent phenomenological shift in the holographic template called insight.
Insight results from expansion and overload rather than from a specific, focused understanding. Within the process model, the total patterns of experiencing within the organismic whole which have remained unattended became the holographic blur. In other words, this part of the unconscious is not regarded as a preexisting form. When we are presented with a sensation, feeling, thought or intuition, it takes millions of cooperating brain cells, orchestrating together, for these perceptions to reach consciousness. Approximately 97% of what happens in our so-called "consciousness" remains unconscious.
Although subjectivity is present at the level of photons, it requires brain systems to generate ordered patterns that are the basis of actual conscious experience. Drive manifestations in thought, repressed memories, archetypal themes, and so on are particularized meanings, cognitively derived from the holographic "frequency domain"-- the stage of transforming sensory data across the entire brain.
Mark Germine describes the Holographic Principle:
"Layers of the holographic, universal “now” go from the inception of the universe to the present. Universal Consciousness is the timeless source of actuality and mentality. Information is experience, and the expansion of the “now” leads to higher and higher orders of experience in the Universe, with various levels of consciousness emerging from experience. The brain consists of a nested hierarchy of surfaces which range from the most elementary field though the neuron, neural group, and the whole brain. Evidence from the evolution and structure of the brain shows that optimal surface areas in a variety of structures are conserved with respect to underlying surfaces. Microgenesis, the becoming of the mental state through a process of recapitulation of development and evolution, is in full accord with the Holographic Principle. Evidence from a wide variety of contexts indicates the capacity of the mind for total recall of past life events and for access to universal information, indicating connection with the holographic surfaces of prior “nows” and with the Universal holographic boundary. In summation, the Holographic Principle can help us explain the unity and mechanisms of perception, experience, memory, and consciousness."
He also notes, "There have been a number of propositions regarding the relationship of consciousness and time. Sigmund Freud held that the unconscious is timeless, and that time only arises in consciousness. Carl Jung, with the apparent endorsement of Wolfgang Pauli, held that there is a collective unconscious, composed of archetypes, which are timeless, and also worked with Pauli on his theory of synchronicity, or meaningful experiences outside of normal causality. What Freud and Jung would call timeless, we call temporally non-local. We have also hardly touched open the role of dynamical systems or chaos theory, with the brain state fundamentally evolving under the conditions of self-organized criticality."
Laszlo (2004) contends, "The universe is a system of holographic surfaces within surfaces, or what we may call a nested hierarchy of surfaces, with each surface containing its own “world” of information. The most basic order of information is the fundamental quantum of spatial volume, the Planck space, which has a variable energy, called the vacuum energy. In 1930 Dirac developed a model of the vacuum as an infinite sea of particles having negative energy, which was dubbed the Dirac sea. There is a fundamental relationship between the Holographic Principle and the vacuum energy (Mongan, 2007), which can account for a variety of non-local phenomena."
Because the frequency domain deals with the density of events, time and space are collapsed in it. Not until these mathematical transforms are reversed does the object or image reappear as concrete, three-dimensional reality "out there." In the frequency domain itself there is no out there (Pribram, 1982).
Pribram's "frequency domain" is Bohm's "implicate order" while the image domain is "explicate order." Countless enfolding and unfoldings between orders is the Bohm's holomovement. The transformative process may be holographic. Chaos only appears as such because the underlying order is of such indefinitely high degree. It is meaningless to view the universe as arbitrary parts.
Many understand that it relates to consciousness, synchronicity, and their holistic experience of reality. Synchronicity is the experience of two or more events, unlikely to occur together by chance, being observed to occur together in a meaningful manner. It represents the meaningful unfoldment of potential. We are wrapping our minds around paradoxical notions such as multiverse, non-locality, superposition, coherence, entanglement, and torsion fields. Non-locality is the quantum phenomenon of instantaneous action at a distance in spacetime.
Sometimes our mental representations are dominated by form, especially that initiated by past experiences. Other times, consciousness is dominated more by formlessness, uncommitted attention, receptivity to new ideas. Between frames, or states of consciousness are transitive or "empty" moments in which vague, unformulated experience occurs.
The metaphor is superseded by the holographic blur of a possibilities of form -- form overcome by formlessness -- finally free from groping around using inadequate analogies. Simulations can run through the past and future, trying different scenarios and responding in advance to probable future environments.
In Synch
Jung believed that synchronicity phenomenon underlies his hypothesis of “collective unconscious”, with “archetypes”. Synchronicity cannot be considered in isolation from the nonlocal structure of “collective unconscious”. The phenomena of coincidence or synchronicity are modulated by archetypes.
Influenced by Jung's concept of synchronicity, Arthur Koestler wrote The Roots of Coincidence (1972), an accessible introduction to theories of parapsychology, including extra-sensory perception and psychokinesis. It postulates links between elements of quantum mechanics, includings the behavior of neutrinos and their interaction with time, and these paranormal phenomena. It is influenced by Carl Jung's concept of synchronicity.
Peat calls synchronicity a bridge between matter and mind. Living by synchronicity -- paradoxical but seemingly meaningful coincidences -- isn't just about getting messages or reading 'signs'. It is about immersion in the flow state, being at one with the cosmos. It is about nurturing the poetic consciousness that allows us to taste and touch what rhymes and resonates in the world we inhabit.
Harmonizing and balancing the inner world of spirit and mind is achieved through archetypes and their symbols and images. Chaotic periods punctuate creative periods. The dynamic is from external to internal world as meaning unfolds. Through opening ourselves, we learn how the world-behind-the-world reveals itself by fluttering the veils of our consensual reality. We learn how to live with one foot rooted in the inner and outer symbolic world, revealing the transcendence hidden in a particular life.
Even a partial understanding of the neurological substrate of the archetypes will improve our understanding of them. Archetypes aren't limited to myth, dream, paranormal puzzles, and the hermeneutic interpretations of the consulting room. Archetypes transcend the individual psyche, permeating our experience. Jung called the non-psychic aspect of the archetype 'psychoid', forming a bridge to matter in general, extending beyond a neurophysiological basis into the general dynamical patterns of all matter and energy.
Archetypal pre-conditions describe the transcendent, unitary existence that underlies the duality of the mind (psyche) and matter (physis). They impact all situations, experiences, and images. When we are gripped by archetypal images and experiences, our conscious life and attitudes are swept away by pre-subjective schemas. Beyond judgment, such autonomous appetites demand to be fed. The experiential spectrum ranges from unconscious identification to feeling overwhelmed by it. Complexes behave like independent beings, subpersonalities with their own qualitative agenda with new and hidden meanings. Ego is punctuated by archetypal interference, repression and suppression.
Meta-genetics is a separate field at the very heart of genetics -- the study of how inheritance itself evolves, even while it mediates all evolution. It attempts to interpret or explain the organization, structure and dynamics of genetic material -- the master program of the archetypal creative "programmer". The meta-genetic program is the inherent intelligence of the life-force itself. Meta-genetics encompasses a group of related fields including quantum bioholography, genetic linguistics, and wave-genetics. Whether or not genetics is evolving, our view certainly is. The discovery of gene-expression transcends the nature/nurture dichotomy.
DNA is the replicable archetype of our species. Achetypes have both neurological and environmental correlates. Genes, templates, enzymes, catalysts, hromones and pheromones have 'archetypal' qualities. Archetypes are probably somatically based in the right cerebral hemisphere, which is visual-spatial. The tripartate brain and limbic system suggest more primitive archetypes reside in the drives and structures of the "reptilian" brain.
Recent studies of empathy find a genetic base for the psychosocial response: scientists identified couples’ gene types as GG, AG, or AA through tests. The first type marks people with two copies of a gene variant called G; the second, those with one copy of the G and one copy of the A variant; and so forth. According to previous research, GG people tend to act in a more caring way, whereas the other two types tend to have a higher risk of autism and self-reported lower levels of positive emotions, empathy and parental sensitivity.
Oxytocin is linked with social affiliation and reduction in stress, social recognition, pair bonding, dampening negative emotional responses, trust and love. GG carriers rate highest for trustworthiness. Carriers of the A version of the gene were viewed as less kind, trustworthy and caring toward their partners. What’s unknown is precisely how the gene affects the behavior. The variant does lead to differences in receptors, or molecular structures, involved in oxytocin transmission. But people can and do overcome their genes to some extent. http://www.world-science.net/othernews/111114_oxytocin
Due to the nature of the limbic system, you cannot will your feelings, emotions, falling in love, or staying in love, anymore than you can will your heart to beat, or yourself to digest a meal or sleep. Archetypes correlate with simultaneous activation and deactivation of discrete parts of the limbic system. For every biological event in your body, there is a biological cause. In this case, the cause is neurochemicals—and the pathways they turn on and off.
The genetic code operates by epigenetics, turning certain genes on or off. According to meta-genetics, potential DNA is anything but “junk.” Potential DNA plays the primary role of interfacing “ener-genetically” with our bioenergy blueprint in the consciousness field. In this way, potential DNA regulates cellular expression -- and even the origin and evolution of species -- in a manner that genetics cannot begin to account for and epigenetics cannot come close to matching. If the genome is the hardware, epigenetics is the software of genetic expression, telling it when to work, how to work and how much. The epigenome tells cells what kind of cells to be, whereas archetypes are primordial reaction formations.
"While some epigenetic changes are heritable through the germ line, many are not and necessarily so. You wouldn't want the epigenome of a heart cell or kidney cell or, more relevantly, a gonad cell to find its way unchanged into the fertilized egg. The slate upon which all the developmental processes of the adult have been written needs to be wiped clean in order to clear a space for the next generation. Relatively clean heritable epigenetic marks are somehow preserved. As part of this slate-cleaning, a wave of demethylation passes along each chromosome shortly after fertilization and is completed by the time of implantation in the uterus. Immediately following this, a new methylation occurs, appropriate for the embryo and giving it a fresh epigenetic start.
In explaining the role potential DNA plays in the origin and evolution of species, meta-genetics reveals that genetics and epigenetics alike control our lives only relatively, compared to the underlying spiritual energy that engenders, supports and develops life: consciousness. Potential DNA’s ongoing dialogue with the consciousness field allows for a constant, simultaneous exchange of information, in the form of sound and light waves, between time-space and space-time, while bypassing any so-called tight restrictions on the flow of genetic information.
Potential DNA, far from being inactive, constitutes the hyperdimensional interface between the sound and light domains. The genetic sound-light translation mechanism indicates the process by which chromosomes assemble themselves into different configurations designed to “translate” standing waves of sound into light (and vice versa). The existence of the genetic sound-light translation mechanism indicates that the flow of information, or conscious bioenergy, through DNA is a two-way street. Light becomes sound, and sound becomes light.
Though other alternative models will naturally arise, by choosing a scope of analysis and approaching cognitive dynamics and characteristics on their own terms we can actually get something done. We have to wrap our minds around the notion that our "living region" is indissolubly welded to the vastness of unknowable reality. Jung suggested as much in the language of his day in his concept of the Collective Unconscious and its archetypal dynamics, which he constantly sought to update. Nearly a century later, we should consider doing the same.
It can be useful to relinquish or recontextualize old reality assertions. A 21st Century inquiry into reality explodes the normative of space, time and matter, and thus destroys the context in which something like an evolutionary narrative makes sense to us. Yet, by choice or by wearing intentional blinders, the evolutionary narrative continues to inform very useful analyses of our condition. That is also a useful point in consciousness studies (since there is actually no other alternative) . We have to construct and build upon useful analyses of consciousness, and not divert ourselves with unverifiable speculations about the true nature of all of reality.
Our notions of 'consciousness' exist independent of that reality, which is the lens through which we encounter our experiences. Cognition, itself is a holographic archetype. So are language and natural numbers. Many essential qualities of the whole are reflected or contained in each of the parts that make up that whole.
Whatever else it may be, the holographic domain is also a subtle yet dynamic net of preferential metaphors, analogies and similes which characterize our experience of our experiences. Just as we are not constrained by retrievals of our ancestors beliefs, rituals, superstitions and faulty theories, we are not constrained from rewriting psychological theory from best practices to clear a Golden Path to our future.
Holographic archetypes effectively echo their nested-structure and resonant patterns throughout the field as phenomenological, biophysical, literal and symbolic "reflectaphors" -- fractal expressions, fractal scaling, and reiterations of psychic life. Archetypal morphogenetic fields (or attractors) emerge harmonically withinin nested domains. The interweaving transient forms of the holographic archetype include the hologram, psychic structure, wave-genetics, and synchronicity.
We can and must recontextualize Jung's intuitive notion of archetypes in terms of today's science, pursuing his dream of a unified language that unites psyche and matter.Psyche and Cosmos is a unified matrix of being, pregnant with intelligence and intimately coextensive with human affairs. The life-wave is best understood as a potentially infinite series of waves. The ocean in our analogy is the “torsion,” Source Field or hyperdimensional sound domain of time-space, where individual waves act as sonic carrier waves for the genetic blueprints of past, present and future species.
Archetypes are more than just metaphors of chaos theory, holographic strange attractors, and dark energy -- they are the eternal sources of such notions and perceptions. It's as if these supersensible realities are enfolded potentials in the scalar field of the virtual vacuum, awaiting their synchronistic moment of unfolding. Holographic Strange Attractors are also fractal, looking like patterns we recognize but without clear boundaries and never quite repeating themselves at various scales and domains. They allow unpredictable change while providing structure.
Old definitions, speculation on heritability, static snapshots, extracted symbols, stereotypes, qualitative correspondences, and galleries of gods and goddesses fall short of full descriptions of nonlinear dynamic process. As ever, the map is not the territory. "Mental illness" is only a medical model of the archetypes. Philosophical, theoretical, and spiritual assumptions are colored by archetypes. We are all touched by archetypes. The only question is how much of our lives is consumed by them.
We may readily see that language, number, geometry, grammar, and DNA are basic patterning forces of human life and culture. But we have new archetypes, aka Old Wine In New Bottles, to deal with in the 21st Century, some disguised as trends or memes, such as holography, "Ascension", conspiracy, quantum mind, "Occupy", catastrophe, sustainability, global warming, NWO, "transcendent man," and other tropes of our current era alongside the old -- Ouroboros, apocalypse, changing Ages, plutocracy, death/rebirth, Great Goddess. We can identify whole clusters of the old gods and goddesses moving through such new forms: Hermes, Gaia, Zeus, and the rest of our usual suspects. But we need to enlarge our capacity to think in terms broader than these old forms.
An over-arching theme is the Android Meme: “…the ability of human-invented technology…to acquire the intimacy of speech and intuition.” (Dobbs) In other words, the Android Meme is technology that has the qualities of “being alive”. The Android Meme joins with us in an unholy alliance of archetypal technology and human organism, as a cacophony of all media, all technology and all ideas of particular times, anthropomorphized, trying to make itself human.
Since Jung's era, the public has become passingly familiar with the terms of quantum physics, the fractals of chaos theory, and the holographic paradigm. Science is formulated with metaphor as well as models. Any small piece of imaginal material may contain the total configuration, both past and future. It is the resonance or expansion and re-expansion of this awareness over time that leads to change rather than particularized insight itself. Insight does not result from learning but results from a subsequent phenomenological shift in the holographic template called insight.
Insight results from expansion and overload rather than from a specific, focused understanding. Within the process model, the total patterns of experiencing within the organismic whole which have remained unattended became the holographic blur. In other words, this part of the unconscious is not regarded as a preexisting form. When we are presented with a sensation, feeling, thought or intuition, it takes millions of cooperating brain cells, orchestrating together, for these perceptions to reach consciousness. Approximately 97% of what happens in our so-called "consciousness" remains unconscious.
Although subjectivity is present at the level of photons, it requires brain systems to generate ordered patterns that are the basis of actual conscious experience. Drive manifestations in thought, repressed memories, archetypal themes, and so on are particularized meanings, cognitively derived from the holographic "frequency domain"-- the stage of transforming sensory data across the entire brain.
Mark Germine describes the Holographic Principle:
"Layers of the holographic, universal “now” go from the inception of the universe to the present. Universal Consciousness is the timeless source of actuality and mentality. Information is experience, and the expansion of the “now” leads to higher and higher orders of experience in the Universe, with various levels of consciousness emerging from experience. The brain consists of a nested hierarchy of surfaces which range from the most elementary field though the neuron, neural group, and the whole brain. Evidence from the evolution and structure of the brain shows that optimal surface areas in a variety of structures are conserved with respect to underlying surfaces. Microgenesis, the becoming of the mental state through a process of recapitulation of development and evolution, is in full accord with the Holographic Principle. Evidence from a wide variety of contexts indicates the capacity of the mind for total recall of past life events and for access to universal information, indicating connection with the holographic surfaces of prior “nows” and with the Universal holographic boundary. In summation, the Holographic Principle can help us explain the unity and mechanisms of perception, experience, memory, and consciousness."
He also notes, "There have been a number of propositions regarding the relationship of consciousness and time. Sigmund Freud held that the unconscious is timeless, and that time only arises in consciousness. Carl Jung, with the apparent endorsement of Wolfgang Pauli, held that there is a collective unconscious, composed of archetypes, which are timeless, and also worked with Pauli on his theory of synchronicity, or meaningful experiences outside of normal causality. What Freud and Jung would call timeless, we call temporally non-local. We have also hardly touched open the role of dynamical systems or chaos theory, with the brain state fundamentally evolving under the conditions of self-organized criticality."
Laszlo (2004) contends, "The universe is a system of holographic surfaces within surfaces, or what we may call a nested hierarchy of surfaces, with each surface containing its own “world” of information. The most basic order of information is the fundamental quantum of spatial volume, the Planck space, which has a variable energy, called the vacuum energy. In 1930 Dirac developed a model of the vacuum as an infinite sea of particles having negative energy, which was dubbed the Dirac sea. There is a fundamental relationship between the Holographic Principle and the vacuum energy (Mongan, 2007), which can account for a variety of non-local phenomena."
Because the frequency domain deals with the density of events, time and space are collapsed in it. Not until these mathematical transforms are reversed does the object or image reappear as concrete, three-dimensional reality "out there." In the frequency domain itself there is no out there (Pribram, 1982).
Pribram's "frequency domain" is Bohm's "implicate order" while the image domain is "explicate order." Countless enfolding and unfoldings between orders is the Bohm's holomovement. The transformative process may be holographic. Chaos only appears as such because the underlying order is of such indefinitely high degree. It is meaningless to view the universe as arbitrary parts.
Many understand that it relates to consciousness, synchronicity, and their holistic experience of reality. Synchronicity is the experience of two or more events, unlikely to occur together by chance, being observed to occur together in a meaningful manner. It represents the meaningful unfoldment of potential. We are wrapping our minds around paradoxical notions such as multiverse, non-locality, superposition, coherence, entanglement, and torsion fields. Non-locality is the quantum phenomenon of instantaneous action at a distance in spacetime.
Sometimes our mental representations are dominated by form, especially that initiated by past experiences. Other times, consciousness is dominated more by formlessness, uncommitted attention, receptivity to new ideas. Between frames, or states of consciousness are transitive or "empty" moments in which vague, unformulated experience occurs.
The metaphor is superseded by the holographic blur of a possibilities of form -- form overcome by formlessness -- finally free from groping around using inadequate analogies. Simulations can run through the past and future, trying different scenarios and responding in advance to probable future environments.
In Synch
Jung believed that synchronicity phenomenon underlies his hypothesis of “collective unconscious”, with “archetypes”. Synchronicity cannot be considered in isolation from the nonlocal structure of “collective unconscious”. The phenomena of coincidence or synchronicity are modulated by archetypes.
Influenced by Jung's concept of synchronicity, Arthur Koestler wrote The Roots of Coincidence (1972), an accessible introduction to theories of parapsychology, including extra-sensory perception and psychokinesis. It postulates links between elements of quantum mechanics, includings the behavior of neutrinos and their interaction with time, and these paranormal phenomena. It is influenced by Carl Jung's concept of synchronicity.
Peat calls synchronicity a bridge between matter and mind. Living by synchronicity -- paradoxical but seemingly meaningful coincidences -- isn't just about getting messages or reading 'signs'. It is about immersion in the flow state, being at one with the cosmos. It is about nurturing the poetic consciousness that allows us to taste and touch what rhymes and resonates in the world we inhabit.
Harmonizing and balancing the inner world of spirit and mind is achieved through archetypes and their symbols and images. Chaotic periods punctuate creative periods. The dynamic is from external to internal world as meaning unfolds. Through opening ourselves, we learn how the world-behind-the-world reveals itself by fluttering the veils of our consensual reality. We learn how to live with one foot rooted in the inner and outer symbolic world, revealing the transcendence hidden in a particular life.
Even a partial understanding of the neurological substrate of the archetypes will improve our understanding of them. Archetypes aren't limited to myth, dream, paranormal puzzles, and the hermeneutic interpretations of the consulting room. Archetypes transcend the individual psyche, permeating our experience. Jung called the non-psychic aspect of the archetype 'psychoid', forming a bridge to matter in general, extending beyond a neurophysiological basis into the general dynamical patterns of all matter and energy.
Archetypal pre-conditions describe the transcendent, unitary existence that underlies the duality of the mind (psyche) and matter (physis). They impact all situations, experiences, and images. When we are gripped by archetypal images and experiences, our conscious life and attitudes are swept away by pre-subjective schemas. Beyond judgment, such autonomous appetites demand to be fed. The experiential spectrum ranges from unconscious identification to feeling overwhelmed by it. Complexes behave like independent beings, subpersonalities with their own qualitative agenda with new and hidden meanings. Ego is punctuated by archetypal interference, repression and suppression.
Meta-genetics is a separate field at the very heart of genetics -- the study of how inheritance itself evolves, even while it mediates all evolution. It attempts to interpret or explain the organization, structure and dynamics of genetic material -- the master program of the archetypal creative "programmer". The meta-genetic program is the inherent intelligence of the life-force itself. Meta-genetics encompasses a group of related fields including quantum bioholography, genetic linguistics, and wave-genetics. Whether or not genetics is evolving, our view certainly is. The discovery of gene-expression transcends the nature/nurture dichotomy.
DNA is the replicable archetype of our species. Achetypes have both neurological and environmental correlates. Genes, templates, enzymes, catalysts, hromones and pheromones have 'archetypal' qualities. Archetypes are probably somatically based in the right cerebral hemisphere, which is visual-spatial. The tripartate brain and limbic system suggest more primitive archetypes reside in the drives and structures of the "reptilian" brain.
Recent studies of empathy find a genetic base for the psychosocial response: scientists identified couples’ gene types as GG, AG, or AA through tests. The first type marks people with two copies of a gene variant called G; the second, those with one copy of the G and one copy of the A variant; and so forth. According to previous research, GG people tend to act in a more caring way, whereas the other two types tend to have a higher risk of autism and self-reported lower levels of positive emotions, empathy and parental sensitivity.
Oxytocin is linked with social affiliation and reduction in stress, social recognition, pair bonding, dampening negative emotional responses, trust and love. GG carriers rate highest for trustworthiness. Carriers of the A version of the gene were viewed as less kind, trustworthy and caring toward their partners. What’s unknown is precisely how the gene affects the behavior. The variant does lead to differences in receptors, or molecular structures, involved in oxytocin transmission. But people can and do overcome their genes to some extent. http://www.world-science.net/othernews/111114_oxytocin
Due to the nature of the limbic system, you cannot will your feelings, emotions, falling in love, or staying in love, anymore than you can will your heart to beat, or yourself to digest a meal or sleep. Archetypes correlate with simultaneous activation and deactivation of discrete parts of the limbic system. For every biological event in your body, there is a biological cause. In this case, the cause is neurochemicals—and the pathways they turn on and off.
The genetic code operates by epigenetics, turning certain genes on or off. According to meta-genetics, potential DNA is anything but “junk.” Potential DNA plays the primary role of interfacing “ener-genetically” with our bioenergy blueprint in the consciousness field. In this way, potential DNA regulates cellular expression -- and even the origin and evolution of species -- in a manner that genetics cannot begin to account for and epigenetics cannot come close to matching. If the genome is the hardware, epigenetics is the software of genetic expression, telling it when to work, how to work and how much. The epigenome tells cells what kind of cells to be, whereas archetypes are primordial reaction formations.
"While some epigenetic changes are heritable through the germ line, many are not and necessarily so. You wouldn't want the epigenome of a heart cell or kidney cell or, more relevantly, a gonad cell to find its way unchanged into the fertilized egg. The slate upon which all the developmental processes of the adult have been written needs to be wiped clean in order to clear a space for the next generation. Relatively clean heritable epigenetic marks are somehow preserved. As part of this slate-cleaning, a wave of demethylation passes along each chromosome shortly after fertilization and is completed by the time of implantation in the uterus. Immediately following this, a new methylation occurs, appropriate for the embryo and giving it a fresh epigenetic start.
In explaining the role potential DNA plays in the origin and evolution of species, meta-genetics reveals that genetics and epigenetics alike control our lives only relatively, compared to the underlying spiritual energy that engenders, supports and develops life: consciousness. Potential DNA’s ongoing dialogue with the consciousness field allows for a constant, simultaneous exchange of information, in the form of sound and light waves, between time-space and space-time, while bypassing any so-called tight restrictions on the flow of genetic information.
Potential DNA, far from being inactive, constitutes the hyperdimensional interface between the sound and light domains. The genetic sound-light translation mechanism indicates the process by which chromosomes assemble themselves into different configurations designed to “translate” standing waves of sound into light (and vice versa). The existence of the genetic sound-light translation mechanism indicates that the flow of information, or conscious bioenergy, through DNA is a two-way street. Light becomes sound, and sound becomes light.
Though other alternative models will naturally arise, by choosing a scope of analysis and approaching cognitive dynamics and characteristics on their own terms we can actually get something done. We have to wrap our minds around the notion that our "living region" is indissolubly welded to the vastness of unknowable reality. Jung suggested as much in the language of his day in his concept of the Collective Unconscious and its archetypal dynamics, which he constantly sought to update. Nearly a century later, we should consider doing the same.
It can be useful to relinquish or recontextualize old reality assertions. A 21st Century inquiry into reality explodes the normative of space, time and matter, and thus destroys the context in which something like an evolutionary narrative makes sense to us. Yet, by choice or by wearing intentional blinders, the evolutionary narrative continues to inform very useful analyses of our condition. That is also a useful point in consciousness studies (since there is actually no other alternative) . We have to construct and build upon useful analyses of consciousness, and not divert ourselves with unverifiable speculations about the true nature of all of reality.
Our notions of 'consciousness' exist independent of that reality, which is the lens through which we encounter our experiences. Cognition, itself is a holographic archetype. So are language and natural numbers. Many essential qualities of the whole are reflected or contained in each of the parts that make up that whole.
Whatever else it may be, the holographic domain is also a subtle yet dynamic net of preferential metaphors, analogies and similes which characterize our experience of our experiences. Just as we are not constrained by retrievals of our ancestors beliefs, rituals, superstitions and faulty theories, we are not constrained from rewriting psychological theory from best practices to clear a Golden Path to our future.
Holographic archetypes effectively echo their nested-structure and resonant patterns throughout the field as phenomenological, biophysical, literal and symbolic "reflectaphors" -- fractal expressions, fractal scaling, and reiterations of psychic life. Archetypal morphogenetic fields (or attractors) emerge harmonically withinin nested domains. The interweaving transient forms of the holographic archetype include the hologram, psychic structure, wave-genetics, and synchronicity.
We can and must recontextualize Jung's intuitive notion of archetypes in terms of today's science, pursuing his dream of a unified language that unites psyche and matter.Psyche and Cosmos is a unified matrix of being, pregnant with intelligence and intimately coextensive with human affairs. The life-wave is best understood as a potentially infinite series of waves. The ocean in our analogy is the “torsion,” Source Field or hyperdimensional sound domain of time-space, where individual waves act as sonic carrier waves for the genetic blueprints of past, present and future species.
Archetypes are more than just metaphors of chaos theory, holographic strange attractors, and dark energy -- they are the eternal sources of such notions and perceptions. It's as if these supersensible realities are enfolded potentials in the scalar field of the virtual vacuum, awaiting their synchronistic moment of unfolding. Holographic Strange Attractors are also fractal, looking like patterns we recognize but without clear boundaries and never quite repeating themselves at various scales and domains. They allow unpredictable change while providing structure.
Remodeling Process
Jung's collective unconscious consists of archetypal infolded EM structures acting in common in an overall bio-quantum-potential for the entire species. Gaia, the living earth/biosphere, really does scientifically exist as a common bio-quantum-potential with infolded living EM structures for the entire earth biosphere. The bio-potential in a single body is an overall quantum potential that links and joins all the atoms and cells of the body.
The "spirit" of the biosystem is its "living biopotential" - its living quantum potential. We already know that a potential is everywhere nonzero all the way out to infinity. So the spirit of the living system is - in the virtual state - everywhere in the universe - and everywhen as well. It's all a giant hologram, not only in space, but in spacetime. The entire universe is everywhere alive, with everything. (Bearden) The body's master cellular control system is holographic—the pattern (substructured potential with its dynamic, oscillating components) is in each component (each atomic nucleus, hence in each cell.) Every structural level of the body larger than the cell also has its own correlated pattern, or modulation, on the overall.
Arthur Koestler called holarchy a connection between holons – as both a part and a whole, across scales and domains. The universe as a whole is an example of a holarchical system, in which every holarchy is part of a larger holarchy. Holarchy is commonly considered a form of hierarchy, however, hierarchy implies both an absolute top and bottom. For a holon, this is not logically possible, as it is both a whole and a part. Like a fractal, the top can be a bottom, and a bottom can be a top. An advantage of the holarchy model is that it may be easily mapped to hierarchy of agents (or archetypes) in which an agent is composed of agents and may have its own ecological behavior as a partial consequence of these part's behaviors.
Functioning like "psychic DNA", archetypes are the holographic strange attractors organizing the psyche. The psychoid level of archetypes is analogous to the heritable DNA biohologram, whereas their expressive nature can be likened to epigenetics. Epigenetics is typically defined as the study of heritable changes in gene expression that are not due to changes in DNA sequence. Every cell in the body has the same genetic information. What makes cells, tissues and organs different is that different sets of genes are turned on or expressed.
Environmental factors and our choices alter the way genes and archetypes are expressed and characterize our being. Jung claimed that "the gods have become diseases." The field of epigenetics is now revealing a molecular basis for how heritable information other than DNA sequence can influence gene function, morphology, and plasticity. These advances also add to our understanding of transcriptional regulation, nuclear organization, development and disease.
Archetypes characterize and particularize perennial wisdom, language, images and ideas (theories), and emotion-laden complexes. Sometimes, such complex expression looks like pathology or pathologizing but psyche is trying to tell its perennial story in particularized form. We exist in relation to ourselves, to others, to myths, to images, or to archetypes. Their expression is the essence of our being.
Jung's collective unconscious consists of archetypal infolded EM structures acting in common in an overall bio-quantum-potential for the entire species. Gaia, the living earth/biosphere, really does scientifically exist as a common bio-quantum-potential with infolded living EM structures for the entire earth biosphere. The bio-potential in a single body is an overall quantum potential that links and joins all the atoms and cells of the body.
The "spirit" of the biosystem is its "living biopotential" - its living quantum potential. We already know that a potential is everywhere nonzero all the way out to infinity. So the spirit of the living system is - in the virtual state - everywhere in the universe - and everywhen as well. It's all a giant hologram, not only in space, but in spacetime. The entire universe is everywhere alive, with everything. (Bearden) The body's master cellular control system is holographic—the pattern (substructured potential with its dynamic, oscillating components) is in each component (each atomic nucleus, hence in each cell.) Every structural level of the body larger than the cell also has its own correlated pattern, or modulation, on the overall.
Arthur Koestler called holarchy a connection between holons – as both a part and a whole, across scales and domains. The universe as a whole is an example of a holarchical system, in which every holarchy is part of a larger holarchy. Holarchy is commonly considered a form of hierarchy, however, hierarchy implies both an absolute top and bottom. For a holon, this is not logically possible, as it is both a whole and a part. Like a fractal, the top can be a bottom, and a bottom can be a top. An advantage of the holarchy model is that it may be easily mapped to hierarchy of agents (or archetypes) in which an agent is composed of agents and may have its own ecological behavior as a partial consequence of these part's behaviors.
Functioning like "psychic DNA", archetypes are the holographic strange attractors organizing the psyche. The psychoid level of archetypes is analogous to the heritable DNA biohologram, whereas their expressive nature can be likened to epigenetics. Epigenetics is typically defined as the study of heritable changes in gene expression that are not due to changes in DNA sequence. Every cell in the body has the same genetic information. What makes cells, tissues and organs different is that different sets of genes are turned on or expressed.
Environmental factors and our choices alter the way genes and archetypes are expressed and characterize our being. Jung claimed that "the gods have become diseases." The field of epigenetics is now revealing a molecular basis for how heritable information other than DNA sequence can influence gene function, morphology, and plasticity. These advances also add to our understanding of transcriptional regulation, nuclear organization, development and disease.
Archetypes characterize and particularize perennial wisdom, language, images and ideas (theories), and emotion-laden complexes. Sometimes, such complex expression looks like pathology or pathologizing but psyche is trying to tell its perennial story in particularized form. We exist in relation to ourselves, to others, to myths, to images, or to archetypes. Their expression is the essence of our being.
The Folly of Fools: The Logic of Deceit and Self-Deception in Human Life By Robert Trivers
The key to modern knowledge is the exclusion of disproof and other possibilities.
In psychology and cognitive science, confirmation bias (or confirmatory bias) is a tendency to search for or interpret information in a way that confirms one's preconceptions, leading to statistical errors. Confirmation bias is a type of cognitive bias and represents an error of inductive inference toward confirmation of the hypothesis under study.
In psychology and cognitive science, confirmation bias (or confirmatory bias) is a tendency to search for or interpret information in a way that confirms one's preconceptions, leading to statistical errors. Confirmation bias is a type of cognitive bias and represents an error of inductive inference toward confirmation of the hypothesis under study.
Mind Control Countermeasures
What you "see" is not always what you "get." Reality may be hidden by nature's veil or a dramatic mask. There is more to the context of experience than the surface waves. There is a perpetual sub-text to our perceptions, which are supported and conditioned not only by ego's point of view but by a kaleidoscope of fractal expressions of nonobjective archetypal emergence.
Unconscious fantasy bridges ego and instincts. This instinctual fantasy searches for external archetypal objects with which to "mate." We begin seeing signs and symbols and interpreting them to suit our internal narrative, filtered through subjectivity, identity and volition. Memory distortions that support self esteem are the most powerful.
Many people mistakenly take their own perceptions and visions literally without "seeing through" the various possibilities deeply buried within that are outside their belief system, knowledge or skill sets. Self-reports and self-concepts often differ widely from objective measures. We are often in denial of your own mind's defenses and show this transparently. Others can see this a lot more clearly.
Or not, in emotional contagion. Folie à deux, from the French means "a madness shared by two" or shared psychosis. Delusional beliefs are transmitted from one individual to another. The same syndrome shared by more than two people may be called folie à trois, folie à quatre, folie en famille or even folie à plusieurs ("madness of many"). Jung spoke of participation mystique, a mystical connection, or identity, between subject and object, and symbiosis, a state where contents of one's personal unconscious are experienced in another person. Ending such relationships can precipitate an outbreak of neurosis, stimulated by an inner need to assimilate those aspects of oneself that were projected onto the partner.
While most are interested in the content of their imaginal life, greater understanding comes from seeing through the dynamic process by which it is generated. It isn't necessarily the CONTENT, but the EFFECTS which are most important. Do archetypes help us con our own consciousness with myths of individuality? Are we unwitting undercover agents for social memes without realizing it?
The notion of a unified Self has fallen to the multistate paradigm. Each of us is a "crowd", dynamic multiplicity of relatively autonomous I positions in an imaginal landscape. There is no unified Self - but a multitude of subpersonalities, some more competent than others. The ego thinks it does the navigating, but it's mostly delusional about itself, hence denial, projection, and unconscious identification.
The basis of the human psyche seems to be a collective of selves--a multimind in a multiverse. Independent and autonomous, they relate with one another mostly unknown to the outer awareness. Dialogue is a form of imagery which creates and sustains a worldview through the means of imaginal conversations. Within the fabric of multiple centers or vortices within the psyche, an on-going dialogue emerges which ranges from selftalk (ego to ego), through "group" discussion (ego with subpersonalities), to spiritual dialogue (ego with transpersonal entities).
Fictional virtual realities are constructed by aspects of the self as imaginal conversations. Imaginal dialogues play a central role in our daily lives, existing alongside actual dialogues and interactions. The dialogical self can be seen as a multiplicity of I positions or possible selves, with a decentralized, polyphonic character. This view dissolves the sharp "self-not self" boundary.
Beyond the dialogical realm lies the unspeakable experience (untranslatable) of the Void or Clear Light, the realm of archetypal light and sound as pure consciousness. The "Word" helps us create and define reality. Conversation as well as observation defines our reality. Dialogue of the self with its various conscious and unconscious forms creates a series of "virtual realities" which form the basis of self-simulation and world-simulation. These forms are limitless in number, far beyond the classic archetypes such as persona, anima/animus, etc, suggesting the notion of "radical pluralism."
Synesthesia research may shed some tangential light on the subject: The over-excited neurons may still be what drives the development of synaesthesia in the first place, though. Since the condition tends to run in families, Terhune suggests that people with synaesthesia may be predisposed to hyper-excitable neurons from birth.
As the brain develops through early childhood, enhanced activation of neurons may cause connections to form between areas of the brain that are not normally paired, thinks Terhune. "Hyperactivity [of neurons] at an early developmental stage might contribute to the establishment of atypical binding of neurons associated with graphemes and colour," he says.
Mind and metaphor: In 2010, Vilayanur Ramachandran at the University of California at San Diego told New Scientist that such a predisposition to synaesthesia might also predispose you to make links between seemingly unrelated ideas.
"If you think of ideas as being enshrined in neural populations in the brain, if you get greater cross-connectivity you're going to create a propensity towards metaphorical thinking," he said. He suggested that this ability to link dissimilar concepts is what created a "huge explosion of abilities that characterize the human brain". http://www.newscientist.com/article/dn21183-hyperactive-neurons-build-brains-in-synaesthesia.html
The social construction of reality is up for grabs. The whole concept of reality has been called into question by a variety of ideologies and lifestyles. There are widening splits within traditional belief systems. There is transition in human cultural evolution, with the new paradigm in dialogue with the old, seeking a new synthesis. The move is toward a substitution of "story" for Truth, reflecting that sense of movement, change, flow.
The hallmark of Post-Modern philosophy has been disbelief or skepticism of all "metanarratives." The breakdowns of the story lines of religions, ideologies, even science has led to chaotic social change. We are beginning to realize, individually and as a world-wide culture that "realities" are all human constructions. The task becomes one of "catching ourselves in the act" of creating our own "reality" from the flow of events. Human truth is always an engagement of mind with experience.
We need to be not only conscious of the nature of our consciousness, but conscious of our fallibility, realizing that intuition is fallible if unsupported by rational criticism. Personal, sociopolitical and spiritual myths and memes drive false perceptions. When images appear, where do they come from? How do they constellate? What archetypal set is at work? If we have little access to our pre-conditioned decision-making process, the whole concept of 'consciousness' becomes questionable. But we are also subject on an a priori basis to the influence of genes, memes and archetypal schemes.
Psychodynamics of the Unconscious
Chaos theory, quantum and torsion physics, and analytical psychology provide portals for new awareness both of the processes of personal growth and of changes in world life. Modeling incorporates the five structures of consciousness—archaic, magical, mythic, mental, and integral. Complexity Theory describes the Universe as a complex of whole systems spontaneously generating out of a void and self-organizing at thresholds between chaos and stability.
The archetype, a word used by Jung (1958) and elaborated by his follower Erich Neumann (1954) is a numinous (potent, powerful) unconscious psychic content -- the core of representations including those of states, and patterns of coordination of actions. M.-L. von Franz describes archetypes as "excited points in the field of the objective psyche" which behave like "relatively isolatable nuclei".
We can imagine this as a precursor to the notion of archetypal "attractors" in chaos theory. Archetypes are the holographic strange attractors of the psyche. Chaos is not so much pathological as it is a state of maximum readiness for an emerging reorganized self-system. Individuals with schemas or working models bordering on chaos are likely to be those most flexible and resilient.
Archetypes are also highly interconnected to each other. Hypercycles suggest a common origin for archetypes, that manifest at all developmental levels and in all planes of substance, including beyond space-time. They describe capacities for consciousness -- functions, attitudes and character pathologies. In itself an archetype has no specific form. Such innate organizing principles exist in a very deep layer of the brain, but it gives rise to images in the visual cortex which partially represent it. Archetypes play out across the globe at a colossal scale.
Our ancient instinctual apparatus included affection, inquisitiveness, self-preservation, competitiveness, fear and curiosity, i.e. these have archetypal existence. Core 'archetype' stimulus/response instincts appear to be hard-coded in all of as as neuron-dependent life forms. The 'archetypes' lack colour in that at this level of analysis we are working with the vague. Specialisations will then add colour and in doing so can create their own language to describe the
archetypes in many different expressions. These 'universals' need some 'grounding' where meaning for individual consciousness takes the form of emotional labels identifying the generic patterns mapped to particular contexts.
Archetypes were the forefathers of symbols, and are inherently symbolic. Image-making is also a cultural and psychological labor; archetypal awareness requires both cultural knowledge and self knowledge-lest we fall into naive and unqualified virginal ecologies of imagination—those that believe only in so-called natural spontaneity and who end up unknowing prisoners of banal stereotypes. In psychotic illness, the ego defenses are overpowered by the influx of the power of archetypes. When an archetype imposes itself on consciousness, and the normal discretion which ego consciousness exercises is lost, havoc can result. It is also possible, however, that an archetype can infuse a psyche, yet, at the same time, ego consciousness can adjust to its charge.
Creative imagination is a soulful conversation between the body and the world; the animal helps us to converse with the soul of the world. Inspiration, for instance — which is the epiphany of image, is finding vision in our breathing: we inspire, we breathe in images. The imaginal animal’s awareness is instinctive, alert. It realizes imagination as perception, receptivity and response-ability.
Engagement
The soul has archetypal needs. Fractal resonance unifies the soul field. Fractal resonance creates multiple effects in diverse fields. For example it:
· Guides unfoldment and evolution from beyond space-time, through archetypes and prototypes (akashic and atmic levels) to the physical, via resonant fractal frequency fields;
· Is the basis for “emergence” or “random self-organising” structural development through pattern alignment across levels or dimensions;
· Explains why archetypes, symbols and allegories can have multiple interpretations, as in the interpretation of Biblical parables ranging from the immediate cultural context to a high spiritual gnosis;
· Provides a basis for evolutionary feedback to alter the parameters for a new expansionary
phase or level.
Many concepts which are essential components of human (and group) thought originated as archetypes. Later on, both in time and in terms of cognitive activity, they put on the clothes of visual imagery and verbal identity. But they began in the limbic brain as archetypes. All people have the same archetypes, and they are the instruments of cultural evolution; but they express themselves differently in different cultural circumstances.
Lumsden and Wilson hypothesize that it takes about 1,000 years for a cultural element, or a propensity to express some culturally defined trait, to become established in the gene pool as an inherited trait. So Jung wasn't wrong in talking about 'endless repetitions of typical patterns of behavior', he just didn't understand the mechanism which would give them a genetic basis. Pre-linguistic memes and archetypes, such as rhythm, may have played a greater role in genetic evolution than he dared to propose.
Dawkins (The Selfish Gene) says: 'When you plant a fertile meme in my mind you literally parasitize my brain, turning it into a vehicle for the meme's propagation.' Perhaps so, but we might speculate that a meme is fertile or successful because they bind to archetypes, helping the effective expression of the archetype, rather than parasitizing the brain in any general sense.
What you "see" is not always what you "get." Reality may be hidden by nature's veil or a dramatic mask. There is more to the context of experience than the surface waves. There is a perpetual sub-text to our perceptions, which are supported and conditioned not only by ego's point of view but by a kaleidoscope of fractal expressions of nonobjective archetypal emergence.
Unconscious fantasy bridges ego and instincts. This instinctual fantasy searches for external archetypal objects with which to "mate." We begin seeing signs and symbols and interpreting them to suit our internal narrative, filtered through subjectivity, identity and volition. Memory distortions that support self esteem are the most powerful.
Many people mistakenly take their own perceptions and visions literally without "seeing through" the various possibilities deeply buried within that are outside their belief system, knowledge or skill sets. Self-reports and self-concepts often differ widely from objective measures. We are often in denial of your own mind's defenses and show this transparently. Others can see this a lot more clearly.
Or not, in emotional contagion. Folie à deux, from the French means "a madness shared by two" or shared psychosis. Delusional beliefs are transmitted from one individual to another. The same syndrome shared by more than two people may be called folie à trois, folie à quatre, folie en famille or even folie à plusieurs ("madness of many"). Jung spoke of participation mystique, a mystical connection, or identity, between subject and object, and symbiosis, a state where contents of one's personal unconscious are experienced in another person. Ending such relationships can precipitate an outbreak of neurosis, stimulated by an inner need to assimilate those aspects of oneself that were projected onto the partner.
While most are interested in the content of their imaginal life, greater understanding comes from seeing through the dynamic process by which it is generated. It isn't necessarily the CONTENT, but the EFFECTS which are most important. Do archetypes help us con our own consciousness with myths of individuality? Are we unwitting undercover agents for social memes without realizing it?
The notion of a unified Self has fallen to the multistate paradigm. Each of us is a "crowd", dynamic multiplicity of relatively autonomous I positions in an imaginal landscape. There is no unified Self - but a multitude of subpersonalities, some more competent than others. The ego thinks it does the navigating, but it's mostly delusional about itself, hence denial, projection, and unconscious identification.
The basis of the human psyche seems to be a collective of selves--a multimind in a multiverse. Independent and autonomous, they relate with one another mostly unknown to the outer awareness. Dialogue is a form of imagery which creates and sustains a worldview through the means of imaginal conversations. Within the fabric of multiple centers or vortices within the psyche, an on-going dialogue emerges which ranges from selftalk (ego to ego), through "group" discussion (ego with subpersonalities), to spiritual dialogue (ego with transpersonal entities).
Fictional virtual realities are constructed by aspects of the self as imaginal conversations. Imaginal dialogues play a central role in our daily lives, existing alongside actual dialogues and interactions. The dialogical self can be seen as a multiplicity of I positions or possible selves, with a decentralized, polyphonic character. This view dissolves the sharp "self-not self" boundary.
Beyond the dialogical realm lies the unspeakable experience (untranslatable) of the Void or Clear Light, the realm of archetypal light and sound as pure consciousness. The "Word" helps us create and define reality. Conversation as well as observation defines our reality. Dialogue of the self with its various conscious and unconscious forms creates a series of "virtual realities" which form the basis of self-simulation and world-simulation. These forms are limitless in number, far beyond the classic archetypes such as persona, anima/animus, etc, suggesting the notion of "radical pluralism."
Synesthesia research may shed some tangential light on the subject: The over-excited neurons may still be what drives the development of synaesthesia in the first place, though. Since the condition tends to run in families, Terhune suggests that people with synaesthesia may be predisposed to hyper-excitable neurons from birth.
As the brain develops through early childhood, enhanced activation of neurons may cause connections to form between areas of the brain that are not normally paired, thinks Terhune. "Hyperactivity [of neurons] at an early developmental stage might contribute to the establishment of atypical binding of neurons associated with graphemes and colour," he says.
Mind and metaphor: In 2010, Vilayanur Ramachandran at the University of California at San Diego told New Scientist that such a predisposition to synaesthesia might also predispose you to make links between seemingly unrelated ideas.
"If you think of ideas as being enshrined in neural populations in the brain, if you get greater cross-connectivity you're going to create a propensity towards metaphorical thinking," he said. He suggested that this ability to link dissimilar concepts is what created a "huge explosion of abilities that characterize the human brain". http://www.newscientist.com/article/dn21183-hyperactive-neurons-build-brains-in-synaesthesia.html
The social construction of reality is up for grabs. The whole concept of reality has been called into question by a variety of ideologies and lifestyles. There are widening splits within traditional belief systems. There is transition in human cultural evolution, with the new paradigm in dialogue with the old, seeking a new synthesis. The move is toward a substitution of "story" for Truth, reflecting that sense of movement, change, flow.
The hallmark of Post-Modern philosophy has been disbelief or skepticism of all "metanarratives." The breakdowns of the story lines of religions, ideologies, even science has led to chaotic social change. We are beginning to realize, individually and as a world-wide culture that "realities" are all human constructions. The task becomes one of "catching ourselves in the act" of creating our own "reality" from the flow of events. Human truth is always an engagement of mind with experience.
We need to be not only conscious of the nature of our consciousness, but conscious of our fallibility, realizing that intuition is fallible if unsupported by rational criticism. Personal, sociopolitical and spiritual myths and memes drive false perceptions. When images appear, where do they come from? How do they constellate? What archetypal set is at work? If we have little access to our pre-conditioned decision-making process, the whole concept of 'consciousness' becomes questionable. But we are also subject on an a priori basis to the influence of genes, memes and archetypal schemes.
Psychodynamics of the Unconscious
Chaos theory, quantum and torsion physics, and analytical psychology provide portals for new awareness both of the processes of personal growth and of changes in world life. Modeling incorporates the five structures of consciousness—archaic, magical, mythic, mental, and integral. Complexity Theory describes the Universe as a complex of whole systems spontaneously generating out of a void and self-organizing at thresholds between chaos and stability.
The archetype, a word used by Jung (1958) and elaborated by his follower Erich Neumann (1954) is a numinous (potent, powerful) unconscious psychic content -- the core of representations including those of states, and patterns of coordination of actions. M.-L. von Franz describes archetypes as "excited points in the field of the objective psyche" which behave like "relatively isolatable nuclei".
We can imagine this as a precursor to the notion of archetypal "attractors" in chaos theory. Archetypes are the holographic strange attractors of the psyche. Chaos is not so much pathological as it is a state of maximum readiness for an emerging reorganized self-system. Individuals with schemas or working models bordering on chaos are likely to be those most flexible and resilient.
Archetypes are also highly interconnected to each other. Hypercycles suggest a common origin for archetypes, that manifest at all developmental levels and in all planes of substance, including beyond space-time. They describe capacities for consciousness -- functions, attitudes and character pathologies. In itself an archetype has no specific form. Such innate organizing principles exist in a very deep layer of the brain, but it gives rise to images in the visual cortex which partially represent it. Archetypes play out across the globe at a colossal scale.
Our ancient instinctual apparatus included affection, inquisitiveness, self-preservation, competitiveness, fear and curiosity, i.e. these have archetypal existence. Core 'archetype' stimulus/response instincts appear to be hard-coded in all of as as neuron-dependent life forms. The 'archetypes' lack colour in that at this level of analysis we are working with the vague. Specialisations will then add colour and in doing so can create their own language to describe the
archetypes in many different expressions. These 'universals' need some 'grounding' where meaning for individual consciousness takes the form of emotional labels identifying the generic patterns mapped to particular contexts.
Archetypes were the forefathers of symbols, and are inherently symbolic. Image-making is also a cultural and psychological labor; archetypal awareness requires both cultural knowledge and self knowledge-lest we fall into naive and unqualified virginal ecologies of imagination—those that believe only in so-called natural spontaneity and who end up unknowing prisoners of banal stereotypes. In psychotic illness, the ego defenses are overpowered by the influx of the power of archetypes. When an archetype imposes itself on consciousness, and the normal discretion which ego consciousness exercises is lost, havoc can result. It is also possible, however, that an archetype can infuse a psyche, yet, at the same time, ego consciousness can adjust to its charge.
Creative imagination is a soulful conversation between the body and the world; the animal helps us to converse with the soul of the world. Inspiration, for instance — which is the epiphany of image, is finding vision in our breathing: we inspire, we breathe in images. The imaginal animal’s awareness is instinctive, alert. It realizes imagination as perception, receptivity and response-ability.
Engagement
The soul has archetypal needs. Fractal resonance unifies the soul field. Fractal resonance creates multiple effects in diverse fields. For example it:
· Guides unfoldment and evolution from beyond space-time, through archetypes and prototypes (akashic and atmic levels) to the physical, via resonant fractal frequency fields;
· Is the basis for “emergence” or “random self-organising” structural development through pattern alignment across levels or dimensions;
· Explains why archetypes, symbols and allegories can have multiple interpretations, as in the interpretation of Biblical parables ranging from the immediate cultural context to a high spiritual gnosis;
· Provides a basis for evolutionary feedback to alter the parameters for a new expansionary
phase or level.
Many concepts which are essential components of human (and group) thought originated as archetypes. Later on, both in time and in terms of cognitive activity, they put on the clothes of visual imagery and verbal identity. But they began in the limbic brain as archetypes. All people have the same archetypes, and they are the instruments of cultural evolution; but they express themselves differently in different cultural circumstances.
Lumsden and Wilson hypothesize that it takes about 1,000 years for a cultural element, or a propensity to express some culturally defined trait, to become established in the gene pool as an inherited trait. So Jung wasn't wrong in talking about 'endless repetitions of typical patterns of behavior', he just didn't understand the mechanism which would give them a genetic basis. Pre-linguistic memes and archetypes, such as rhythm, may have played a greater role in genetic evolution than he dared to propose.
Dawkins (The Selfish Gene) says: 'When you plant a fertile meme in my mind you literally parasitize my brain, turning it into a vehicle for the meme's propagation.' Perhaps so, but we might speculate that a meme is fertile or successful because they bind to archetypes, helping the effective expression of the archetype, rather than parasitizing the brain in any general sense.
Memes & Genes; Archetypes & Holograms
People construct all kinds of aberrant realities for themselves. A cognitive illusion, the self-attribution fallacy means crediting yourself with outcomes for which you weren't responsible. Our perceptions are hopelessly distorted, our best thinking is fuzzy. Self-image is perhaps the most distorted, yet highly-defended aspect of being. When some elements appear in high-relief, others fade into a blur of intersubjective process. False perceptions, beliefs, and ideas obscure and obstruct our true potential.
Both the memes of holography and anamorphosis are relevant, the later skewing our illusory perspective. Viewing from a certain angle can create impossible images -- image warping, reflected aberrations. In post-modern relativism, there are holes in virtually every point of view. Under these circumstances, can we unravel the experiential qualities inherent in the field of reality itself?
Word choice and metaphor allow for the emergence of new memes, the replacement of memes, and the death of memes, via a concept that Douglas Hofstadter (1995) calls "conceptual slippage." Memes, like genes, only "code for" a norm or mean of reaction correlating to the memetic selection bias. Neither memes nor genes determine all aspects of the properties of the entities they constitute. Cultural inheritance is not particularly creative, so most "novelty" is merely the recombination or recycling of pre-existing memes in novel ways.
Memes are quantized information stored in and expressed from neurological structures or cultural substrates, Memes reside as neural net structures in our central nervous systems, but many emerge at a higher cultural level, expressed in a cultural ecology. Memes do not control behavior rigidly, but bias and constrain it to a norm of reaction. They are the replicators of cultural evolution, genealogical actors in ecological roles. Memes form ancestor descendent chains of populations that ramify, reticulate, and resonate with frequencies differing from biological phylogeny, but the differences appear to be within the extremes of the parameters of biology. (Witkins) .
http://cfpm.org/jom-emit/1998/vol2/wilkins_js.html
What memes and genes do determine are the degrees of freedom. They bias and constrain the outcomes of the system. It's as if we live in holographic bubbles of encoded information. Penrose describes how every event is a decision point. Images are animated over events in the flow of energy, like the animated frames of a movie. The confusing aspect of consensual reality is each bubble shares information with other bubbles, which is the nature of the perceivable world that we share together.
Essence of Reality
There are so many models in physics. Susskind's "holographic principle", rooted in a certain kind of string theory is vastly different from earlier holographic models being based in quantum gravity. Over vast distances of the universe, 'now here', is seen as the future or past from elsewhere. Depending on how your velocity is maintaining your localized time, you can leap frog standard perceptual time and move to the future or past. Some claim the future is already out there as well as the past and the only real difference between now and then is the location from which the perception occurs.
Vacuum models of holographic realities have a different basis than the Standard Model, too. That's why when people use 'intentionality' to justify their wishful thinking with Copenhagen's 'observer effect', it is laughable, since the Standard model works great for mechanics, it fails to explain the first thing about Reality. Even psychology and neurology recognize humans 'make' decisions long before the frontal cortex is aware of it.
The holographic principle explains the fundamental level at which all information is defined, but it also explains the source of all information, in the same way that quantum cosmology explains the source of everything in the universe. The source of everything is the void. All excited states of information arise from the vacuum state. The void is the empty background space the universe is created within.
The universe is like a bubble in the void. These theories tell us everything arises from the nothingness of empty space as a quantum fluctuation in the zero energy level of the void. All we can view are excited states of information arising from the void, encoded by virtual particle fluctuation. Separation of virtual particles from virtual antiparticles at the event horizon creates a kind of holographic virtual reality, as virtual particles appear to become real (Susskind 2008, 171).
Trance Lucence
We cannot see the "big picture", so any attempt we make to holographically conceive our existential condition is more of an anamorphosis, a distorted projection or perspective requiring the viewer to use special devices or occupy a specific vantage point to reconstitute the image. The word "anamorphosis" is derived from the Greek prefix ana-, meaning back or again, and the word morphe, meaning shape or form. It deals with perspective and mirroring that conjure up a multi-dimensional perspective.
Archetypes are imagined as such distorting lenses, conditioning our perception of reality which is social constructed and confused. There are many theories, but few correspond with reality. Is there some psychological equivalent to cold fusion that might allow a new energetic paradigm to emerge? Can anamorphosis be a metaphor of perspective correction? Is there only one way to true vision? Does the anamorphic fractal attenuate reality? The anamorphic is not the fractal, because the fractal is repeating a pattern. Depending on the view we select, we become phobic about other information. We are clearly limited by our terms.
Human life is all symbols, visible signs of invisible reality, intuitive ideas that cannot yet be formulated in any other or better way. We live in a mind soup of psychoconfabulation. Symbols wield the power of pattern recognition and association. Few objectively gain distance from the archetypal content of mind and emotions. 'Archetypal' means fundamental intrapsychic organizing principles, or the deepest levels of psychological structure, holographic embedding and resonant fields, common to the human psyche in general. Information results and arises from innate structure.
Cognitive Dissonance
Cognitive dissonance occurs when we filter our perceptions to screen out (deny) threatening information we cannot deal with. It is magical thinking to take a symbol to be its referent or an analogy to represent an identity. Magical thinking comes from an instinctual search and recognition of patterns, and regards symbols not as representations but as handles attached firmly to real-life objects and outcomes. Out of context, symbols are ineffectual. Evocative "power" is one of the attractive aspects of the meme concept which is also a symbol and signifiers of meaning that are context dependent.
There are three types of symbols: 1) Symbols that reflect intrinsic mental states; 2) Symbols that stand in for extrinsic (actual or objective) conditions or objects, and 3) Symbols that stand in relation to cultural artefacts, or constructs, or memes. Here the symbol and the object it represents are one and the same. Compressed symbols contain potential information, analogous to genes and epigenetic gene expression. Van Ennwyk (1997) likens fractal attractors or symbolic images to snapshots, or “slices” of dynamics. What seems to be a recognizable image is actually a configuration of motions frozen in time and space.
Ramachandran (Phantoms in the Brain) describes symbolic characterizations of differing descent groups. Distinctions between groups (largely kin-based distinctions) had considerable importance; prior to the development of language as such, which could be used to express such distinctions, it could be done through dress, or through totemic, ritual and mythic symbolic expression. But how can a mutation that benefits the group survive and spread if it occurs only in isolated individuals? The answer appears to be that the group 'sharpens' genetic evolution by choosing members who conform to a required standard and excluding those that don't. This would make evolution happen very quickly, at least within the currently available pool of variation, since excluded individuals would not survive or mate.
Fortes (The Structure of Unilineal Descent Groups) explains how different but related descent groups are distinguished: 'Cults of gods and of ancestors, beliefs of a totemic nature, and purely magical customs and practices, some or all are associated with lineage organization . . . every significant structural differentiation has its specific ritual symbolism, so that one can, as it were, read off from the scheme of ritual differentiation the pattern of structural differentiation, and the configuration of norms of conduct that go with it.'
Any distinction between symbol and symbolized is spurious. The emotional projection of symbols, or "magical thinking," happens in psychosis, in cultures, and subcultures. Disgust is an emotion heavily caught up in symbolic and magical thinking. Yet, symbols can have biophysical and material effects. We trick ourselves into mobilization.
Magical thinking helps us feel more secure in an unpredictable world. By manipulating symbols, we imagine being able to manipulate the reality that a symbol represents, but it makes us vulnerable to manipulation, too. The psychology of superstition "works" better in a virtuality. Superstition provides the illusion of increased control. Symbols are captivating, indistinct, metaphoric and enigmatic portrayals of psychic reality. The content, i.e. the meaning of symbols, is far from obvious; instead, it is expressed in unique and individual terms while at the same time partaking of universal imagery. Our society is having to rethink such fundamental notions as money, security, growth and many other bases of our current worldview.
Symbols can be recognized as aspects of those images that control, order and give meaning to our lives. The source of symbols can be traced to the archetypes themselves which by way of symbols find more full expression. Symbols are thus one type of what Jung called "archetypal images," that is, the representation in consciousness of an underlying archetype. The anamorphic is not the fractal, because the fractal is repeating a pattern.
When the dominant vision that holds a period of culture together cracks, consciousness regresses into earlier containers, seeking sources for survival which also offer sources of revival. Self-empowerment can be entangled with self-delusion. We can no longer distinguish clearly between neurosis of self and neurosis of world, psychopathology of self and psychopathology of world. Species-wide trauma is playing out on the world stage. We compulsively recreate individual and collective trauma, perhaps as a way to awaken ourselves. Such madness is its own ritual and revelation.
Paramedia ecologist, Bob Dobbs refers to the Android Meme, which he defines as “…the ability of human-invented technology…to acquire the intimacy of speech and intuition.” In other words, the Android Meme is technology that has the qualities of "being alive". The Android Meme joins with us in an unholy alliance of archetypal technology and human organism, as a cacophony of all media, all technology and all ideas of particular times, anthropomorphized, trying to make itself human.
There is no great architect of the Meme besides our compliance to feed it. Calling it archetypal he simply means there is no physical joining (like a true android who is made up of organism and implants) but rather, like mythic thinking, in the Jungian sense, where people mime/behave cues from technology when it becomes used by a million people and becomes environment (morphic resonance). Thus, the hologram or fractal is superseded by anamorphosis. He claims we're in the post-noosphere (post-spherical, post-news, post-information) and panicking in the anamorphic flux of our hyperdimensional being (chemical, astral, TV and chip bodies ) - our new medium. The body functions as a map.
The Astral Body, a huge storehouse of religious and spiritual energy, pervades all cultures as the belief there is more to our makeup than the Chemical Body. The third organ is the TV Body - the repository of historical one-way broadcasting. The fourth, the Chip Body, is the mutating warehouse of digital omni-directional media. The fifth is the Mystery Body - what we're still excavating and whose lineaments we cannot fully assess yet, if ever. We now know it's made up of the previous four bodies but we don't know what more we will discover about its constituents, affects, and effects. The Android Meme (living mediascape) is the resultant interplay, violent and ecstatic, of the first four bodies. We keep looking in the rearview mirror vainly trying to peer into the future.
Art by Randy Mack
Jung’s eight stages of archetypal activity are:
1. The archetype is quiet, a structural factor in the collective unconscious.
2. Through a psychic process called constellation it received energy and its charge increases and it becomes dynamic.
3. The charge is manifested as a kind of magnetic pull on the conscious mind.
4. Attracted by the charge, consciousness turns its attention on the archetype until it is perceived.
5. When touched by consciousness, the archetype either takes the form of an instinct or an image. If an image, it becomes a symbol.
6. The symbol acquires a degree of autonomy.
7. The conscious mind must come to terms with the meaning of the symbol either spontaneously or over time.
8. The symbol may:
a. Be understood in degree and is owned by the ego in degree but is not fully understood. It continues living.
b. Be completely understood and integrated with the ego. It soon dies.
c. Not be understood at all until it causes a dissociation in the psyche. It becomes an autonomous splinter psyche which is felt in all kinds of neurotic and psychotic symptoms.
1. The archetype is quiet, a structural factor in the collective unconscious.
2. Through a psychic process called constellation it received energy and its charge increases and it becomes dynamic.
3. The charge is manifested as a kind of magnetic pull on the conscious mind.
4. Attracted by the charge, consciousness turns its attention on the archetype until it is perceived.
5. When touched by consciousness, the archetype either takes the form of an instinct or an image. If an image, it becomes a symbol.
6. The symbol acquires a degree of autonomy.
7. The conscious mind must come to terms with the meaning of the symbol either spontaneously or over time.
8. The symbol may:
a. Be understood in degree and is owned by the ego in degree but is not fully understood. It continues living.
b. Be completely understood and integrated with the ego. It soon dies.
c. Not be understood at all until it causes a dissociation in the psyche. It becomes an autonomous splinter psyche which is felt in all kinds of neurotic and psychotic symptoms.
Jung (1990) lists the following possible changes to the personality:
1. Diminution
a. "Loss of the soul"
2. Enlargement
a. Through an accretion from without
b. Through a rising up from within
3. Change to internal structure
a. Possession, which “can be formulated as identity of the ego-personality with a complex" (p. 122)
i. Possession via identification with the persona
ii. Inferior function--possession via identification with the shadow
iii. Possession via identification of anima or animus (i.e., homosexuality)
b. Identification with a group.
i. "A group experience takes place on a lower level of consciousness than the experience of an individual." (p. 125)
ii. Group psyche and mob psychology
iii. Participation mystique
c. Identification with a cult-hero.
d. Magical procedures. A rite used directly for this purpose. Given a new name, etc.
e. Technical transformation. Yoga. These are techniques proscribed in advance and intended to achieve a definite psychic effect.
f. Natural transformation. "Nature herself demands a death and rebirth....Natural transformation processes announce themselves mainly in dreams." (p. 130)
How should these changes come about? By deliberately allowing consciousness to penetrate into the unconscious, a connection can be made with unconscious contents. This may result in a momentous change of personality in either the positive or negative sense.
1. Diminution
a. "Loss of the soul"
2. Enlargement
a. Through an accretion from without
b. Through a rising up from within
3. Change to internal structure
a. Possession, which “can be formulated as identity of the ego-personality with a complex" (p. 122)
i. Possession via identification with the persona
ii. Inferior function--possession via identification with the shadow
iii. Possession via identification of anima or animus (i.e., homosexuality)
b. Identification with a group.
i. "A group experience takes place on a lower level of consciousness than the experience of an individual." (p. 125)
ii. Group psyche and mob psychology
iii. Participation mystique
c. Identification with a cult-hero.
d. Magical procedures. A rite used directly for this purpose. Given a new name, etc.
e. Technical transformation. Yoga. These are techniques proscribed in advance and intended to achieve a definite psychic effect.
f. Natural transformation. "Nature herself demands a death and rebirth....Natural transformation processes announce themselves mainly in dreams." (p. 130)
How should these changes come about? By deliberately allowing consciousness to penetrate into the unconscious, a connection can be made with unconscious contents. This may result in a momentous change of personality in either the positive or negative sense.
On the archetypal level, repetition creates a thermodynamic dis-equilibrium. At this point in the replicative mode, the human psyche is pushed toward a bifurcation point because of our intrinsic need for growth and meaning making. Psyche has the possibility of utilizing repetition as a chaotic, rather than a fixed or periodic attractor, thus moving the entire system to a higher level of complexity (negentropy) or of dissolving into endless repetitions.
Describing nonlinear dynamics and the types of processes activated as the system moves from stability to instability, Ervin Laszlo states that a system that is far from equilibrium may evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from a stationary state at or near equilibrium. (Evolution,1987, 21)
As the repetition moves an individual or system into a chaotic regime, the possibility for complexity and greater development is activated. Recall that, as already established, evolution becomes virtually impossible if the system's parameters remain overly constricted. Behavioral patterns, thoughts, and actions tend to cluster more and more tightly around specific archetypal alignments/themes thus further diminishing the opportunity for growth. With clustering and complexing around an archetypal and informational singularity, an individual is, developmentally speaking, thrown back to a phylogenetically earlier phase of life. Similar to life and dynamics at the unicellular level, movement within the replicative mode proceeds through a spinning out of autopoietic, self-similar processes.
Disruption of stability represents a natural phase transition in the life of every system. While we have the continual drive toward self-replication, there is an equally strong movement toward complexity inherent in the evolution of life at virtually every level. Continual repetition will eventually result in a deadening of possibilities thus reinforcing tendencies to stay closed.
Freud observed the existence of two seemingly opposing forces within the psyche. One trajectory moves toward replication-a repetitive cycling of energy-a death instinct while the other arm of the system's growth involves a movement toward a life instinct- -a higher form of new life.
Repetition, if it endlessly spins in its own cycle and parameters, becomes entropic and eventually dampens the creation of new energy and growth possibilities. Hence the progressive is suddenly punctuated by what is novel, is thrown into chaos by the introduction of an information catastrophe. As we now understand from chaos theory, nonlinear dynamics, and from much of Ervin Laszlo's work in General and Dynamical Systems Theory, complexity only arises in response to a system's move from either equilibrium or non-equilibrium to a far-from equilibrium position. Laszlo (1987) describes the far-from-equilibrium state with the following:
The third possible state of systems is the state far from thermal and chemical equilibrium. Systems in this state are nonlinear and occasionally indeterminate. They do not tend toward minimum free energy and maximum entropy but may amplify certain fluctuations and evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from stationary states at or near equilibrium. (Evolution, 21) Just as the phoenix bursts into flames so that it may rise new and immortal from its ashes-winged, soaring creature that it is-it appears that all of life endures encoded partial destruction of key elements at special moments to insure evolution. The symbol of the phoenix is fitting to capture this image of freedom reborn from the destruction of its earlier self than this archetype-fed process of self creation. Opportunities for Healing
Understanding of field phenomena may help us to translate and convert unconscious behaviors into opportunities for greater understanding. Awareness of what I am calling an "archetypal morphology" and the capacity to recognize the formation of transpersonal patterns may help us understand those movements which all too often become national and global catastrophes (Conforti) http://www.ofj.org/story/december-1999-newsletter-archive
Describing nonlinear dynamics and the types of processes activated as the system moves from stability to instability, Ervin Laszlo states that a system that is far from equilibrium may evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from a stationary state at or near equilibrium. (Evolution,1987, 21)
As the repetition moves an individual or system into a chaotic regime, the possibility for complexity and greater development is activated. Recall that, as already established, evolution becomes virtually impossible if the system's parameters remain overly constricted. Behavioral patterns, thoughts, and actions tend to cluster more and more tightly around specific archetypal alignments/themes thus further diminishing the opportunity for growth. With clustering and complexing around an archetypal and informational singularity, an individual is, developmentally speaking, thrown back to a phylogenetically earlier phase of life. Similar to life and dynamics at the unicellular level, movement within the replicative mode proceeds through a spinning out of autopoietic, self-similar processes.
Disruption of stability represents a natural phase transition in the life of every system. While we have the continual drive toward self-replication, there is an equally strong movement toward complexity inherent in the evolution of life at virtually every level. Continual repetition will eventually result in a deadening of possibilities thus reinforcing tendencies to stay closed.
Freud observed the existence of two seemingly opposing forces within the psyche. One trajectory moves toward replication-a repetitive cycling of energy-a death instinct while the other arm of the system's growth involves a movement toward a life instinct- -a higher form of new life.
Repetition, if it endlessly spins in its own cycle and parameters, becomes entropic and eventually dampens the creation of new energy and growth possibilities. Hence the progressive is suddenly punctuated by what is novel, is thrown into chaos by the introduction of an information catastrophe. As we now understand from chaos theory, nonlinear dynamics, and from much of Ervin Laszlo's work in General and Dynamical Systems Theory, complexity only arises in response to a system's move from either equilibrium or non-equilibrium to a far-from equilibrium position. Laszlo (1987) describes the far-from-equilibrium state with the following:
The third possible state of systems is the state far from thermal and chemical equilibrium. Systems in this state are nonlinear and occasionally indeterminate. They do not tend toward minimum free energy and maximum entropy but may amplify certain fluctuations and evolve toward a new dynamic regime that is radically different from stationary states at or near equilibrium. (Evolution, 21) Just as the phoenix bursts into flames so that it may rise new and immortal from its ashes-winged, soaring creature that it is-it appears that all of life endures encoded partial destruction of key elements at special moments to insure evolution. The symbol of the phoenix is fitting to capture this image of freedom reborn from the destruction of its earlier self than this archetype-fed process of self creation. Opportunities for Healing
Understanding of field phenomena may help us to translate and convert unconscious behaviors into opportunities for greater understanding. Awareness of what I am calling an "archetypal morphology" and the capacity to recognize the formation of transpersonal patterns may help us understand those movements which all too often become national and global catastrophes (Conforti) http://www.ofj.org/story/december-1999-newsletter-archive
"Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976, allowance is made for "fair use" for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. Non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favor of fair use."
FAIR USE NOTICE: This video may contain copyrighted material. Such material is made available for educational purposes only. This constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in Title 17 U.S.C. section 107 of the US Copyright Law.
Iona Miller, ©2011-2015
[email protected]
All Rights Reserved; Use with Permission Only
[email protected]
All Rights Reserved; Use with Permission Only
Copyright © 2010-2017 Iona Miller, All Rights Reserved.
FAIR USE NOTICE
This site may contains some copyrighted material which has not been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, and social justice issues. This constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law, in accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes.
Fair Use Notice
This site contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner.
We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, and social justice issues, etc.
We believe this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law.
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes.
If you wish to use copyrighted material from this site for purposes of your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the copyright owner.
FAIR USE NOTICE
This site may contains some copyrighted material which has not been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, and social justice issues. This constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law, in accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes.
Fair Use Notice
This site contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner.
We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, and social justice issues, etc.
We believe this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law.
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes.
If you wish to use copyrighted material from this site for purposes of your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the copyright owner.
